DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

NEW ZEALAND

FORMED c. April 1890

12th April 1890  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8189

An amateur photographic society has recently been formed in Dunedin, under the name of the Dunedin Photographic Society, of which Mr. W. Livingstone has been appointed President and Mr. R.A. Ewing, Hon.Secretary. The society is open to all bona fide amateur photographers, to whom it will no doubt be of considerable service. Something like twenty-five members have already been enrolled and active steps are now being taken to hold an exhibition of photographic work and apparatus.



1st July 1890  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 8845
3rd July 1890  Page 13 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 1900

FIRST EXHIBITION AT DUNEDIN
The first exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society, the membership of which is confined to amateur photographers, was opened yesterday in a couple of rooms on the third floor of the A.M.P. Buildings — curiously enough, on the site occupied by the first photographer (Mr. James Wilson) who carried on business, probably 30 years ago, in Dunedin. The exhibition comprises examples of the photographic art in its branches of portraiture, landscapes and enlargements, and the character of the work shown is exceedingly creditable to the members. Some of the specimens of landscape photography which are exhibited, and which embrace views in the most picturesque portions of this island, are indeed of an exceedingly high order of merit, and will compare not unfavorably with the work of professional photographers. The exhibition, to which no charge for admission is made to the public, is open from noon till 4pm daily, with the addition that on Wednesday and Saturday it will be open for two hours — from 8pm to 10pm — in evening.



24th March 1891  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8472
27th March 1891  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9074
28th March 1891  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8475

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
On Wednesday evening last the Dunedin Photographic Society held its first annual general meeting in the rooms, Union Chambers. The report and balance-sheet were read and adopted. From the former we learn that the society has made considerable progress, and that during the year much work has been done. During the winter months lantern-slide exhibitions were held, and proved interesting to the members, while during the long summer evenings demonstrations of film stripping, lantern slide making, and other photographic work took place.

Last winter the society held an exhibition of its work, which was, despite the unfavorable weather, largely attended, about three hundred persons, it is thought, going to see it. The number of exhibits was about three or four hundred, embracing most kinds of photographic work. It is worthy of remark that the site occupied by the exhibition was the exact spot on which photography was first practised about thirty-three years previously.



9th April 1891  Page 4 - NEW ZEALAND HERALD, VOLUME XLVIII, ISSUE 8536

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society has recently had a very successful exhibition. The membership of the Club is strong, and some excellent work is being done. It would be well if the various photographic clubs in the chief centers were to adopt the practice of the Mahlstick Clubs and exchange work, or hold annual exhibitions in each in turn.



12th May 1891
Page 4 - STAR, ISSUE 7161
Page 4 - LYTTELTON TIMES, VOLUME LXXV, ISSUE 9411

AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The meeting of the Amateur Photographic Society was held in the Society's rooms last evening, when there was a good attendance of members. After the usual routine business, Mr. C.M. Phillips read an interesting paper on color photography, which elicited a warm discussion. The consensus of opinion was that the desideratum of the photographer was as far off as ever. The President called attention to the report of the first exhibition of the Auckland Photographic Club, which was held last month, His Excellency the Governor, President of the Society, and the Countess of Onslow being present. His Excellency delivered the opening address. A letter was read from the Dunedin Photographic Society, desiring the co-operation of this Society in forwarding members work for exhibition at a contemplated exhibition of Colonial photographs by amateurs. They also forwarded an excellent group of their last year's officers. It was unanimously resolved to accede to their request. In the competition subject for May, "Lantern Slides", specimens were shown, and the award was given in favor of a slide by Mr. E. Beardsley. Amongst a large number of slides made by members were some nicely-tinted views by Mr. C.M. Phillips, Vice-President. The exhibition closed one of the most interesting meetings held by the Society.



5th November 1891  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9265

ART EXHIBITION
The Otago Art Society's annual exhibition of works will be opened in the Choral Hall to-morrow evening. This year the Dunedin Photographic Society exhibition will be held in conjunction with that of the Art Society.



5th November 1891  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8665
6th November 1891  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8666
7th November 1891  Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9267
10th November 1891  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8669
11th November 1891
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9270
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8670

OTAGO ART SOCIETY

and

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

THE ANNUAL EXHIBITION of WORKS
by Members will be OPENED in the
New Gallery, Choral Hall, Moray place,
on FRIDAY, the 6th November, at 8pm.

Admission, 1s. Season Tickets, 5s; Twelve Single Tickets, 9s.

Art Union Tickets, 2s 6d

JOHN H. SCOTT
Hon. Secretary.

7th November 1891
Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9267
Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8667
Page 33 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 1968

ART SOCIETY'S EXHIBITION
So quickly does time roll by that one hardly realizes the fact that 17 years have passed by since the Otago Art Society first saw the light, or that during that time as many as 14 exhibitions have been held; yet, regularly as summer comes round these exhibitions occur, and each has shown a distinct advance upon the one which preceded it. This year the council have been enabled to receive the members end friends of the society in larger and more suitable quarters. The change has been forced upon the council by the ever-increasing demands for space and the continual accession of new members. That the present gallery is an improvement upon the old one everyone will admit, for whereas the latter was so much circumscribed in space as to prevent even comfortable movement about when there was anything approaching a large attendance, and had other defects, especially in the respect of its side-lighting, the new gallery in the Choral Hall is not only spacious but is lighted from the roof so that each picture displayed on the walls is seen to the very best advantage. In addition to the space provided in the main gallery, which has a wall capacity of double that afforded in the old quarters of the society, there are several side rooms, one of which is this year taken up by the Dunedin Photographic Society, the remainder being suitable and convenient for other purposes in connection with the exhibition. This year's display of work is numerically larger, as well as better in quality, than any of those which have been previously held. There are on the walls 230 pictures in oil, watercolor, and other media, and the Photographic Society has 190 exhibits, making a grand total of 420 pictures shown. Referring for a moment to the quality of the work generally, it will be admitted that the society is making satisfactory progress towards a fair standard of excellence, and there is not the proportion of inferior works that have at some of the former exhibitions been witnessed on the walls. Much of this progress is to be attributed in the first place, no doubt, to the fine display of English and foreign works of art at our recent Inter-Colonial exhibition, and, secondly, to the opportunities afforded for study of the pictures at our public art gallery; and in proportion as this collection is increased so may our artists be expected to improve.

This year the Canterbury Society of Arts have kindly lent two very important and beautiful works — one a large oil painting by A.T. Nowell, and the other a water color of much merit by O. Rickatson. This exhibition of good feeling on the part of the society in Christchurch is greatly to be commended, and it is to be hoped that the local society will reciprocate its kindness. There are also a number of other loan pictures of considerable merit and interest, for the use of which the society is indebted to the kindness of several of our citizens. One very important feature — and a new feature — of this year's exhibition is the very excellent collection of work shown by the members of the Dunedin Photographic Society and the Nelson Camera Club. The studies, comprised in this collection, show an amount of artistic skill which will, we think, come as a surprise to many who may have been accustomed to regard the pursuit of photography as a something altogether beneath, or at all events, quite different, from art. Photography has been for several years largely practised by painters, and now an artist rarely thinks of going afield without his landscape camera. The exhibits, as a whole, will well repay inspection. As a permanent and attractive record of the exhibition the council has issued an illustrated catalog, the sketches in which have been reproduced locally, and with great skill, the execution of the work reflecting much credit on the publishers, Messrs J. Wilkie and Co. As usual, in connection with the exhibition, an art union, under the control of the Society, is an important feature. This year, the council decided to reduce the price of the tickets to half-a-crown so as to place within the reach of everyone who either desires to obtain a good work of art or generally wishes well to the society (which, we are pleased to learn, is financially in an exceedingly prosperous state), an opportunity of becoming a subscriber. It is to be hoped that a large number of persons will avail themselves of these chances so that the art union may be a success. The scheme provides for the division of the funds subscribed to the art union, less actual expenses, into money prizes to be applied in the purchase of such of the works exhibited as are marked for sale, and for prize-takers making their own selection of pictures. We understand that several musical evenings and promenade concerts will be given during the currency of the exhibition.

The oil paintings, as is generally the case, somewhat predominate in number, and the majority of our local artists, as well as two or three from the neighboring provincial district of Canterbury, are represented on the walls. Mr. John Gibb contributes five or six canvases to the gallery, the largest of them being "Evening on the Waimakariri at Kaiapoi". In this the artist has produced a beautiful evening effect — apparently in midsummer — and has rendered a misty haze in the distance with very considerable skill. "Clearing Up, Otira Gorge", by the same member, is a view from the foot of the Otira, looking up the gorge towards Canterbury. As the title implies, there has been thick weather, but the clouds are lifting, and we have a glimpse of Mount Alexander thrusting its head through the mist. The picture depicts the gorge under a very characteristic aspect, and in a faithful style. In "On the Sandhills, New Brighton", Mr. Gibb harmoniously treats a simple subject. The beach is exhibited on a perfect summer's day when there is not much more than a ripple on the sea. There is a great deal of work in the picture, which shows the Port hills and Banks Peninsula in the distance. "Fishing Boats Running up Lyttelton Harbour" (No. 89) is quite in the style of other works of the same description previously exhibited by the artist. A new exhibitor in Dunedin, and an important exhibitor on this occasion, is Mr. W.K. Sprott, a Canterbury artist. His magnum opus, which is also the largest work from a colonial brush in the gallery, has for its subject, "A Maori Pab, Kaikoura". In the background are seen the Kaikoura ranges, and in the middle distance is the pab, and from it leads a road, down which a child is driving a couple of cattle. The foreground is cleverly executed but the picture as a whole is somewhat cold and gloomy. There is rather much in it — it possesses the material for two good pictures. Mr. Sprott's figure paintings — "A Quiet Corner" and "A Reverie" — which flank his large canvas are bright pictures of a kind, in which the exhibition is quite rich this year, and which form an agreeable variety to the landscape works that have in previous years so largely predominated. Both of the paintings mentioned contain much work of a praiseworthy description; but perhaps the best of Mr. Sprott's contributions to the gallery is his "Among the Flowers", which is another figure painting. A young lady, who, to judge from her habit and gloves, is represented standing in the midst of some greenery, which is suggested rather than strongly indicated. The figure is well drawn, and the stream of light through the straw of the broad hat which the equestrienne is wearing is very cleverly represented. A work of a different class by the same artist is "Seeking a Ford". A wild, turbulent scene is here represented. A river is shown in flood, and a horseman, who has dismounted, is about to attempt to ford it; but the steed is obviously frightened and unwilling to essay crossing the stream at what certainly seems to be a less favorable spot than others further up the river. The subject is boldly and effectively treated. Mr. W. Menzies Gibb has forwarded three oil paintings the principal one of which is "Passing Showers". The work in this does not, however, compare favorably with that in his "Mount Fyfe, Kaikoura", which is a view of some typical New Zealand mountain scenery. This example is distinguished by the careful attention to detail that marks the artist's efforts, but the mountains are somewhat hard.

Mr. L.W. Wilson, while he is an extensive exhibitor of water colors, has his name on the catalog against only one oil painting, which depicts "Snow on the Takatimos, from the Waiau River". This is a large canvas, and affords a capital representation of the character of the place. The feature of the picture is a beautiful piece of snow painting in the artist's best style. Mr. J.D. Perrett is a prolific painter, and the advance he is making in his art is as evident this year as it was last. "Lake Manapouri, from View Hill", is his largest picture, and in it the gloomy character of the hemmed in sheet of water is ably depicted. There is a large amount of very nice work in his "Angler's Retreat", in which we are given a glimpse at the Waitati stream, where an angler — whom experts declare to be an amateur because of the portion of the water which he has elected to fish — is shown throwing a cast, Mr. Perrett has gone to our best known lake for the subject of two of his pictures, one being "Wakatipu, from Queenstown" and the other "Winter Evening, near Head of Lake Wakatipu", the latter giving, as is to be expected, prominence to Mount Earnslaw, and his "Morning, Otago Harbour", with Ravensbourne indicated in the distance, shows nice work; but it is questionable if he has anything in the exhibition superior to his "Sand Dunes", in which he has treated a simple subject with conspicuous skill. Through a gap in the sand hills a peep at the sea is given, and the curious effect of the land breeze on the break of the wave is very cleverly shown. Another little picture of Mr. Perrett's — "A Spring Morning, Waitati" — in which he has produced a pretty effect, found a purchaser as soon as the exhibition was opened. Mr. O'Keeffe has some important works in the gallery which, with the other oil paintings, will be dealt with in a future notice.

There was a considerable gathering of ladies and gentlemen in the gallery last night when the exhibition was opened.

Mr. W.M. Hodgkins (president), addressing those present, said that this was, as they were probably aware, the fifteenth exhibition held by the society. Previous to this year they had been in the habit of holding their exhibition in the hall of the Young Women's Christian Association Rooms, in Moray place, but for many years it had been found that that hall, though suitable in many respects, was not so in that it did not give a sufficient amount of wall space for the ever-increasing exhibits, and, worse, that they were not able to exhibit the pictures under as favorable a light as would allow of their being seen to advantage. The council accordingly entered into negotiations with the proprietor of the Choral Hall, with the result that they were able to secure for a lengthened term a gallery that was in every way suitable for the purpose. He thought they would agree with him that the pictures on the walls compared not only favorably with the pictures exhibited in previous years, but showed a decided improvement. Numerically they represented about three to one of any previous exhibition. This year they had a very valuable adjunct in the exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society, and he did not hesitate to say that in his opinion a finer exhibition of photography had never been seen in New Zealand. The exhibition, he thought, reflected the highest possible credit upon the members of that society, and he looked forward with a certain hope to very valuable productions from the society. They had also received a large collection of exhibits from the Nelson Camera Club, some very beautiful works being sent from that quarter. The society had to thank the Canterbury Society of Arts for the loan of two important works, selected for the members by Sir Frederick Leighton, both of which bore upon their face evidence of being works of more than ordinary merit. The society was also indebted to a number of gentlemen in Dunedin for the loan of several pictures, which, besides being of great interest, were very instructive. Having drawn attention to the alteration which had been made in the price of tickets for the art union, and having stated that the council had arranged for musical evenings and afternoon concerts during the currency of the exhibition, he concluded by asking his Worship the Mayor to perform the formality of declaring the exhibition open.

The Mayor said it afforded him great pleasure indeed to be present that evening to open the exhibition. To him, who could not speak from practical acquaintance with the subject, it seemed that the exhibition showed a great advance both in the number of pictures shown, and also in the class of work done. He thought the exhibition was a credit not only to Dunedin but to New Zealand. To his mind the test of the excellence of a thing was the extent to which it represented Nature, and in the pictures on the walls they saw Nature represented with very great fidelity indeed. He supposed that the grand exhibition which we had here some time ago had done a great deal of good in stimulating artists and students, but he recognized that the effect of an exhibition like that was not seen in a day — it was a matter that took time. He believed that the large majority of the people of Dunedin had no idea what a treat was in store for them when they visited the exhibition, and he hoped that the Otago Art Society would go on and prosper, with the result that still further improvement would be manifested in the work shown at its exhibitions. He concluded by declaring the exhibition open.

On the motion of Mr. A. Wilson, a vote of thanks was accorded to the Mayor for his kindness in attending and opening the exhibition.



16th November 1891  Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9274

OTAGO ART SOCIETY

and

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

THE ANNUAL EXHIBITION of WORKS
by Members is now OPEN in the
New Gallery, Choral Hall, Moray place.

Admission, 1s. Season Tickets, 5s; Twelve Single Tickets, 9s.

Art Union Tickets, 2s 6d

The ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
will be held in the Gallery
THIS DAY (MONDAY), the 16th November, at 5pm.

JOHN H. SCOTT
Hon. Secretary.

17th November 1891  Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9275
18th November 1891  Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9276
19th November 1891  Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9277
20th November 1891  Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9278
21st November 1891  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8679
25th November 1891  Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9282

OTAGO ART SOCIETY

and

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

THE ANNUAL EXHIBITION of WORKS
by Members is now OPEN in the
New Gallery, Choral Hall, Moray place.

Admission, 1s. Season Tickets, 5s; Twelve Single Tickets, 9s.

Art Union Tickets, 2s 6d
ART UNION DRAWING
TUESDAY, 24th November, AT 8pm

JOHN H. SCOTT
Hon. Secretary.

17th November 1891
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9275
Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8675

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Otago Art Society was held at the Choral Hall yesterday afternoon, Mr. W.M. Hodgkins (president) being in the chair.

The council also entered into negotiations with the Dunedin Photographic Society, with the result that that association has joined its exhibition with ours. The excellent work shown by members of that society has proved a very attractive feature in this year's exhibition. The council hopes that the arrangements entered into this year may prove lasting, and that both societies may be able so to work together towards the advancement of art in Dunedin.



25th November 1891
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8682
26th November 1891
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9283
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8683
27th November 1891
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8684
28th November 1891
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9285
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8685

OTAGO ART SOCIETY

and

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

THE ANNUAL EXHIBITION of WORKS
by Members is now OPEN in the
New Gallery, Choral Hall, Moray place.

Admission, 1s. Season Tickets, 5s; Twelve Single Tickets, 9s.

EXHIBITION CLOSES SATURDAY

JOHN H. SCOTT
HON. SECRETARY

28th November 1891  Page 5 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9285
3rd December 1891  Page 32 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 1971

ART SOCIETY'S EXHIBITION
The exhibits of the Dunedin Photographic Society and Nelson Camera Club, which are hung in the small room off the Art Society's main gallery, have been of considerable interest to visitors, and have added very greatly to the attractions of this year's exhibition. The local amateurs who send specimens of their work for inspection are 11 in number, and as they are responsible for the presence on the walls of over 140 frames, it will be recognized that they are exhibiting enough to enable one to form a very fair judgment as to their capabilities. The exhibition of their photographs is, as a whole, a distinctly creditable one, the chief fault that has to be found with the works being on the score of their flatness, and the society is one that ought to be encouraged. It is with the view, therefore, of indicating to members points in their work where improvement might be made with them that we propose to criticize somewhat closely a selection of the photographs — the number of the exhibits being so large as to make a reference to each frame impossible.

Mr. W. Livingston shows in "Crossing the Stream" what is probably the best toned print in the room. It is admirably composed, and is full of atmosphere. The same exhibitor's "In the Gardens" is also well printed; but "The End of the Voyage; Towing her-in", though a good photograph, is spoilt, by its being crookedly mounted. Mr. Livingston however, has a capital exhibit in "The Seaside", in which a beautiful cloud effect is presented. This is apparently a composition photograph, the sky and the sea being printed from two separate negatives. In a case of views (No. 3), Mr. Livingston shows some excellent subjects; of which, one representing an "Autumn Sunset, Purakanui", may be specially mentioned on account of the fine cloud effect it contains. The printing of all this exhibitor's examples is so commendable that it would compare not unfavorably with professional work.

Mr. S. Cooks shows three photographs only, but each of them is deserving of high praise. "Lawyer's Head" is an exceedingly good specimen, of amateur work, the sea spray and the swirl of the water being beautifully expressed. His "At Home" is well chosen and admirably composed. The sunlight falling on the leaves of shrubs at the house door, is very pretty, and there is a pleasing softness about the photograph as a whole. His other contribution is a view of "Cargill's Cliffs". Mr. W. Williams shows nice work in his "Manawatu Gorge", but the example would have been improved if it had been printed lighter. The same exhibitor's "Going to Church" is a remarkably good silver print, with a fine light and shade; and his "Floating Island, Whakaki, Wairoa, Hawke's Bay", is noteworthy if only for its subject, which depicts one of the natural phenomena, of the North Island. Another of Mr. Williams photographs "Evening, Wellington Harbour" is a very pretty view. Mr. J.A. Law's "Interior of First Church" and "Silverstream" are from well exposed negatives, and the former is a good study of what, to an amateur, is generally a great stumbling block — an interior. A ease of views (No. 17) exhibited by Mr. A.G. Reynolds, contains some very nice works, among which may be specially mentioned a vignetted photograph, representing evidently a portion of the Water of Leith. This is a well exposed work, but over exposure of the negatives is the fault to be found with some few of Mr. Reynolds other works, while the majority of them are printed too black. Mr. R.A. Ewing is a prolific photographer, to judge from the large number of exhibits he has made. In "Views of Shipping" there are some good negatives, but his "Puketeraki" is spoilt by the printing. The mounting of all of Mr. Ewing's exhibits errs on the side of elaborateness. In his case of photographs (No. 115) there is one entitled "A Lone Hand", taken by the flash light. This represents two well known citizens playing cards, and while the portraits are capital the effectiveness of the picture is spoilt by the fact that one of the sitters moved his hand while the negative was being secured, the result being a blurred appearances is given to a portion of the photograph.

Mr. W.W. Wyper is also a large exhibitor. Of his examples "Ocean Beach" and "The Cliffs" may be taken as fairly representative. The former is a very good bromide, a fine sheen being shown on the water and the latter, though inclined to be flat, is also commendable. Mr. Crosby Morris has a good sky effect in his "Early Morning Lower Harbour", which in other respects also is a praiseworthy work; but his "Drawing-room Interior" would have been all the better for longer exposure. "On the Beach, Kuri Bush", is also a nice picture, though printed rather dark. A frame of views (No. 90), by Mr. F.B. Smith, contains some nice little photographs. One of these examples is very badly mounted, and another, which shows the shipping at Port Chalmers, is over-exposed. Mr. F.J. Monson's case of views (No. 64) is chiefly noticeable for the wretched way in which his prints are cut. Mr. Malcolm Ross has only one example — "Wellington Harbour" — but he has lent to the gallery two interesting bromide enlargements of photographs taken by the Alpine Club at Home. The one is "Matterhorn" and the other is "Swiss Alps", the latter being a view above the cloud line. Mr. W. Melville is the exhibitor of two or three photographs taken over 20 years ago by Mr. A. M'Coll. "Dunedin in 1866" shows views of the town from the Gardens and from Union street, and "Dunedin in 1867" is also a view from Union street. These are good examples of the collodion plate. The exhibits of the members of the Nelson Camera Club are nearly all nice, sunny prints, beautifully mounted. If they seem at first sight to be superior as works of art to the photographs shown by the Dunedin Photographic Society, it is important to remember that they are picked works, selected specially for exhibition in Dunedin; whereas there does not seem to have been any process of selection in the case of the local specimens — there was no strict Hanging Committee to sit in judgment on a work before allowing it to be hung on the walls.

Mr. C.Y. Fell, who is the principal exhibitor from Nelson, shows three bromide prints — "Yachts near French Pass" — which are exceedingly soft and nice. His "Bodtime", taken by the magnesium flash light, shows an unnatural color on the face of the child who is being carried away to bed. A portrait of the Hon. J.C. Richmond is decidedly hard, and would have been the better for judicious retouching; but those of Miss Atkinson (No. 176) and Miss Fell (No. 178) are nice studies, though the lighting in the latter might have been improved. "New Plymouth Breakwater" is an example of instantaneous exposure, besides being an exposure of the folly of constructing the particular breakwater. The enlargement (No. 189) of this photograph is better than the original. The portrait of Mr. Justice Richmond (No. 181) is as good s portrait as there is in the gallery, but there is a want of half-tones in it; and " Totaranui", which is a platinotype, deserves mention. "Reflection, Nelson Harbour" is the best of Mr. A. Pitt's examples, and is as good a print as there is on the walls. It presents a beautiful sunny effect; and "The Rocks, Nelson" is a companion to it. An enlarged copy of a photograph (No. 150), shown by Mr. Pitt, is soft and nice. "The Anchorage, Astrolabe", by Mr. F.W. Maclean, is a nice little study; and his "Views near Nelson" are very nice prints, though not well mounted. "In Nelson Harbour" is a series of three photographs, in which the exhibitor would have secured better results if he had adhered to silver prints instead of adopting the platinotype. The same remark applies to Mr. A. Elliott's "Maitai Valley", which is, however, as finely a composed picture as there is in the gallery, and which has a capital atmosphere effect. "The Halcione" by the same exhibitor is a nice bromide. "The Glenlora, Outward Bound", by Mr. J.T. Catley, is a splendid sky study, and "Dorothy" is a nice picture. Mr. Catley's "Cloud Study" is very clever and beautiful, but detail in the foreground has been forfeited for the study of the clouds. Mr. J. Jackson, who contributes four opals, and Mr. A.H. Patterson are the other exhibitors belonging to the Nelson Camera Club.



22nd March 1892  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8780
24th March 1892  Page 18 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 1987

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The second annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on Friday evening last. In the absence of the president, Mr. Monson occupied the chair. The balance-sheet and the Committee's annual report were read and adopted. The society begin their third year with a satisfactory credit balance and an increased membership roll. During the year much work has been accomplished at the monthly meetings — demonstrations by various members of processes, experiments, and shows of lantern slides, etc. There is a nucleus of a library belonging to the society, and by every mail the leading journal devoted to the art of photography is received. The monthly meetings prove very useful to members, who obtain there assistance to overcome difficulties which they may meet through the experience of other members who have overcome the same difficulties. Once a year an exhibition is held, which creates an emulation among exhibitors and gives them the criticism of the public. Last year this proved doubly interesting from the fact that the Nelson Camera Club joined the society in their exhibition. Officers for the year were elected.



21st April 1892  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8805
28th April 1892  Page 18 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 1992

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held yesterday evening in the rooms, Princes street. The election of a president for the year took place, and resulted in the election of Mr. Crosby Morris. The election of three new members having taken place, the gas was turned down and a very pretty and interesting show of lantern slides was made. It is intended to have the next meeting an open one, when members may bring their friends.



20th May 1892  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9432
26th May 1892  Page 18 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 1996

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The ordinary monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society took a pleasant form this month. It had been decided to make the meeting a social one, and on Wednesday evening last quite a large number of friends assembled to witness a display of lantern slides on the screen. The president of the society (Mr. Crosby Morris), after making a few introductory remarks, called on Mr. Williams, one of the members, to put through the lantern a large number of slides by various members, including a series by Mr. Williams himself, illustrating a holiday spent with two friends in canoes up and down Te Anau, thence by way of the Waiau River and Lake Manapouri to the coast, near Orepuki. It is intended to hold another similar show during the long winter evenings.



16th June 1892  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8853
17th June 1892  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9456
23rd June 1892  Page 19 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2000

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The usual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held yesterday evening in the room, Union Chambers. After the ordinary routine business was disposed of a number of prints were shown by some of the members, including six from one negative, illustrative of different modes of printing. Some lantern slides on different makes of plates were also handed round for comparison by members.



15th August 1892  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8904

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A number of the members of the Dunedin Photographic Society and their friends visited the s.s. Fifeshire at Port Chalmers on Saturday afternoon, at the invitation of Captain Cuthbert, to view a very fine collection of photographic pictures, the work of Mr. S.G. Payne, of Aylesbury, Bucks, England. Mr. Payne, who is making the round tour in the Fifeshire, showed the visitors his albums, containing views of some of the most famous historical castles and modern county mansions in England. Many of these pictures were taken expressly for presentation to the Queen, and every facility has been given Mr. Payne to secure perfect reproductions, both interior and exterior, of the homes of the English nobility. Altogether a very pleasant afternoon was spent in the spacious saloon, and before leaving Dr Hocken returned thanks on behalf of the society to Mr. Payne for his kindness in showing the pictures, and to Captain Cuthbert for the liberal manner in which he had treated the visitors.



5th November 1892
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND HERALD, VOLUME XXIX, ISSUE 9028
Page 3 - HAWKE'S BAY HERALD, VOLUME XXVII, ISSUE 9202
Page 5 - LYTTELTON TIMES, VOLUME LXXVIII, ISSUE 9875
Page 6 - PRESS, VOLUME XLIX, ISSUE 8322

ART EXHIBITION AT DUNEDIN
The Otago Art Society's annual exhibition was opened this evening. The collection of pictures is larger, and generally admitted to be better than these of recent years; but as usual, there is a preponderance of landscapes. There are exhibitors from Auckland, Wellington, and Christchurch. The feature of the exhibition is by many considered to be Van der Velden's picture, from the latter city. There is also a large collection of photographs from the Dunedin Photographic Society, and the Nelson Camera Club.



5th November 1892  Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8974

OTAGO ART SOCIETY'S EXHIBITION
The doors of the Choral Hall were thrown open to the public last evening, a large number of visitors taking advantage of the earliest opportunity of examining the choice collection of pictures to be found in the gallery. The works cataloged this year are more numerous than usual. Including sixty-nine sent in by members of the Dunedin Photographic Society and forty-seven by the Nelson Camera Club, there are 396 contributions on view, and it is within the strict truth to remark that the majority are well worthy of inspection. To provide space for so many exhibits taxed the ingenuity of the Hanging Committee, but two of the side rooms have been utilized, also part of the staircase; and in this way the difficulty is overcome without placing many of the pictures in a bad light. Contributions are to hand from Auckland, Nelson, Wellington, and Christchurch, and a few come from artists of fame in the Old World, the collection as a whole being decidedly the best in every respect that the Otago Art Society have yet presented at their annual exhibitions. This is admitted by all who are competent to express an opinion on the subject. Of the works sent from a distance the exhibits of Mr. K. Beetham, president of the Christchurch Society, and Mr. C.Z. Barraud, president of the Wellington Society, came to hand only a short time before the opening of the exhibition, and hence are not included in the catalog. They are distinguished by the suspended labels attached to them giving the required particulars. The excellence of the catalog has been already referred to, and all that remains to be said by way of preface is that the exhibition is now open daily from 10am to 6pm, and from 7pm to 9pm, and that an art union is being promoted, the tickets being half a crown each.



5th November 1892  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9577
10th November 1892  Page 17 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2020

ART SOCIETY'S EXHIBITION
The sixteenth annual exhibition of the Otago Art Society, and the third annual exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society, was opened last evening in the Choral Hall, in the gallery of the former society. There was no formal opening ceremony, but a large number of ladies and gentlemen were present to take the earliest opportunity of inspecting the works that were hung on the wall. It has become almost a stereotyped phrase in recent years in referring to the Art Society's exhibitions to state that both in point of the number and in respect of the quality of the pictures shown, they have been superior to any of their predecessors, and never has that remark been more applicable than on the present occasion. Notwithstanding that the committee have, as we are informed, rejected an unusually large number of pictures — even as it is, several have found their way into the gallery, and are disposed of in out-of-the-way corners, which might fairly hare been rejected as being not possessed of sufficient merit to justify their being placed on the walls along with pictures of such excellence as the majority of the members have contributed — the catalog contains the names of some 277 works in oil, water-colors and other media, and in addition to these there are on exhibition a few paintings forwarded by artists in the north, which came to hand after the catalog had been prepared.

So great indeed, has been the demand for space that there is an overflow of pictures from the gallery over a dozen being hung in the entrance corridor, and, though the light in which these are situated is certainly not so good as one would wish, the Hanging Committee must be considered to have done the best they could for each exhibitor. It is pleasing to notice the old names recurring in the catalog as contributors of works to the gallery, and it is even more pleasing to find that the number of exhibitors from other portions of the colony is considerably above the average. Conspicuous among these latter is Mr. P. Van der Velden, a European artist who has been residing in Christchurch for some time. An example of New Zealand scenery — a large canvas hung on the east wall, facing the visitor on his entrance to the gallery — is remarkable for the boldness of its execution, and is distinctly the most striking work in the gallery. It is matter for regret that Mr. Van der Velden has only two finished works in the gallery — and the fact that no price is stated against the names of these in the catalog may be assumed to indicate that, neither of them is for sale — but the opportunity is offered to those who intend visiting the exhibition of inspecting some 74 studies and sketches of his which adorn the walls of an anteroom.

Those who admire Mr. John Gibb's work — and he is invariably successful in producing pleasing effects - will be glad to know that he is a somewhat extensive exhibitor. He is as devoted as ever to seascapes, and a painting of a small vessel running through Cook Strait is regarded as exceedingly realistic, while an important landscape which he contributes, and which finds a place on the wall in close proximity to the work just mentioned will find many admirers. Mr. J.M. Nairn, who may be reckoned among the new exhibitors, contributes a large canvas and a few smaller works, and one of the latter — an admirably executed example in figure painting upon which what seemed to many an extremely low price was set - had the star, signifying that it had obtained a purchaser, affixed to it almost immediately after the opening of the exhibition. Mr. F.L. Drummond has forwarded several works all the way down from Auckland. Mr. R.N. Anderson has sent a few from Wellington, and Miss E.G. Culliford, of Christchurch, is represented by five or six subjects. These form a trio of new exhibitors whose works will be scanned with interest. Mrs Mair is always mindful of the date of the exhibition, and is well represented. Studies of the Natives continue to be her strong point, but she has embarked also on the field of landscape painting, in which moreover she has achieved results that are creditable to her. The Hon J.C. Richmand has forwarded a quintet of pictures to the water color side of the gallery, the subjects being found in each instance in the Isle of Arran; but Mr. R. Beetham, of Christchurch, has this year sent only one work to the exhibition — and it arrived too late to be cataloged. Similarly the name of Mr. C.D. Barraud, of Wellington who may be classed among the regular exhibitors, is missing from the catalog, for the two works — both of them views of Mount Egmont — by which he is represented in the gallery reached the hands of the Hanging Committee only a few hours before the opening. Of the local artists, Mr. J.D. Perrett seems to be the most extensive exhibitor. His paintings are in considerable favor with the public; and with the scheme of color which he adopts he succeeds, as a rule — it is so this year — in obtaining good results. Mr. L.W. Wilson is not represented on the walls so strongly as might have been hoped and expected; but he has contributed one very effective work in a scene on the Thames — an elaboration, clearly, of a sketch taken by him on the occasion of the visit he made to Great Britain a couple of years ago.

Mr. A.H. O'Keeffe's examples are noteworthy, as usual, and the public will, it may be safely assumed, devote particular attention to his study of an Afghan; but they will also find that a still life study by the same contributor is in his best style. Even in this preliminary notice the black-and-white examples by Mr. R. Hawcridge must not be overlooked; for pretty work they cannot be surpassed. Of landscapes there generally has been, and still is, a preponderance in the gallery, and for that reason the accession of Miss Hartley to the roll of working members of the society must be hailed with pleasure, for her efforts are all in the way of figure drawing. In flower subjects the exhibition is as strong as any of its predecessors, and in this branch there are one or two new exhibitors, whose work is of a praiseworthy description. Several loan pictures are included in the gallery, among which may be specially mentioned, at present two little gems by a Dutch painter named Artz and an example by F. Heffner these being lent by the Hon. R. Oliver. The exhibition of works by members of the Dunedin Photographic Society is, as it was last year an attractive feature, and this section of the gallery is again enriched by the contributions of the Nelson Camera Club. A more critical reference to these works, as well as to the examples displayed in the gallery over which the Otago Art Society has more direct control must be reserved for a future occasion. The catalog is itself a work of art and forms a valuable record of the exhibition. The reproductions of pictures hung in the gallery, photographed by Mr. W.R. Frost, and lithographed and printed by Messrs J. Wilkie and Co., are in most cases exceedingly well executed, and the general style of the catalog is neat and tasteful. There is again, it should be mentioned, an art union in connection with the exhibition, for which the tickets are only half-a-crown.



5th November 1892
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8974
7th November 1892
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9578
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8975
8th November 1892
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9579
10th November 1892
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9581
11th November 1892
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9582
12th November 1892
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9583
14th November 1892
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9584
16th November 1892
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9586
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8983
17th November 1892
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9587
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8984
19th November 1892
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9589
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8986
21st November 1892
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9590
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8987

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
and
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

Open Daily from 10am to 6pm
and from
7pm to 9pm in the Evening,

Choral Hall, Moray place.

Admission, 1s;
Illustrated Catalogs, 1s;
Season Ticket, 5s;
Twelve Single Tickets, 9s;

Art Union Tickets, 2s 6d,
may be obtained in the Gallery.

The ART UNION will be DRAWN THIS EVENING, at 8pm, in the GALLERY.

JOHN H. SCOTT
HON. SECRETARY

22nd November 1892  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8988

THE OTAGO ART SOCIETY'S EXHIBITION
ARTICLE V
The side room in which the exhibits of the Dunedin Photographic Society and the collection forwarded by the Nelson Camera Club are hung, has been well patronized since the exhibition was opened. Nearly everybody can judge a photograph — or thinks he can; and many visitors who are not quite sure as to the merits of certain of the paintings find no difficulty in expressing opinions as to what they see in the department under notice. Possibly the criticism may be as much astray in one case as the other; but the popular belief on the point has its advantage in attracting attention to the side room. The attaining of this object is a matter for congratulation, for photography is developing as an art, and a close acquaintance with its best products is not only enjoyable but instructive. Those who make it their pleasure to study photography either for pleasure or for business recognize that great strides have recently been made in this department of knowledge, and among amateur photographers especially it has been shown that a considerable amount of art can be introduced into the practice of what, among painters at all events, has until late years been regarded as a purely mechanical method of producing pictures. As a matter of fact the photographer who works solely by rule of thumb is a failure nowadays, and unless a man knows how to make pictures his work receives scant notice. It is therefore a good thing to find photographers and painters going hand in hand. The photographer may learn a great deal from the artist, and the artist may in turn learn something from his contemporary who conjures up pictures with the direct help of the sun. In these days, too, when photography plays such an important part in the artistic reproduction of pictures, and when it has almost killed the art of line engraving in so far as book and newspaper illustration is concerned, painters are slower than they were to give it the cold shoulder. The progress made within the last few years in orthochromatic photography has further increased the importance of the camera, as by its means it is now possible to get in black and white an almost exact reproduction of the color values of landscapes, pictures, or other objects brought within focus. It is satisfactory to see the artistic quality cultivated so markedly, as it is in connection with the Dunedin Photographic Society. Last year the superior work was more prominent in the Nelson exhibits than in those of the Dunedin society. This year the order is reversed, and the local club-men more than hold their own. Though the exhibition is smaller, it is on the whole preferable to last year’s; and we may at the same time remark that it might have been still further improved by the exclusion of a few - a very few — of the exhibits.

To briefly note the works of each exhibitor in the order of the catalog is the task we now essay. The first name on the list is that of Mr. W. Livingston, evidently a very careful worker, and one who may be relied on not to expose a plate unless he has something worthy in sight. His technical work is for the most part excellent, and we observe that in several of his exhibits he has managed to get skies. The effect thus produced is forcibly illustrated in No. 5, "Before the Race", a picture of yachts at their moorings preparing for a start. Here also we get a good idea of water in motion. Another view of a somewhat similar class is No. 25, "Tugs Returning After a Tow". The print shows a good tone: another point of merit to be seen in most of Mr. Livingston’s work. "Out for a Sail" is another nice photograph, and in No. 13 we are presented with a capital study of bush in the Leith Valley. These examples fairly set forth Mr. Livingston’s proficiency; but we cannot help also drawing attention to No, 42, a coast view taken, we think, in the neighborhood of Waikouaiti. This is a nice piece of work in almost all respects.

From an inspection of Mr. F.J. Monson’s exhibits we should say that this student has improved very considerably since he last exhibited. He sends in three pieces, of which the best are No. 2, a bromide print of a scene in the Leith, and No. 6, another bromide showing portion of Nicol Creek. Each is a nice study of bush and stream. The second one referred to is particularly well printed and shows good tone; indeed it would he hard to find any fault with it excepting that a stone in the foreground is rather out of focus.

Mr. R.E. Fletcher is, we believe, a beginner. Taking this fact into consideration, it may fairly be said that his exhibits are creditable. They include several views taken in Tasmania, those of the Cataract Gorge being perhaps the most commendable, and also a happily-timed photo of a submarine explosion at Fort Chalmers.

Mr. Malcolm Ross has forwarded no fewer than ten specimens of his studies, nearly all in bromide printing. In each instance the artistic treatment is excellent, and one may search in vain throughout the whole collection for those faults that arise from carelessness or want of technical knowledge. Some of the prints are of special interest as illustrating Mr. Ross’s experiences in mountaineering. In No, 4, for example, we have a series of views on Wakatipu, including one taken 4,000 ft up Mount Earnslaw. Another set embraces a capital representation of the Birley Glacier, the remains of an avalanche from the terminal face of the glacier being discernible in the crevices of the mountain side. "Follow my Leader" depicts a sensational incident, three climbers struggling with the aid of rope and ice-axe to climb over a face of projecting rocks; and the likeness of a fully equipped mountaineer is a characteristic piece of work on Ilford printing-out paper. Mr. Ross’s efforts in another direction are not less effective. No. 28, "Chums", is a very nice quarter-plate photo of a grandfather and grandchild at play, and No. 11, "In my Garden", the figure of a graceful girl combines with the background of greenery to make a pretty picture.

Mr. R.A. Ewing’s four enlargements are entitled "A Rest by the Way", "Preservation Inlet", "In the Sounds", and "Towing Her Up". They all show good work, the first and third particularly so; but they would be seen to greater advantage if better mounted; and in regard to the Sounds view, representing a misty morning, it might have been an improvement if the camera had been pitched a little lower, so as to make more of the mountain side and less of the water. The general excellence of Mr. Ewing’s productions is so freely recognized that he can well afford to accept these blots in good part.

Mr. Crosby Morris, president of the society, may be classed as a painstaking worker, possessing sound judgment in the selection of scenes and in the production of his pictures. No, 9, "A Southland Homestead", exhibits careful treatment, the detail being very fairly brought out. The same remark applies to "In the Leith Valley", the foliage standing out with noticeable sharpness, and the photograph being altogether an attractive one, with only one defect — viz, the want of sky. A capital representation of brilliant sunlight is obtained in "A Sunny Afternoon", and we find much to commend in the Opihi views, though No. 44, showing the river, has the appearance of having been printed from a rather thin negative or else taken on a dull day, Mr. Morris has about half a dozen other exhibits, all of which will bear inspection.

Mr. W. Williams forwards seven exhibits. First in order is "I’m Half Through", a pretty quarter-plate photograph of a toddling infant clutching at a cross-cut saw, the blade of which is half through a log. No. 16 justifies its rather high sounding title “The Glory of the Heavens". The scene is Wellington Harbor, looking towards Somes Island, with the sun piercing a heavy mass of clouds and lighting up the water with great vividness within a circumscribed radius. It is a rare achievement in photography to secure such a scene as successfully as Mr. Williams has done. The vessels within reach of the camera come out with very clear definition, and the overhead effects are complete in their glorious gradation. It is really a very fine bit of work. "What Shall I Play?" is a good photograph of a young lady taken in a drawing room. Light and shade are nicely represented, particularly in regard to the dress. There is also delicate work in "After the Rain"; and "White Wings", is above the average, though, on the whole, we prefer the yachting scene taken by Mr. Livingston. A view of Kawhia Harbor, also attracts notice, and deservedly so, but in regard to this exhibit it may be permissible to remark that it would have been better to have selected a view that excluded the whitened buildings. On the whole, however, Mr. Williams’s work is distinctly artistic, and his mechanical treatment worthy of high praise.

Mrs W.D. Stewart, a recent acquisition to the ranks of the society, is responsible for six exhibits, and in these has well established her right to a position, among the successful workers. No. 12, "Heaven’s Gate", presumably portrays the entrance to Paradise Flat, and is a very fair Photograph, setting forth the characteristics of the scenery peculiar to the locality. Mrs Stewart also forwards several Wakatipu views, but better than these is her portrait of a young Salvationist. The trace of a slight movement on the part of the sitter is observable, but one has to look closely to spy out this defect. There is a nice light in the portrait; judgment has been evidently exercised in the pose of the sitter; and the finish of the work is excellent.

Mr. A. Fieldwick takes the palm for number of exhibits, having thirteen on the walls. One of the best of the collection is the bromide print of a house in The Glen. In this the detail is capital and the figures come out very well, though, by the way, it might have been as well had he left out the end man altogether in preference to cutting him in halves. Most of Mr. Fieldwick’s portraits are in good style, and some of his hand camera views may be classed as highly meritorious, noticeably the group numbered 41, which includes a charming creek scene. The interiors and exteriors in blue printing are hardly so good as the others; but mention must be made of No. 65, a reduced photograph of a number of photographs. The technical work in this is excellent.

Mr. W. Melville makes a specialty of stereoscopic views, and in the production of these displays taste and skill, this being particularly so with respect to the yacht scenes.

Mr. J.C. Seelye comes last on the list with a framed set of views, the production of which indicates taste and attention to detail.

Coming to the Nelson exhibits, we again find, as was the case last year, a very excellent photographic display. The Nelson Society have lost through the absence of one or two of their most prominent exhibitors who were represented last year, notably Mr. Frank M'Lean, but Mr. Fell, Mr. Patterson, Mr. Pitt, and others continue to send some charming specimens of their works.

Mr. Fell is still in the forefront of the Nelson amateurs, and his portraits this year are particularly interesting. No. 83 is a portrait of His Honor Mr. Justice Richmond — a very fine piece of work, but which, if we mistake not, was exhibited last year, and has consequently already been noticed. There are two portraits of Sir Harry Atkinson, however, that cannot fail to claim attention. They are platinotypes - one from an unretouched negative — and it is sufficient praise to say that a foreign artist who is the leading exhibitor in this year’s exhibition referred to the portraits as by far the most natural and characteristic likenesses of Sir Harry Atkinson that he had seen. Next on the list may be taken No, 75, "Nelson Yachtsmen", not so much from its technical merit as from the subject and the humor of it. The yachtsmen have evidently sailed “far from the madding crowd” to a spot where hard hats, starched collars, and all the other little disabilities of civilization are at a discount. A memo, pasted on the corner of the glass tells us that there are “two architects, two lawyers, one doctor, and a gentleman", and the puzzle is “to find the gentleman”. We give it up — they all look so very uncivilized. Of Mr. Fell’s other subjects we like No, 102, "The Last Load", the best. It is a really pretty picture, though the subject is a somewhat hackneyed one with photographers, and the effect would have been better had the attention of the man on the load been directed to his work instead of to the camera. Altogether Mr. Fell manages to maintain a very high standard of artistic photography.

Next on the list comes Mr. Albert Pitt. This exhibitor does some very fair all round work. No 91 is a portrait of the popular Bishop of Christchurch, and is a good likeness, though a more artistic pose might easily have been selected. In 106, "The Rocks, Nelson", Mr. Pitt has done excellent work, and he appears to have secured a very good negative, the only defect being the want of sky. In No. 99, a silver print depicting a view in Rai Valley, Mr. Pitt has, however, excelled himself. The dead water of a secluded woodland stream, the reflected trees, and the light branch of a dead tree leading up to the darkest shadow, all combine to make an effective and an artistic picture.

Mr. A.H. Patterson has a goodly number of exhibits, which, however, are of rather unequal merit. No. 92 is a frame of platinotype views of Nelson and neighborhood, and is noticeable especially for a view on the Takaka Track. This is thoroughly artistic, the effect of light and shade and of the trees against the sky being very pleasing. It only wants some cloud forms to make it a perfect picture. In contrast with this is No. 96, an enlargement from a negative taken on the Motueka River. This is weak and flat, without a good foreground and with the branch of a tree blackening one corner. In No. 11l Mr. Patterson contributes some so-called moonlight views, which are, on the whole, well done. In No. 114, "Life Studies", Mr. Patterson has again done good work, a shearing scene being treated in a thoroughly realistic mariner.

Mr. J.T. Catley has half a dozen views, in the production of which he has evidently spared no pains; and the small collection by Mr. G.J. Startup is Worthy of its place in the exhibition.



22nd November 1892
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9591
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8988
23rd November 1892
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8989
24th November 1892
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9593

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
and
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

Open Daily from 10am to 6pm
and from
7pm to 9pm in the Evening,

Choral Hall, Moray place.

Admission, 1s;
Illustrated Catalogs, 1s;
Season Ticket, 5s;
Twelve Single Tickets, 9s;

JOHN H. SCOTT
HON.SECRETARY

25th November 1892
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9594

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
and
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

Now Open Daily from 10am to 6pm
and from
7pm to 9pm in the Evening,

Choral Hall, Moray place.

Pictures, etc., must be Removed early on Monday.

Admission on Friday and Saturday, 6d.
Concert on Saturday Evening, 1s.
Illustrated Catalogs, 1s.

JOHN H. SCOTT
HON.SECRETARY

26th November 1892
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9595
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 8992

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
and
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

CHORAL HALL, MORAY PLACE.
Will CLOSE
THIS (SATURDAY) EVENING

Pictures, etc., must be Removed early on Monday.

Admission, 6d.
Concert This (Saturday) Evening, 1s.
Illustrated Catalogs, 1s.

JOHN H. SCOTT
HON.SECRETARY

29th November 1892  Page 4 - COLONIST, VOLUME XXXVI, ISSUE 7492

OTAGO ART SOCIETY'S EXIBITION
NELSON PHOTOGBAPHS
(From 'Otago Daily Times', Nov. 25.)
Those who recollect what an admirable display of photographs was made last year by the Dunedin Photographic Society, with the co-operation of the Nelson Camera Club, will be woefully disappointed with this year's exhibition, which, though the members of the Nelson Club have again forwarded some choice examples, is not to be compared with it in point either of the number of the exhibits or of their artistic quality. Moreover, there appear to be in the Nelson collection several photographs which were shown last year. Why they should be exhibited twice is not clear. Among the Nelson exhibitors, Mr. A.H Patterson, who was represented last year by only one frame, contributes some very nice examples. "A cloud Study at Sunset" and "Moonlit Waters, Nelson", which are included in No. 111, are worthy of special notice. In the former a peculiar cloud effect has been produced, and the latter is a fine specimen, but it is impossible that an instantaneous photograph of water, such as this purports to be, can be got in moonlight, and the exhibitor has evidently resorted to an artificial sky. "Bush Scenes" (No 103) form a series of careful prints. A silver print, "On Maitai Stream" (No 93) by Mr. Albert Pitt, gives a nice, sunny aspect of a pleasing subject, and there is a good, soft finish about the same exhibitor's "Rocks Explosion, Nelson Harbour" (No 94). In his platinotype, "Outdoor Group" (No 73), the composition is faulty; but "At Dovedale" (No 70), which is a silver print, is well composed, has a fine atmosphere, and is taken from a good negative. A bromide enlargement of "Cape Foulwind", (No 107) is shown by Mr. C.Y. Fell. It is enlarged from a half-plate negative by Mr. F. Maclean, and though this was evidently good, the photograph has been somewhat fogged in the printing. The portrait of Mr. Justice Richmond (No 83), by Mr. Fell, seems to be identical with that of "His Honor" which was shown last year; and other examples of portraiture by the same exhibitor are two portraits of the late Sir Harry Atkinson taken in 1889 and 1891 respectively. The former, which is a platinum print direct from an untouched negative, is on the overexposed side, and would have been the better for a little judicious retouching. Mr. J.T. Catley and Mr. G.J. Startup also contribute examples from Nelson.



15th December 1892  Page 33 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2025

OTAGO ART SOCIETY'S EXIBITION
ARTICLE V
Resuming our notice of the water color paintings which adorn the walls of the gallery, the works sent in by Miss Hodgkins demand attention. These are five in number, including a flower piece — if a study of "Thistles" (No. 225) can be called a flower piece. This picture is a beautiful example of coloring, and is faithfully drawn. In "Birch Trees" (No. 229) there is very careful and painstaking work. Indeed, the artist has been too conscientious in her attention to detail, with the result that, in her desire to represent every leaf of the trees of which she has made a study, she has produced a picture that is somewhat "spotty". An admirable example is "Kapiti, North Island" (No. 243), which presumably is a view of the islet taken from the mainland. The sheep in the foreground were perhaps hurriedly drawn, but there is a nice, free touch about the foliage, and there is a clever misty effect in the treatment of the sky, the gray flocculent clouds being skilfully represented. "Hopai, Pelorus Sound" (No. 216), is a capital piece of color, and did not long want a purchaser, and "Hagley Park, Christchurch" (No. 191), will certainly not detract from the reputation which this able artist has built up for herself. Mr. R.F. Smith contributes two water colors, each of them being an English landscape. Both are harvesting scenes as their titles — "Haymakers" (No. 213) and "Harvesting" (No. 233) — imply, and both are exceedingly good studies and pleasing pictures, though the sky in the latter is carelessly executed. Mr. Smith's forte unmistakably lies in landscape work. The two paintings forwarded to the gallery by Mr. C.D. Barraud, of Wellington, are not so good as most of those previously exhibited by him, though nothing that comes from his brush is without considerable merit. In the view of "Mount Cook from the Tasman Valley" the composition would probably have been improved by the obliteration of the stream in the left hand corner. Mr. Barraud's other subject is "Mount Egmont, from Rurenui", which is a well executed work, the tropical-looking vegetation in the foreground being very nicely represented.

Miss Holmes is represented by two landscapes, "The Summit of the Kaka, Wellington" (No. 220), and "Mount Cargill, Dunedin, from the Town Belt" (No. 226), which are faithful studies from nature. In the former a nice touch is shown, and in both a pleasing color is obtained. In "Glancing Beams of Silvery Light" (No. 241), which is a moonlight piece, Mr. E.W. Payton has produced a clever effect. "On the Waipoua River, Wairarapa" (No. 186), is a pleasing work, and so is "Wild Nasturtiums" (No. 173); while the fault to be found with Taringamotu — King Country" (No. 153) is that the pools of water, which Mr. Payton seeks to represent by blanks on the paper, are totally uninfluenced by the clouds. Mr. H.G. Lloyd's "Approach to Lake Illawarra, N.S.W." (No. 236), is the best that he has shown here, and is to be commended for its good drawing and for the admirable suggestion of distance which it contains. Mr. F.L. Jones contributes a couple of nice little studies, both of them delicately painted and pleasing effects. One is "A view from Riverton" (No. 192) and the other — and better — work is entitled "Evening" (No. 244), and is a charming landscape in the Wanaka district. Miss F.M. Hodgkins has a quartet of pictures on the walls, the best being "The Young Anglers" (No. 149), in which she has treated a rather difficult subject with a good deal of skill. "Study of a Head" (No. 199), though not without its defects, is nevertheless a very pleasing work. Mrs Woodhouse contributes three small works, each of which is full of promise. She has obtained a capital effect by force of contrast in her tints in "In Neidpath Orchard" (No. 231), but she has achieved equally good results in more subdued colors in "On the Coast, Hampden" (No. 200), and "Lawyer's Head"(No. 228). Miss M.O. Stoddart, always successful in her flower subjects, has never been more so than she is this year. Her delicacy of treatment and her fidelity in drawing are deserving of the highest commendation, and one cannot but admire her studies. She is represented in the gallery by "Spring Primroses" (No. 170), "Autumn Chrysanthemums" (No. 217), and "Christmas Roses" (No. 230). Mrs Davidson contributes some nice work in "An Autumn Evening, South Canterbury" (No. 208), which is a pleasing landscape, and her best study this year, "Native Bush, The Nuggets, Otago" (No. 146), and "The Nuggets" (No. 178). The subjects of the three pictures which Mrs Joachim exhibits are, singularly enough, to be found in the same localities as those to which Mrs Davidson went for her scenes. One is "Kaka Point, Port Molyneux" (No. 187), another is a representation of a "Footbridge, Geraldine" (No. 205), and the third is "Nuggets Bay" (No. 211). In each of them careful treatment and an artistic touch are to be discerned. Mrs Hocken contributes "Bush Sketch, The Nuggets" (No. 144), and "Study of Black Pine" (No. 219), the latter a very meritorious example of a class of work in which the exhibitor has on several occasions before this achieved a considerable measure of success. "Cottages on the Cambrian Coast" (No. 242) is a nice landscape by Mrs Morice, whose study "Near the Head of Lake Wakatipu" (No. 148) is also very creditable. "View from Nuggets Lighthouse" (No. 207), by Miss Hocken, contains careful and good work. A peculiarity in this picture which will have been noticed by all who have studied it is that the action of the weather upon the large tree which is the most prominent feature in the work has apparently been most severe upon the land side, whereas one would look for that upon the side exposed to the sea breezes. Miss A.C. Gibson is a young and new exhibitor, from whom, judging from her two examples — "A Bit of Dunedin Harbour from the Boatsheds" (No. 183) and "A Sketch Among the Sandhills" (No. 212) — some good work may, if she perseveres, be expected in the course of a few years.

An oil painting by Mr. Richmond Beetham, which escaped attention in a former notice through its not being cataloged, is hung in the entrance corridor. It is entitled "On the Arthur River, Milford Sound". It has paid the penalty of having arrived late by being placed in a somewhat poor light, and it may be owing to that cause that it seems to lack atmosphere. In any event, however, it is not equal to the work that we are accustomed to see from Mr. Beetham's brush. In the same portion of the gallery are hung two oils by Mr. E.W. Payton,- one of which — "The Mouth of the Huia" (No. 273) — though perhaps sketchy, is about the best work contributed by this artist to the exhibition. "Shoal Bay, Auckland" (No. 268), also by Mr. Payton, is a nice work. The specimens of wood carving exhibited by Miss Gether, numbering about half a dozen, are remarkably good examples of what is possible in this branch of art — for it undoubtedly is art — and Miss Gether has worthy disciples in Mrs Downie Stewart, Mrs Proctor, and Mr. J.M. Proctor.

Those who recollect what an admirable display of photographs was made last year by the Dunedin Photographic Society, with the co-operation of the Nelson Camera Club, will be woefully disappointed with this year's exhibition, which, though the members of the Nelson Camera Club have again forwarded some choice examples, is not to be compared with it in point either of the number of the exhibits or of their artistic quality. Moreover, there appears to be in the Nelson collection several photographs which were shown last year. Why they should be exhibited twice is not clear. Among the Nelsou exhibitors, Mr. A.H. Patterson, who was represented last year by only one frame, contributes some very nice examples. "A Cloud Study at Sunset" and "Moonlit Waters, Nelson", which are included in No. 111, are worthy of special notice. In the former a peculiar cloud effect has been produced, and the latter is a fine specimen, but it is impossible that an instantaneous photograph of water, such as this purports to be, can be got in moonlight, and the exhibitor has evidently resorted to an artificial sky. "Bush Scenes" (No. 103) form a series of careful prints. A silver print, "On Maitai Stream" (No. 93), by Mr. Albert Pitt, gives a nice, sunny aspect of a pleasing subject, and there is a good, soft finish about the same exhibitor's "Rocks Explosion, Nelson Harbour" (No. 94). In his platinotype, "Outdoor Group" (No. 73), the composition is faulty; but "At Dovedale" (No. 70), which is a silver print, is well composed, has a fine atmosphere, and is taken from a good negative. A bromide enlargement of "Cape Foul wind" (No. 107) is shown by Mr. C.Y. Fell. It is enlarged from a half-plate negative by Mr. F. Maclean, and though this was evidently good, the photograph has been somewhat fogged in the printing. The portrait of Mr. Justice Richmond (No. 83), by Mr. Fell, seems to be identical with that of "His Honor" which was shown last year; and other examples of portraiture by the same exhibitor are two photographs of the late Sir Harry Atkinson, taken in 1889 and 1891 respectively. The former, which is a platinum print direct from an untouched negative, is on the overexposed side, and would have been the better for a little judicious re-touching. Mr. J.T. Catley and Mr. G.J. Startup also contribute examples from Nelson. Among the local exhibitors, first place must be given this year to Mr. Malcolm Ross, who furnishes several frames, and who has mounted his photographs in a style that may well be taken as an example by the others. "A Mountaineer" (No. 35) may be mentioned as about the best of his, and it is better than the work of many professionals. The figure is well-posed, and the photograph, which is from an excellent negative, is full of detail and of softness, and is artistically treated in every respect. "Follow my Leader" (No. 30), on the other hand, in which Mr. Ross reproduces another of the incidents in his mountaineering experiences, is a poor print from a first-class negative, the picture being fogged, but his "Snapshots at the Seaside" (No. 31) are capital, and the figure is very gracefully posed in that which he entitles "In my Garden" (No. 11). Mr. W. Livingston contributes very good work, and "Before the Race" (No. 5) and "The Beach after a Storm" (No. 58) are particularly meritorious. In the former, a perfect instantaneous negative of water has been obtained, but the photograph suffers from the want of sufficient light, which might have been secured if Mr. Livingston had chosen his subject under better circumstances, and the latter work is very effective — a capital print from an excellent negative. "Heaven's Gate" (No. 12) — Heaven's gate in the Lakes district and not in the skies — by Mrs W.D. Stewart, is a soft, nice print, and "Near Diamond Lake" (No. 53) is also pleasing, but would have been improved by longer exposure. In "A Young Soldier" (No. 40), which is a portrait of a Salvation lass, Mrs Stewart obtained a very good negative, but the subject must have moved during exposure, and consequently the mouth has been blurred. Of the examples contributed by Mr. Crosby Morris the best is "Opihi Gorge" (No. 15), a nice, soft picture, which has, however, been printed too dark. In "The Glory of the Heavens" (No. 16) Mr. W. Williams has obtained a good cloud effect, probably from a composed negative, and in "White Wings" (No. 29) the composition is nice and the water good. Mr. W. Melville exhibits a couple of frames of stereoscopic views, the negatives of which have been nicely exposed, but in none of the architectural pictures are the lines straight. Mr. A. Fieldwick, who shows some nice quarter plates, Mr. R.A. Ewing, Mr. F.J. Monson, Mr. R.E. Fletcher, and J.C. Seelye also contribute to the gallery.



15th February 1893  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9662

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Otago Art Society was held in the City Council Chambers yesterday afternoon, Mr. W.M. Hodgkins (president) being in the chair.

One of the side rooms was let to the Dunedin Photographic Society for its annual exhibition.



18th March 1893  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9086
20th March 1893  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9690

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society held their third annual meeting yesterday evening in their room, Union Chambers. The president (Mr. Crosby Morris) occupied the chair.

The Secretary read the annual report, which was adopted. From it we gather that the society have increased both in numbers and usefulness. At the monthly meetings members give a demonstration of the different modes of development, intensifying, printing, toning, etc., and any difficulties met with by anyone are cleared away by the experience of other members. The society held their third annual exhibition conjointly with the Nelson Camera Club in November last, and in February their exhibits were on view with those of the Camera Club in Nelson, when they were ably noticed by the Press and the public. During the present month the Dunedin and Nelson societies exhibit with the Auckland Club. It is confidently expected, the report says, that these joint exhibitions, originated by the Dunedin Photographic Society, will be the forerunners of annual colonial exhibitions, which will do much to foster a feeling of emulation and friendliness among photographers throughout the colony. As an assistance to members in the practice of their art, the society have acquired a large library of standard works on photography, and there are received by every mail copies of the leading photographic papers published in Britain. During the year just concluded, the society gave an exhibition of lantern slides in illustration of a very interesting journey from Manapouri to the coast, by canoes, on the Waiau River. This was open to the friends of members, as well as to members themselves. It is proposed to have another shortly, probably in April; and later on another, illustrating Alpine photography, by an expert in this branch of traveling — viz., Mr. Malcolm Ross.

Four new members joined the Society.



24th April 1893  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9116

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A social meeting in connection with the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the Oddfellows Hall, Stuart street, last Friday. The first part of the program consisted of an exhibition of lantern slides, showing moonlight effects, after which a number of local views were thrown on the screen, and as the concluding part of a very enjoyable entertainment several photographs illustrating a trip on the Taieri River were placed before the spectators. The president (Mr. J.C. Thomson) occupied the chair, and as each view was shown a description of it, was, given by Mr. W. Williams while lantern and the limelight were worked by Mr. Jones. At the next entertainment views of Mount Cook scenery will be shown from some fine photos taken by Mr. Malcolm Ross.



19th May 1893  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9138

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on Wednesday evening in the Union Chambers. The president (Mr. J.C. Thomson) occupied the chair, and there was a large attendance of members. After the ordinary business was disposed of a large number of pictures taken during the month, a part of them illustrating a subject set at the meeting of the society the month before, were shown by members. It was arranged to hold another lantern evening similar to the one held during April last. It will take place probably about the middle of June, the subject being 'Alpine Photography'. It is a sufficient guarantee of the interesting way the subject will be treated to state that the lecturer will be Mr. Malcolm Ross. These entertainments are open to members and their friends, and it is proposed to hold them at intervals during the winter.



22nd June 1893  Page 19 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2052

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society gave an enjoyable exhibition of limelight views in St. Matthew's Schoolroom on Tuesday night. The president of the society (Mr. J.C. Thomson) occupied the chair. Some views descriptive of the dangers of alpine traveling, in Switzerland, and some of the beauties met with in ascending our own mountains — Earnslaw, The Remarkables, Cook, Aorangi, Tasman, and other heights — were exhibited, each view being described in a very interesting manner by Mr. Malcolm Ross, by whom the majority of the New Zealand views were photographed. Some of the other negatives shown were taken by Messrs Williams and Livingstone, members of the society, and Mr. Mannering, of Christchurch. A number of views of mountain scenery, taken by Mr. Moodie (of Burton Bros) were afterwards shown. The limelight was under the charge of Mr. R.C. Jones. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded the society for the very pleasant evening's entertainment they had provided.



17th August 1893  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9214

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held last evening at the society’s room, Union Chambers, when there was a large attendance of members. Demonstrations of enlarging on bromide paper were given by two members successfully. Two small negatives, one a view and the other a portrait, were placed in a couple of lanterns, the lights in the room turned down, and two pieces of bromide paper exposed for a certain time; these sheets were then developed before the members. The set subject for next month, it was decided, should be ‘Clouds'. A new member was elected.



16th November 1893  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9292

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
William Livingston, as secretary of the Dunedin Photographic Society, says that our notice of the Art Society's exhibition in our issue of the 13th November, is calculated to convey an impression that his society are exhibiting thereat, as in former years, but such is not the case. The Photographic Society intend to hold their exhibition in February next. Their members at present exhibiting are doing so purely as members of the Art Society. In reference to this matter we may point out that our notice did not contain the statement that the exhibitors contributed as representing the Photographic Society.



21st December 1893  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 9927

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held last evening, when criticism of the work done by members during the past two months was submitted, by a special committee selected for the purpose, and other work of members — some of it of a very satisfactory character — was shown. It has been decided to hold the annual exhibition of photographs in March next, when a considerable number of exhibits are expected from the Wellington, Auckland, and Nelson societies. A feature of this exhibition will be a series of entertainments given by means of the optical lantern.



13th February 1894  Page 5 - LYTTELTON TIMES, VOLUME LXXXI, ISSUE 10271

PHILOSOPHICAL INSTITUTE
The usual monthly meeting of the photographic section of the Philosophical Institute was held last night. There was a very large attendance of members and visitors, and an enjoyable evening was spent. The competitions were postponed till next meeting, when three competitions for the following subjects, “Children at the Seaside”, " High Street” and “Stationary Shipping”, will be decided. The section has commenced the year with capital prospects and an increased membership. A letter was received from the Dunedin Photographic Society, asking co-operation in an exhibition to be held on March 10th, at Dunedin, and it was decided to send a number of frames. Some beautiful lantern slides were shown by Messrs Noble, Thompson, Seager, Bourko, Beardsley, Telford and others.



1st March 1894
Page 3 - STAR, ISSUE 4888
Page 5 - LYTTELTON TIMES, VOLUME LXXXI, ISSUE 10285
Page 4 - PRESS, VOLUME LI, ISSUE 8731

PHILOSOPHICAL INSTITUTE
The photographic section of the Philosophical Institute has been asked to assist the Dunedin Photographic Society in an exhibition of amateur work, to be held at Dunedin in April. A committee is now collecting photographs and lantern slides, and there is every prospect of some good work being sent down. In order to give outside exhibitors a better chance, the time for receiving exhibits has been extended to 4th April.



10th March 1894  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9338

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The next annual exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society promises to be a great success. It opens in the Young Women's Christian Association Rooms, we understand, on the 14th of next month, and remains open for a week. This time the society will have not only the exhibits of the Nelson Camera Club as formerly, but also those of the Auckland, Christchurch, and Invercargill Clubs. The exhibition will be open all day, and in the evenings series of views, by the different societies, illustrating the various scenery of the colony, will be shown by the limelight lantern. As this is the first attempt made in New Zealand or Australia to hold a colonial photographic exhibition we look forward with some interest to it, and wish the Dunedin Photographic Society every success.



19th March 1894  Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9345
20th March 1894  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 10001

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society on Friday evening the report and balance-sheet were adopted. From the former we gather that the membership is steadily increasing, nine members having joined during the year. Some of these devote their time to special branches, such as photomicrography, stereoscopy, and lantern slides, and this specialization it is hoped will enhance the usefulness of the society. The attendance at the monthly meetings has been good, despite the influence of counter attractions on the evenings of society meetings. A number of demonstrations of the working of processes has been given by members at these meetings, and subjects have been set for the different months, such as harbor scenes, snow scenes, and clouds. A scheme was initiated for the improvement of members work, a committee appointed for the purpose received specimens of the work done during the month, and criticized these in a friendly manner, pointing out apparent defects and suggesting improvements both on the art side and on the technical. The society possess a set of magnesium flash lamps and appurtenances for taking portraits in the evening. They are for use by any member who desires to essay instantaneous portraiture in his own home, and are especially wanted in the winter evenings by the members. The society also possess an excellent lending library, which embraces standard books on all the different branches of the art, while the leading photographic papers — the 'British Journal of Photography' and the 'Lantern Record' — are received by every mail.

Perhaps the part of the report of most interest to the non-photographic public is that referring to the very enjoyable entertainments given during the winter time to the friends of members. Two of these were given last season, and although on both occasions the weather was boisterous in the extreme, large and appreciative assemblies filled the halls. They will be continued in the coming winter.

As mentioned in our columns a few days ago, the society’s annual exhibition takes place next month, and is looked forward to with some interest, as it will contain exhibits from the five colonial societies. The balance-sheet shows a good balance to credit for the year.

A vote of thanks was passed to the retiring officer's. Two new members were elected.



22nd March 1894  Page 15 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2091
4th April 1894  Page 2 - NELSON EVENING MAIL, VOLUME XXVIII, ISSUE 78

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
We understand that the next annual exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society will be held about the middle of next month. It will be on a larger scale than hitherto. On the last two occasions the Nelson Club exhibited along with the local society, but this time the exhibits of four other societies will hang on the walls. These are the societies of Auckland, Nelson, Christchurch and Invercargill and some very fine work may be expected of them. This co-exhibiting will provoke considerable emulation between the societies represented and should prove a spur to better work by individual members in the future. The YWCA Room has been taken for the purpose. The date of the opening will appear in our columns later on.



11th April 1894
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9364
12th April 1894
Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 10021
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9365

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
FOURTH ANNUAL EXHIBITION
being the combined Exhibitions of the
Dunedin Photographic Society and the Auckland, Nelson, Christchurch, and Southland Clubs,

YOUNG WOMEN'S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATION HALL, MORAY PLACE

Open SATURDAY, April 14th, to SATURDAY, April 21st,
from 11am to 6pm, and from 7pm to 8pm.

Limelight Lantern Show each evening, beginning at 8pm.

ADMISSION, One Shilling (entitling also to Lantern Show in the Evening).



13th April 1894  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9366
14th April 1894  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9367

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
THE FOURTH ANNUAL EXHIBITION of the Dunedin Photographic Society will be opened by the President, Dr Roberts, in the Y.W.C. Association Hall, TO-MORROW (Saturday), at 2.30pm. A set of slides illustrating the Water of Leith and its tributaries will be shown by Lantern at 8pm. Tickets (entitling to Exhibition and Lantern Show), One Shilling.



16th April 1894  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9368

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
On Saturday evening the Dunedin Photographic Society gave the first of their lantern entertainments in connection with the exhibition now being held in the Y.W.C.A. Hall, Moray place. There was a good attendance, and the lecture and views were much appreciated. This evening the slides will be illustrative of the Catlins district, which is fast becoming a holiday resort.



16th April 1894  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9368

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
COMBINED EXHIBITION of the Dunedin, Nelson, Auckland, Christchurch, and Invercargill Societies

Y.W.C.A. Hall, Moray place.
Open daily from 11am to 6pm and 7pm to 10pm
Admission — One Shilling (entitling also to Lantern Show at 8pm)

LANTERN SHOW THIS EVENING:
CATLINS DISTRICT



17th April 1894  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9369

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

COMBINED EXHIBITION of the Dunedin, Nelson, Auckland, Christchurch, and Invercargill Societies

Y.W.C.A. Hall, Moray place.
Open daily from 11am to 6pm and 7pm to 10pm
Admission — One Shilling (entitling also to Lantern Show at 8pm)

LANTERN SHOW THIS (Tuesday) EVENING:
Nelson views and Moonlight Effects, by Mr. Williams



17th April 1894  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9369

PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
Large attendances nightly reward the promoters of the exhibition in the Y.W.C.A. Rooms. The lectures have decidedly “caught on”. Yesterday evening, when Dr Roberts showed views illustrative of Catlin River scenery, and also delivered an interesting lecture on the subject, the hall was simply crowded, and applause frequently interrupted the remarks made from the desk. It could be wished, however, that the public availed themselves more freely of the opportunity of inspecting by daylight the very pleasing collection of photographs on the walls. Probably it may have escaped the observation of some at least among the patrons that one payment admits to a day view as well as to the lecture. We can assure our readers that the fact is worth remembering. The show is a really good one. It may be as well to point out to intending visitors a few of the choicer exhibits to which inspection should be directed in the first place if time is a consideration.

Let such make a point of looking at the loan pictures by Dr Emmerson and H.P. Robinson, two English workers of repute. Dr Emmerson’s pair of exhibits are, apparently, reproductions. They are characteristic English views produced in a most artistic manner. The collection forwarded by the Southland Camera Club occupies a space on the end wall nearest the door. A fair level of merit is reached by all the contributors in this section — not one of the pieces is downright faulty, and, though few rise to super excellence, there is really clever work to be seen in the best examples, of which we take No. 7, a view of Riverton regatta (E.B. Pilcher), a bush tramway scene (No. 16) by the same photographer, and two of C. Gilbertson’s contributions (Nos. 15 and 20) to be the most artistic.

The Nelson Camera Club make a very good display. We note with pleasure some pretty examples in platinotype forwarded by F.W. Thorp, who is, we understand, a recruit to the ranks of exhibitors, and particular attention may be directed to his, "A Study of Cattle", on printing-out paper, as well as No. 14, a bush study. A. Pitt, a well-known and successful artist, is adequately represented in various styles. His outdoor portraits command notice on their merits. Of A.H. Patterson’s exhibits the most striking, perhaps, is "Father Damien". This is a bromide enlargement of the copy of a crayon drawing, and we may express the opinion that the artist has been conspicuously successful. C.Y. Fell, a specially good man, forwards a variety of photographs, every one of which is a credit to him. "The Puddlers", is a typical New Zealand scene; No. 42, a grove by twilight, comes out with the softness and the elegance of an engraving; the delicate tones of the platinotypes giving views on the Wanganui River are surprisingly delicate in tone, and in all respects artistic; and No. 54 is noticeable for, its effectiveness in regard to distance.

In the Auckland collection, particular mention may be made of a series of views illustrative of Tennyson's "Brook", done by H.R. Arthur. He has selected his scenes with a considerable degree of judgment, used pains to produce in every case a good picture from a technical point of view, and the illustrative quotations are for the most part felicitous. The idea is distinctly a good one. Highlights are treated with skill in the same exhibitor’s No. 28, a view of rock and sea which ranks as one of the most vivid photographs in the collection, though we do not care for the frame. R.B. Walrond’s view from the railway wharf, Auckland, is interesting, but be has done much better work in, “a bullock team" a bromide-enlargement the beauties of which are undeniable and conspicuous to the instructed eye. H. Winkelmann's principal exhibit, No. 1, is a collection of small views of yachts in motion. Technically the work is such as to command high approval, but it may be that Mr. Winkelmann would have produced a better effect if he had put fewer pieces inside the frame and mounted them all square to the vision, or, better still, if he had placed an enlargement in the center. His views of places about the Great Barrier Island are from very fine negatives, and, apart from their merits as photographs, they will be inspected with interest revealing the beauties of a spot seldom visited by the ordinary tourist. G.R. Boulton is largely represented, and the most of his exhibits are characterized by nice warmth of tone. As an example, we would refer especially to No. 16, a creek scene, though for general merit his "Government House in Winter", is perhaps the most noticeable. It reminds one very much of an English studio.



18th April 1894
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 10026
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9370
19th April 1894
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9371

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

COMBINED EXHIBITION of the Dunedin, Nelson, Auckland, Christchurch, and Invercargill Societies

Y.W.C.A. Hall, Moray place.
Open daily from 11am to 6pm and 7pm to 10pm
Admission — One Shilling (entitling also to Lantern Show at 8pm)

LANTERN SHOW THIS (Wednesday) EVENING:
VIEWS UP THE SHOTOVER RIVER by Mr. R.E. Fletcher



18th April 1894  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 10026

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The attendance at the Dunedin Photographic Society exhibition was again satisfactory yesterday. In the evening a considerable number of persons were present at the lantern entertainment, which consisted of views near Nelson and a series of moonlight effects prepared by Mr. Wilson. This evening the lantern entertainment will be conducted by Mr. R.E. Fletcher, who will exhibit and explain a series of photographs depicting the scenery up the Shotover river.



19th April 1894  Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 10027

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

COMBINED EXHIBITION of the Dunedin, Nelson, Auckland, Christchurch, and Invercargill Societies

Y.W.C.A. Hall, Moray place.
Open daily from 11am to 6pm and 7pm to 10pm
Admission — One Shilling (entitling also to Lantern Show at 8pm)

LANTERN SHOW THIS (Thursday) EVENING:
VIEWS AUCKLAND SLIDES



19th April 1894  Page 19 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2095

PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
The fourth annual exhibition of photographs held under the auspices of the Dunedin Photographic Society, was opened on Saturday afternoon in the rooms of the Young Women's Christian Association. The present is the largest exhibition of photographs that has yet been held in the colony, the amateur photographers of Auckland, Nelson, Christchurch, and Southland all sending contributions, which, with the examples of work executed by the members of the local society, go to form a show which is distinctly interesting and worthy of the highest admiration. The Dunedin Photographic Society itself supplies 133 frames, including examples from the best known of our amateur devotees of this branch of art; the Nelson Camera Club, which has in previous years exhibited largely in Dunedin, and exhibited work of a class that makes its contributions exceedingly welcome, has forwarded 63 frames.

The Auckland Photographic Club and the Christchurch Photographic Society have not hitherto exhibited in this city. Each is well represented, and so worthily represented that one is induced to hope for many future opportunities of witnessing their treatment of the subjects which they reproduce. And the Southland Camera Club — the youngest organization of the club — forwards a score of frames which are by no means unworthy of being exhibited on the walls of the gallery. In all there are some 300 colonial examples of amateur photography, and in addition to these there are a few loan pictures by Robinson and Emerson, the leaders of two noted schools of photography in the old country, the latter being the apostle of the "naturalistic" school. On Saturday evening, when there was a large attendance, a number of slides depicting the Water of Leith, with its tributaries, from its outlet to its source were exhibited by means of a lantern.

Dr Roberts, President of the Dunedin Photographic Society opened the exhibition with the following remarks: This society at first commenced in quite a small way. Its exhibitions did not create wide interest, and were confined to the hanging of the works of a few of its members, aided by a small but acceptable contribution from the Nelson Camera Club. Last year its exhibition, assisted by the Nelson Camera Club, was held in connection with that of the Otago Art Society. But this society has been adding to its membership, and the skill and taste of its individual members have been advancing and this year a bolder step has been taken, and a much larger collection of pictures brought together not only from its own members but also from the kindred societies of Auckland, Nelson, Christchurch, and Invercargill. The result is, as I think you will allow when you glance round these walls, that we have here a collection of pictures which show that amateur photography in New Zealand is productive of results which are a credit to those who are pursuing it in their leisure moments at home or in the field. Photography is a science which is rapidly becoming more popular, and is now largely recognized by a great many as an interesting and even fascinating pastime. Nowadays, owing to the perfection in the manufacture of apparatus and material, it is made easy, and within the reach of most; but at the same time there is great scope for the exercise of technical skill and artistic taste, and he who displays these will be the more likely to obtain pleasing results. Those who are unable to make pictures for themselves by drawing or Painting will find in photography a means that will help to satisfy their desires in that direction, while those who possess the skill and artistic feeling necessary for the production of good pictures can still obtain aid from the unerring truth of form and the accuracy of detail and light and shade which photography gives. In conclusion I would point out that these photographs do not include the whole of our exhibition. Every evening during the period in which this exhibition remains open a lantern entertainment will be held, in which photographs taken by members of this or the other societies will be projected on the screen, and they should prove an attractive item in themselves. I now formally declare this exhibition open.

The exhibition will remain open for a week.

On Monday evening a number of lantern views, illustrative of Catlins river scenery were shown by Dr Roberta. There was a large attendance, the hall of the Y.W.C.A. being inconveniently crowded. Dr Roberts, in an interesting lecture, took his audience from Glenomaru to Catlins; then from the lower end of the lake to the mouth of the river, along to False Islet and Cannibal Bay; thence up the lake to the Blowhole, and the upper portions of the river finishing with a series of views illustrative of the process of clearing the bush for settlement. The lecture was listened to attentively, and the views many of which were exceedingly beautiful and artistic, called forth frequent and enthusiastic applause. At the conclusion of Dr Roberts lecture, a series of slides prepared by Mr. Burke, of the Christchurch Society, were thrown on the screen, and greatly appreciated. On Tuesday evening views sent by the Nelson Society and a series of moonlight effects, prepared by Mr. Williams — similar to those so much appreciated at one of the winter entertainments of the society — were shown. On Wednesday evening Mr. Fletcher exhibited views of the Shotover river, Wakatipu district; on Thursday some slides sent by the Auckland Society will be put on the screen, and Mr. Malcolm Ross will exhibit a series of new slides of the Southern Alps, illustrative of recent mountaineering adventures; while on Friday Mr. Williams will give a lecture on a trip overland from Wellington to Napier.



19th April 1894  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 10027
26th April 1894  Page 34 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2096

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
The fourth annual exhibition under the auspices of the Dunedin Photographic Society (should not the title be altered to indicate that the membership is confined to amateur photographers?) has attracted a very fair attendance of visitors on each day since the opening. It has been already pointed out that the exhibition is the largest that has been held in the colony, and it is in many respects exceedingly creditable. The largest exhibit is, an is only natural, made by the local society, but the inclusion in the gallery of specimens of the work of the amateur photographers of Auckland, Nelson, Canterbury, and Southland is a distinctly attractive feature of the exhibition.

Of the work of the members of the Nelson Camera Club a very favorable impression has been already created here by the exhibition of a number of frames, forwarded by them, at the Otago Art Society's displays for two years. Messrs A. Pitt and C.Y. Tell, who were the largest individual contributors on those occasions, are again well represented, but it is at least open to question whether Mr. Pitt's work, as shown in the present exhibition, is equal to what has been previously shown by him. The three outdoor portraits taken by him, the subject being the same in each case, suffer from the strength of the contrast between the whiteness of the lady's dress and the darkness of the background. His "Safely Over", a view taken at the Wairoa river, Nelson, is, however, a very good example, and there is a nice atmosphere about his scene "On Lake Te Anau", looking towards Worsley river from Sandfly Point. "At Picton" and "On Lake Manapouri" suffer, however, from under exposure. "All Attention", in which a group of cattle is represented, is a very sunny and pretty picture, and is decidedly the best Mr. Pitt has in the room. Mr. Pell is not by any means so extensive an exhibitor, and his most noteworthy example is "Endeavour Inlet", in which he has succeeded admirably under circumstances that rendered it difficult to get an agreeable effect. Mr. A.H. Patterson's "River Scenes" comprises four bright, sunny pictures. His "Morning Mists, Wakamarina", a platinotype, is a nice little vignette; and his "Shap Shots, Totaranui", which are p.o.p. prints, are also very effective. Mr. F.W. Thorp is represented by nearly a score of photographs, mostly bromides, the defect in which is their tone. "On the Takataka Road", which may be taken as about the best of them, is full of detail. "Happy Valley Stream" is the pick of Mr. J. Sclander's trio, the others being from under-exposed negatives.

Passing on to the Auckland Photographic Club collection — each collection, it is to be remarked, is numbered separately — a frame containing over a dozen yachting pictures, by Mr. H. Winkelman, demands attention. The photographs are instantaneous, and a good negative was secured in each case. The same exhibitor's frames of views on Great Barrier Island are equally commendable, careful work and nice exposure being characteristic of the photographs. "A Bullock Team", by Mr. R.B. Walrond, a bromide, is a very good composition, in the sense that the photographer has used judgment in selection. The same exhibitor shows several other photographs of merit, and his "Wild Clematis" may be mentioned as being very nice. Mr. H.R. Arthur contributes a series of 11 small views, illustrative of Tennyson's "Brook", which are all good photographs and of very even quality. It is gratifying to find an amateur addressing himself to such a theme as that which Mr. Arthur selected. "Views on the West Coast Road" by the same exhibitor are nicely treated even if the printing is on the dark side; but the gem in Mr. Arthur's collection, and the best work of its kind in the gallery, is "The Last Gleam of Sunlight", an instantaneous photograph, in which the spray dashing back from the rocks and the foam on the water are splendidly represented. Why Mr. Arthur should have mounted this so gaudily it is impossible to say — the effect is greatly marred in consequence. "At the Big Huia" and "Twixt Sunshine and Shower" by Mr. G.R. Boulton are both good examples; but No. 33, also named "At Big Huia", — the choice of titles evidently not being a strong point with Mr. Boulton, for he has yet another similarly named, besides five others in which the word "Huia" occurs — has splendid atmosphere and is superior in every way to No. 32 which is an enlargement from it.

In the Christchurch Photo Club's exhibition Mr. J. Tosswill furnishes a frame of Continental views, which are silver prints, and all of them show first-class work. The same exhibitor's "Winter" is a snow effect which is exceedingly good, a perfect negative having been obtained. Mr. E. Beardsley has not displayed conspicuous judgment in his choice of subjects, all of which are views about Christchurch. "On the Heathcote", which is printed on "Nikko" paper, is a good example and has a nice atmosphere about it. Mr. W. Burkes "Fireside Reflections" is nicely studied. The pose of the figure might have been improved, but there is a glow as if reflected from a fire upon the subject's face. "On the Wallaby" and "A Refresher at the Bar" are also capital examples by the same exhibitor. Mr. S. Page's "Farm Horses" is an excellent photograph, and this contributor's "Flax and Fern", in which a bush of native flax and a tree fern are depicted, and "Bullock Team" are well exposed and meritorious examples. The exhibition by members of the local society would, even without the works forwarded from other parts of the colony, be decidedly interesting. The most important exhibitor, probably, is Mr. W. Livingston, who can always be relied on for good work; his examples always containing the necessary detail without the sacrifice of the brilliancy of the scene being involved. Among others "Unrequited Old Age" is a very good picture of a couple of old hulks; "Playmates" is a capital study of children playing on the sea beach; "Off to the Potato Fields" is a very effective representation of a Maori woman with her piccaninny in her shawl on her back; and possibly the best of Mr. Livingston's examples is "A Calm". Of Dr Roberts contributions a few may be mentioned.

"The Bush Road" rather errs in respect of being too full of detail, "The Forest Glade" being distinctly superior. "A Prohibitionist" — painted on a peculiarly prepared paper — is, in the opinion of many, the best work in the gallery. It is an admirable study of a chubby boy, who, apparently unconscious of having the camera turned on him, is filling a bucket from a water tap. The figure is well posed, and there is a very pleasing tone about the picture, which, indeed, may be studied with advantage by many of our amateur photographers. For a snow scene, "Wintry Weather" by Mr. R.A. Ewing, is under-exposed and over-developed. "At Clydevale Station", by the same member, is much better; but decidedly the best shown by him is "Dunedin Wharf", which is a very good photograph, nicely exposed and nicely printed. Mr. R.E. Fletcher has very satisfactorily treated his subject of "The Fossickers", in which a couple of miners are represented taking a "prospect"; but No. 105, from which the former photograph is enlarged, is much superior. Of the half dozen or so exhibited by Mr. Crosby Morris, the best, probably, is his scene at "Silverstream", which is exceedingly good, and has a capital atmosphere; and undoubtedly the best of Mr. C. Stewart's, which are all examples of portraiture and are finished in a style such as might be expected in a studio, is his "Dolce Far Niente", a rather striking picture. Mr. W. Williams's pair representing the first appearance of a juvenile violinist, the solo and the recall, are happily chosen and very well executed, and "A Siesta", also by this exhibitor, is nicely composed. "At My Window", by Mr. J.C. Thomson, is unconventional and pleasing; "In Forest Green", by Mrs Hocken, is a nice atmospheric effect; the best of the pictures contributed by Mr. Malcolm Ross, who has previously shown much better work, seems to be "On the Sandhills"; and certainly the best of Mr. A.J. Barth's is his "Avonside Church", which is an enlargement. Mr. R. Hay contributes some interesting "Snapshots in Italy"; Mrs W.D. Stewart shows several pleasing views, chiefly in the Geraldine district; Mr. J.C Seelye's work is distinctly promising; and some other new exhibitors are represented by two or three small pictures apiece. Dr Truby King has sent in a dozen works, which arrived too late to be cataloged, but must not on that account be overlooked. They are views of various parts of the colony, and in all of them there is good atmosphere — in some remarkably good.

The Southland Camera Club collection consists of 21 frames supplied by five exhibitors. It is a very creditable contribution and all the examples show painstaking work, there not being a bad photograph in the lot. "On the Rocky Beach" and "Pleasure", by Mr. H.A. Jackman, may be particularized as being very nice examples; and "Wedding Presents", by Mr. E.B. Pilcher, is a very good interior. The lantern entertainment on Thursday night consisted of views "Up the Shotover River", a number of admirable slides, beginning with views of Queenstown and conducting the spectator as in as the Phoenix Company's mine, being placed on the screen and explained by Mr. Fletcher.



20th April 1894
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 10028

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

COMBINED EXHIBITION of the Dunedin, Nelson, Auckland, Christchurch, and Invercargill Societies

Y.W.C.A. Hall, Moray place.
Open daily from 11am to 6pm and 7pm to 10pm
Admission — One Shilling (entitling also to Lantern Show at 8pm)

LANTERN SHOW THIS (Friday) EVENING:
Views overland from Wellington to Napier.



20th April 1894  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9372

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society exhibition in the Choral Hall was largely patronized yesterday; in fact, the attendance was larger than on any previous day on which the exhibition has been open. Altogether, the management are of opinion that the experiment of holding an exhibition on a large scale has proved a very satisfactory one. Last night there was a numerous gathering. Mr. Malcolm Ross gave a lecture on "A trip to the Mount Cook district", showing a large collection of capital Alpine views, which were greatly admired, as was evidenced by the hearty applause with which they were received. Subsequently a number of very nice Auckland views were shown by Mr. Thomson. To-night there will be a lecture by Mr. Williams, illustrating views overland from Wellington to Napier, and to-morrow night Mr. Fletcher's lecture, in which he deals with a trip up the Shotover River to the Phoenix Mine, will, by special request, be repeated. Some of the views in this series are very fine, and when shown the other evening excited the most favorable comment.



20th April 1894  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9372
21st April 1894  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9373

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

COMBINED EXHIBITION of the Dunedin, Nelson, Auckland, Christchurch, and Invercargill Societies

Y.W.C.A. HALL, Moray place.
Open daily from 11am to 6pm and 7pm to 10pm.
Admission One Shilling (entitling also to Lantern Show at 8pm).

LANTERN SHOW THIS (Friday) EVENING:
From Wellington to Napier, by Mr. W. Williams.


DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

SATURDAY, CLOSING DAY of the Largest Photographic Exhibition ever held in the Australasian Colonies.

Mr. R.E. FLETCHER has consented to again show on the screen on Saturday Evening his Pictures (with descriptive Lecture) of the wild and beautiful but little known Valley of the Shotover River, in the Wakatipu district. Commencing at 8pm.



25th April 1894  Page 2 - NELSON EVENING MAIL, VOLUME XXVIII, ISSUE 95

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Otago Daily Times in a notice of the annual photographic exhibition under the auspices of the Dunedin Photographic Society says: It has been already pointed out that the exhibition is the largest that has been held in the colony, and it is in many respects exceedingly creditable. The largest exhibit is, as is only natural, made by the local society, but the inclusion in the gallery of specimens of the work of the amateur photographers of Auckland, Nelson, Canterbury, and Southland is a distinctly attractive feature of the exhibition. Of the work of the members of the Nelson Camera Club a very favorable impression has been already created here by the exhibition of a number of frames forwarded by them at the Otago Art Society's displays for two years. Messrs A. Pitt and C.Y. Fell, who were the largest individual contributors on those occasions, are again well represented, but it is at last open to question whether Mr. Pitt's work, as shown in the present exhibition, is equal to what has been previously shown by him. The three outdoor portraits taken by him, the subject being the same in each case, suffer from the strength of the contrast between the whiteness of the lady's dress and the darkness of the background. His "Safely Over", a view taken at the Wairoa river, Nelson, is, however, a very good example, and there is a rather nice atmosphere about his scene "On Lake Te Anau, looking towards Worsley river from Sandfly Point. "At Picton" and "On Lake Manapouri" suffer, however, from under exposure. "All Attention", in which a group of cattle is represented, is a very sunny and pretty picture, and is decidedly the best Mr. Pitt has in the room. Mr. Fell is not by any means so extensive an exhibitor, and his most noteworthy example is "Endeavour Inlet", in which he has succeeded admirably under circumstances that rendered it difficult to get an agreeable effect. Mr. A.H. Patterson's "River Scenes", comprises four bright sunny pictures. His "Morning Mists, Wakamarina", a platinotype, is a nice little vignette and his "Snap Shots, Totaranui", which are p.o.p. prints, are also very effective. Mr. F.W. Thorp is represented by near a score of photographs, mostly bromides, the defect in which is their tone. "On the Takaka Road, which may be taken as about the best of them, is full of detail. "Happy Valley Stream", is the pick of Mr. J. Sclanders's trio, the others being from under exposed negatives.



18th May 1894  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9396
19th May 1894  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9397
21st May 1894  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 10054

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The ordinary monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on Wednesday evening last in the society’s room, Union Chambers. The Committee submitted a report and balance-sheet of the annual exhibition lately held. The report states that in every respect this was satisfactory. The show of pictures was such as to bring sufficient visitors each day to make it a paying concern. Nearly one thousand persons visited the room during the seven days it was open. Those colonial exhibitions have been an object of ambition to the society since its inception five years ago; and it is worthy of remark that the meeting which passed the resolution affirming the desirability of making future exhibitions colonial instead of local was held to a day just four years before the opening day of the exhibition just closed. At first enthusiasm was evoked in only one of the societies then in existence: but like most other things which have succeeded it needed only a beginning, and grew up to have the exhibits of five societies on the walls. Alter two years running in conjunction with the Otago Art Society, the society felt strong enough to embark on the business by itself and to do it better and at less cost. The Committee congratulate the local exhibitors on the show made by them both artistically and in point of numbers. During the evening demonstrations of the development, toning, fixing, and reduction of gelatino-chloride paper — were made before members, accompanied by directions and formula. The subject chosen for demonstration at next meeting is "Enlarging", which, in the winter months, when little outdoor work can be done, is of considerable interest.



26th June 1894  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9429

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The ordinary monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the room, Princes street, on Wednesday evening last, when the use of the evening was taken up with the practical demonstration, by two of the members, of enlarging on bromide paper from small negatives. The demonstration, which was remarkably instructive, was watched with much interest by those present. At next meeting another equally useful demonstration will be given.



19th July 1894  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9447

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The usual monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held last night in the room, Union Chambers. It was arranged to subscribe jointly with the other colonial societies to procure from Britain a selection of the prize pictures, to be afterwards circulated among the different societies in New Zealand, among whom the collection will be ultimately divided. The Hon.Secretary tendered his resignation of the position, but agreed to carry on the Work till a suitable successor is found. It was agreed that the set subjects for next meeting should be animal studies and snow scenes, and that a list of subjects should be drawn up for the next six months. Afterwards a demonstration of toning bromide prints by uranium was made by the president, Dr Roberts, which proved very instructive.



20th August 1894  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9474

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society exhibition was held in the society’s room on Wednesday last. The president (Dr Roberts) occupied the chair, and there was a good attendance of members. A demonstration of portrait photography by the aid of the magnesium flash-lamps belonging to the society was made by one of the members. The subject set for the current month was harbor scenes and it was arranged that the Committee should draw up a syllabus for the year.



10th SEPTEMBER 1894
Page 5 - PRESS, VOLUME LI, ISSUE 8894

PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
The first annual exhibition under the auspices of the photo section of the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury, was opened in the Art Gallery, Armagh street, on Saturday evening, and will continue to the 15th September. The rapid strides made in photography during the last few years, and the popularity which it has gained, is manifested in the collection of pictures which are now on view. The exhibition is really a wonderful one, and was quite a revelation to those who visited it on the opening night. It is the largest of its kind ever held in the colony, the number of pictures being close upon a thousand. The work on the whole is really excellent, and some of the exhibits are almost equal to the best work produced through the camera. The Committee, and especially the two Hon.Secretaries, S. Page and W. Burke, are deserving of every credit for the successful results of their efforts in arranging the exhibition.

In addition to the local exhibitors, the Nelson Camera Club, the Auckland Photographic Club, the Wellington Camera Club, the Dunedin Photographic Society, and the Hokitika Society are well represented, and there is also a fine loan collection. The Christchurch section, as might be expected, is the largest, and is perhaps distinguished from the others in having a larger proportion of small pictures. There are nearly 200 frames, and about twice that number of pictures. These are entirely by members of the photographic section of the Philosophical Institute, and a considerable portion of the work is by amateurs who took up photography during the last twelve months. The Christchurch work, as a whole, is of very good average, and some of it is particularly excellent.

Auckland, has a very nice collection, comprised in forty-two frames, mostly single pictures. They consist chiefly of beautiful landscapes and are very good indeed. The Dunedin exhibitors have shown great skill and artistic taste in selecting the tones which best represent their objects. There is a good variety of subjects and the work is excellent. The Wellington exhibits, which number nearly sixty, are, as a whole, about the best in the exhibition. The work is very high class, both artistically and technically. The pictures sent from Hokitika are chiefly illustrative, of the fine scenery of the West Coast. They are deeply printed and are characterized by richness and depth. The Nelson exhibits are notable for their delicacy, and are in direct contrast to those from Hokitika. Cold tones have been largely adopted, and the work is generally very fine. The work of each Society seems to have a special character. The delicacy of the Nelson pictures, the vigor of those from Hokitika, the artistic excellence of the Wellington exhibits, and the special tones of those sent from Dunedin form an interesting study to those who are engaged in the art.

The loan collection is an excellent one, and prominent among them are the pictures kindly lent by Messrs P. Cunningham, W. Easton, Standish and Preece, J. Spiller, C.M. Phillips and E.W. Roper, Messrs Kempthorne, Prosser and Co. and Mr. Beardsley have interesting exhibits of photographic requisites. There was a good attendance at the opening of the exhibition on Saturday evening. The ceremony of formally opening it was performed at 8pm by his Lordship Bishop Julius. Mr. H.R. Webb, President of the photo section of the Philosophical Institute, presided and spoke of the great success that had attended the association of the Christchurch Photographic Society with the Philosophical Institute. His Lordship referred to the rapid strides that the science, or art of photography had made during the last thirty years. He then related some of his own experiences of thirty-two years ago, showing the difficulty which then attended the taking of a picture, especially a daguerreotype. Photography had now become an art, but could no longer be called "the black art". Through its means they could bring reproductions of the best pictures in the galleries of the old world, and of the most glorious buildings of antiquity into every home. It had, moreover, become the handmaid of every branch of science, notably astronomy. Photography furnished a hobby into which people of both sexes could profitably throw their energy in leisure tune. It was a pursuit that was delightful from a creative point of view, and educational in many ways. His Lordship was loudly applauded at the close of his address, and on the motion of Mr. F.S. Malcolm, seconded by Mr. Preece, a hearty vote of thanks was passed to him. The exhibition was then declared open.

Later on a number of excellent slides sent from Auckland, were shown through Mr. Beardsley's lantern. The descriptions of the views did not come to hand, and Mr. W. Burke was therefore unable to do more than mention the name upon each. Mr. Ignaz von Gottfried showed some very fine slides illustrative of the halftone process and photographic doubles.

The exhibition will be open to-day from 2pm to 5pm and 7pm to 10pm. In the evening the Nelson slides will be shown, and the descriptions will be given, by the Rev. F.W. Isitt. It may be mentioned that each visitor to the exhibition will be presented with an illustrated catalog, which has been printed and got up in the Press office and is a unique specimen of work.



10th September 1894
Page 3 - LYTTELTON TIMES, VOLUME LXXXII, ISSUE 10447
Page 5 - PRESS, VOLUME LI, ISSUE 8894

PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
The exhibition promoted by the members of the photographic section of the Philosophical Institute was opened in the Art Gallery on Saturday evening, when there was a very good attendance. At eight o’clock Mr. H.R. Webb, president of the section, addressed the audience. He congratulated the members of the section on making such a splendid show of pictures. Five years ago a few of those in the room met in a building in Manchester Street and decided to form a Photographic Society. During the first few years the Society made very little progress, and the members thought it would be a wise thing if they could affiliate with the Philosophical Institute. The Institute kindly agreed to allow the Society to form a section, and since the time of affiliation the membership had steadily increased. Some few months ago the section resolved to hold an exhibition similar to those held by the Nelson, Wellington, Auckland and other photographic societies in the colony, and thanks to the manner in which the members went to work, they were able to hold an exhibition which exceeded his anticipations. He desired to thank the committee and the honorary secretaries, Messrs S. Page and W. Burke, for the manner in which they had worked to make the exhibition a success.

The Right Rev Dr Julius said it gave him great pleasure to be present at the opening ceremony of such a splendid exhibition. When he came into the gallery he was surprised to see such a fine collection of pictures. He referred to the progress that had been made in photography during the past thirty years. Photography was a true art, and he did not know of any branch of science which had not turned photography to its use. By the aid of photography the whole of the skies were being carefully mapped out, and he could not think of any more valuable recreation for old and young. It was one of the best and most wholesome recreations of the present day, and he could not recommend to his friends a more cheerful, delightful and educational pursuit. He had much pleasure in declaring the exhibition open.

On the motion of Mr. F.S. Malcolm, seconded by Mr. A.E. Preece, a hearty vote of thinks was passed to Bishop Julius for his able and interesting address.

During the evening a number of slides by the members of the Auckland Photographic Club were shown and described by Mr. W. Burke. Mr. Gottfried showed several slides, illustrating the “half-tone” process and photographic “doubles”.

The exhibition will be open from 2pm to 5pm, and 7pm to 10pm to-day. In the evening the Nelson Camera Club slides will be described by the Rev F.W. Isitt.

THE EXHIBITS
The extent to which photography, as a “hobby”, has gained ground amongst us, and the skill with which many persons ride that “hobby”, are exemplified in very striking and attractive fashion in the excellent exhibition now open in the Art Gallery. Some four hundred frames, containing over twelve hundred pictures taken by amateur photographers, have been gathered from well-nigh all parts of the colony at the behest of the photographic section of the Canterbury Philosophical Institute. The history of that section is interesting. Two years ago the Christchurch Photographic Society, founded about three years earlier, was apparently in articulo mortis, and the dozen members remaining to it, acting on a happy inspiration, throw in their lot with the Philosophical Institute. The section thus formed has prospered exceedingly, and now numbers a hundred members, the great majority of whom are enthusiastic workers. In June last preliminary steps were taken towards holding the present exhibition, and circulars requesting co-operation were sent out to kindred societies in other parts of the colony. The result is a collection of photographs which, for general excellence and variety of subjects, style and treatment, is deserving of very great praise. The Auckland Photographic Club, the Wellington Camera Club and Nelson Camera Club, the Dunedin Photographic Society, and a society formed at Hokitika, through the instrumentality of Mr. James Park, of canoeing fame, specially to exhibit on the present occasion, have contributed work; the Christchurch amateur photographers make a fine display, and there is a loan collection of great interest. The Selection Committee has been properly strict in carrying out its duties, and there is nothing on the walls which does not possess very considerable merit. The exhibits are arranged according to the localities from which they have been sent, the name of each, in large letters, being placed over each group. The Auckland pictures, some fifty in number, are on the wall at the southern end of the gallery. The amateur photographers of the northern provincial district excel in landscape work, and their enlargements are very fine. The Dunedin Photographic Society, whose exhibits are also on the south wall, sends about fifty pictures, including some exceedingly artistic figure studies and landscapes, and good enlargements. The Wellington photographs, on the eastern wall, are admirable in technique, and possess high artistic merit. There are about one hundred and twenty of them, principally landscapes and sea pieces. The forty pictures from Hokitika consist, as might be expected, of views of the splendid mountain and forest scenery of the West Coast, and of mining operations. The Nelson Camera Club sends about seventy exhibits, which are hung on the east and north walls. They comprise particularly good outdoor portraits, and some un-retouched portraits of great interest, among them those of the late Sir Harry Atkinson and Mr. Justice Richmond. The Nelson landscapes and sea pieces are very fine. The Canterbury photographs occupy part of the north and the whole of the west wall. They are in great variety, portraits, Alpine scene, landscapes, sea pieces — the members of the section have apparently ranged through, the colony in search of subjects. Their merit is very high. As, however, it is purposed to deal with the pictures more in detail in a future article, there is no need to do more now than to refer to one or two of the salient features of the exhibition. The loan collection is excellent; one of its most attractive features is the fine display of Chinese, Japanese and Indian photographs lent by Mr. E.W. Roper. Deeply interesting, also, is a collection of the first negatives made in Canterbury, taken by the late Dr Barker and lent by E.W. Seager. Other features of the loan collection must be left for future comment. Messrs Standish and Preece have a splendid exhibit of portraits. Mr. Beardsley shows optical lanterns, a 15in by 12in camera, hand cameras, lenses and other photographers requisites. An interesting feature of his exhibit consists of two photographs of the Rhodes Convalescent Home, taken from the same spot — one with the ordinary lens and the other with the tele-objective lens, whereby the object photographed is enormously magnified. The very fine and complete collection of photographers requisites exhibited by Messrs Kempthorne, Prosser and Co. is well worthy the attention of visitors.



14th SEPTEMBER 1894
Page 3 - PRESS, VOLUME LI, ISSUE 8898

THROUGH CAMERA LAND
THE PHOTOGRAPHIC SECTION EXHIBITION
(By OUR SPECIAL REPORTER)
There is no division or department of art in which such marked progress has been made of late years as in photography. From the tedious and difficult process of Daguerre to the present "Touch the button, and we do the rest" is a great step. Then it was confined to a few, and but imperfectly comprehended or understood even by them. Now our wives, daughters and sweethearts have a detective or snap short camera, and are as deft at taking as any artist. So it is scarcely to be wondered at in a country like this so favorable for photography that the first exhibition of the Photo. Section of the Philosophical Institute, now open in the Art Gallery, should have brought together such a large and so eminently creditable a show of pictures. To wade through each division merely dealing with each individual picture would result in a "bald and unconvincing narrative", besides being productive of weariness to the reader. Therefore in the present notice of the exhibits it is intended to journey generally through "Camera Land" as represented by them, stopping here and there to note the many noticeable reproductions of the landscape, the bit of sea, the rugged mountain, or the fearsome Alpine crevasses and glaciers which go to make up the scenery of our country. In doing so it must be understood that the pictures selected to be referred to do not comprise all the excellence of the respective divisions in themselves, but have been so selected because they please one, and are in their way typical. It may at once be said that the whole or the pictures are well worth careful inspection. The different clubs who have been brought together in that true comradeship which is the soul of art, have given us, like true hosts, of their best, and the result is an exhibition reflecting great credit, not only on the members of the section concerned in getting it up, but also on the artiste who have sent in their works.

The different localities, it is interesting to notice, have each sent typical works. Thus we have in the Hokitika exhibits the forest primeval and the general appearance from the scenes selected of newness and a refreshing absence of the stiffness and primness of civilization. Compare that with our own primly respectable street views, etc. Then in the Wellington and Auckland views we have that distinctive North Island character which stamps the difference in crossing Cook's Straits. Nelson again has a more English appearance, whilst Dunedin presents yet another phase. So it is that in the gathering together of works from all parts of the colony we see the marked distinction in the scenery and surroundings of each.

Commencing our tour with Wellington, it may be noted how even the exhibits of the Wellington Camera Club are. They mainly consist of seascapes, studies of bush, and some excellently taken Maori portraits. Mr A.D. Stewart's landscapes and seascapes have all the delicacy and refinement of steel engravings, and are charming. Mr Barraud's collection includes all kinds of subjects, in the treatment of which he has been most successful. That of "Disploded Rocks" and "Breakers" in the other frame specially deserve praise. The scenery frame by the same artist is a charmingly bright and sharp exposition of photography. There is a delicacy of treatment which as well as the other pictures by Mr Barraud is worth careful study. Mr Bothamley has a very good collection of landscapes, mainly from the Taranaki district. These are excellently finished, and the details come out sharply. His Maori portraits, too, are well done, especially that of the old and new style Maori, in which one of the chiefs is dressed in European garb, and the other in the dignity of a dogskin and flax mat, and all the appearances of a Rangatira Maori. Mr Vaughan sends a very excellent collection, all of which show considerable artistic ability. The one which strikes the observer as possessing the charm of naturalness is "A Likely Spot". Mr Freeman has been most successful in the poses in his frame of portraits, and the pictures are well taken. There is nothing so important in a portrait as an easy and natural position, and Mr Freeman has been fortunate enough to get that in this frame. Mr Stewart sends a frame of views which have been well finished, and taken with considerable success. They include the well known McNab's gardens, a pretty view of Ross Creek, and a couple of views in Wadestown. One of the most striking of the collections in the Wellington division of the exhibition is illustrative of our Wonderland. This is a magnificent view of Ngauruhoe from a distance, and one of the crater. Though not particularizing the remainder of the exhibits from Wellington, it may be said generally that all are of a high standard of excellence.

From Wellington to Auckland is a natural and easy transition. Here, too, all the artists have done exceedingly well. It is not only that the manipulation of the pictures is good but the selection of the bits of scenery to illustrate has been made with a keen artistic perception of the beautiful. Mr Boulton's seascapes are full of talent; they are soft and yet the details come out sharply and well. As an instance of this, "Coast Scene, Great Barrier", "At the Hutt", and "Bush Creek, Manukau Harbour" may be noted. The same artist has sent a nice frame of six prints illustrating the beautiful scenery round the harbor of Manukau. Two of the most interesting of the Auckland collection will be found in Mr Walrond's "Moonlight, Auckland Harbour", and "A Tree Fern Study". The same artist has a picture, "White Clematis", which is worth more than a passing glance. Mr T.F. Hill's "Views of Bush road and Creek Scenery" commend themselves to one not only from their excellence, but as a pleasing relief from the monotony of our scenery here. Mr H. Winkleman shews a keen sense of humor as well as an artistic eye for a pretty bit of bush scenery in his "The Billy's Boiling". In his other two pictures "A Good Shot" and "The Trysting Place", Mr Winkleman has been most successful in giving us not the mere stiff pose of a photograph but a lifelike reproduction. The localizing — if one may be permitted to use the term — of Tennyson's "Brook" by illustrating it by New Zealand pictures has the charm of novelty, and when, as is the case with the pictures which Mr Arthur sends to make this new departure, there is added artistic work, the departure from the beaten track becomes the more enjoyable. All the series are excellently finished, and as lantern illustrations of popular songs are now fashionable perhaps we shall yet see these pretty pictures in the sphere of entertainment.

Nelson has been the home of art and of artists from time immemorial almost. We must not forget that Nelson gave us John Gully and J.C. Richmond. As in the wider and more ambitions domain of painting Nelson has come to the fore, so in photography the Nelson Camera Club worthily upholds the artistic reputation of their district. As has been already said there is about the scenery of Nelson that quiet beauty which is noticeable in England, and looking at some of the landscapes, more particularly those on the Maitai, it is hard to believe that it is not some bit of Kent or Devon. Mr Sclanders, pictures of the "Tunnel at Belgrove" and Norris Gully will have special interest for the enthusiastic advocates of the Midland Railway. Apart from that the pictures are admirably done. Mr Fell's pictures stand out even in such good company. His "Arched Walks" and "Endeavour Inlet", for instance, are two splendid examples of totally different subjects, but both treated with much artistic ability. A Nelson collection without a picture of Mr Justice Richmond would indeed be incomplete, and Mr Fell sends two or three, the best of which is the one in which the Judge is taken in his robes. The expression and pose of this is good. A very fine picture indeed is an enlargement by Mr Fell of "New Plymouth Breakwater", the breaking wave and spray overhead being most successfully reproduced. This is one of the most telling pictures in the exhibition, and it is also one of the most difficult to take, but the difficulties have been very successfully surmounted by Mr Fell. Whenever anything abnormal is discovered in Nature it is generally assigned to the Evil One. Mr Thorp's picture, "The Devil's Boot", is a case in point. It is a good reproduction of a singular piece of Nature's handiwork, but anyone must have a vivid imagination to suppose that even the personage alluded to would want so gigantic a foot covering. Mr Fell has been very successful in reproducing Sir Harry Atkinson in "his habit as he lived". The same artist has a pretty little study in "Endeavour Inlet", in which the dark background of the bush which clothes the mountain to the water's edge throws up in strong relief, the white sails of the boats. Mr Thorp sends a fine study of rocks and ferns "At Takaka", and McPitt's "Safely Over" is a pretty natural picture. The same artist sends a number of other pictures which are worthy of inspection.

From the quiet, peaceful, homelike scenery of Nelson, it is a great change to the land of shaggy wood and mountain torrent of Westland. Here we are face to face with Nature in her sublimest mood, as expressed in the snow-capped Southern Alps, the bush clad hills, and the rushing torrent, and great scope is afforded to the photographer in a land of such natural beauty. Mr Park sends some very good pictures of "The Franz Josef Glacier", which gives one an idea of the difficulties which beset the Alpine explorer. Some pretty views in the Hokitika Gorge, a place which makes one long to throw pen and ink to the wind and go there, are sent by Mr Park. The remainder of the Hokitika exhibits show up well.

In the course of our wanderings we now come to the last stage in the journey — Dunedin. Mr Malcolm Ross, an Alpine explorer and photographer of some considerable reputation, has soma capital pictures in the land of eternal snow. One of the most effective of these is "Summit of De La Beche", which, perhaps more than any of the pictures Mr Ross has sent, brings home to us the majesty of this grand scene. In "Follow My Leader" Mr Ross also gives an idea of the hardships and perils of mountain climbing, which, no doubt, is one of its greatest attractions to those who follow it. The picture is artistically finished, and the position selected is the best that could be to give a distinctive character to the pleasure. Amongst the pictures of the Dunedin Photographic Society calling for more than ordinary praise are those sent by Mr R.E. Fletcher. In the one in which the fossickers are anxiously watching the panning out of the sample of dirt, the positions are easy and natural, and the result is a success. Two other very excellent pictures by the same artist are "A Dip in the Briny", the water in which is excellently done, and "Crossing the Shotover". Quite in a different style, but equally artistic, is "Digging Dusty Diamonds", a flashlight photo of men at work in a coal mine. The whiteness of the apparel contrasted with the somberness of the coal, and the weird appearance generally, make the picture standout in bold relief amongst the others of the section. Mr. W. Livingston sends a good study, "Clearing after the Storm", and some equally artistic pictures.

The journey outside of Canterbury is now concluded, and it only remains to be said how much the Canterbury Club owes to the hearty co-operation of the other provinces.



20th September 1894  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9497

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held last evening in the society's room, Union Chambers. In the absence of the president, who was prevented by business engagements from attending, Mr. J.C. Thomson occupied the chair. A large and excellent collection of views, illustrating the two subjects set for the month - harbor views and snow scenes — was shown, as well as an interesting collection of pictures taken twenty-seven years ago, before the advent of dry plates and “press the button” cameras. Mr. R.A. Ewing was elected secretary, vice Mr. Livingston, resigned.



1st OCTOBER 1894
Page 13 - PHOTOGRAPHIC REVIEW OF REVIEWS

NEW ZEALAND
The exhibition of photographs which has just been held in Christchurch, under the auspices of the Photographic Section of the Philosophical Institute there, brings to a close a remarkably successful series of photographic exhibitions held throughout the colony this year.

The Societies in the different centers in New Zealand unite for the purposes of these exhibitions, and the result has been beyond all expectations. Financially and other wise the various shows have been a success, and from an artistic point of view the work shown by our amateurs has been quite a revelation to professionals and to the public.

I notice that Messrs. Malcolm Ross and Williams — well-known members of the Dunedin Photographic Society — are amongst the prize-takers at the recent International Exhibition in Sydney, arranged by the Railway Institute.

Probably these annual exhibitions may prove the forerunner of an International Photographic Salon. A photographic federation is quite within the bounds of probability, and I throw out the suggestion for what it is worth.

A feature of the recent exhibitions in New Zealand was the lantern lectures held each evening. Some of the slides were remarkably fine, and an alpine series — shown by Mr. G.E. Mannering, in Christchurch, and Mr. Malcolm Ross, in Dunedin — was a pleasing novelty. Dr. Roberts and Messrs. Williams and Fletcher also provided excellent lantern entertainments in Dunedin.

By the way, it may be news to some of your readers to know that New Zealand claims the original inventor of the telephoto lens in the person of Mr. McKay, of the Government Geological Department. Mr. McKay had invented the lens — though he did not patent it — some two years before Mr. Dallmeyer.



16th October 1894  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9518

INTERNATIONAL PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION in SYDNEY
The Sydney 'Daily Telegraph' gives particulars of the International Photographic Exhibition held there recently. From this it would appear that Dunedin workers are in the front rank of artistic photography in the colonies, several important prizes having been taken by Messrs Malcolm Ross and W. Williams, of the Dunedin Photographic Society. There was a very fine collection of photographs and lantern slides; indeed, the latter was rather a feature of the exhibition, and the judges had great difficulty in deciding between the first and second prize takers, which were eventually awarded to Mr. J. Gazard (Adelaide), Mr. Malcolm Ross (Dunedin), and Mr. W. Williams (Dunedin). Mr. Williams also took second prizes for pictures illustrating railway subjects and marine views and for enlargements.



21st December 1894  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 10238
27th December 1894  Page 19 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2131

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the Dunedin Photographic Society monthly meeting on Wednesday evening a somewhat, unique picture taken by Mr. E. Maye Luke, of the Melbourne Leader staff, was exhibited. This was an enlarged photograph of a hawk's nest containing three young ones. The nest was found at the Waitonga mineral springs at North Taieri, and an excellent representation of the strange-looking creatures it contained has been secured by the aid of the camera. The picture has been humorously entitled "The Three Graces". Enlargements have been made from the negative by Mr. Burton, and are now being exhibited at his studio and at Mr. Frank Hyams's shop, where they are exciting a large amount of curiosity.



19th March 1895
Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 10311
Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9651

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the Rooms, Union Chambers, on Friday evening. The President (Dr Roberts) occupied the chair, and there was a good attendance of members.

The following annual report was adopted:

In bringing forward the annual report at the conclusion of the society's fifth year of existence your committee feel glad to be able to congratulate the society on its still vigorous existence.

Commencing with the very successful exhibition held under our own auspices (the report of which has already been before you) the interest in photographic matters has been well sustained throughout the year.

The committee have done their best to endeavor to make the various monthly meetings of interest, and have also taken the new departure of promoting competitions for prizes amongst the members, though it still remains to be seen how far those competitions will be taken advantage of. It is to be hoped that by thus asking individual members to exert themselves the committee have taken a step in the right direction, and that the outcome will be, not only a considerable number of competitors, but also the production of work showing a high standard and of progress in the photographic art.

Several new members have joined the society during the past year, the number of active members on the roll being now 43.

The average attendance of members at the regular monthly meetings has been exceptionally good.

During the year the following demonstrations were given: Developing, toning, and fixing an under printed platin-chloride print, by Dr Roberts; reduction of overprinted gelatine chloride print, both before toning and after fixing, by Mr. Livingston; enlargement on bromide paper, developing with Ferron's oxalate, by Mr. R.A. Ewing; development of bromide paper with metal, by Dr Roberts; toning of bromide prints with uranium, by Dr Roberts; portrait photography with the flash lamps, by Mr. A.J. Barth; rational development of negatives, by Dr Roberts; joint demonstration of development of instantaneous plates, by Dr Roberts (with metal), Mr. Williams (pyro-potash). Mr. Smith (Newton's pyro developer), and Mr. Ewing (dilate pyro-ammonia); development of Nikk's paper by Dr Roberts, and bromide paper, Mr. Ross.

The society sustained a loss in the retirement from the secretaryship of Mr. Livingston, whose active and useful connection with the society in that capacity was recognized by the members in the presentation of a medal suitably inscribed. Mr. R.A. Ewing kindly offered himself, to fill the vacancy, and the society may rest assured that its interests will not be overlooked.

The library is now in a very complete state, but does not appear to be much used by members. The committee trust that during the ensuing year may become more alive to the advantage of the valuable aid these books and papers can afford.

The balance to the credit of the society is £7 11s 5d, to which has to be added subscriptions in arrears £6 0s 9d, making in all £13 12s 2d. This is a very gratifying fact, and it is given as a recommendation to the incoming committee to devote the bulk of this fund in procuring a suitable lantern and accessories for the use of members during the winter months. All the offices now become vacant, but any or all of the present Office-bearers are eligible for re-election.

In conclusion, the committee wish to emphasize the fact that kindred societies in New Zealand are now exhibiting much energy, and that at their ensuing exhibitions it is reasonable to expect that very high-class work will be shown. At our own exhibition last year our society had every reason to congratulate itself on the quality of its exhibits, but the fact must not be lost sight of that it is possible for others to surpass us, and it should therefore be the earnest endeavor of members to maintain by the quality of their work the high standard they have already attained.

A vote of thanks to the outgoing committee was carried unanimously.



24th September 1895
Page 6 - LYTTELTON TIMES, VOLUME XCIV, ISSUE 10759
Page 3 - PRESS, VOLUME LII, ISSUE 9219

THE INDUSTRIAL EXHIBITION
The attendance at the Industrial Exhibition yesterday proved that its popularity is unabated. In the daytime a fair number of persons patronized it, and in the evening the muster of the public was large. A considerable proportion of school children were among the visitors, and letters have been received from several schools, making arrangements for the pupils to pay a visit.

During the morning the Hons W. Downie Stewart and G. M’Lean inspected the exhibition.

Mr. Rossiter’s string band performed yesterday afternoon and evening. The Garrison Band played in the drill shed for half an hour. In the concert hall a capital aeries of limelight views of scenery on the West Coast and the road thereto, taken by Mr. H.R. Wilkinson, and a number of comic scenes, which proved very popular, were shown in the concert hall, and explained in amusing fashion by Mr. Wilkinson.

This afternoon Mr. Rossiter’s band will play selections.

This evening a particularly attractive program will be given. At 7.30pm Mr. R.C. Bishop will show a series of limelight views, illustrative of the scenery of the Catlins River district. Afterwards the very successful juvenile concert given under the direction of Miss Marsden and Mr. Maitland Gardner will be repeated.

An enormous quantity of work has been received for the competition connected with the children’s work department, but it is impossible yet to give even an approximation of the amount. There are satisfactory entries also for the children’s musical competition. A meeting of the Children’s Work Committee will he held at 7.30pm to-day.

A meeting of exhibitors was held yesterday afternoon for the purpose of further considering the question of holding an exhibitors concert. Mr. G.R. Hart, chairman of the Entertainment Committee, was voted to the chair. The committed appointed at the previous meeting reported that the exhibitors in general who had been consulted were strongly in favor of the idea. It was decided, on the motion of Miss Heslop, seconded by Mr. Walker, that the concert should be held on October 7th, that the items on the program should be confined to exhibitors, their relations, attendants on exhibits. A sub-committee of six was appointed to arrange the details of the program. It was decided to issue two hundred reserved seat tickets.

THE PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
The promoters of the Photographic Exhibition, now being held in the concert hall of the Industrial Exhibition, have done wisely to cast in their lot with the latter venture, for they have avoided competition which might have proved disastrous to both, and they have ensured their collections being seen by a very considerable number of people. In order to gain these advantages, they have had to submit to the collections in question being somewhat crowded, and to some of the pictures being “skied”. These drawbacks, however, do not prevent the Photographic Exhibition from being splendidly attractive, a quality which it owes to the genuine merit of the work displayed. There is, indeed, a very considerable advance on the quality of the work at last year's exhibition, especially in the Christchurch photographs. This improvement may he ascribed, to a very considerable extent, to the healthy effect of the criticism and comparison evoked, by the monthly competitions of the Photographic Section of the Canterbury Philosophical Institute, the organization which the amateur photographers of this district have adopted for the purpose of mutual help. One of the principal directions in which the improvement is manifest is in the artistic character of the work. Its producers are learning to pay attention to composition, to a wise choice of objects, to the study of general effects — in short, to the production of good pictures. In technical work, also, there is a noticeable advance. Some of the members have shown a good deal of enterprise in taking up new processes, especially in regard to printing. They have displayed more judgment than formerly in choosing printing processes suitable to the various classes of subjects. Perhaps the most noticeable feature of the exhibition is the increased proportion of enlargements. The materials used in these have been so much improved of late years that enlargements up to three diameters show hardly any falling off from the direct print, therefore smaller cameras, half and quarter plate, are coming more into vogue, and, when a picture of greater size is wanted, recourse is had to enlarging. The character of the subjects represented does not vary much from that of the subjects at last year’s exhibition. Landscapes preponderate to a great extent; there are several sea pieces, but life studies are more rare.

Exceedingly good work is seen in the twenty-six exhibits sent by four members of the Auckland Photographic Club. Mr. G.R. Boulton’s views of bush scenery are wood in tone and generally artistic. Perhaps the best of Mr. R.P. Walrond’s pictures is “Up for Repairs”, a pleasing composition, in which the water is admirably rendered. Mr. T.F. Hill’s yachts, landscapes and buildings are generally good in tone, clear and delicate. Mr. M. Trenwith shows a well treated animal group and some very nice “snapshots”.

The Dunedin Photographic Society displays some of the best work in the exhibition, but it is unfortunate that a number of the pictures arrived too late to be cataloged. There is a large proportion of figure subjects, and some of the enlargements are very fine. One of the best of these is, “A Breaking Wave”, by Dr Roberts. "A Spring Cleaning”, a charming study of two children, is another enlargement by the same gentleman, admirable in tone, composition and general treatment. An exceptionally fine enlargement, "Left Baggage”, an artistic figure of a little child waiting at a railway station, has, unfortunately, no name attached. Mr. A.L. Booth’s enlarged view of Owake Creek is excellent. His “Bush Scene, Glenleddre”, another enlargement, is noticeable for good composition and effect of detail. His figure studies are fine, well composed and admirable in technique. Mr. C. M’Kellar’s view of Nugget Bay is very effective, the water being particularly good. One of the best enlargements in the exhibition is by Mr. W. Livingston, entitled “The End of the Voyage", a vessel being towed into harbour. The tone is excellent, the detail sharp and clear, and the effect of the reflections in the water remarkably well rendered. Mr. E.M. Hocker’s “Mother’s Treasure Box”, a charming study of a child with, apparently, a jewel casket, is another notable feature of the Dunedin exhibits.

Some good sterling work is shown by the Napier Camera Club. One of the most noticeable enlargements is Mr. G.G. Bridge’s interior of Napier Cathedral, a good clear picture, with but little halation. Mr. T. Humphries has a striking and effective picture of Mount Egmont by twilight. Among the best of Mr. H. Owen’s productions is, “The Gathering Storm”, though it is rather dark in tone, even for such a subject. Mr. W.T. Williams's enlargements of photographs of Swiss scenery contain some bold, yet delicate work. “Piz Languard from St Moritz”, is an exceedingly fine study of a winter subject. Mr. G.F. Green’s unframed prints - hand camera work — are very diverse as to subjects, and of much artistic excellence, good as to tone, composition and technique.

There is a considerable proportion of enlargements in the forty-one exhibits of the Nelson Camera Club, thirty of which are bromide prints. A large number of life studies, many of them very pleasing, are included in the collection. Mr. Glasgow’s “Swans”, and his series of four animal studies, are clear, artistic pictures of pleasing tone. Mr. F.W. Thorp’s “Pohara, Golden Bay", is a really fine thing, and much of his other work is highly creditable. Mr. A.H. Patterson shows, in No. 33, one of the most effective evening landscapes in the exhibition. His “Incantation”, a very pleasing group of children at play, is admirably composed, soft in tone and thoroughly artistic. “Three Chums”, two little girls and a dog, is also pleasing and artistic, but faded. Among the best specimen’s of Mr. A. Pitt’s work is, “The Schooner Falcon", which almost resembles an engraving in tone and general appearance. “On the Wairoa River", a bromide enlargement, is a fine piece of landscape work.

The majority of the exhibits of the Wanganui Camera Club are unframed pictures, among the most noteworthy of which are Mr. A. Elliot’s very effective cloud studies. His view of an “Old Home” is charming, soft, yet clear and delicate. Some fine artistic work is sent by Mr. W.H.T. Partington. His enlarged view of “The Ladder, Wanganui River”, is remarkable for its rich tone and delicacy of treatment. Mr. C.W. Babbage has a very good series of landscapes, some of which, however, seem to have been rather under-exposed. Among the framed pictures Mr. A. Elliott’s views of the scenery of the Wanganui River are noticeable for their softness of tone and clearness. Some good bits of composition and pleasing effects of sea and sky are to be seen in Mr. F.C. Huddlestone’s views.

The work of the Hokitika branch of the Westland Camera Club forms a better collection than was sent from the West Coast last year. There is more variety of style and a greater degree of softness in the work. There are no enlargements, and many of the pictures have been taken with large plates. This is the case with Mr. J. Park’s fine collection of twenty-eight views of forest and mountain scenery. Many of these are vignetted, and all are good in composition, tone and treatment. It is almost invidious to single out any of his pictures for special mention, but the best samples of his style are, “Mahinapua Creek”, “Lake Manapouri”, “Louper’s Peak”, and “Ice Peak, Franz Josef Glacier”. Mr. Park also shows eight transparencies, on 12in by l0in plates, all very good work. Mrs A. Clery, a new exhibitor, has a number of studies, principally landscapes, which show that, as she improves in technique; she will take high rank among amateur photographers. The artistic composition of much of her work is decidedly effective. Mrs G.J. Roberts shows some good pictures, including an interior, of nice tone, soft, and without much halation. Mrs Kendall and Messrs W.H. Brown and J. King also exhibit very creditable work.

The graymouth branch of the Westland Camera Club sends the first amateur photographs from graymouth exhibited in Christchurch. They are twenty-five in number, and of a very creditable degree of excellence. Some enlargements are included among them, and of the best of these are Mr. J.W. Richmond's pictures of the yacht Mahina, artistic compositions ably treated. His “Bush Tramway”, is one of the moat creditable samples of his other work. Mr. R.F. Bell sends nice photographs of the ordinary kind. “The Dairyman’s Coos”, an effective animal group, being, perhaps, the best. “Logging”, a soft, pleasing picture, is one of the most attractive of the photographs exhibited by Mr. P.G. Easson.

The amateur photographers of Canterbury have every reason to be satisfied with the two hundred and twenty, or thereabouts, of their productions hung on the northern, wall of the concert hall — the pictures from the other parts of the colony occupy the southern and eastern walls. As has been said before, their work shows a noteworthy advance on that exhibited last year, and, on the whole, the collection compares favorably with any in the room. Mr. Walter Burke is conspicuous with a fine assortment of landscapes, portraits and figure studies, all so good that it is hard indeed to single out any for special mention. No. 25, however, may be cited as an instance of a particularly well treated snow scene, and No. 136, a group of horses feeding, as a delicately-finished, soft animal study. Mr. Burke’s enlargements are very good indeed. Of Mr. H.R. Wilkinson’s multifarious exhibits, one of the most attractive is, “The Avon from Riccarton Road”, a capital specimen of soft, delicately - finished work. His bromide enlargement of “The Deserted Mill” is artistic in composition and highly effective in treatment. Another enlargement, No. 92, representing the West Coast coach with Miss Seddon on the box, is admirable in tone and in the delicate clearness of its details. Mr. F.S. Malcolm’s enlargements are decidedly good. No. 177, a sepia enlargement, “Too Cold for Baby”, a seaside group, is charming. No. 180, a figure of a girl among, “Whispering Leaves", is one of the moat daintily artistic pictures in the exhibition, and is highly meritorious, both in tone, and in technical treatment. “Tena Koutou”, a study of a Maori woman, is a fine, bold, artistic piece of work. Mr. Malcolm has many other exhibits, both enlargements and direct photographs, some of which are, equal in merit to those mentioned. The principal feature of Mr. W.H. Bickerton’s collection is the highly interesting series of enlargements of pictures taken by him when on a recent visit to Macquarie Island in the ketch Gratitude. They represent the penguins with which that far-southern isle swarms, and, considering the fact that they were taken under great difficulties, must be regarded as of exceptional merit. Especially noticeable is a panorama, enlarged from four quarter-plates, showing a vast flock of these birds. Mr. H.N. Smythe’s nikko enlargement of “Laverick Bay” is noticeable for its softness and pleasing tone. Two of the best specimens of Mr. W.C. Hill’s work are No.s 9 and 10, bromide enlargements, one plain and one colored, of a photograph of “Myself and My Trainer”, artistic in composition and bold in treatment. Mr. G.E. Mannering, who is represented by some thirty pictures, sends work of peculiar interest, for much of it was taken in the higher altitudes of the Southern Alps. His collection includes a fine, bold enlargement of a view of the Muller Glacier, some exceedingly good studies of Alpine flora. No. 48, and a pleasing "Pastorale”, No. 91, a flock of sheep at the foot of a hill, soft and pleasing in tone, but rather flat. He also has a striking, lifelike portrait of Zurbriggen, the well-known Swiss guide, and many other pictures of much merit. Mr. F.C. East’s “Bikes in Custody”, an enlarged picture of the members of the Christchurch police force, with their bicycles, is good and effective, but somewhat flat. Perhaps his finest exhibit is No. 40, an enlarged portrait of an old man, a really excellent specimen of broad and artistic treatment. “A Studio Interior", is very good, of a rich tone, and without the objectionable effect known as halation. He has other exhibits little, if any, inferior to the above-mentioned. Mr. E.B.S. Hill's enlarged panorama of Canterbury College, is rich in tone, firm in technique and altogether effective. His enlargement of a girl’s portrait, is a charming, soft, delicate piece of work. No 16, “A Bosky Glen”, also an enlargement, is artistic both in composition and treatment. Mr. I. von Gottfried deserves very high praise for his very fine autotype carbon enlargement of a photograph of the s.s. Gothic. It is excellent in every point, and most thoroughly artistic. His red chalk carbon enlarged portrait, “Zipferl”, is a charming thing. M. von Gottfried shows an ingeniously prepared transparency of the Gertrude Falls, George Sound, in which he has made one exposure for the tumbling cascade and another for the surrounding rocks and bush. The effect is excellent. An admirable picture is, “Early Morning, Whangaroa”, perhaps the best of Mr. T.N. Horsley’s four enlargements. The peculiar effect of the light has been exceedingly well caught. No. 72, Mr. E. Beardsley’s Alpha enlargement of a view of the Christchurch City Council Chambers, is as fine a picture of a building as is to be found in the exhibition. Nos. 192 and 194, two photographs of browsing cattle, by the same exhibitor, are soft, pleasing in tone and delicate in treatment. Mr. Charles Beken shows some exceedingly nice work, one of the most attractive specimens of which is No. 78, an enlarged portrait of a child; charming in its delicacy and softness. The direct photograph of the City Council Chambers, by Mr. F.N. Sinclair, is an attractive picture, well defined and good as to detail. Mr. Sinclair’s cloud study, a nikko print. No. 127, is soft and effective in tone. A very nice direct photograph of a picturesque bit in the Acclimatisation Gardens, is shown by Mr. J.N. Taylor, who also exhibits a set of five views of the Christchurch Cathedral, well finished and delicate in treatment, and one of the best statuary photographs in the room — a representation of the well-known Laocoon group. Two excellent interiors. Nos. 152 and 158, artistic in composition, clear and free from halation, are shown by Mr. J.M. Thompson. Both are enlargements, one representing a drawing - room, the other a group around a piano. Mr. A.A. Bickerton’a nikko enlargements of photographs taken in Sydney, representing respectively St Mary’s Cathedral, the palm avenue and swans in the public gardens, are admirable. Mr. Lars Jacobsen has some very good views, principally in the vicinity of Otarama. Perhaps the best is No. 205, a landscape with horses feeding. One of the most attractive specimens of Mr. W.C. Large’s work is “Milking Time”. Mr. F.A. Rosewarne shows a frame, with several small views, intended to exemplify the results of a new and simple process of printing. They certainly possess very considerable merit. Another notable frame is No. 175, wherein Messrs F.C.B. Bishop and W.A. Carew display a series of very good copies of pictures at the Palette Club’s exhibition. Miss K.S. Wood has some very nice work, one of the most pleasing specimens of which is No. 106, a direct photograph, admirable in tone, of Terawera Creek. Miss M.J. Page displays an artistic picture of tree ferns, and another of Avonside Church. No. 12, Mr. D.B. Louis, four enlargements, are all good, especially No. 190, “A Portrait”. Very creditable work is also shown by other exhibitors. In fact, to refer to all the exhibits worthy of mention would occupy more time and space than are available.

The loan collection is small but good. There are splendid carbon enlargements by Elliott and Son, Barnet, England, of Mr. Burke’s “Sundowners” series; two enlargements by the same firm of photographs by Birt Acres, exceedingly fine; a capital little photograph of a bullock team, by Mr. E.H. Clark, and one of a kitten, worthy of Henrietta Ronner, taken by Mr. E.H.



23rd October 1895  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9833
25th October 1895  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9835

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society will be opened next Friday night in the Y.W.C.A. Rooms. We understand that a large number of very fine photographs have been received from Christchurch, Auckland, Nelson, Wanganui, Napier, and Westland, portraying the characteristic scenery of those parts of the colony. Some exceedingly clever figure and animal studies have also been sent, executed in the various processes now in use in this art, which show that photography in New Zealand is making great strides from an artistic standpoint. The Dunedin Photographic Society have lately acquired the rooms in the Arcade at one time known as Clifford's. There the members have the use of dark rooms and studios. The fact of the society branching out in this way has given a decided fillip to amateur photography in Dunedin, as there are now some sixty-five members on the roll. The society intend during the period of the exhibition to give lantern entertainments and musical evenings on alternate nights.



25th October 1895  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9835

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

Gallery Y.W.C. Association’s Rooms, Moray place.
The Gallery will be open daily from 10am on and after Saturday.



26th October 1895  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 10501
28th October 1895  Page 2 - WANGANUI CHRONICLE, VOLUME XXXVIII, ISSUE 12122

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The fifth annual exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society was opened last evening in the rooms of the Young Women's Christian Association, and is the largest yet held under the auspices of the society. Kindred associations throughout the colony have, as in the past, liberally assisted with examples of the work of their members, with the result that the exhibition is to all intents and purposes one of specimens of the efforts of the amateur photographers of the colony. There are no fewer than 356 frames cataloged, and as many of these contain several pictures it will be recognized that the exhibition is, in respect to the number of works comprised in it, one of considerable importance. Naturally enough, the local society is most strongly represented, 123 frames being contributed by its members, but there is a large contribution from the photo section of the Philosophical Institute of Christchurch, as many as 95 frames being embraced in the exhibits from the members of that body.

The Nelson Camera Club has sent 40 frames, and there are smaller contributions from the Wanganui Camera Club, the Napier Camera Club, and the Auckland Camera Club, but the Westland Camera Club, which has sections at Hokitika and Westport, has sent no fewer than 55 frames. Some of these societies are represented for the first time in a photographic exhibition in Dunedin, and the presence on the walls of works by their members serves to lend an additional interest to the exhibition. While the display is more comprehensive and larger than has previously been seen here, there is at least room for doubt whether the quality of the work is at all better than at last year's exhibition. One is loth to believe that the high-water mark in amateur photography has been reached, admirable though many of the works shown in the past have been, and admirable though the exhibitions as a whole have been, and it may be that the real explanation of what is apparently the fact — namely, that there is generally speaking no appreciable improvement in the quality of the work — is that the absence from the catalog of the names of several well known exhibitors, notably Mr. W. Livingston and Mr. R.E. Fletcher in the Dunedin Photographic Society, and Mr. C.Y. Fell in the Nelson Camera Club, whose places have been taken by photographers of less marked skill, has had the effect of reducing the number of striking pictures that are hung, and it is beyond a doubt that the exhibit of the Nelson Camera Club, which has in former years been quite a feature of the exhibition, is this year distinctly less noteworthy than it has ever been before. On the other hand, the exceptional number of enlargements that are exhibited — this remark applying particularly to the Dunedin section — is an interesting feature of the present exhibition. A more particular glance at the works on view must be reserved for a future occasion, but it may be mentioned now that Dr Roberts, the president of the society, is well represented, and that among other local exhibitors Mrs Hocken (whose contributions include the photograph which secured first prize in the Australasian competition) and Mr. A.J. Barth show good work, while some of the new exhibitors display distinct promise.

The exhibition will remain open until the 8th November, and each evening next week there will be some sort of entertainment in connection with it. On Monday evening a lantern entertainment will be conducted by Dr Roberts, the subject being the Catlins district.



28th October 1895  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9837

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

Gallery Y.W.C. Association’s Rooms, Moray place.
Open Daily from 10am to 6pm, and from 7pm to 10pm

Lantern Entertainment THIS EVENING, at 8.30pm, illustrative of the Catlins district.



28th October 1895
Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 10502
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9837

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
and the
AUCKLAND CAMERA CLUB
There was a good attendance on Saturday at the Dunedin Photographic Society exhibition, the tropical downpour during the afternoon having the effect of driving many people into the gallery, there to spend an hour or two in an agreeable fashion. The exhibits supplied by the members of the local society fill 123 frames, but, in view of the fact that the membership has now reached 65, this cannot be regarded as a remarkably large contribution, especially when, as is the case, over 50 frames represent the work of only four exhibitors. The number of enlargements in the Dunedin exhibits is, however, unusually great. In some of these cases the negatives have been over-exposed, with the result that there is a flatness in the pictures, this being, indeed, the defect most noticeable in the enlarged photographs. Dr. Roberts, whose contributions consist wholly of enlargements, is the most successful of the Dunedin exhibitors. His views of Lake Te Anau — "Middle Fiord" and "From Sandfly Point" — are among the best of his efforts and are both deserving of attention for their fine atmospheric effect, the former being particularly noteworthy in this respect. No. 16 is, perhaps, the most satisfactory work, all points considered, which Dr Roberts has on the walls, a beautifully soft effect having been obtained in it. His "Farmyard Scene" is a happily-chosen and admirable example, and by many his photograph of "A Breaking Wave" is regarded as one of his best subjects.

Mr. A.J. Barth is an extensive exhibitor, and enlargements form a considerable proportion, too, of the work shown by him "Ball Creek, Akatore" is a well executed, photograph of a charming piece of scenery, in which the figure is well placed, but "Catlin's Lake", from a well-exposed negative, is probably Mr. Barth's best. "Big River, Catlins" deserves notice for the good cloud effect shown in it. Mr. A. Hamilton has contributed only three subjects, each of them being a bromide enlargement of a flower study, but they are all noticeably good works. Mrs Hocken's "Mother's Treasure Box", the photograph which gained the first prize in the Australasian competition, will naturally attract a good deal of notice, and attention may be drawn to the admirable reproduction of the soft flesh of the model's arm and hand against the white dress. In "Don't be Frightened" the same exhibitor has ably utilized an original idea and secured a good negative, which was, however, somewhat over-exposed. "The Haunted Creek", also by Mrs Hocken, is apt to be overlooked, being hung in a dark corner of the room, but it is a nicely exposed and a nicely printed picture. Mr. H. Ziele, a new exhibitor, contributes a few examples of his work — all of them being enlargements and "Under the Yote" and "By Calm Waters" may be taken as the best of them, but in these the brilliancy of good negatives has been lost by over-exposure.

Mr. W. Hodgkins is represented by several nice studies, the pick of them being "An Autumn Shower — Te Anau", in which a pretty cloud effect has been successfully seized. Mr. Malcolm Ross contributes a couple of frames — one of them a fantastic design, and in the photographs contained in them the exhibitor's little model scores heavily. Mr. R.A. Ewing, who has in the past exhibited rather extensively, is not so well represented this year, for though half a dozen frames are shown by him, the negatives in each case being good, all his work was executed with a hand camera. Mr. C.W. Kerr is the largest exhibitor, and his best example consists of three views, which are capital studies. Mr. J.C. Sealye's best subject is "Albert Park, Auckland" and in Mr. J.C. Thomson's "Solitude" a novel conception is well worked out. Mrs W.D. Stewart has this year sent in only some unimportant studies, and Messrs C.O. M'Kellar, W. Williams, H.Robinson, A.L. Isaacs, F.J. Manson, C. Stewart, R.C. Jones, J.J. Harlock, and W. Gillies are the other exhibitors.

In the Christchurch section, the number of photographs of buildings and statuary cannot but attract notice. Mr. F.S. Malcolm is one of the most successful of the exhibitors in this section, and his "Whispering Leaves" is the most artistic work in the gallery. The figure in it is admirably placed and the picture is nicely balanced. "Tena Koutou", by the same exhibitor, is a striking photograph. Some capital interiors are exhibited by Mr. F.C. East, and a series of "swagging" subjects by Mr. Walter Burke is noteworthy, but if is not quite clear why such prominence should be given to it in the catalog. Mr. W.H. Bickerton's "Foxgloves", though the only work in the gallery from this exhibitor, deserves to be mentioned because of its nice soft effect, and because of the good lighting of the picture. Mr. Ivan Gottfried is represented by only two subjects, but one of these, "Zipferl" which is a well lighted, chemically-toned bromide print, attracts a good deal of attention from visitors to the exhibition. In "The Gardens", which is printed on enamel surfaced paper, Mr. J.N. Taylor has secured a very fine effect, and the naturalness of "A New Dress for Dolly", by Mr. W.C. Large makes it very effective.

Among the Napier Camera Club exhibits, special mention should be made of Mr. T. Humphries's "Twilight on Mount Egmont" and "Bush Scene Danevirke", the latter being a beautiful negative with a wonderful amount of detail. In "The Gathering Storm", a nice sky effect by Mr. H. Owen has been spoilt in the trimming.

The feature of the 10 frames forwarded by the Wanganui Camera Club is one of miscellaneous views by Mr. F.C. Huddleston including a very fine cloud effect. Mr. A. Elliott's "Wanganui River, from Sedgbrooke" is also a pretty study.

Mr. A.H. Patterson is the largest and most successful exhibitor in the Nelson Camera Club section. Of his contributions, "Flaxmilling on the Owaka, Marlborough", which is a well chosen and well lighted subject, and "Three Chums", a bromide enlargement from a quarter plate may be taken as being probably the best. Mr. A.J. Glasgow also exhibits extensively, and special attention may be directed to two prints in his "Studies" - to his study of a hen and her brood and to that of some swans, these being well exposed and nicely executed.

In the Westland section, nearly one-half of the exhibits are contributed by Mr. James Park, whose best example may be taken as "Southern Alps, from Kanieri Lake", which is a well chosen work. Some of his other examples are marred by bad vignetting, or by too sharp focusing. "A Portrait", by an anonymous exhibitor, is noticeably well lighted. There are only a few exhibits from the Auckland Camera Club, and the most effective of them are contributed by Mr. R.B. Walrond, whose well chosen subject, "Laid Up for Repairs", is probably the best work on the front wall of the gallery, "Bush Track", by the same exhibitor, being also a good subject.

This evening a lantern entertainment, conducted by Dr Roberts, will be held in the gallery, Mr. R.C. Jones acting as lanternist.



29th October 1895  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9838

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The more closely the photographs at the exhibition are observed the more noticeable is the difference between the different exhibits. Some have neither the virtue of being well-chosen nor well-executed, some are splendid views indifferently worked out, but in a large number of cases the two virtues are combined — indeed, we have overheard professionals expressing great admiration of many of the pictures. As professionals are likely to be slightly prejudiced in such matters, this must be considered high praise.

The Auckland Club’s collection, though small, is decidedly creditable. Of the dozen frames exhibited more than half are of a high standard — one or two particularly so. It seems rather curious that none of the members have selected scenes in “our beautiful harbor” for presentation or given us a view from the wonderful Hot Lakes district; still it must be admitted that nearly all the photographs are taken from well chosen spots. In our idea, the most attractive picture of this lot is Mr. R.B. Walrond’s "Laid Up For Repairs", showing an Old scow being overhauled and done up. Whatever process Mr. Walrond has adopted, the effect is undoubtedly pleasing and artistic. No. 1 is an enlargement of a bush track scene, showing good distance, by the same exhibitor. Mr. G.R. Boulton forwards one enlargement and two full-plate views, the first entitled "By the Wayside", the others representing a fall in the Nihotapu Stream (No. 5) and a piece of bush with kauri trees in the foreground (No. 8). The latter we should pick as the best of these, the foliage being sharply defined and clearly printed. Mr. T.F. Hill exhibits five frames. No. 4 contains five views of Wanganui, three of them showing the bridge from different points. No. 6 is a full-plate picture called "Don’t Drink It All", one man being represented drinking out of a utensil while another anxiously awaits his turn; No. 7 contains four scenes in the Nihotapu district; No. 9 is an instructive photograph of Cabbage Tree Swamp; and No. 11 has two views of New Plymouth. The first four of these show skillful and careful work; the fifth is slightly out of focus and too darkly printed. Mr. M. Trenwith exhibits a frame of snapshots, six in number, showing clear marine and cloud effects; and we notice from an inscription that he obtained first prize with them at the Sydney Railway Institutes exhibition.

The Dunedin Photographic Society, besides having the largest collection, may fairly be said to have the best. The members have sent in 123 frames, and the great majority of them are worth remark, but space will only allow notice of a few of the most striking. The contributions of Dr Roberts (twelve in number) justify him in being regarded as a photographic expert. There is not a poor one in the lot, and several challenge comparison with anything on the walls. "A Breaking Wave" and "Middle Fiord Lake Te Anau" and "From Sandfly Point - Lake Te Anau", will bear us out in this contention; and a critical inspection of the rest can only confirm the statement. Mr. J.C. Seelye shows a number of interesting views taken during a Northern trip, and his Auckland, Nelson, and Lyttelton views come out well. Mr. A.J. Barth exhibits several good enlargements, of which Nos. 41a and 43 are first-class bush scenes, and No. 30 "Bull Creek, Akatore", is distinctly creditable. Mr. C.W. Kerr has sent in a large number of frames, comprising creek, bush, lake, and marine views, selected with taste and showing skillful camera work. No. 12 is a fair sample of this exhibitor’s ability. Mr. H. Ziele shows three or four enlargements, a study of gnarled trees (No. 87) and "In the Garden", possessing merits above the average, while "Under the Yoke", is well treated. Mr. R.A. Ewing’s numbers, though small, are exceedingly clear and sharp, the detail being excellent. Mr. Malcolm Ross has departed from the ordinary in two of his pictures (Nos. 81 and 92), and the departure is a success, for which he owes a deal of thanks to his intelligent juvenile subject. The artistic taste and training of Mr. W. Hodgkins are clearly shown in his yachting and other views, "Mirror Pool, Glenorchy" and "An Autumn Shower, Te Anau", ranking in the first class. Mrs Hocken exhibits the picture which gained her first prize in the Australasian exhibition, "Mother’s Treasure Box", and very few indeed will pass it by. Others of this lady’s work which will repay attention are Nos. 103 and 105. Mr. J.G. Thomson sends an artistic little picture in No. 100, besides several others showing skillful treatment; Mr. A. Hamilton has three nice flower studies on view; and the dozen small frames sent in by Mr. William Gillies are worth stooping to observe.



29th October 1895  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9838

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

Gallery Y.W.C. Association’s Rooms, Moray place.
Open Daily from 10am to 6pm, and from 7pm to 10pm
Admission ... 1s.
THIS (WEDNESDAY) EVENING at 8.30pm

Mr. W. WILLIAMS
will give his
LANTERN ENTERTAINMENT
entitled
"A TRIP TO THE TAIERI MOUTH"

THURSDAY EVENING
views in Napier and Canterbury will be shown on the Screen.



29th October 1895  Page 2 - NELSON EVENING MAIL, VOLUME XXIX, ISSUE 256

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Inspecting the Dunedin Photographic Society Exhibition, which has now been opened, a local paper says that though the display is more comprehensive and larger than has previously been seen here, there is at least room for doubt whether the quality of the work is at all better than at last year's exhibition. One is loth to believe that the high-water mark in amateur photography has been reached, admirable though many of the works shown in the past have been, and admirable though the exhibitions as a whole have been, and it may be that the real explanation of what is apparently the fact — namely, that there is generally speaking no appreciable improvement in the quality of the work — is that the absence from the catalog of the names of several well known exhibitors, notably Mr W. Livingston and Mr R.E. Fletcher in the Dunedin Photographic Society, and Mr. C.Y. Fell in the Nelson Camera Club, whose places have been taken by photographers of less marked skill, has had the effect of reducing the number of striking pictures that are hung, and it is beyond a doubt that the exhibit of the Nelson Camera Club, which has of former years been quite a feature of the exhibition, is this year distinctly less noteworthy than it has ever been before. On the other hand the exceptional number of enlargement's that are exhibited — this remark applying particularly to the Dunedin section is an interesting feature of the present exhibition.



31st October 1895  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 10505

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society annual exhibition at the Y.W.C. Association rooms was well attended last evening, when a lantern entertainment was given by Mr. W. Williams, who has evidently a keen eye for picturesque spots. The bulk of the pictures shown by him were taken in the neighborhood of the Taieri Mouth, and are really excellent products of the photographer's skill. Mr. Jones operated the lantern.



31st October 1895  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9840

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

Gallery Y.W.C. Association’s Rooms, Moray place.
Open Daily from 10am to 6pm, and from 7pm to 10pm; Admission ... 1s.

THIS (WEDNESDAY) EVENING at 8.30pm
LANTERN ENTERTAINMENT

THIS (THURSDAY) EVENING
Will consist of some Fine Views of West Coast Road, Auckland, Napier, and other beauty spots of New Zealand.



1st November 1895  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9841

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society exhibition continues to be well patronized, and the general opinion seems to be that the work shown is highly creditable to the amateurs, being in many cases artistic and original, both in conception and in treatment. The lantern evenings make quite a feature, and as the views thrown on the screen are well chosen and give glimpses into most of the beautiful spots in New Zealand they are deservedly becoming very popular. There was a good attendance at the exhibition last night, when slides sent down by the Christchurch and Napier Camera Clubs, portraying the magnificent West Coast road, the Hot Lakes district, and other places, were shown. Mr. Williams will this evening, in a series of very fine lantern slides, take the visitor with him to some of the pretty places around Dunedin - Waitati, Waikouaiti, Brighton, the Peninsula, and other pleasant resorts.



1st November 1895  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9841

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

Gallery Y.W.C. Association’s Rooms, Moray place.
Open Daily from 10am to 6pm, and from 7pm to 10pm; Admission ... 1s.
THIS (FRIDAY) EVENING

Mr. W. WILLIAMS
will give his
LANTERN ENTERTAINMENT entitled RAMBLES AROUND DUNEDIN

ON SATURDAY GRAND MUSICAL EVENING
Under the direction of Mr. A.J. Barth, kindly assisted by several public favorites.



1st November 1895  Page 2 - NELSON EVENING MAIL, VOLUME XXIX, ISSUE 259

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
In its notice respecting the Dunedin Photographic Society exhibition the Otago Daily Times says: Mr. A.H. Patterson is the largest and most successful exhibitor in the Nelson Camera Club section. Of his contributions, "Flaxmilling on the Owaka, Marlboroguh", which is a well chosen and well lighted subject, and "Three Chums", a bromide enlargement from a quarter-plate, may he taken as probably the best. Mr. A.J. Glasgow also exhibits extensively, and special attention may be directed to two prints in his "Studies" — to his study of a hen and her brood and to that of some swans, these being well exposed and nicely executed.



2nd November 1895  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9842

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

Gallery Y.W.C. Association’s Rooms, Moray place.
Open Daily from 10am to 6pm, and from 7pm to 10pm in the Evening.
THIS (SATURDAY) EVENING: Admission ... 1s.

GRAND PROMENADE CONCERT
Under the direction of Mr. A.J. Barth, kindly assisted by several public favorites.



4th November 1895
Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 10508
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9843

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A musical evening attracted a numerous attendance at the Dunedin Photographic Society exhibition on Saturday night. The arrangements were in the hands of Mr. A.J. Barth, who played, with Miss Isabel Matheson, two pianoforte duets — the overture of "Euryanths" and Moszkowski's "Spanish Dances", — while Miss Bannatyne gave a piano solo, Miss Moore a violin solo, Mrs Murphy, Miss Blacke and Miss Matheson, and Messrs Jones and A. Wright vocal solos. This evening a special attraction will be provided in the gallery, as Mr. Barth will lecture on "Composers and Musicians", and the lecture will be illustrated by limelight portraits and musical selections — Miss Blanche Joel and Mr. H.B. Smith assisting Mr. Barth in respect of the musical illustrations by playing selections from the works of Bach, Beethoven, Donizetti, Chopin, Liszt, Mendelssohn, and others. As this is the first time Mr. Barth, who is an authority on musical matters, has given the lecture in public, great interest is being taken in the event.



4th November 1895  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9843

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

Gallery Y.W.C. Association’s Rooms, Moray place.
Open Daily from 10am to 6pm, and from 7pm to 10pm
Admission ... 1s.

THIS (MONDAY) EVENING

Mr. A.J. BARTH'S LECTURE - COMPOSERS AND MUSICIANS
Illustrated by Limelight Portraits and Musical Selections.
Miss Blanche Joel and Mr. H.B. Smith have kindly consented to assist.



5th November 1895  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9844

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The announcement that Mr. A.J. Barth would lecture on "Composers and Musicians" attracted a large audience to the Dunedin Photographic Society Exhibition at the Y.W.C.A. Rooms last night. Mr. Barth commenced his lecture with Sebastian Bach in 1685, and gave a short and interesting sketch of the lives and works of the most brilliant composers and musicians who had lived from that time down to the present day. Mr. Barth concluded by stating that he had studied for nine years under John Francis Barnett, and added that "eminence is only to be gained by work and perseverance. In the case of some of whom I have spoken it was a work of love for music, and nothing would keep them from it; others were kept hard at it by a strict, stern parent — so different from most colonial parents nowadays. I was fond of my games when a boy. At one time cricket claimed more attention than my mother liked, and she threatened to turn me out of the house to do for myself if I did not practice more, so I worked at my piano and composition steadily for four or five hours daily". During the course of the lecture Mr. Barth played portions of "Fantaisie impromptu" (Chopin), "Andante and rondo capriccio" (Mendelssohn), and "Spumerlied" (Liszt) to illustrate the style of those composers, while Miss Joel played "Gavotte" (Bach), First movement 12th Sonata (Beethoven), and Paderewski's Minuet, and Mr. H.B. Smith sang "Dio Posente" from 'Faust' (Gounod) and "Ho jolly Jenkins" (Sullivan).

Mr. R.C. Jones manipulated the lantern, and threw on the screen portraits of all the composers referred to from slides prepared by Mr. Barth. These portraits deserve special mention, as they came out so sharp and clear on the screen as to elicit the hearty approval of the audience. To-night there will be an exhibition of views of Whitcombe Pass (recently traversed by Mr. Park, of Hokitika) and a series of slides relating to the vagaries of a "demon cat".



5th November 1895  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9844

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

Gallery Y.W.C. Association’s Rooms, Moray place.
Open Daily from 10am to 6pm, and from 7pm to 10pm
Admission ... 1s.

THIS (TUESDAY) EVENING

LANTERN ENTERTAINMENT
Illustrative of Whitcombe Pass, Franz Josef Glacier, and other West Coast Scenic Wonders.



7th November 1895  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 10511

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A choice selection of musical items was gone through at the Dunedin Photographic Society exhibition in the Y.W.C.A. rooms last evening, and the program, which was gone through in a thoroughly satisfactory manner, was highly appreciated by the visitors. Mr. A.J. Barth played an impromptu of his own composition; Mrs F.L. Jones, Miss Gillies, Mr. A. Wright, and Mr. Gillies contributed vocal solos; Mr. Barrett played as a violin solo a mazurka by Wieniawski, and Miss Little played a pianoforte piece by Chopin. This evening Mr. Williams will give a lantern lecture on the Water of Leith and its tributaries. On Friday evening, after a successful exhibition, the season will close.



7th November 1895  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9846

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

Gallery Y.W.C. Association’s Rooms, Moray place.
Open Daily from 10am to 6pm, and from 7pm to 10pm
Admission ... 1s.

THIS (THURSDAY) EVENING

Mr. W. WILLIAMS'S

LANTERN ENTERTAINMENT
"The Water of Leith and its Tributaries".

The Exhibition CLOSES on FRIDAY Evening.



8th November 1895  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9847

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

Gallery Y.W.C. Association’s Rooms, Moray place.

Open Daily from 10am to 6pm, and from 7pm to 10pm
Admission ... 1s.

THIS FRIDAY (THE CLOSING) EVENING

Will be repeated (by special request), at 8pm sharp.

Dr ROBERTS’S - Lantern Lecture on "Catlin’s River",
and part of
Mr. A.J. BARTH’S - Lantern Lecture on "Composers and Musicians".



5th December 1895  Page 54 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2179

THE JUVENILE INDUSTRIAL EXHIBITION OPENING CEREMONY
On Tuesday, 26th November, the Juvenile Industrial Exhibition, in connection with which hundreds of willing workers have been busily engaged for months past, was opened in the Garrison Hall.

The whole of the frames recently shown in the annual exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society have been transferred to the exhibition, and are shown on the walls around the gallery.



22nd January 1896  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 9909
30th January 1896  Page 3 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2187

Yesterday evening at Wain's Hotel a large number of friends of Mr. W.J.P. Hodgkins met to wish him good-bye prior to his leaving to take up the accountant's position in the Bank of New South Wales at Invercargill. Among those present were representatives of the Otago Rowing Club, Dunedin Photographic Society, New Zealand Alpine Club, Carisbrook Cricket Club, and Otago Lawn Tennis Club.



4th June 1896  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10023
5th June 1896  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 10510

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At a meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society held in their rooms, Royal Arcade, last evening, an exhibition was held of English prize pictures, which were very ably criticized by Mr. W.M. Hodgkins, president O.A.S. The meeting terminated with a hearty vote of thanks to Mr. Hodgkins for his kindness and for the very instructive and entertaining evening thus spent.



28th September 1896  Page 3 - HAWKE'S BAY HERALD, VOLUME XXXI, ISSUE 10419

THE CAMERA CLUB'S EXHIBITION
The Inaugural exhibition of the Hawke's Bay Camera Club last year afforded considerable surprise to the public by bringing under their notice the large number of people to whom photography had become an almost engrossing hobby. The second exhibition, opened on Saturday afternoon at Messrs C.B. Hoadley and Co's rooms, showed how resolutely local enthusiasts have striven to excel and turn out better work year by year. The cheapness of a camera outfit and the other paraphernalia necessary for a photographer combined with increasing facilities for reaching places of scenic interest are the factors which serve to swell the number of picture takers year by year, and such bodies as the Camera Club undoubtedly do invaluable service by increasing the spirit of emulation among members, aa well as affording the young and inexperienced opportunities to gain that technical knowledge which can only be obtained by studying the works and methods of the more skillful.

The catalog of the present exhibition contain particulars of 338 exhibits, 175 of which are opposite the names of Hawke's Bay residents. Of course it is around these that the chief interest centers and although it would be folly to even suggest that a few of the exhibits do not betray the green hand and in one or two cases an astonishing idea of what constitutes an artistic pose or graceful setting, still there can be no question as to their general character, and the exhibitors deserve the heartiest congratulations for their efforts; praise which we are sure will not make them any the less desirous of showing a marked improvement in their pictures at next year's exhibition.

The Hawke's Bay exhibitors were: Mrs Klingender, Miss Matthews, and Messrs Shanly, Hyde, Von Haast, Bear, Owen, Groom, Bridges, Tosswill, Green, Humphries, Banner, Newton, Saunders, Beswick, Canning, the Rev. G.D. Cox, and Dr. Milne Thomson. In an exhibition such as this, in which exhibitors show their work for the most part out of sheer enthusiasm, any criticism of individual productions would be out of place. But the carping critic cannot be denied a right to suggest that the dry-as-dust titles in the catalog are particularly oppressive. On future occasions we hope members of the local club will allow their fancy to stray a little and take a lesson from Mr. Owen (who in one or two cases was particularly happy in his selection) and the Rev. G.D. Cox (No. 302) in this respect; they might also note the originality shown by Mr. A.C. Clifford, a Wellington exhibitor (No. 16 and 17). The contributions forwarded by Nelson, Wellington, and Dunedin amateurs have among them some excellent pictures, Messrs Brusewitz (Nelson) and Clifford (Wellington), showing some first-class work. Mr. Hamilton, formerly of Napier, but now a member of the Dunedin Photographic Society, exhibited a couple of very good flower studies.

Of course the pictures in the English collection are splendid specimens, showing to what artistic perfection camera production has been arrived at, and also being an object lesson of a more or less inspiriting character to local amateurs; testifying both what it is possible to achieve and how much is necessary to learn beforehand. On Saturday, afternoon tea was provided for visitors, and in the evening two series of charming views were shown by Messrs H. Owen and F. Nelson. The views in the first part were from negatives taken by Mr. Humphries at Waikaremoana, the varied scenery of that until lately almost inaccessible spot being capitally portrayed. Mr. Humphries also gave explanatory descriptions of the various pictures. The second series was of a miscellaneous character, including some excellent views of London and the Thames; also some striking pictures of Niagara in winter. The exhibition will be open both afternoon and evening until Wednesday, vocal and instrumental music with afternoon tea being provided after 3pm. We recommend our readers to visit the exhibition; it will be to their own pleasure and advantage to do so, besides giving encouragement and assistance to the club.



28th September 1896
Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 10608
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10122
1st October 1896  Page 13 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2222

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society held its first field day on Saturday afternoon. The members assembled at 2.30pm residence of Mr. A.J. Barth, Leith Valley road, and then dispersed themselves about the Woodhaugh Gardens, which are becoming a popular resort. The natural beauties of the surroundings, enhanced by the work of the Reserves Committee of the City Council, afforded abundant opportunities for the members to secure effective pictures, and there was a general consensus of opinion that the spot for the first field day had been happily chosen. The club's rooms, it might be mentioned, are now replete with every convenience for those who take an active interest in this fascinating pastime. They are situated in Liverpool street, and are fitted up with every appurtenance requisite for developing, while an apparatus for taking flashlight photographs is also provided.



30th October 1896  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10149

RAVENSBOURNE BOATING BAZAAR
The weekly meeting of this Committee was held last night in the Masonic Hall.

It was decided to ask the members of the Dunedin Photographic Society to contribute photographs to the photographic competition and exhibition.



11th December 1896  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10185

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The program appears in this issue of the limelight and musical entertainment to be given by the Dunedin Photographic Society in Choral Hall on the 18th December.



11th December 1896  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10185
14th December 1896  Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 10674
18th December 1896  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10191

LIMELIGHT AND MUSICAL ENTERTAINMENT

To be given by the

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

CHORAL HALL

Assisted by Miss Mabel Millar, Miss Lena Treseder, and Mr. H.B Smith

FRIDAY, December 18th

PROGRAM
Pianoforte Duet - Overture "Euryanthe" (Weber). — Miss Beatrice Barth and Mr. A.J. Barth.
Lecture and Slides — "A Trip to Taieri Mouth" - Mr. W. Williams.
Song — Miss L. Treseder.
Lecture and Slides — "Woodhaugh to Waitati" - Mr. A.J. Barth.
Song - "The Gallants of England" (Gatty) - Mr. Harry B. Smith.
Lecture and Slides — "Round about Dunedin", with moonlight effects (by request) - Mr. W. Williams.
Song — Miss Mabel Millar.
Lecture and Slides — "Rambles through the Catlins District" — Dr Roberts.
Pianoforte Solo — "Witches Dance" (Tours) — Mr. A.J. Barth.
Miscellaneous Views by Members.

Musical Director - Mr. A.J. Barth.
Lantern Operators — Mr. A. Fieldwick, Mr. R.C. Jones.

Tickets, One Shilling.

Doors open at 7.30pm; commence at 8pm.



16th December 1896  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10189

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society limelight and musical entertainment at the Choral Hall on Friday night promises to prove an unqualified success. Among the views shown will be some interesting snap-shots taken on General Election day. For the concert the services of Miss Mabel Millar, who made such a successful debut at the orchestral concert last week, have been secured. Tickets can be purchased at Jacobs's, and as a uniform charge of 1s has been decided on there should be a crowded house.



19th December 1896
Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 10679
Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10192
24th December 1896  Page 43 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2234

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Last night an opportunity was afforded the Dunedin public of seeing the fruits of the labors of several members of the Dunedin Photographic Society, and those who attended the Choral Hall must have come away delighted with the entertainment provided for them. Limelight views of various places were thrown on the screen, and the result was a testimony to the artistic taste of the gentlemen who had taken the views. A new beauty seemed to be added to the pretty nooks and glades by the limelight, and not many present probably realized till last night the beauty and great variety of the natural scenery in Otago. The audience — a very large one — was first taken a trip to Taieri Mouth, and those who had visited this holiday resort were reminded of familiar sights, and strangers to the locality were given an incentive to visit and see for themselves. Not the least interesting and as pretty as any were the views shown in "From Woodhaugh to Waitati", including Nichol's Creek, the new gardens, Bishopsgrove. In "Round about Dunedin" views of Broad Bay, Upper Junction, Halfway Bush, and others were put on the screen. Dunedin Harbour by moonlight was shown from several standpoints, and these pictures were really superb. In "Rambles through the Catlins District" some beautiful lake, river, and bush scenery was exhibited. Amongst the views in this district were Cannibal Bay, False Inlet, where the Surat was wrecked, and the Blowhole. Miscellaneous views by Miss R.A. Ewing, A. Ziele, and F.B. Monson were also shown, these comprising snapshots taken on election any, and pictures gathered on the recent visit of the Mararoa to Preservation Inlet. Messrs Barth, Williams, and Roberts acted as lecturers, and their appropriate and occasionally amusing remarks added considerably to the enjoyment of the entertainment. The lantern was manipulated capably by Messrs A. Fieldwick and R.C. Jones. During the evening Miss L. Treseder and Miss Mabel Millar rendered songs, each eliciting a recall. Mr. Harry Smith sang "The gallants of England" in good style. A pianoforte duet was contributed by Miss Beatrice Barth and Mr. A.J. Barth, the latter gentleman also playing a pianoforte solo, and sharing with Mr. Burns-Walker the accompaniments to the songs.



28th January 1897
Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LVX, ISSUE 3039
Page 11 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1300

CAMERA NOTES
[by Snapshot]
The monthly meeting of the Hawke's Bay Camera Club was held on the 10th January. I am glad that the Wellington Camera Club is not the only one that has lazy members, for I thought we were unique in this respect. It is a great pity that out of a membership of 120 there is only an average of about fifteen who feel sufficiently interested to attend.

This is also the position of the Hawke's Bay Camera Club; and the secretary waxes eloquent on the situation: “This prompts the query, Where all our town members? The meetings are held for the purpose of exchanging ideas and showing our work; and naturally the greater the number that attend the more varied are the subjects referred to, and it is seldom that something cannot he learned from an inspection of other members work, especially just now, when we have a fixed program for the year. I hope to see a better attendance next month, when, besides the syllabus subjects, members will take part in a “toning” demonstration, superintended by Mr. Green. Bring any negative from which you cannot get a satisfactory print and also an untoned print”.

Members of the Wellington Camera Club, read the above “par”, and apply it to yourselves. The Dunedin Photographic Society hold an exhibition next month. It is a great pity that the poor deluded committee of this club hold such out-of-date ideas re professionalism, thereby barring from exhibiting at their exhibition some of New Zealand’s best amateurs.

For the January competition of the Wellington Camera Club “Christmas Cards” — only one entry was received ! Wake up, members !



18th February 1897  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10242

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society will take place during the first week in May, and if suitable arrangements can be made the Choral Hall will be secured for the purpose. The halls recently used have proved inadequate in the accommodation required.



13th March 1897  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10262

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society held a very enjoyable open lantern evening at their rooms in Liverpool street last night, a large number of ladies and gentlemen being present. The object of the gathering was a twofold one. In the first place it was for the general entertainment of the members of the society and their friends, and in the second place that the members might have the pleasure of meeting Mr. Lawes, a prominent member of the Manchester Photographic Society, who is at present in Dunedin. Mr. Lawes assisted in the entertainment by showing on the screen some very fine views representative of English scenery. The collection was a very good one, and was made up chiefly of views in the Isle of Man and Derbyshire. They were very much appreciated, and formed a pleasant contrast to the New Zealand scenery, photographs of which were shown by Messrs A.J. Barth, Williams, and Ziele. Mr. Williams manipulated the lantern in an efficient manner. At the conclusion of the entertainment, on the motion of Mr. Whitson, a hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. Lawes for his kindness in rendering assistance. It is the intention of the Committee to have lantern evenings more frequently than has been the case in the past, and judging by the excellence of last night's display it will be a long while before such entertainments pall on those who are fortunate enough to be regular attenders.

At a recent meeting of the Committee of the Dunedin Photographic Society it was decided to take the Choral Hall for the annual exhibition in May, and a sub-committee was appointed to make the necessary arrangements. In connection with the forthcoming exhibition, the New Zealand Drug Company have offered a half plate camera for the member producing the best half-plate print. It has also been decided to give a gold medal for the best collection of prints in the exhibition, the competition to be open to all members of photographic societies in New Zealand.



26th March 1897  Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10273

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the society's rooms in Liverpool street last night, when there was a large attendance of members. Mr. F.J. Monson, the retiring president, occupied the chair.

ANNUAL REPORT
The annual report was read as follows:

In submitting their annual report and balance sheet your Committee find good cause for satisfaction with the progress made during the past year. The roll of members has steadily increased, the balance-sheet shows a credit balance of £1 7s 11d, the property of the society has been added to, and we are now in possession of rooms suited to our requirements.

The attendance at meetings, though somewhat spasmodic, has been good, and the interest in the proceedings well maintained. Practical demonstrations of bromide printing, enlarging, lantern slide making, and flashlight photography have been given. The quantity of work shown at monthly meetings has been somewhat disappointing, and members are reminded they are able to contribute to the interest of these meetings by bringing prints or slides of recent work. To supply a long-felt want a lantern has been purchased out of funds advanced by the Committee.

As it was found impossible to conclude satisfactory arrangements for the continuance of the lease of the Arcade premises, our present rooms were rented from the South British Insurance Company at a moderate rental. A dark room has been fitted up for the convenience of members, in a very complete manner, at a cost of £20 14s 6d. This proved a heavy tax, and to augment our funds an entertainment was given in the Choral Hall, which proved an unqualified success, and added £l2 5s 6d to our finances. For this satisfactory result thanks are due to the members for their kind co-operation; to the lecturers (Messrs Williams, A.J. Barth, and Dr Roberts) and the ladies and gentlemen who furnished the musical program. Special thanks are also due to Mr. C.W. Kerr, to whom the credit of originating the venture is due, and whose efforts contributed much to its success.

The annual exhibition was originally fixed for December, but this being found an inopportune time it was postponed, and it is now definitely decided to hold it during the first week of May. The Choral Hall has been engaged, and an increased number of exhibits will be required to fill the extra space engaged. The Committee, however, rely on the support of members, and trust each one will forward an exhibit, and render the show of 1897 conspicuous for both the quantity and quality of the exhibits. The New Zealand Drug Company have generously donated a half plate camera for competition by the members of this society, and a gold medal will also be given for the best collection shown by the members of any society exhibiting.

In order to popularize the use of the rooms for photographic work it was arranged that practical instruction would be given on application to any member of the Committee, and suggestions are invited as to the best means of extending the usefulness of the society in this direction.

The thanks of the society are due to C.W. Kerr for donation of the screen now in use, to Mr. W. Livingston for a fender, and to Mr. R. Chisholm for a set of lockers.

During the year several field days were held, proving most enjoyable, and exciting increased interest at the succeeding meetings.

On the motion of the Chairman the report was unanimously adopted.

GENERAL
A letter was read from Messrs Kempthorne, Prosser and Co., as agents for the "Kapai" camera, offering a camera for competition amongst the members of the society at the forthcoming exhibition. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Messrs Kempthorne, Prosser, and Co. for their generous offer, which was accepted.

A general discussion took place as to the best means for carrying out the object for which the society was formed, and for the bringing of members more in touch with one another, and for the assistance of members and the furtherance of photographic work generally.

NEW MEMBERS
Messrs Turner, G.F. Allen, and T. Mills were elected members of the society.

COMPLIMENTARY
A hearty vote of thanks was accorded to the retiring office bearers on the motion of Mr. Hamilton, after which the meeting concluded.



15th APRIL 1897  Page 17 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1311

NOTES
In connection with the forthcoming exhibition, which the committee has decided to open in the Art Gallery on Tuesday 3rd August 1897, it is proposed to establish a guarantee list to meet any possible deficiency that may occur.

The Dunedin Photographic Society exhibition opens during the first week in May. The Wellington Camera Club is not represented thereat. We are often asked why. Here is the reason: The Dunedin Photographic Society refuses to accept exhibits from any club which admits professionals as members; and it also prohibits its members sending exhibits to any exhibitions where professionals exhibit. Where the wisdom of this decree comes in I fail to see. Do not we learn a great deal about the art from the "professionals". And while debarring these gentlemen from membership the Dunedin Photographic Society actually condescends to ask a "professional photographer" to act as judge.

This is evidently going to be a year of exhibitions. The Southland Club will hold their first exhibition in May. Then follows the Christchurch, Wellington, Nelson and Hawke's Bay in the order named.

I hope that members of the Wellington Camera Club will endeavor to make their exhibit at the Southland Club's show a good one. As this club was only formed a short time ago, we should help them all we can. There is nothing like a good exhibition to increase the membership roll of a club.

The secretary of the Wellington Camera Club showed me a copy of the design of the cover for the catalog to be published in connection with the forthcoming exhibition. Mr H.E. Taylor is the delineator, and he has certainly given the club something of which they may be proud.

The prospectuses are out at last! In connection with the Exhibition, a competition will be held and prizes awarded as under, the amount to be spent in the purchase of a medal or photographic goods, at the option of the winner:

1. Landscape or Seascape: First prize, £2 2s; 2nd, £1 1s; 3rd, 10s.
2. Portraits and Groups: First prize, £2 2s; 2nd, £1 1s; 3rd, 10s.
3. Genre Pictures and Studies: First prize, £1 1s; 2nd, 10s.
4. Animal Life: First prize, 10s; 2nd 5s.
5. Objects in Motion. First prize, 10s; 2nd, 5s.
6. Architecture (Exterior and Interior): First prize, 10s; 2nd, 5s.
7. Still Life: First prize, 10s; 2nd, 5s.
8. Stereoscopic Prints: First prize, 10s ; 2nd, 5s.
9. Enlargements: First prize, £1 1s; 2nd, 10s. All entries to be accompanied by contact print from original negative.
10. Ladies Class (any subject): First prize, £l 1s; 2nd 10s.
11. Class limited to Workers under eighteen years of age (any subject): First prize, 10s; 2nd, 5s.
12. Photographs by any process except gelatino-chloride (process to be named in entry form): First prize, £1 1s; 2nd, 10s.
13. Lantern Slides (set of six pictures): First prize, £2 2s; 2nd, £1 1s; 3rd, 10s.

The following are the general rules and conditions: All work submitted must be the bona fide work of the competitor throughout. No picture is eligible which has been exhibited previously in any public photographic exhibition in Wellington. Each picture for competition shall bear a descriptive title and non de plume; and each competitor shall forward by post a sealed envelope addressed to the Secretary containing a description of exhibit, lens, plate and paper used, with non de plume and full name and address. Each picture shall be framed or mounted on a stiff mount. The Judges may withhold prizes in any class in which the work is not of sufficient merit. The Selection Committee reserves to itself the right to reject any picture. The Club does not hold itself responsible for any damage that may occur to exhibits, but every precaution will be taken to ensure safety, and all exhibits will be covered by insurance against fire during the Exhibition. To obtain the benefit of this, exhibitors must state the value of their pictures. It is to be distinctly understood that the sending of exhibits signifies acceptance by exhibitor of all the various conditions embodied therein. All competitors must be members of an Australasian Photographic Club or Society. An entrance fee of 6d each will be charged for the first two entries, and 3d for each other entry from the same exhibitor in the same class. No entry fees will be charged in classes 10 and 11. Single pictures will be accepted for competition in each class except class 13. Pictures for competition need not necessarily be framed alone but they may be included in the same frame, or on the same mount, as other pictures intended either for competition or exhibition; but in the latter case care must be taken to distinguish the picture or pictures intended for competition. Entries and applications for space must be made to the secretary before July 14th, and exhibits must be delivered before July 24th.



27th April 1897  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10299

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
In the window of J. Wilkie and Co. may be seen a half-plate camera and tripod, which are to be awarded as a prize by the maker for the best cabinet-size photograph of a bush scene at the forthcoming exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society. The camera is an exceedingly pretty one, and is made of our native wood — rewarewa, sometimes called native honeysuckle. There is also a gold medal for the best series of photographs shown by an exhibitor from any of the clubs through the colony which exhibit with the Dunedin Photographic Society. The exhibition opens on the 3rd May.



30th April 1897  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10302

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

AND ASSOCIATED SOCIETIES

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

CHORAL HALL,

May 3rd to 8th; 9am to 6pm and 7pm to 10pm
ADMISSION ... 1s.



1st May 1897  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10303

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society opens at the Choral Hall on Monday. The exhibition will be open from 9am.



1st May 1897  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10303

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

AND ASSOCIATED SOCIETIES

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

CHORAL HALL,

May 3rd to 8th; 9am to 6pm and 7pm to 10pm

TUESDAY EVENING
LANTERN AND MUSICAL ENTERTAINMENT
Showing Abbeys and Monasteries of Great Britain.

Selections by leading Musicians.

ADMISSION ... 1s.



3rd May 1897  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10304

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The sixth annual exhibition promoted by the Dunedin Photographic Society, held this time in the Choral Hall, was opened to-day, and will, we think, be found as interesting as any of the previous exhibitions. The Napier, Invercargill, and Nelson societies have each forwarded a collection, and members of the local society make a brave show, there being altogether between 300 and 400 items on the catalog.

The visitor will find the Invercargill exhibits immediately to the left of the entrance. In this section attention is sure to be given to No. 11, a harbor view by moonlight, this being a very happy delineation of cloud and lunar effects; No. 19, a farm scene, bracketed with No. 21, a creek view, both done in sepia tone, will also catch the eye; while No. 24, entitled "Hush", depicting artistically a mother and her child, and No. 30, a pair of broken-water pieces, are further prominent examples in a collection which is perhaps remarkable more for all-round merit than individual excellence, though the photographs named will probably be reckoned among the best.

On the end wall, under the clock, are placed the exhibits from the Napier society, which include an interesting view of the interior of the cathedral during service, a couple of excellent enlargements of figure studies, and a gem in No. 252, representing a mother and baby, the clothing of the child standing out beautifully. A very clear view of the Basin Reserve at Wellington during the progress of cricket is also to be found in this collection; likewise several Continental scenes — two or three of places in Normandy, claiming particular notice.

The Nelson photographs had not come to hand early this afternoon, but they will be hung in time for to-night.

Taking the Dunedin Photographic Society exhibits by order, in groups, we come first to the interesting views taken by Mr. T. Ross during his voyage to the East, prominent among these being several highly-pictorial scenes representing Native life in Ceylon. Hard by are a pair of meritorious enlargements by Mr. J.C. Seelye, who has evidently made a special study of landscape work. Mr. A. Hamilton's large collection, occupying the whole of the center of the wall on the line of the eye, makes a most imposing display. This exhibitor has made a specialty of flower studies and portraits, and in the latter category will be seen some choice work in "A Study in Brown"; No. 55, an artistic portrait; and No. 60, revealing a more than usually happy subject. Examples of photography that are out of the common may also be seen in the picture of a wave breaking over the Marine Parade at Napier (a snapshot with a hand camera) and the radiograph depicting the structure of a rat as seen by the X rays. Adjoining Mr. Hamilton's collection is the one sent in by Mr. A.J. Barth, who displays nice taste in selecting scenes that fairly show off our New Zealand flora, and, besides, has succeeded admirably in his enlarged views, notably the country study (No 72) and the photograph of the old mill (No. 73), the latter being one of our somewhat scarce local ruins. On the end wall, round the door, Dr Roberts excellent exhibits are to be found. His view of Lake Te Anau (No. 90) has in it all the elements of a picture, and the technical work is decidedly meritorious; and another striking example from the same exhibitor is his No. 87. showing a boy in the fork of a tree. Mr. Herbert Ziele's lake scene, hung close by, is likewise a feature of the exhibition, though it by no means distracts attention from smaller pieces sent in by Mr. Ziele. Mr. W. Williams, president of the society, takes up a large space on the opposite side of the stage with a general collection, comprising shipping views, figure studies, bits of bush, coast scenes, and story pieces, all of which are ably and several excellently done, special mention being due to the scene at Wellington Heads, while No. 114 possesses peculiar interest as being the photograph with which Mr. Williams recently won the first prize in the 'Witness' competition for figure studies. Mr. A.J. Morrison's exhibits include several examples of high-class work, amongst which we direct special notice to No. 125, showing the Mararoa at anchor in Preservation Inlet, and No. 119, the subject of this being a holiday party out for a drive. Both are picturesque subjects ably treated. Mr. W. Livingston, a most careful and reliable worker, shows a collection that includes some capital Tasmanian views. Mr. C.W. Kerr's landscapes display painstaking effort that is largely rewarded by the results, and an uncommon piece which will be inspected with interest, namely, a collection of autumn leaves printed direct from Nature, adds to the value of this exhibitor's contributions. Mr. R. Chisholm's collection embraces a wide range of subjects — architecture, groups of figures, vessels, and charming bush scenes; and, while versatile, Mr. Chisholm is never commonplace, most of his exhibits being very carefully finished. These are the principal local exhibits, but there are others, which will be noticed later on, also a number of choice photographs lent for the occasion.

Music is to be provided to-night at the gallery, and to-morrow the thirty exhibits in the "Kapai" competition are to be judged, also the collections as a whole, for the purpose of awarding the gold medal offered by the society for the best collection the work of any one exhibitor. The exhibition is to remain open all the week.



4th May 1897  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10305

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual exhibition, now being held in the Choral Hall, has been materially enriched by the addition of the Nelson Society's exhibits, which are now on the walls.

The "Kapai" competition, for landscapes on half-plates, was judged this morning, Dr Roberts being declared the winner. The general collection competition was also judged, and Mr. A.J. Barth takes the gold medal offered by the society.

To-night there is to be an attractive entertainment, Mr. Williams having consented to lecture on 'Abbeys and Monasteries of Ancient Britain', illustrated with lantern views worked by Mr. R.C. Jones.



4th May 1897  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10305

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

AND ASSOCIATED SOCIETIES

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

CHORAL HALL,

9am to 6pm and 7pm to 10pm

THIS (TUESDAY) EVENING

LANTERN AND MUSICAL ENTERTAINMENT
Showing Abbeys and Monasteries of Great Britain.

Selections by leading Musicians.

ADMISSION ... 1s.



6th May 1897  Page 22 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2253

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society sixth annual exhibition was opened in the Choral Hail on Monday morning, and possesses quite as many features of interest as any of the preceding exhibitions held by the Society. In addition to a very extensive collection by members of the local society itself, Dr Roberts, Messrs A. Hamilton, W. Williams, A.J. Barth, R. Chisholm, W. Livingston, A.J. Morrison, and C.W. Kerr, amongst others, being large exhibitors, the exhibition includes also contributions of considerable value from members of the Invercargill and Hawke's Bay societies, and it will yet include a collection from the members of the Nelson Camera Club, whose exhibits are always welcome, but on this occasion have arrived late in consequence of the unexpected detention of a steamer. The exhibition will be found well worth visiting, not only because of the quality but also because of the variety of the photographs, some of which are high-class examples of this branch of art. The exhibition will remain open all the week.



6th May 1897  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10307
13th May 1897  Page 59 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2254

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A careful inspection of the photographs, shown in the exhibition now open at the Choral Hall must lead the independent observer to the conclusion that a considerable proportion of the exhibits fall short of the "possible". In many cases a good negative has been badly printed; examples could be given, if it would serve any good purpose to go into particulars, of elementary faults from an art point of view — such, for instance, as taking up a position from which the picture loses all the effects that might have been secured; a common mistake is to pick out a view of miles and miles of country, with the result that everything is reduced to a minute scale and the picture becomes confused and flat; another defect with a large proportion of the landscapes is that no attention is given to the sky — with many, indeed, there is no sky at all; and it would be possible to pick out a few examples that are quite unworthy of the exhibition. Yet, though all this is true, there is a great deal of excellent work to be found in the gallery, and, so far as we can judge, the exhibition is ahead of the last one promoted by the Dunedin Photographic Society.

Taking first the collection sent in by the Invercargill Camera Club, it is easy to find subjects for commendation. The sunrise view of Half-moon Bay, already referred to, stands inspection, and we should say that while it is W.J.P. Hodgkins's masterpiece it may also be counted one of the most artistic productions in the gallery, its only fault being that the horizon line is not square with the frame. F.W. Bicknell shows a charming pair of studies of native bush. There is more than bush in each of them, and to judge by the title, "Isaac Meditating at Eventide", bestowed upon No. 13, the exhibitor would seem to regard his background as subordinate to the rest of the picture; but we fail to see any connection between the unimpressive looking person sitting on the shingly bank of a creek, apparently about to wash his feet, and the Isaac that Moses tells of, and prefer to take the photograph on its undescribed but easily recognizable merits. A.M. Macdonald's best work is seen in, "Glimpses in the Estuary", three pretty silver prints taken at the proper time of day from advantageous positions, and exhibiting also the merit of very fair preparation. They are more than mere views, the pictorial element being present. D. MacPherson's No. 30; is a pair of small photos entitled "Ocean Waves". The upper one has unluckily been snapped just a tick took quickly, and the rising wave, taken before it has broken, looks like wool. The other one has the water among the rocks very nicely shown, and it is a pretty photograph, in all respects.

The Nelson Camera Club exhibits include two that are well entitled to mention, one of these being A.J. Glasgow's view of the Penguin ashore on a bank; the other, a really first-class work of art by H. Brusewitz, entitled "On the Sands, Eventide". The three persons in the foreground have evidently posed for the occasion — possibly dressed for it as well; but it is not suggested that this ought not to have been done. An artist is at liberty to build up a picture in any legitimate way that he pleases, and one who is capable of such thoroughly sterling work as is here exhibited is not likely to do anything illegitimate. The breeziness of the view, and the truthfulness of the effects in regard to the water-filled sand, are special features of an exceptionally clever photo that is also cleanly printed.

Variety is found in the collection forwarded by the Hawke's Bay Camera Club, local scenes being interspersed with Continental views that possess a special value and are also interesting, and several made up story views also finding a place in the collection. Taking the lot on their merits, we should say that, "The Sheep Market, Avranches", is about the most meritorious, this being a representation of a large number of characteristic figures, all either on the move or profoundly occupied in business. Not one of the crowd seems to be standing for his portrait. The enlargement is fairly well done, and evidently it must have been a splendid negative that was originally taken. This is one of J.N. Tosswill's exhibits. H. Owen has among his exhibits a representation of the interior of the Napier Cathedral during service, the time chosen being the reading of the lesson. It is a bit of mystery how such a view could have been taken, and we are not prepared to say that a photograph does the scene justice, for, the walls being deprived of color, the chief effect is lost; still, it is an interesting and well worked up curiosity in photography. "My Darling", by the same exhibitor, is pretty, and would have been prettier if the faces of the mother and baby represented had been brought more forward. As it is, the light is all on the clothing. "The Order of the Bath", by G.F. Green, shows a baby boy in four stages of his regular dip. The clearest definition is here obtained, and one may suppose that Mr. Green must have taken a lot of pains and spoilt a heap of plates before he succeeded in snapping such a lively little customer in the exact positions required. His trouble, however, is well repaid.

Coming now to the Dunedin Photographic Society exhibits, the first in order to command praise are J.C. Seelye's two enlargements, of which 'Cataract Gorge, Tasmania', is much to be preferred, it having been obviously produced from a very good negative. 'Yachting Snapshots', by R.A. Ewing, is a nice set of three, the printing being a special feature. In "Yachts at Ravensbourue", T. Ross has a nicely grouped little picture of more than ordinary merit — a little on the dark side, but he has happily caught the ripple on the water. Of Mrs Hocken's contributions the pick, undoubtedly, is No. 15, the subject a girl in pose with flowers over her head. Overexposure has entailed a loss of sparkle in the other flower pieces by this contributor, but No. 15 is fairly free from this defect. As an example in most respects of what a flower photograph should be, we may direct attention to "Roses", by A. Hamilton. Here we have the desired roundness in perfection, and the high light that properly taken flowers have under the camera, and if Mr. Hamilton had cut away the top of the bunch, or else shown more of it, the photo would have left nothing to be desired. Mr. Hamilton has several portraits in his collection, and we take leave to express the opinion that in this department his No. 32 is decidedly the best. The figure is well posed, the picture nicely lighted, and though, perhaps, a trifle on the dark side, the flesh is flesh. Mr. Hamilton has not busied himself much with landscapes, which is rather to be regretted, for his "The Swamp at Longbeach" is really capital, being a well-chosen scene, the center, representing the swamp, having all the softness of a black-and-white drawing. Of the remainder of the exhibits sent in by Mr. Hamilton, we should say that No. 43, depicting a wave breaking against the marine parade, Napier, in a storm, is the most remarkable. The view must have been caught very successfully, and though in the enlargement the lights in the foam are lost, there is yet much to admire. It is decidedly a clever bit of work. A.J. Barth's collection comes next in order, and it may be said that the exhibits, as cataloged, show fair average work, but nothing special, until No. 71 is reached. This piece, called "Taken in Tow", represents a fisherman's boat getting a drag up the Lower Harbor in a light wind, just enough to warrant the sail bring set. The beauty of the photograph is the fidelity of the water, particularly the steamer's backwash, but mention must also be made of the sky and the capital lighting of the whole scene. The pick of Mr. Barth's landscapes seems to be No. 74 "Mitre Peak", and its special glory is the atmospheric effect presented. H. Ziele is worthily represented by his enlargement depicting the Dart River, this being a nicely chosen view from a well developed and properly exposed negative, and his yachting views have the merit of clearness. T. Ross has, hard by, a frame of marine pieces that evidently come from good negatives, though the printing is open to criticism. Dr Roberts shows only a few works, but all display some merit, and in his scene of Lake Te Anau he gives the gallery one of its chief adornments in the way of landscape, even though it maybe the case that it has been taken rather high on the plate. No. 87, representing a boy perched in a tree, is also a pretty picture. W. Williams has spread himself over a variety of subjects, and in each branch he does himself credit. We select "The Gentle Craft" as absolutely his best piece. This depicts a mother and her wee boy sitting on the bank of a creek, the little chap learning how to hold a rod. It is a well-selected scene, capitally lighted, the figures are properly placed, and altogether it is a very pleasing landscape, carefully printed. The figure study numbered 108 takes attention by its softness and naturalness, and the shipping scene (No. 113) is a good example of correct work, its special merit being the clearness of the reflections in the water. W. Livingston can always be depended on to avoid the least trace of slumming or dirty work. The excellence of his style in this respect is well exemplified in "Cataract Gorge". The subject is not an ideal one for a photographer, the rocks and steps giving the view a jumbled-up appearance, but, even against this handicap, Mr. Livingston has made an interesting picture; and in some others — notably the view of a boat-builder's yard at Hobart — this exhibitor reaches a high grade of merit. Of the collection sent in by C.W. Kerr we prefer "A Picnic on the Beach"; and the pick of R. Chisholm's lot is no doubt one of the landscapes in the left-hand lower corner of No. 152, showing water in the foreground.

The loan pictures are for the most part very fine, and one of these, hung under the Napier collection, may be reckoned absolutely the best photograph in the exhibition. It represents with splendid effect the breaking of a wave on a beach — that and other things, but it is the wave that we admire, and it is a pity that the artist's name is not stated. We have already announced the result of the competitions, and now add the remarks of the judges (Messrs G. Moodie and W. Esquilant);

GOLD MEDAL: This has been awarded to Mr. A.J. Barth. All this gentleman's pictures show great care and evenness of work. The enlargements are extremely good, and there is good variety; but, above all, the choice of subject shows considerable knowledge of composition. "Mitre Peak", "Catlin's River", "The Old Mill" are gems, and well worth inspection; also the difficult subject, an instantaneous picture, "Taken in Tow". His small work is all good and of even quality. "Lake Ada", a fine picture, would be improved by being a shade lighter. Mr. Barth is fortunate in securing such subjects as "Mitre Peak", Lake Ada", "Arthur River", etc., which add greatly to the value of the collection. The next best collection is that of Mr. W. Williams. His enlargement, "A Calm Morning", is decidedly good, also the one of "Fern Trees". There is nice softness, and the quality is up to the mark. A strong point in this exhibit is the portrait study, which shows considerable skill; the weak point is the landscapes. Next in order comes Mr. H. Ziele, who has two or three very high-class pictures, but his average is spoiled by some of his smaller work, which is rather blotchy and careless, such as his yacht scenes. The enlargement "Dart River, Wakatipu" and "Ferns and a Bush Scene", are really fine enlargements and of very high-class quality; and we should like to make special mention of "Dart River, Wakatipu", as there is no better picture in the hall. Mention should also be made of Dr Roberts and Mr. A. Hamilton's collections.

"KAPAI" CAMERA COMPETITION: This has been awarded to Dr Roberts for his picture of "Mount Haast, Clinton Valley". It is a very good subject and difficult to treat. The detail in the bush is well preserved right into the shadows, and at the same time the snow has not suffered to any great extent, as there is a lovely texture in the snow which gives great delicacy to the picture. The picture is printed on P.O.P. and matted, which is not without fault, as several blemishes are noticeable on the surface, showing a want of care. Mr. H. Ziele with "The Dart" runs Dr Roberts close, this being also a difficult subject and of good composition. It is a pity Mr. Ziele shows such a yellow print from such a fine negative.

At the gallery last night Mr. A.J. Barth described views of Catlin district that were shown by lantern, and Mr. W. Manson assisted Mr. Barth in the musical program.

To-night Mr. R.B. Fletcher is to be the lecturer, and the subject "Picturesque Tasmania".



6th May 1897  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10307

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

AND ASSOCIATED SOCIETIES

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

CHORAL HALL,

May 3rd to 8th; 9am to 6pm and 7pm to 10pm
ADMISSION ... ONE SHILLING.

THIS (THURSDAY) EVENING
LANTERN AND MUSICAL ENTERTAINMENT
PICTURESQUE TASMANIA
Lecturer Mr. R.E. FLETCHER

Musical Selections during the Evening by Miss FRICKER (piano) and Mr. BARRETT (violin).



7th May 1897  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10308

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

AND ASSOCIATED SOCIETIES

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

CHORAL HALL,

May 3rd to 8th; 9am to 6pm and 7pm to 10pm

ADMISSION ... ONE SHILLING.

THIS (FRIDAY) EVENING
LANTERN AND MUSICAL ENTERTAINMENT
NEW ZEALAND FLOWERS
Lecturer Mr. A. HAMILTON

Musical Selections during the Evening by
Miss MILLY JACOBS, Mrs F.L. JONES, Mr. F.L JONES, Master VICTOR BOOTH, and Mr. A.J. BARTH.



22nd July 1897  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10373
29th July 1897  Page 61 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2265

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society held their monthly meeting at the society's rooms last night, when a new secretary (Mr. J.S. Webb) was elected.

It was decided to accept an invitation from the Wellington Camera Club to exhibit at the Inter-colonial Exhibition, to be held in Wellington next month, at which valuable prizes are offered, particulars of which can seen at the rooms. The society's new enlarging room is now completed and ready for the use of members.



20th August 1897  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10398

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A well-attended meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the society’s rooms on Wednesday evening, Mr. W. Williams (the president) in the chair. The secretary advised the meeting that he had sent to the Wellington Exhibition thirty frames and eight sets of lantern slides for competition and forty-six frames for exhibition only, a very creditable result considering the shortness of notice members received to prepare their exhibits. After the business was concluded the president demonstrated to the meeting how lantern slides were made by reduction with artificial light. Afterwards the lantern was brought into use, and a number of new and interesting slides made by the president and Mr. R.E. Fletcher were shown on the screen, which were much admired and appreciated by those present.



17th September 1897  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10422

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the society's rooms on Wednesday evening, there being a very fair number of members present; the president (Mr. W. Williams) in the chair. After business matters had been dispensed with, Mr. R.A. Ewing gave an interesting demonstration of "how to make enlarged negatives from transparencies or lantern slides", after which the society's lantern was brought into use, and a number of new slides of Lake Wakatipu made by Mr. A.J. Barth were shown on the screen, and were greatly admired by those present. The society intend to give a musical and lantern entertainment in November next, when a large number of entirely new slides will be shown the public.



23rd October 1897
Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 10941
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10452
28th October 1897  Page 13 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2278

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the society's rooms on Wednesday evening, when, notwithstanding the very inclement state of the weather, there was an excellent attendance. The president exhibited a print of a window interior taken with a backed plate after an exposure of 15 seconds, on which there was not the slightest signs of halation. A demonstration, accompanied by an explanation, of various means of intensifying negatives was subsequently given by Mr. W. Livingstone. The effect of mercury on the film was described, and the action at ammonia, sulphite of soda, and ferrous oxidate on the mercury-treated image was explained, and the process shown. Other ways of accomplishing the same end were also given, and the relative advantages and disadvantages in regard to permanency, density, and proportionate increase set out. The same member afterwards showed how to reduce the density of negative over the whole service and locally. This was followed by the lantern being brought into use, and some new Catlin's River scenes were shown by the president, a comical musical study by Mr. A.J. Bath, Whare Flat by Mr. R.A Ewing, and Wellington scenery by Mr. George Crichton. All the views were very interesting and greatly admired. It is the intention of the society to give another limelight and musical entertainment on December 2, when the latest work of the members will be brought before the public; also a set of international slides specially obtained for the purpose. Judging by the amount of interest already shown in the affair the public can look forward to spending a very pleasant evening.



30th October 1897  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10458

ANDERSON'S BAY S.S. HALL
LIMELIGHT AND MUSICAL ENTERTAINMENT, in aid of St, Michaels Church Building Fund, on TUESDAY, 2nd November, 1897, at 8pm.

Subjects: 'A Holiday at Catlins' and 'A Ramble over the Peninsula'
Lecturer: Mr. W. Williams (President - Dunedin Photographic Society).

Musical Director, Mr. A.J. BARTH.
Limelight operator: Mr. A. FIELDWICK.

Admission, One Shilling; Children, Sixpence.



10th November 1897  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10467
18th November 1897  Page 22 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2281

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society held their first field day yesterday, when a number of the members journeyed to Seacliff Asylum, where they were the guests of Dr King. A fine day was experienced, and a goodly number of exposures were made. Mr. Farrant, who was most attentive to the visitors throughout the day, escorted the party over the extensive buildings, one and all being struck with the order and cleanliness which prevailed. In the evening the Society gave a limelight lantern entertainment to the inmates and a number of visitors, and this was thoroughly appreciated, proving all too short. A general desire was expressed that another such entertainment should be given at a future date. Mr. George Crichton operated at the lantern, and Messrs A.J. Barth and C.W. Kerr were the lecturers. Mr. Barth contributed instrumental selections on the piano and Mr. Crichton a song.



18th November 1897  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10474

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the society's rooms last night; Mr. W. Williams, president, in the chair. There was a good attendance.

The Secretary (Mr. J.S. Webb) reported that six members had journeyed to Seacliff on the Prince of Wales's Birthday, and that they had been well received at the Asylum. It was agreed to write to Dr King and thank him for the courteous treatment shown to the visitors.

A conversation, initiated by Mr. G. Crichton, took place in regard to a proposed Inter-Colonial exhibition to be held annually in one of the principal towns in New Zealand. The proposal was favorably entertained by the meeting, and it was remitted to the Committee to consider and report.

Prints of Seacliff and other places taken by the members on the Prince of Wales's Birthday were then handed round for inspection.

The principal item on the program of the evening was a practical demonstration on enlarging on bromide paper with the optical lantern, and developing with ferrous oxalate and metol, the object being to show the relative value of the two developers. The demonstrations were carried out by Messrs Williams and Monson, the picture selected being enlarged from a quarter plate to a full plate. For the metol developer the exposure was 35 seconds, and for the ferrous oxalate 50 seconds. It was found that the metol picture had been over-exposed, but the result in each instance was considered satisfactory. It was shown that only half the exposure required by the ferrous oxalate process was necessary for the metol method.

A large number of slides were afterwards thrown on the screen. Mr. R.A. Ewing showed pictures of Whare Flat and Silverstream; Messrs J.C. Thomson and W. Williams displayed miscellaneous views; Mr. C.O. M'Kellar exhibited views of Seacliff; while Mr. Monson's contribution consisted of pictures of Te Anau and Clinton Valley. Many of the pictures were exceedingly good, and testified to the skillful manner in which the camera was handled by the exhibitors.



23rd November 1897  Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3290
25th November 1897  Page 6 - NEW ZEALAND HERALD, VOLUME XXXIV, ISSUE 10609

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A proposal to hold an Inter-Colonial exhibition of photography annually in one of the principal towns of New Zealand has been favorably received by the Dunedin Photographic Society.



27th November 1897  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10482

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society give a limelight and musical entertainment in the Choral Hall on Thursday evening.



27th November 1897  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10482
30th November 1897  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10484

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

CHORAL HALL

THURSDAY NEXT, December 2nd.

A GRAND LIMELIGHT AND MUSICAL ENTERTAINMENT
Will be given by the Society, assisted by Miss Busch, Miss Bath, Miss Emery, and Miss Moore, and Mr. A.J. Barth and Mr. J.L. Salmond.

"A Trip to Whare Flat, the Land of the Kowhai", Holiday Rambles in the North Island. A Winter Trip to Queenstown and Lake Wakatipu.

Doors open at 7.30pm. Commence at 8pm.
Admission, One Shilling to all parts of the Hall.
Tickets can be obtained from Mr. A. Fieldwick, Octagon, or from any members of the Society.



30th November 1897  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10484

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
An entertainment under the auspices of the Dunedin Photographic Society will be held in the Choral Hall on Thursday night.



1st December 1897  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10485

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The limelight and musical entertainment to be given to-morrow night in the Choral Hall by the Dunedin Photographic Society promises to be a very enjoyable one. The views which will be thrown on the screen will embrace "A Trip to the Whare Flat" by Mr. R.A. Ewing, who, starting at the old toll bar, Dunedin, will take the audience to the most picturesque scenery in the Whare Flat and neighborhood: "A Winter Trip to Queenstown and Lake Wakatipu, by Mr. Arthur J. Barth, whose slides will give a capital idea of that wild but majestic region in winter; and "Holiday Rambles in the North Island", by Mr. W. Williams, who will show, besides views of the King Country and other interesting places in the North Island, the wreck of the s.s, Wairarapa. The musical portion of the program will consist of a piano and organ duet by Miss Beatrice Barth and Mr. A.J. Barth; violin solo by Miss Daisy Moore; trio for piano, violin, and organ (grand march from 'Tannhauser') by Miss Barth, Miss Moore, and Mr. Barth; songs by Miss Busch and Miss Emery and Mr. J.L. Salmond; and humorous musical sketches by Mr. A.J. Barth. Such an attractive program ought to ensure a large audience.



1st December 1897  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10485
2nd December 1897  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10486

CHORAL HALL

THURSDAY, 2nd December, at 8pm
GRAND LIMELIGHT AND MUSICAL ENTERTAINMENT

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

Admission: One Shilling to all parts of the Hall.



3rd December 1897  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10487

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
One of the most enjoyable as well as one of the most successful entertainments given by the Dunedin Photographic Society came off last night in the Choral Hall, which was simply crammed. The program consisted of limelight views taken by the exhibitors and vocal and instrumental music. Mr. R.A. Ewing described "A Trip to the Whare Flat". His views were exceedingly pretty, especially that of the fern-tree house, and served to show what picturesque scenery there was almost at our doors. Mr. A.J. Barth's "Winter Trip to Queenstown and Lake Wakatipu" was interesting as well as instructive, and gave one a longing to spend in that region the fortnight's holiday which the exhibitor strongly recommended. "Holiday Rambles in the North Island", by Mr. W. Williams', proved also very interesting, and the views, both in selection and execution, left nothing to be desired. Each of the exhibitors interspersed his descriptions with humorous remarks, and the audience testified their appreciation of the excellent views shown by frequent applause. The lantern was ably manipulated by Mr. A. Fieldwick. The musical part of the program was well sustained. A piano and organ duet — "L'Africane" (Meyerbeer) — was given by Miss Beatrice Barth and Mr. A.J. Barth, and was thoroughly enjoyed by the audience; Miss Daisy Moore's skillful execution of a fantasia — 'La Traviata' (Singalee) — on the violin provoked prolonged applause; a trio for piano, violin, and organ (Grand March from 'Tannhauser') by Miss Barth, Miss Moore, and Mr. Barth was a splendid performance; while Mr. Barth's humorous musical sketches elicited much laughter. Miss Busch sang with taste two songs — 'Call me back' and 'For all eternity' — being accompanied by the violin as well as pianoforte; Miss Emery's contributions were 'Fog bell' and 'Echo', both of which were heartily applauded; and Mr. J.L. Salmond sang 'Had you but known' and 'Sleep on, dear love' in a finished manner. The society deserve credit for providing such an excellent entertainment, and we feel sure that if a similar one were given more frequently it would be liberally patronized.



16th December 1897  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10498
17th December 1897  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 10988

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the ordinary meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society last night Mr. A.J. Barth gave as a demonstration the use of Prussian blue on negatives with very strong contrasts, exhibiting a negative on which the blue was placed in the presence of the members, also prints showing the result of printing with and without the aid of the blue. At the conclusion of his demonstration the lantern was brought into use, and new slides by Messrs E. Edwards (of Christchurch), W. Livingston, and Barth were shown on the screen.



17th December 1897
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 3310
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XLVII, ISSUE 146

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Some excellent photographic specimens printed by the carbon process, were exhibited at the meeting of the Wellington Camera Club last night. They are the work of Mr. Hardy Shaw, and were very much admired by all present, exhibits of such a fine character not having been shown in Wellington previously. The principal characteristic of these carbon photos is permanency — they never fade, and in this particular connection it is suggested that the authorities should see to it and have the silver prints of the hot lake terraces, located at the Museum, renewed. They were taken years ago and are said to be fading. If they are not re-taken by the carbon or some other permanent process, they will, in all probability, in the course of time be lost for ever. The matter is one deserving of consideration by those interested.

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A feature of last evening's meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was a paper on bromide work by Mr. Harcourt, which covered the various developers used in the process, the armidol being particularly specified as giving the best practical illustrations. A hearty vote of thanks was tendered Mr. Harcourt. A communication was read from the Dunedin Photographic Society asking its co-operation in connection with the holding of a proposed annual convention in the various centers. The meeting thought the idea a good one and approved it. Information was also sent relative to a competition to be held in April or May of next year for a half-plate “Kaipai” camera. The conditions are that competitors are to exhibit three prints illustrating “Sunshine”, a poem by Mary Howitt. Specimens of flashlights taken by members at the last monthly meeting of the club, were handed in, and five new members were elected. Mr. A. de B. Brandon occupied the chair.



10th January 1898  Page 2 - gray RIVER ARGUS, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 9872

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A proposal to hold an Inter-Colonial exhibition of photography annually in one of the principal towns of New Zealand has been favorably received by the Dunedin Photographic Society.



13th January 1898  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10520

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
On Saturday afternoon the Dunedin Photographic Society proceed to Macandrew Bay by the s.s. Onslow, leaving Dunedin at 2.30pm.



13th January 1898  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10520

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

FIELD DAY, SATURDAY

Macandrew's Bay. S.S. Onslow leaves wharf 2.30pm.
Harbor and yachting scenes.
Good muster wanted.



11th February 1898  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10545

OTAGO JUBILEE INDUSTRIAL EXHIBITION
No effort is wanting on the part of the Committee to add to the attractiveness of the Exhibition. Arrangements have been completed for the Dunedin Photographic Society annual exhibition of photography to take place in the building, the dates being from May 23 onwards, and prior to that several limelight views will be displayed at intervals. In a circular members of the society are enjoined to assist "in helping to make this the most successful photographic exhibition, both in regard to quality of work and number of exhibits". The Exhibition Executive have presented the society with six medals and twelve certificates for competition.



5th March 1898  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10564

YACHTING NOTES
The White Wings has generously donated a prize to the Dunedin Photographic Society for the best photo of some of our local yachts, a copy of the picture to be given to the Otago Yacht Club.



14th March 1898
Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11060
Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10571

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At a meeting of the committee of the Dunedin Photographic Society, held on Friday evening, it was resolved to forward an exhibit of photographs to the conversazione which is to take place on the 26th March, in connection with the Dunedin Technical Classes Association. An offer of a prize of one guinea from the Otago Yacht Club for competition among members at the exhibition to be held in May for the best yachting picture was accepted with thanks. Letters were received from sister societies in Australia and New Zealand promising support in connection with the photographic exhibition to be held in conjunction with the Industrial Exhibition. This exhibition promises to be a record one, both as regards the quantity and quality of the work shown. It was decided to hold the annual general meeting of the society on Thursday next.



19th March 1898  Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10576
24th May 1898  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10631

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on Thursday night. Mr. W. Williams, the retiring president, occupied the chair.

ANNUAL REPORT:
The annual report was read as follows:

In presenting the annual report and balance sheet the Committee are pleased to be able to state that the past year has been a satisfactory one for the society. The progress has been steady, the roll of membership has increased to seventy five, while the attendance at the monthly meetings has proved that the efforts made by the Committee in providing the various demonstrations have been appreciated by the members.

The balance-sheet shows a credit balance of £9, the smallness of which is accounted for by the expense incurred in the addition to the rooms of a daylight enlarging room and the various accessories in connection therewith. The lantern has proved itself very useful in the rooms, and the fees paid by members for its outside use have enabled the Committee to pay off two shares on its original cost. At this rate it will soon become the property of the society.

The annual exhibition was held in May, 1897, and was open for five days. Most of the New Zealand societies were represented, and the exhibition was well patronized by the public. Dr Roberts won the Kapai camera, while Mr. Barth was successful in carrying off the gold medal offered for the best collection of pictures.

The limelight lantern entertainment and concert, held in December, 1897, was a great success, and the wish generally expressed by the public was that such entertainments might, with advantage, be given more frequently. The credit balance from the entertainment was £4.

During the year several field days have been held and those with which the weather has not interfered proved very enjoyable, and of mutual benefit to those participating in them. On one occasion the field day was held at Seacliff, and advantage was taken to give a lantern entertainment at the asylum, which was very much appreciated.

Messrs Monson and Ziele, finding that private demands upon their time prevented their giving attention to the respective duties of secretary and treasurer, resigned their positions early in the year, and the society is to be congratulated on the fact that Mr. J. Skottowe Webb was induced to take up the dual position. He has emphatically proved himself the right man in the right place.

The Committee have arranged with the Otago Jubilee Committee to hold their next annual exhibition in connection with the Industrial Exhibition from May 23 to 28 inclusive. Satisfactory arrangements have been made, and the Jubilee Committee have given six medals and twelve certificates for competition. The exhibition will this year be an Inter-Colonial one, and most satisfactory promises of assistance from the other societies have already been received. The New Zealand Drug Company have again generously donated a half-plate Kapai camera for competition, this time extending it to all amateur members of any photographic society in New Zealand. The Otago Yacht Club have also offered a prize for the best yacht picture shown at the coming Exhibition. It is hoped that our members will respond to these generous donations, and uphold the credit of the society against our friendly rivals.

A scheme has been promulgated by this society having for its aim the holding of an annual Inter-Colonial exhibition on certain lines. As it is in its infancy, little more need be said than up to the present it has met with more or less favor by the various societies. The Committee leave it to their successors as a legacy, the carrying through of which to a successful issue cannot fail to be of the greatest benefit to photography in the Australasian colonies.

During the year the society sent an exhibit to the Invercargill and Napier exhibitions, also to the Wellington Inter-colonial Exhibition, at which some of our members were successful in carrying off prizes.

On the motion of the Chairman, the reports was unanimously adopted.

GENERAL:
Messrs J.S. Brownlie, H. Marshall, and J.B. Shacklock were elected members of the society.

A member brought under the notice of the meeting three matters which he thought the incoming Committee should take into their consideration. Firstly, that arrangements should be made to enable anyone wishing to go with his camera on the holidays to meet with any other member or members who might desire to go to the same place; secondly, that the society should move in the direction of undertaking the teaching of photography to any beginner who may join the society, by classes or otherwise; and, thirdly, arranging that at any time any member who may desire to see demonstrated any branch of ordinary photographic work can do so by applying to the secretary or president, who shall arrange with some competent member to undertake the demonstration at a time mutually suitable to the parties interested. Mr. Williams also brought up the matter of limelight entertainments, which, after a long discussion, was left for the Committee to deal with. A vote of thanks to the retiring Committee was passed.



24th March 1898  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10580
25th March 1898  Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11070
31st March 1898  Page 8 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2300

TECHNICAL CLASSES ASSOCIATION
THE NEW BUILDINGS in Moray place will be OPENED with a Conversazione on SATURDAY, 26th March, at 7.30pm.

Lectures and Experimental Demonstrations will be given in the Chemical and Physic Laboratories.

Flash-light Photographs, Exhibition of Rontgen Rays, Lantern Demonstration, and lectures by Members of the Dunedin Photographic Society.

Exhibition of Specimens and Great Show of Microscopes by Dunedin Field Club.

Models of Machinery, Exhibits of Wood Carving, etc.

Music by the North-east Valley Band, and Selections by Mr. L. Cox’s Mandoline Band.

Exhibition in the Cookery Class Room.

Refreshments by Ladies Committee, consisting of Mesdames W.H. Reynolds, H. Wise, R. Martin, G.L. Denniston, G. Macdonald.

Admission, 1s.



5th April 1898
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11079
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10590
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10591

OTAGO JUBILEE INDUSTRIAL
EXHIBITION
WEDNESDAY, 6th April - At 8pm

GRAND LIMELIGHT ENTERTAINMENT
Kindly Tendered by the
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

Overture — "La Debutante" — Exhibition Band.

QUEENSTOWN TO HEAD OF THE LAKE:
Views of Queenstown — Lake Wakatipu.
Ben Lomond — Snow Mountains — Bob's Cove
Pigeon Island — Head of the Lake
Mount Earnslaw, etc.

Selection — "Beau Brummel" — Exhibition Band.

A TRIP FROM QUEENSTOWN TO BULLENDALE:
Views of Frankton — The Remarkables
Shotover River — Arthur's Point Bridge
Skipper's Creek — Bullendale Town And Achilles Mine.

A number of these Views have never been exhibited before.

A Trip no Visitor to this District should miss.

Selection — "Scotia" ..... Exhibition Band
Fantastic Musical Sketches.

PIANIST: Mr. Arthur J. Barth

LECTURER: Mr. Arthur J. Barth

LIMELIGHT OPERATOR: Mr. A. Fieldwick

CONDUCTOR: Mr. A.F. Robertshaw

Grand Piano kindly lent by Messrs C. Begg and Co.

7th April 1898
Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11079
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10592

THE JUBILEE EXHIBITION
The attendance at the exhibition is keeping up remarkably well. There was a fair gathering yesterday morning and afternoon, and in the evening the courts were well filled.

The entertainment last evening was provided by the Dunedin Photographic Society, which took the form of a limelight exhibition of views, chiefly of scenes in the Wakatipu district. There was a large attendance, and the views, which were excellent in themselves and capitally shown, were greatly appreciated. Mr. A. Fieldwick was the limelight operator, and the explanatory lecture wag given by Mr. A.J. Barth, who was unfortunately not perfectly audible towards the back of the hall. This evening the Millie St. Orme Company will again appear.

A second change of program was presented last evening in the sideshow, "Galatea", a Greek mystery, being substituted for the previous illusion. Each performance was well attended and went without a hitch.



19th April 1898  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10601

EXHIBITION NOTES
The Exhibition provides our citizens with a cheap and plentiful shilling's worth of instruction and amusement; it also meets the wishes of those who, without any definite aim, want to get out for an hour or two of an evening and meet with friends, and thus make a break in the monotony of everyday life; and it serves the further purpose of entertaining the numerous visitors from the country who ordinarily are cast on their own resources for recreation. From all classes the enterprise is receiving extensive patronage. Last night the aisles of the annexe were thronged, and the hall was well filled as soon as the kinematograph show began. It is estimated that 2,500 persons passed the gatekeepers. The kinematograph proprietor experienced a bit of bad luck early in the evening while preparing his exhibition, whereby some of his views were accidentally destroyed; but he had a good stock in reserve, and the entertainment was as successful as ever.

To-night this entertainment will be repeated.

For Thursday evening, by special request, Mr. W. Williams will lecture in connection with an entertainment to be given by the Dunedin Photographic Society, and this, the second entertainment under the auspices of the society, will include a series of humorous sketches entitled "The Demon Cat".



20th April 1898
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11092
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10602
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10603

OTAGO JUBILEE INDUSTRIAL
EXHIBITION
THURSDAY, 21st April - At 8pm

GRAND LIMELIGHT ENTERTAINMENT
Kindly Tendered by the
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

Given by Special Request by Mr. W. Williams,

Entitled
RAMBLES ABOUT DUNEDIN

Showing the Principal Beauty Spots and Points of Interest in and around Dunedin.

To be followed by a Series of Humorous Sketches Entitled
THE DEMON CAT

21st April 1898  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10603

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society held their ordinary last evening, when there was a good attendance of members. Five new members were elected. Messrs Livingstone and Hamilton gave a very interesting demonstration of platinum printing, at the same time showing methods of bringing out details after printing. Mr. Livingstone also exhibited prints showing the different results achieved by the use of long and short focus lenses. A splendid variety of stereoscopic views of the Hanmer Plains and other subjects were shown by Mr. Melville. Messrs Barth, M'Kellar, and Ewing also put through the lantern a large collection of slides, including views of Lakes Kintore and Ada, the Sounds, mining in Central Otago, and several comic pictures. A capital series of slides of Derbyshire scenery have been received, and will be exhibited at the Exhibition, at a future date.



23rd April 1898  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10605

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The first volume of the 'Australian Photographic Journal and Year Book of Photographic Societies of Australasia' for the current year is to hand, and a very presentable book it makes. All the colonies have been drawn on for bits of scenery, the contributions of this colony comprising the Tarawera Valley (Auckland), Mount Cook from the Hermitage, the Taieri River at Henley, and John Bull's Gully, a Maori home, the Waitakere Fall, the Devil's Bridge (Taupo), creek scenery at Wangare, the upper reaches of the Wanganui River, a kauri forest, the Sphinx rocks at Wangaroa, and Milford Sound. The most artistic work, however, is to be found among the studies in child - life, some of which, notably the juvenile cricketers, the laughing pair, the May flower, and the laundress, are splendidly done. Messrs Josiah Martin (of Auckland) and W. Williams (of the Dunedin Photographic Society) are among the contributors of original papers. The editor in a prefatory note says: "Interest in our ever-extending art, science, and goodwill towards the idea of creating a publication devoted to the local interests of the photographic workers of Australasia have prompted prominent scientists, professional workers, and enthusiastic amateurs, both from abroad and from the colonies, to lend to the editor their valuable and well appreciated assistance — a kindness meriting full acknowledgment, which is hereby expressed. The editor ventures to hope that the readers will be greatly benefited by the many practical, instructive, and excellent contributions in the first number, and we feel sure that his anticipations will be realized if future numbers maintain the degree of all-round excellence here attained.



30th April 1898
Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11101
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10611
Page 20 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2305

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Committee of the Dunedin Photographic Society met on Thursday night to make arrangements for the Inter-colonial Photographic Exhibition which is to be opened on the 23rd May, in connection with the Otago Jubilee Industrial Exhibition. The photographic exhibition will doubtless be the best that has ever been held in New Zealand. Many of the leading amateur photographers in Australia have signified their intention of being represented. The committee decided to make arrangements for instruction to be given to beginners who are desirous of joining the society, and also to any of the members who may desire to study any particular branch, or process of the photographic art.



30th April 1898  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10627

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society is to be held this year in the Agricultural Hall, commencing on the 23rd May, and lasting throughout the week. Exhibits have been received from South Africa and other places, and it is understood that the contributions from outside sources will constitute a special attraction. The Exhibition Executive are arranging to batten the gallery to facilitate the hanging of the photos, and if necessary the walls on the floor level will also be battened.



23rd May 1898
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10630
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11120

OTAGO JUBILEE INDUSTRIAL
EXHIBITION

LAST WEEK OF EXHIBITION

THIS (MONDAY) EVENING

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

INTERCOLONIAL EXHIBITION.

24th May 1898  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10631

EXHIBITION NOTES
THE PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY'S EXHIBITION
The Photographic Society's Inter-Colonial exhibition, held in conjunction with the Otago Jubilee Exhibition, was opened last night in the Agricultural Hall, and throughout to-day numbers of visitors have inspected the pictures. As mentioned in our Issue yesterday, the exhibits are shown on the walls of the hall, both upstairs and downstairs, and although the position is, perhaps, not one calculated to show the photographs to the best possible advantage, still the light is good, and enables the pictures to be very fairly seen. The entries in the competitive classes number in all 322, made up as follows: Class 1, landscape, 112; class 2a, enlargements (animals), 11; class 2b, enlargements (landscapes), 27; class 3, lantern slides, 6; class 4, genre, 31; class 5, marine, 49; class 6, portraits, 17; class 7, hand camera, 8; class 8, for workers under eighteen years, 46; class 9, yachting, 10; class 10, "Kapai" camera competition, 5.

In addition to these 322 exhibits there are also 280 frames of pictures for exhibition only, and amongst these are to be found some of the finest specimens of photography in the exhibition.

Of the competitive classes the best undoubtedly is that of portraits, which is of special merit. The awards are given below, but two classes are yet to be judged, these being the yachting pictures and the lantern slides. The forty-six pictures shown by workers under eighteen years of age all come from pupils of the Wellington College. It is worthy of note, and doubtless very disappointing to local photographers, that only two prizes, a first and a second (in the genre class), come to Dunedin.

Amongst the pictures for exhibition only there are a number of Cuban views shown by Mr. Frank MacLean, district engineer of railways, which are, of course, of very special interest at this time, and are attracting a good deal of attention. The president of the club (Mr. C.W. Kerr) heads the list of exhibition pictures with a very good selection comprising twenty-two frames, most of the views being landscapes. Mr. Denton, of Wellington, is a very large exhibitor, some of his pictures being extremely good. Dr Roberts, of Dunedin, has a fine collection of enlargements, the best, perhaps, being Nos. 33 and 38, entitled "Drink fair". Mr. A. Hamilton is the largest exhibitor in this section, his portraits and pictures of still life (floral) standing out prominently. Mr. T. Pringle, of Wellington, also a large exhibitor, shows three scenes in carbon print in one frame, and these are tastefully mounted and well finished, making one of the best frames in the exhibition. Of Mr. G.F. Green's pictures the best is No. 196, entitled "Driven by Wind and Tossed", a seascape. A number of platinum prints of Maori carving, by Mr. A. Hamilton, are deserving of special notice for the excellent manner in which the work has been brought out. Mr. George Crichton, of Dunedin, has a striking picture of the Wellington Public Library, and Mr. J.S. Webb, the secretary of the society, has a good view of the fern tree house at Halfway Bush. Mr. E.A. Bradford, of Sydney, shows his picture entitled "Ever-restless Sea", which gained the gold medal in the competition open to the world at the Calcutta Exhibition, and, needless to say, it is about the best seascape on the walls.

A noticeable feature of the Exhibition is the number of carbon photographs, these mostly coming from exhibitors at Napier and Wellington. It is quite a new class of work to Dunedin, but possesses many pints of merit, particularly in regard to the number of colors and gradations to be obtained.

The exhibition is not only the largest that has been given here, but is far and away the most representative, members of the Wellington Camera Club, Wellington College Camera Club, Christchurch Philosophical Photographic Society, Southland Camera Club, Nelson Camera Club, North Otago Photographic Society, Hawke's Bay Camera Club, New South Wales Photographic Association, and Adelaide Photographic Society, in addition to members of the local society, being represented by works on the walls.

A further notice of the exhibits will appear in another issue.

Mr. C.W. Kerr, president of the Dunedin Photographic Society, had intended, if opportunity had offered, to have addressed a few remarks to the audience last evening in opening the exhibition. He would have explained that some months ago, when the Exhibition Committee became aware of the Intention of the society to hold its annual show, arrangements were made for holding it in connection with the Industrial Exhibition, and the matter was taken up by the members of the society in a very energetic manner, as it was evident that there would be a large amount of wall space to be covered, and the result was what they saw that evening. Mr. Kerr would also have acknowledged the indebtedness of the local society to kindred societies for their assistance, and have mentioned that the New South Wales collection included the exhibit that gained the silver medal at Calcutta. The Queensland collection was unfortunately short shipped at Sydney.

The catalog, giving all necessary particulars, is now ready, and includes reproductions of some of the pictures on exhibition.

The competitive classes, with the exception of that for yachting subjects and lantern slides, were judged during yesterday by Mr. J.R. Morris jun., with the following results:
LANDSCAPE: J.S. Stening, Sydney (Broughton Vale), 1; Buckley Joyce, Wellington (Eventide), 2; A.C. Gifford, Wellington College (The track to the Sutherland Falls), 3.

ENLARGEMENTS: ANIMALS: A.C. Gifford, Wellington College (A Local Branch of the Anti-Bot Fly Association), 1.

ENLARGEMENTS: LANDSCAPE: A.M. M'Donald, Invercargill (A sleepy land where under the same wheel the same old rut would deepen year by year) 1; A.J. Barth, Dunedin (Mitre Peak, Milford Sound), 2; A.C. Gifford, Wellington College (On the Clinton River), highly commended.

GENRE: W. Livingston, Dunedin (Crossing the stream: Is It Firm?), 1; C.O. M'Kellar, Dunedin (Her Pet), 2.

MARINE SUBJECTS: T. Pringle, Wellington (An Early Start), 1; E.A. Bradford, Sydney (After the Storm, Early Morn), 2; G.F. Green, Napier (Driven by the Winds and Tossed), highly commended; G.M. Green, Napier (Towed into Harbor), highly commended.

PORTRAITS: G.F. Green, Napier (Portrait Study), 1; W. Williams, Dunedin (Fiddle and I), 2; G.F. Green, Napier (Cutting Beans), highly commended; F. Buckley Joyce, Wellington (The Village Schoolmaster), highly commended.

HAND CAMERA: A.C. Gifford, Wellington College (three views, Lake Te Anau), 1.

CLASS FOR WORKERS UNDER 18: W.H. Tustin, Wellington College (A Cloudy Evening), 1; H.B. Solomon, Wellington College (An Incident), 2; W.H. Tustin, Wellington College (An Evening Scene), highly commended; W.H. Tustin, Wellington College (After the Storm), highly commended.

"KAPAI" COMPETITION: Miss A.G. Shaw, Wellington, 1.



24th May 1898  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11121

THE EXHIBITION
PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY'S EXHIBITION
An additional attraction, was added to the exhibition yesterday, when the Dunedin Photographic Society Inter-Colonial exhibition was opened in the Agricultural Hall. The photographic display is the largest that the local society has yet been able to present to the public, and is in many respects highly creditable. The majority of the frames have been placed on the gallery walls, but these have not afforded sufficient space for all the pictures, and there is an overflow on the wall downstairs underneath the north gallery. For the first time the exhibition is largely competitive. There are practically 10 classes that are open for competition. For the Otago Yacht Club's competition, which is confined to yachting pictures, there are only four competitors who are represented by 10 photographs, and in the "Kapai" competition there are but four competitors, represented by 15 frames.

For the main competitions, however, there is exceedingly satisfactory rivalry, and it is in these that the Inter-Colonial nature of the present exhibition is shown. In the class for landscape works there are no fewer than 30 competitors with an aggregate of 112 photographs. Of enlargements of animals there are 11 examples contributed by eight competitors, and of enlargements of landscape photographs there are 27 examples representing the work of 15 competitors. Of genre works there are 31 frames with 15 competitors; marine subjects are represented to the number of 49, the work of 20 competitors ; in the portrait competition 17 frames are shown by 11 exhibitors; eight frames are exhibited by three competitors in the class for the best set of three hand-camera views; and in a class for workers under 18 no fewer than 46 subjects are shown by 21 competitors, all of them pupils at Wellington College, where photography apparently is greatly practiced, for the exhibitors in other classes include three or four of the masters at the institution. Besides the photographs that are shown in the competitive classes there are over 250 frames which are for exhibition only. These latter include many that have been shown previously, but on the present occasion, as it was recognized that the exhibition would certainly be inspected by a very much larger number of people than had been at any of the society's exhibitions in the past, it was agreed that the fact of a photograph having been exhibited before by a member should not be a bar to its being again shown.

The exhibition is not only the largest that has been given here, but is far and away the most representative, members of the Wellington Camera Club, Wellington College Camera Club, Christchurch Philosophical Photographic Society, Southland Camera Club, Nelson Camera Club, North Otago Photographic Society, Hawke's Bay Camera Club, New South Wales Photographic Association, and Adelaide Photographic Society, in addition to members of the local society, being represented by works on the walls.

An exhibit which was expected from the Queensland Photographic Society has unfortunately not come to hand. There is moreover, also a small loan collection, consisting chiefly of — what is intensely interesting at the present juncture — nine frames of Cuban views. These have been lent by Mr. F.W. Maclean, and include views of Havana and Martanzas. In consequence of the fact that the catalogs (which have been artistically produced by Messrs J. Wilkie and Co.) were not ready until late in the day, and that after that time it was impossible, owing to the crush in the building and to the artificial light, to examine the frames either conveniently or favorably, a more particular notice of the exhibits must be deferred. It is only necessary now to command the exhibition, which will be open for a few days, to the notice of the public.

The competitive classes, with the exception of that for yachting subjects and lantern slides, were judged during the day by Mr. J.R. Morris jun., with the following results:

LANDSCAPE: J.S. Stening, Sydney (Broughton Vale), 1; Buckley Joyce, Wellington (Eventide), 2; A.C. Gifford, Wellington College (The track to the Sutherland Falls), 3.

ENLARGEMENTS: ANIMALS: A.C. Gifford, Wellington College (A Local Branch of the Anti-Bot Fly Association), 1.

ENLARGEMENTS: LANDSCAPE: A.M. M'Donald, Invercargill (A sleepy land where under the same wheel the same old rut would deepen year by year) 1; A.J. Barth, Dunedin (Mitre Peak, Milford Sound), 2; A.C. Gifford, Wellington College (On the Clinton River), highly commended.

GENRE: W. Livingston, Dunedin (Crossing the stream: Is It Firm?), 1; C.O. M'Kellar, Dunedin (Her Pet), 2.

MARINE SUBJECTS: T. Pringle, Wellington (An Early Start), 1; E.A. Bradford, Sydney (After the Storm, Early Morn), 2; G.F. Green, Napier (Driven by the Winds and Tossed), highly commended; G.M. Green, Napier (Towed into Harbor), highly commended.

PORTRAITS: G.F. Green, Napier (Portrait Study), 1; W. Williams, Dunedin (Fiddle and I), 2; G.F. Green, Napier (Cutting Beans), highly commended; F. Buckley Joyce, Wellington (The Village Schoolmaster), highly commended.

HAND CAMERA: A.C. Gifford, Wellington College (three views, Lake Te Anau), 1.

CLASS FOR WORKERS UNDER 18: W.H. Tustin, Wellington College (A Cloudy Evening), 1; H.B. Solomon, Wellington College (An Incident), 2; W.H. Tustin, Wellington College (An Evening Scene), highly commended; W.H. Tustin, Wellington College (After the Storm), highly commended.

"KAPAI" COMPETITION: Miss A.G. Shaw, Wellington, 1.

Mr. C.W. Kerr, president of the Dunedin Photographic Society, had intended, if opportunity had offered, to have addressed a few remarks to the audience last evening in opening the exhibition. He would have explained that some months ago, when the Exhibition Committee became aware of the Intention of the society to hold its annual show, arrangements were made for holding it in connection with the Industrial Exhibition, and the matter was taken up by the members of the society in a very energetic manner, as it was evident that there would be a large amount of wall space to be covered, and the result was what they saw that evening. Mr. Kerr would also have acknowledged the indebtedness of the local society to kindred societies for their assistance, and have mentioned that the New South Wales collection included the exhibit that gained the silver medal at Calcutta. The Queensland collection was unfortunately short shipped at Sydney.



25th May 1898
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11122
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10632

OTAGO JUBILEE INDUSTRIAL
EXHIBITION

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

GRAND LIMELIGHT ENTERTAINMENT

Lecturer — Mr. BARRIE MARSCHEL

FIVE SETS COMPETITION SLIDES

Judge — Mr. J.R. MORRIS, JUN.

No. 1 SET - FROM TE ANAU TO THK HEAD OF THE CLEDDAU:
The Glade Burn — M'Kinnon'a Hut — Ice in the Clinton Valley — Ice Cave — Pompalona Creek — M'Kinnon's Pass - Lake Quentin — Jerveis Glacier - Rain Pillars — Bowen Falls in Flood - Head of the Cleddau — Glacier, Head of Cleddau — Rock Pinnacle in Icefield.

No. 2 SET - QUEENSTOWN AND LAKE WAKATIPU:
Queenstown Wharf — Queenstown — Lake and Walter Peak — Queenstown Beach — Tooth Peaks — Glenorchy — Frankton Road — Mount Cecil — The Remarkables — Kawarau — Arthur's Point — Gorge Road.

No. 3 SET - OUT WITH MY ONE-EYED FRIEND:
In Wellington Harbour — Last Gleam of Day — Otekaika Gorge — Heaven's Gate — Paradise Road — Top of Sutherland — Sutherland Falls - News from the Old Country — Kittens at Play.

No. 4 SET - A HOLIDAY TRIP TO CATLINS:
Owaka Railway — The Dam — Catlins Lake — Huge Trees — A Bend of the River — The Bush — Ratanui Road — Head of the Lake — False Islet — Milk Conveyance — Catlins Lake.

No. 5 SET — A RAMBLE THROUGH DUNEDIN.



26th May 1898  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11123

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION
The judge, Mr. J.R. Morris, jnr., has completed his judging so far as the photographs are concerned, and the following are his remarks:

CLASS I - LANDSCAPES:
First prize, "Broughton Vale", by J.S. Stening (Sydney) — A nicely chosen and most artistic little landscape. Atmospheric effect both in the hills and sky most effective. Might be better mounted.

Second prize, "Eventide", by Buckley Joyce (Wellington) — Might also be better mounted.

HIGHLY COMMENDED:
"The Track to the Sutherland Falls", by A.C. Gifford, Wellington (a well-lighted, sunny little bush scene):
"Audley", by E.T. Davis, Sydney; "Dart River", by H. Ziele, Dunedin; "Dart River", by H. Ziele, Dunedin; "Lake Te Anau", by H. Ziele, Dunedin; "On the Thrum, Switzerland", by J. Kauffman, Adelaide; "Lake Wakatipu and Mount Cecil", by A.J. Barth, Dunedin; and "Mount Earnslaw", by A.C. Gifford, Wellington.

All the exhibits in this class are very good, and make a very creditable display, many pictures being of special merit, but they are too numerous to mention in detail.

CLASS II - ENLARGEMENTS:
ANIMALS:
First prize, "A Local Branch of the Anti Bot Fly Association", by A.C. Gifford (Wellington) — Very good indeed. A first-class enlargement.
Second prize, "Fez", by F.C. East (Christchurch) — Flat, over exposed enlargement.

LANDSCAPE ENLARGEMENTS:
First prize, "A Sleepy Land where under the same wheel the same old rut would deepen year by year", by A.M. Macdonald (Invercargill). — A beautiful and perfect enlargement; almost perfect photography; would perhaps have been better for a tree or two.

Second prize, "Mitre Peak", by A.J. Barth (Dunedin) — A good picture of a very hackneyed subject. Exceedingly good enlargement; nicely lighted, plenty of atmosphere.

HIGHLY COMMENDED:
"On the Clinton River", by A.C. Gifford (Wellington College) — would have received a second place had it not been on the foggy side.

CLASS IV - GENRE:
First prize, "Crossing the Stream: Is it Firm", by W. Livingston (Dunedin) — The stream and trees nicely lighted: might be much better, and also better mounted.
Second prize, "Her Pet", by C.O. M'Kellar (Dunedin) - Sunny bit and nice perspective; almost stereoscopic effect.

None of the subjects in this class are above ordinary merit.

CLASS V - MARINE SUBJECTS:
First prize, "An Early Start", by T. Pringle (Wellington) — A very nice picture; Another atmospheric, effect; well mounted and finished.
Second prize, "After the Storm, Early Morn", by E.A. Bradford (Sydney) — Would have been awarded first prize if the glare in the sky had been cut out a little.

HIGHLY COMMENDED:
Nos. 25 to 28, a set of six snapshots by G.M. Green (Napier); No. 22 would have been awarded a place only the shadows have been touched up.

CLASS VI - PORTRAITS:
First prize, "Portrait Study", by G.F. Green (Napier) — Most artistic very good indeed; could not be much better; nicely framed and mounted.
Second prize, "Fiddle and I", by W. Williams (Dunedin) — A well modeled face; a good portrait.

VERY HIGHLY COMMENDED
"The Village Schoolmaster", by Buckley Joyce, (Wellington) - evidently a good portrait, too black in the shadows.
"The Little Machinist", by G.F. Green, of Napier - a little hard, otherwise exceedingly good.
"A Portrait", by Mrs Girdlestone, Wellington - would have had a place, only not such good modeling.
"Cutting Beans", by G.F. Green, Napier.

All the exhibits in this class are exceedingly good. The only class where there was any close competition.

CLASS VII - HAND CAMERA:
First prize, "Three Views Cleddau River", by C.F. Gifford (Wellington) — Three little gems done by a careful man.
Second prize, "Three Views Lake Te Anau," by C.F. Gifford (Wellington)— Three carefully taken little marine views.

CLASS VIII - FOR WORKERS UNDER EIGHTEEN:
First prize, "A Cloudy Evening", by W.H. Tustin (Wellington) - Most artistic; also nicely framed and mounted.
Second prize, "An incident, the game, the dispute, settlement, friends again", by J.V. Solomon (Wellington) — A very good illustration of the subject and nicely done.

VERY HIGHLY COMMENDED:
"An Evening Scene", and "After the Storm", by W.H. Tustin (Wellington).

KAPAI COMPETITION: FOR BEST THREE PICTURES ILLUSTRATING ANY THREE VERSES OF THE POEM "SUNSHINE":
First prize, Nos. 7, 8, and 9, Miss A.G. Shaw (Wellington) — First-class photography. The only views in this competition showing poetic feeling, also artistic ability.

YACHTING:
First prize, "Rona", by G. Crichton (Dunedin) — The best yachting subject; but lacks tone — rather flat.
Second prize, "A Flying Start", by W. Williams (Dunedin) — A good enlargement, but not so good a subject; better in tone, however, than the First prize.

All of the pictures in this section are somewhat disappointing; plenty of room for improvement.



27th May 1898  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10634

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION
Our last notice notice consisted of comments on the photographs for exhibition only. This article deals with the competitive exhibits, the bulk of which are hung in the southern gallery.

Dealing first with the landscape section, we find at the head of the catalog a quartet by Mr. R.A. Ewing, who, choosing views within easy access of Dunedin, has produced very creditable work, remarkable for its refinement and cleanness. In the Whare Flat view these characteristics are almost carried to the verge of femininity. We select 'A Home in the Mountains' as, on the whole, the best of the collection. A bit of sky would make it a lovely little picture. Mr. G. Crichton also contributes four exhibits, of which 'Manawatu Gorge' was first at the Wellington Exhibition; but it will be generally allowed that 'A Quiet Nook' is to be preferred. In this later photograph, which, by the way, gained a place in Melbourne, the native bush is brought out wonderfully well, and with an inch or so of the bottom of the view shut off by the mounting the picture would have been well nigh perfect. Mr. P. Laing is represented by several creditable exhibits, of which the harvest scene on the Taieri may be accounted the best. Mr. W. Livingstone invariably produces a good tone, and we may call attention to 'The Head of the Gorge, Launceston', as a beautiful example of this distinctive merit, while the sky in 'An Autumn Sunset' pleases the critical eye, and there is excellent work in 'In the Solitudes, Wanaka', the clouds having the quality of fleeciness. Mr. G.F. Green narrowly escapes a success with his three sheep-mustering scenes, the evening piece (No. 26) being the most satisfactory. Mrs Firth, of Wellington, has voluntarily faced a difficulty in depicting 'A Shady Nook'. She must have been bothered with the light. The result, however, is decidedly pleasing, this proceeding from clever treatment. The judge has highly commended two of Mr. A.C. Gifford's exhibits, and this commendation is undoubtedly well deserved. The view on the track to Sutherland Falls is particularly good, the struggling lights through the bush being most happily caught, while in the roundness of the tree trunks and the fidelity of their weather scars one may see the characteristics of the best style of photography. It would have been no surprise if this gem had gained a place in the award. The Mount Earnslaw scene is conspicuous by its sharpness, and we take leave to think that the pretty little view of bush and water found on the shore of Like Ada deserves to be mentioned for its richness of detail and its clever lighting. Mr. A.J. Barth has honestly earned the commendation bestowed by the judge on his view of Lake Wakatipu and Mount Cecil. Either by good luck, or, more probably, by waiting for it, the photographer has "caught" the mountain in a most favorable moment, and by judicious operating he has produced a view in which the snow is snow and the mist is mist, the definition being as clear as that of a steel plate. Good technique is also discernible in the treatment of the Walter Peak view. These two are much superior to the remainder of Mr. Barth's collection.

No fewer than three of Mr. H. Ziele's exhibits have been selected by the judge as worthy of commendation, and it may be safely said that if Mr. Morris had shut his eyes and put his "highly commended" at random on any of this collection he would not have gone far wrong. There is not a bad bit of work amongst Mr. Ziele's exhibits. They are all well taken and carefully printed. Maybe it would have been better to avoid placing the bank in 'Lake Te Anau', across the center of the picture — it cuts up the view into halves; and for this reason some would prefer, say, the Lake Thompson piece, in which we find distance and detail combined with appropriate aspect; but on the other hand everybody must see the beautiful delicacy which has doubtless caused the preference for the Te Anau view. Mr. J. Kauffman, of Adelaide, is credited with a most lovely and picturesque little scene entitled 'On the Thrum, Switzerland', and it is a great pity that such a beautiful photograph is shorn to the vignette form. This is its only fault. Mr. J. Richardson's photographs prove that he is neither lazy nor careless. He may have had to rise early and often to get one or two of his views, and it is only once in a while that Rere Lake lends itself so well to the purposes of the camera as on the occasion when No. 68 was taken. This is a typical sun-picture — you can see the sparkle right through it, and few will deny our right to as one of the gems of the gallery. No. 79, a sunset view on Lake Wakatipu would have looked better with a smaller mounting, so as to shut out the white edges. Mr. R. Chisholm has picked up a few attractive scenes in the Catlins district. We take his 'Scotsman's Bonnet, Owaka', to be the best of a pretty even collection, all of which are worked with care and a fair measure of success. Mr. Buckley Joyce, of Wellington, has secured second prize with 'Eventide', a view of fields, with a line of trees in the middle distance. This line, square across the center, gives the scene a geometrical appearance, and some think this a fault. On the other hand, the operator has displayed much skill in regard to technique, and the picture is soft and pure. No. 83, by the same exhibitor, entitled 'Tranquillity', is a most pleasing picture depicting creek, bush, shingle, and sky, thus comprehending all the necessaries of a desirable view. Mr. E.T. Davis, of Sydney, sends four exhibits of considerable importance. 'Audley', which is highly commended, may be described as one of the features of the gallery. The operator has got distance properly, and the foreground shadows are exquisitely graded. 'The Old Fence' is a good picture badly mounted. For one thing, the top of the tree is cut off. 'Lingering Sun Glints' takes the eye as a typical landscape, and 'Allan's Creek', is simply beautiful work. Of the pair sent by Mr. R.M. Griffiths, also of Sydney, we prefer 'Broughers Creek', which is a pretty and wholly pleasing specimen of a good style. Mr. J.S. Stening, another Sydney man, has carried off first prize with 'Broughton Vale'. It is a bromide, showing what we call tussock land, a bank, and a bit of stream in the foreground, backed up by a few trees, and mountains in the far distance. It may be supposed that while the fullness of detail with which the wild verdure on the stream bank is shown constitutes one of the attractions of this photograph, the atmospheric effects are its principal charm to the expert eye. It is possible that a popular vote would have selected something else for the first prize. Laymen might be apt to object to the suggestion of a cloud of steam up springing to the left of the picture. There is, however, a general endorsement of the opinion that it is a remarkably clever production, and few care to challenge the verdict of the judge. All are agreed, also, that Mr. Stening's other exhibit, 'The River Oaks' is a most beautiful work, rich and soft, and a photograph upon which the eye rests with pleasure. Miss Shaw, of Wellington, has a pretty carbon entitled 'Trentham', very satisfactory in most respects, the only drawback being that the figures seem to be posed for the occasion, while a stump is in the way of the elderly lady in the foreground. Excellent workmanship is observable in 'The Bridge' by Mr. H. Bicknell, of Oamaru, but it is not the best subject for pictorial purposes. On the whole the landscape section is, as the judge has remarked, very creditable. We may, however, add something which the judge did not say, and that is that a few of the exhibits, while well taken, are of the everyday and shop window order, the scenes being unworthy of the trouble bestowed upon them. Further, two or three of the good views are mounted with no taste at all. One is absolutely off the square, the horizon being at an angle.

The enlargements of animal subjects are disappointing. Poor printing is a fault of the section. Mr. Gifford, of Wellington, is unquestionably an easy first with an enlargement of his picture of horses which commands such respect on the other side of the gallery, but it does not come out nearly so well as the smaller one, and a bit of the hill has had to be cut off. Mr. J.C. Thomson's, exhibit, representing sheep in a yard, might have been deemed worthy of second place. The sun glints on the sheep's backs come out very well. Mr. Crichton has a good subject in a calf taking its natural nourishment; but the printing is of the spectral order.

The landscape enlargements are much better. Mr. A.M. Macdonald, of Invercargill, takes first prize with his view of a paddock across which a deep cart-wheel rut appears. The technique of this is distinctly good, but it might have been preferable to have shown either a little less or a little more of the foreground, so as to save dividing the picture into halves. So far as the second prize photograph is concerned, Mr. Morris has drawn attention to its obvious good qualities of abundant lighting and atmosphere. These points of merit rank so high as to compensate for the darkness of the foreground rocks. Mr. A.C. Gifford is officially commended for his Clinton River view, and we may add that his 'Head of Cleddau Valley' is also excellent work, while of the rest there can be no doubt that Dr Roberts admirable view on Lake Thompson stands out very prominently.

The genre section comes next in order. These photographs are downstairs, under the northern gallery. Mr. W. Livingstone deserves his award of first prize for a view of a bit of the Leith with persons crossing on the stones. 'Her Pet', by Mr. C.O. M'Kellar, shows a girl feeding a cockatoo. The next best, if indeed it is not worthy of a place, is 'The Sweetest Story Ever Told', a clever bit of work by Miss Agnes Shaw, of Wellington, depicting lovers in an avenue, and we like 'It You Dare', by the same exhibitor, while 'The Gentle Craft', by Mr. W. Williams, is decidedly good, and Mr. G. Crichton's 'A Friend in Need' will repay inspection.

Marine subjects constitute an important division. There are at least half a dozen apart from those placed by the judge, that deserve commendation. With Mr. Morris's awards, however, everybody agrees. The simple beauty of 'An Early Start', by Mr. T. Pringle, of Wellington, disposes at once of all rivalry. Mr. E.A. Bradford's sea piece, showing a vivid and still angry sky, and its effects in the water, is likewise splendid work, while Mr. Green's snapshots are undoubtedly of high merit. But we also think a great deal of No. 12, by Mr. J.M. Jago, of Sydney, this showing a yacht that is something more than a painted ship upon a painted ocean; A.J. Perrier, of Sydney, likewise scores with a yachting piece; Mrs Firth's bromide called 'Island Bay' is pretty; merit can be discerned in Mr. Crichton's 'A Gloomy Day', when seen in the proper light, the detail in the foreground rocks being then apparent; Mr. P. Laing has done very well with his 'Breaking Waves' and Mr. W. Livingstone's 'Laid Up' is a good picture of a true marine subject as distinguished from the seascape order.

Portraits make a good class, difficult, we should say, to judge. No fewer than six out of seventeen are officially mentioned. Mr. G.F. Green's carbon print of a girl in Greek dress is placed first; Mr. W. Williams secures second prize with the portrait of a young lady with fiddle in hand, this being very well done, though a little deficient in tone; and of the others we are most pleased with the platinotype, entitled 'The Village Schoolmaster', by Mr. F. Buckley Joyce, of Wellington.

All visitors freely endorse the judging in the hand-camera competition. Mr. C.F. Gifford is unquestionably entitled to first and second place. Next, perhaps, in order of merit, is Mr. F.B. Stephenson's set of Melbourne views.

The class for workers under eighteen was set up in order to give the Wellington College pupils a chance, and they have responded nobly. W.H. Tustin has thoroughly earned his first prize with a moonlight piece that is cleverly done, and the exhibits by J.V. Solomon and R.J. M'Intire are distinctly creditable.

In respect to the yachting photographs, the first notification was that Mr. G. Crichton had won with No. 28, showing the Wellington yacht Rona going at a fair speed with Lord Glasgow and party aboard, and the general opinion seemed to be that this was a good award. Since then it has been given out that through a misinterpretation of the judge's notes a mistake arose, and that the winner is Mr. W. Williams, with his enlargement entitled 'A Flying Start'.

The "Kapai" competition has brought out only one really good contribution, that being by Miss A.G. Shaw, of Wellington, whose set of carbon prints show clever composition and are satisfactory as to technique.

Through an error in the judge's notes the prize pictures in connection with the Dunedin Photographic Exhibition were wrongly placed. The correct order is as follows: First prize, 'A Flying Start, Zarifa and Lily', W. Williams; second prize, 'Rona', George Crichton.

The second prize in the lantern slide competition held on Wednesday evening has been awarded to A.C. Gifford (Wellington College) for 'Out with my One-eyed Friend'. Mr. W. Williams first prize was an exceedingly good, bright lot of slides. A promenade concert is to be given in the Exhibition annexe on Tuesday, for which occasion the services of the Garrison Band have been secured.



28th May 1898  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10635

EXHIBITION NOTES
The Agricultural Hall was filled downstairs last evening when the Madame Amy Sherwin Concert Company submitted their second program. Madame Sherwin was in excellent voice, and all her songs were encored. The principal of these were 'The Holy City' and 'Lo, here the gentle lark'. Miss Kitty Grindlay also met with a warm reception, and had to respond to several encores. The instrumental solos were attentively listened to, and the performers (Messrs H. Stoneham, A. Zelman, and Szczepanowski) sustained their high reputations. The company will be heard for the last time to-night.

In order to properly finish our notice of the exhibits at the Dunedin Photographic Society exhibition it is necessary to mention the loan collection. Mr. A.C. Gifford kindly placed at the society's disposal an enlargement entitled 'Ben Fleet Ford', by A. Horsley Hinton (not Hutton, as printed in the catalog). Mr. Hinton is one of the world's celebrated photographers, representing what is known as the "fuzzy" school, and the exhibit is simply one to be admired as illustrating the best type of landscape photography. The frames of Cuban views lent by Mr. MacLean, resident railway engineer, do not profess to be artistic, but they have a high value at the present juncture as views of places that the world's eyes are upon. The double scene of Havana Harbor is specially interesting, inasmuch as it shows the castle at the entrance.

The secretary to the Dunedin Photographic Society writes us: "Replying to 'Amateur Photographer's' letter, which appeared in your columns the other evening, I have pleasure in informing him and others interested that arrangements have been made with the Exhibition Committee to carry on this society's exhibition for another week in conjunction with the winter show. During the time the winter show is on there will be no entertainments in the evening, so that patrons may then have a good look at the interesting collection of photographs that adorn the walls, both in the daytime and at night".

The children attending the Balclutha, Matau, and Inch Clutha Sohools visited the Exhibition to-day.

In the afternoon a very enjoyable hour's entertainment was given by Mr. George Dickie, the popular and clever ventriloquist. There was a good attendance, and Mr. Dickie's speaking dolls were provocative of roars of hearty laughter. Another cycle-riding competition was held this afternoon, when several very clever performances were given.



2nd June 1898  Page 20 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2309

OTAGO INDUSTRIAL EXHIBITION
A very large number of people visited the Otago Industrial Exhibition yesterday, and the entertainments given were uniformly successful. The exhibition proper continues attractive and interesting, and the exhibits were inspected by many people yesterday, including not a few country visitors. As might have been expected, the display of photographs has added a very interesting and pleasing feature, as the collection is large and excellent.

PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY'S EXHIBITION
An additional attraction was added to the exhibition on the 23rd, when the, Dunedin Photographic Society Inter-colonial exhibition was opened in the Agricultural Hall. The photographic display is the largest that the local society has yet been able to present to the public, and is in many respects highly creditable. The majority of the frames have been placed on the gallery walls, but these have not afforded sufficient space for all the pictures, and there is an overflow on the wall downstairs underneath the north gallery. For the first time the exhibition is largely competitive. There are practically 10 classes that are open for competition. For the Otago Yacht Club's competition, which is confined to yachting pictures, there are only four competitors who are represented by 10 photographs, and in the "Kapai" competition there are but four competitors, represented by 15 frames. For the main competitions, however, there is exceedingly satisfactory rivalry, and it is in these that the Inter-Colonial nature of the present exhibition is shown.

In the class for landscape works there are no fewer than 30 competitors with an aggregate of 112 photographs. Of enlargements of animals there are 11 examples contributed by eight competitors, and of enlargements of landscape photographs there are 27 examples representing the work of 15 competitors. Of genre works there are 31 frames with 15 competitors; marine subjects are represented to the number of 49, the work of 20 competitors; in the portrait competition 17 frames are shown by 11 exhibitors; eight frames are exhibited by three competitors in the class for the best set of three hand-camera views; and in a class for workers under 18 no fewer than 46 subjects are shown by 21 competitors, all of them pupils at Wellington College, where photography apparently is greatly practiced, for the exhibitors in other classes include three or four of the masters at the institution. Besides the photographs that are shown in the competitive classes there are over 250 frames which are for exhibition only. These latter include many that have been shown previously, but on the present occasion, as it was recognized that the exhibition would certainly be inspected by a very much larger number of people than had been at any of the society's exhibitions in the past, it was agreed that the fact of a photograph having been exhibited before by a member should not be a bar to its being again shown. The exhibition is not only the largest that has been given here but is far and away the most representative, members of the Wellington Camera Club, Wellington College Camera Club, Christchurch Philosophical Photographic Society, Southland Camera Club, Nelson Camera Club, North Otago Photographic Society, Hawke's Bay Camera Club, New South Wales Photographic Association, and Adelaide Photographic Society, in addition to members of the local society, being represented by works on the walls.

An exhibit which was expected from the Queensland Photographic Society has unfortunately not come to hand. There is, moreover, also a small loan collection, consisting chiefly of, what is intensely interesting at the present juncture, nine frames of Cuban views. These have been lent by Mr. F.W. Maclean and include views of Havana and Martanzas. In consequence of the fact that the catalogs (which have been artistically produced by Messrs J. Wilkie and Co.) were not ready until late in the day and that after that time it was impossible, owing to the crush in the building and to the artificial light, to examine the frames either conveniently or favorably, a more particular notice of the exhibits must be deferred. It is only necessary now to commend the exhibition, which will be open for a few days, to the notice of the public.

The competitive classes, with the exception of that for yachting subjects and lantern slides, were judged during the day by Mr. J.R. Morris jun., with the following results:

LANDSCAPE: J.S. Stening, Sydney (Broughton Vale), 1; Buckley Joyce, Wellington (Eventide), 2; A.C. Gifford, Wellington College (The track to the Sutherland Falls), 3.

ENLARGEMENTS: ANIMALS: A.C. Gifford, Wellington College (A Local Branch of the Anti-Bot Fly Association), 1.

ENLARGEMENTS: LANDSCAPE: A.M. M'Donald, Invercargill (A sleepy land where under the same wheel the same old rut would deepen year by year) 1; A.J. Barth, Dunedin (Mitre Peak, Milford Sound), 2; A.C. Gifford, Wellington College (On the Clinton River), highly commended.

GENRE: W. Livingston, Dunedin (Crossing the stream: Is It Firm?), 1; C.O. M'Kellar, Dunedin (Her Pet), 2.

MARINE SUBJECTS: T. Pringle, Wellington (An Early Start), 1; E.A. Bradford, Sydney (After the Storm, Early Morn), 2; G.F. Green, Napier (Driven by the Winds and Tossed), highly commended; G.M. Green, Napier (Towed into Harbor), highly commended.

PORTRAITS: G.F. Green, Napier (Portrait Study), 1; W. Williams, Dunedin (Fiddle and I), 2; G.F. Green, Napier (Cutting Beans), highly commended; F. Buckley Joyce, Wellington (The Village Schoolmaster), highly commended.

HAND CAMERA: A.C. Gifford, Wellington College (three views, Lake Te Anau), 1.

CLASS FOR WORKERS UNDER 18: W.H. Tustin, Wellington College (A Cloudy Evening), 1; H.B. Solomon, Wellington College (An Incident), 2; W.H. Tustin, Wellington College (An Evening Scene), highly commended; W.H. Tustin, Wellington College (After the Storm), highly commended.

"KAPAI" COMPETITION: Miss A.G. Shaw, Wellington, 1.

Mr. C.W. Kerr, president of the Dunedin Photographic Society, had intended, if opportunity had offered, to have addressed a few remarks to the audience last evening in opening the exhibition. He would have explained that some months ago, when the Exhibition Committee became aware of the Intention of the society to hold its annual show, arrangements were made for holding it in connection with the Industrial Exhibition, and the matter was taken up by the members of the society in a very energetic manner, as it was evident that there would be a large amount of wall space to be covered, and the result was what they saw that evening. Mr. Kerr would also have acknowledged the indebtedness of the local society to kindred societies for their assistance, and have mentioned that the New South Wales collection included the exhibit that gained the silver medal at Calcutta. The Queensland collection was unfortunately short shipped at Sydney.

The judge, Mr. J.R. Morris jun., has completed his judging so far as the photographs are concerned, and the following are his remarks:

CLASS I — LANDSCAPES:
First prize, "Broughton Vale", by J.S. Stening (Sydney). — A nicely-chosen and most artistic little landscape. Atmospheric effect both in the hills and sky most effective. Might be better mounted.

Second prize, "Eventide", by Buckley Joyce (Wellington). — Might also be better mounted.

HIGHLY COMMENDED:
"The Track to the Sutherland Falls", by A.C. Gifford, Wellington (a well-lighted, sunny little bush scene);
"Audley", by E.T. Davis, Sydney;
No. 52, "Dart River", by H. Ziele, Dunedin;
No. 59, "Dart River", by H. Ziele, Dunedin;
"Lake Te Anau", by H. Ziele, Dunedin;
"On the Thrum, Switzerland", by J. Kauffman, Adelaide.
"Lake Wakatipu and Mount Cecil", by A.J. Barth, Dunedin.
"Mount Earnslaw", by A.C. Gifford, Wellington.

All the exhibits in this class are very good, and make a very creditable display, many pictures being of special merit, but they are too numerous to mention in detail.

Class ll — Enlargements. ANIMALS:
First prize, "A Local Branch of the Anti-Bot Fly Association", by A.C. Gifford (Wellington) — Very good indeed. A first-class enlargement.

Second prize, "Fez", by F.C. East (Christchurch) — Flat, over-exposed enlargement.

LANDSCAPE ENLARGEMENTS:
First prize, "A Sleepy Land where under the same wheel the same old rut would deepen year by year", by A.M. Macdonald (Invercargill) — A beautiful and perfect enlargement; almost perfect photography; would perhaps have been better for a tree or two.

Second prize, "Mitre Peak", by A.J. Barth (Dunedin) — A good picture of a very hackneyed subject. Exceedingly good enlargement, nicely lighted, plenty of atmosphere.

HIGHLY COMMENDED:
"On the Clinton River", by A.C. Gifford (Wellington College) — Would have a second place had it not been on the foggy side.

CLASS IV — GENRE:
First prize, "Crossing the Stream: Is it Firm?" by W. Livingston (Dunedin) — The stream and trees nicely lighted; might be much better, and also better mounted.

Second prize, "Her Pet", by C.O. M'Kellar (Dunedin) — Sunny bit and nice perspective; almost stereoscopic effect.

None of the subjects in this class are above ordinary merit.

CLASS V — MARINE SUBJECTS:
First prize. "An Early Start", by T. Pringle (Wellington) — A very nice picture; another atmospheric effect; well mounted and finished.

Second prize, "After the Storm, Early Morn", by E.A Bradford (Sydney) — Would have been awarded first prize if the glare in the sky had been cut out a little.

HIGHLY COMMENDED:
Nos. 25 to 28, a set of six snapshots by G.M Green (Napier).
No. 22, would have been awarded a place only the shadows have been touched up.

CLASS VI — PORTRAITS:
First prize, "Portrait Study", by G.F. Green (Napier) — Most artistic very good indeed; could not be much better; nicely framed and mounted.

Second prize, "Fiddle and I", by W. Williams (Dunedin) — A well modeled face; a good portrait.

VERY HIGHLY COMMENDED:
"The Village Schoolmaster", by Buckley Joyce, Wellington (evidently a good portrait, too black in the shadows);
"The Little Machinist", by G.F. Green, of Napier (a little hard, otherwise exceedingly good);
"A Portrait", by Mrs Girdlestone, Wellington (would have had a place, only not such good modeling);
"Cutting Beans", by G.F. Green, Napier.

All the exhibits in this class are exceedingly good. The only class where there was any close competition.

CLASS VII — HAND CAMERA:
First prize, "Three Views Cleddau River", by C.F. Gifford (Wellington) — Three little gems done by a careful man.
Second prize, "Three Views Lake Te Anau", by C.F. Gifford (Wellington) — Three carefully taken little marine views.

CLASS VIII — FOR WORKERS UNDER EIGHTEEN:
First prize, "A Cloudy Evening", by W.H. Tustin (Wellington) — Most artistic; also nicely framed and mounted.
Second prize, "An incident, the game, the dispute, settlement, friends again", by J.V. Solomon (Wellington) — A very good illustration of the subject and nicely done.

VERY HIGHLY COMMENDED:
"An Evening Scene", by W.H. Tustin (Wellington).
"After the Storm", by W.H. Tustin (Wellington).

KAPAI COMPETITION:
For best three pictures illustrating any three verses of the poem "Sunshine".
First prize, Nos. 7, 8, and 9, Miss A.G. Shaw (Wellington) — First-class photography. The only views in this competition showing poetic feeling, also artistic ability.

YACHTING:
First prize, "A Flying Start" by W. Williams (Dunedin) — A good enlargement, but not so good a subject, better in tone, however, than No. 28.

Second prize, "Ronar", by George Crichton (Dunedin) — The best yachting subject; but lacks tone — rather flat.

All of the pictures in this section are somewhat disappointing; plenty of room for improvement.

The judge has given the following decision in the LANTERN SLIDE competition held on Wednesday evening:

First prize, "A Ramble Through Dunedin", W. Williams.

Second prize, "Out with my One-eyed Friend", A.C. Gifford (Wellington College).

Mr. W. Williams first prize was an exceedingly good, bright lot of slides.

The five sets shown were very good indeed, and all were neatly mounted and well put together; and it may be specially mentioned that among the slides of both prize-takers were many of exceptional merit, both artistically and technically.



14th June 1898  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10649

ROSLYN INSTITUTE
GRAND LANTERN and MUSICAL ENTERTAINMENT
In aid of the Library Fund, will be given in the Roslyn Institute Hall, High street, Roslyn, on FRIDAY EVENING, the 17th June, at 8pm.

Lecturer, Mr. W. Williams (Dunedin Photographic Society).

Admission: Adults 1s, Children 6d.



20th June 1898  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10654
21st June 1898  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11145

ROSLYN INSTITUTE
The first of a series of entertainments in aid of the library fund of the Roslyn Institute was held in the Institute Hall on Friday evening, when there was a large attendance. The entertainment consisted of a lecture, entitled "A Trip to Catlins, and a Ramble Through Picturesque Dunedin", by Mr. W. Williams, of the Dunedin Photographic Society. The lecture, which was illustrated by excellent lantern views, proved to be very interesting, and was greatly appreciated. During the evening songs were rendered by Mr. A.D. Ross and Miss Brewer (encored), recitation by Mr. Brown, and a pianoforte duet by Mr. and Miss De Beer. On the motion of Mr. Chisholm (president of the Institute) a hearty vote of thanks was accorded to the ladies and gentlemen who contributed to the evening’s enjoyment.



23rd June 1898  Page 11 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1373
29th June 1898  Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVII, ISSUE 3472

THE CAMERA COLUMN
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION
"The finest collection of pictures that ever adorned the four walls of a building in the Southern city”, is a description one of my Dunedin correspondents gives of the Dunedin Photographic Society Inter-colonial Exhibition, held in connection with the Otago Jubilee Exhibition, in the Agricultural Hall, Dunedin.

The Wellington Camera Club was the first to institute an Inter-Colonial exhibition just twelve months ago, and although we had on that occasion a larger number of frames hung in the Art Gallery than had ever before been exhibited in New Zealand, the Dunedin Photographic Society, although not beating our record in the number of frames, certainly had a more representative collection from colonial workers at their exhibition which has just closed than obtained at the Wellington Camera Club show. The entries in the competitive classes numbered in all 322, made up as follows Landscapes, 112; enlargements (animals), 11; enlargements (landscapes), 27; lantern slides, 6; genre studies, 31; marine subjects, 49; portraiture 17; hand camera work, 8; class for workers under 18 years, 46; yachting, 10; "Kapai" camera competition, 5.

In addition to these 322 exhibits there were also 280 frames of pictures “For Exhibition Only”, and amongst these (says the Dunedin Star) are to be found some of the finest specimens of photography in the whole Exhibition.

Of the competitive classes, the best, undoubtedly, was that of portraits, which is of special merit. The 46 pictures shown by workers under 18 years of age all came from pupils of the Wellington College. It is worthy of note — in view of the fact that at the Wellington Exhibition the great bulk of the prizes stayed in our town — that the members of the Dunedin Club secured only three prizes, a first and a second in the genre class, and a first in lantern slides.

Of the individual competitors from Wellington the Star says:
Mr. F.J. Denton (Wellington) is evidently a photographer of some experience, and the owner of good appliances, otherwise he could not have produced such, satisfactory work as we find in his collection. In the enlarged likeness of a collie dog the background is merely formal, it is the dog itself that is the spectacle, and "Herdwick" is a live dog from nose to tail, with real hair on him. Mr. Denton's No. 163, comprising three views, entitled “An Afternoon Call", likewise deserve critical inspection on account of their naturalness. The ladies represented, if really posed for the occasion, have the gift of acting. "Stormy Predictions”, from the same studio, is remarkable for its fine cloud effects and the sparkle in the water; and the companion trio will be inspected with pleasure by all lovers of the artistic, being irreproachable as to technique, and the nice carbon red helps to produce a nice warm tint. (This is a proof to the near approach to carbon that can be obtained on P.O.P. by a skillful worker, this last print referred to being on P.O.P. matted. — Snapshot).

Mr. E.L. Mestayer nearly secured a success with his yacht piece. The objection is that the vessel is too near the front. A little more foreground is wanted.

Mr. A.C, Gifford sends nothing that is likely to discredit his reputation. A pair of portraits are worthy of mention in his collection, and they would have looked even better in bigger frames. The photograph of the night-flowering cactus is also pretty, and possesses value as a curiosity, it having been necessarily taken at night. “The Toiling Surges" likewise commands praise, as depicting water and rocks in a faithful manner. Best of all, however, in Mr. Gifford’s collection is his “Local Branch of the Anti-Bot Fly Association”, a lovely representation of horses standing on a hillside assisting one another to mollify the annoyance of the bot pest. This photograph is not only a pretty picture, its perfect definition and excellence of tone and uniform softness make it an object lesson to all and sundry as the sort of thing to be aimed at in depicting animal life.

Mr. S.G. Watson shows a nice landscape, conspicuous for warmth of tone.

Mrs Firth has voluntarily faced a difficulty in depicting “A Quiet Nook". She must have been bothered with the light. The result, however, is decidedly pleasing, this proceeding from clever treatment. A bromide called "Island Bay” is also pretty.

Mr. M. Buckley Joyce has secured second prize with "Eventide”, a view of fields with a line of trees in the middle distance. This line, square across the center, gives the scene a geometrical appearance, and some think this a fault. On the other hand the operator has displayed much skill in regard to technique, and the picture is soft and pure. “Tranquility”, by the same exhibitor, is a most pleasing picture, depicting creek, bush, shingle, and sky, thus comprehending all the necessaries of a desirable view.

Miss Shaw has a very pretty carbon print entitled “Trentham”, very satisfactory in most respects, the only drawback being that the figures seem to be posed for the occasion, while a stump is in the way of the elderly lady in the foreground.

The carbon photo of a farmyard, done by Mr. T. Pringle, stands out as an example of meritorious work. The simple beauty of “An Early Start", by the same artist, at once disposes of all rivalry.

Portraits make a good class, difficult, we should say, to judge. No fewer than six out of seventeen are officially mentioned. Mr. G.F. Green (Napier) shows a carbon print of a girl in Greek dress, which is placed first; Mr. W. Williams (Dunedin) secures second prize with the portrait of a young lady with fiddle in hand, this being very well done, though a little deficient in tone; and of the others we are most pleased with the platinotype, entitled “The Village Schoolmaster”, by Mr. M. Buckley Joyce, of Wellington.

All visitors freely endorse the judging in the hand camera competition. Mr. A.C. Gifford is unquestionably entitled to first and second places.

The class for workers under 18 was set up in order to give the Wellington College pupils a chance, and they have responded nobly. W.H. Tustin has thoroughly earned his first prize with a moonlight piece that is cleverly done, and the exhibits by J.V. Solomon and R.J. McIntyre are distinctly creditable.

The Kapai competition has brought out only one really good contribution, that being by Miss A.G. Shaw, of Wellington, whose set of carbon prints shows clever composition, and are satisfactory as to technique.

NOTES:
Mr. J. Skottowe Webb, the popular and energetic secretary of the Dunedin Photographic Society is to be commended on the promptitude with which he has furnished files to the different competitors. I know a little about the work connected with an Inter-Colonial exhibition, where the secretary, as a rule, gets more abuse than anything else.

After the close of the Dunedin Exhibition the Wellington frames were forwarded on to Invercargill, where the local club was to Open their show on the 10th July. From Invercargill they were to be forwarded on to Oamaru, where the North Otago Photographic Society is to hold its first exhibition.

The Queensland Amateur Photographic Society intends opening an exhibition of photography on August 25th, and entries are invited from all New Zealand clubs. The prospectus sent out is very vague. It is evident from a copy received that there is to be a competition, but not a scrap of information is given as to prizes — it there are to be any. In the classes Landscape, Seascape, Astronomical and Meteorological, (including cloud and lightning), and Portraits and Groups; there are two sections) one for over half-plate; the other for half-plate and under. There are also classes for Genre Studies (including animal studies and still life). Enlargements (any size and any subject). Photo Micrographs, Transparencies (any subject and size), Lantern Slides and Stereoscopic Set (in both classes of not less than six). There is a footnote added that any process may be employed.

The exhibits printed in outside process, at they are sometimes called - I do not know why consisting of carbon and platinotype, at the Dunedin Exhibition were almost entirely from the members of the Wellington Camera Club. I often wonder how it is that the older photographers do not go in for simple, beautiful and permanent work.

The members of the Wellington Camera Club have decided to send an exhibit to the Queensland Exhibition. More particulars later on.

Mr. M. Buckley Joyce has been elected a life member — the first — of the Wellington Camera Club. This appointment has been made, the Bulletin says, on account of services rendered by the late secretary in connection with the last Inter-Colonial exhibition, the great success of the show being mainly due to his efforts.

Mr. Malcolm Ross has made the following awards in competition, “Landscapes”: Mr. B. Joyce, 1: Mr. F. Harcourt, 2; Mr. S.G. Watson, 3.



23rd June 1898
Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11147
Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10657

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The ordinary meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held last evening, when the Queensland and Ballarat pictures which arrived too late for the exhibition were exhibited. The pictures as a whole were very interesting, but more especially a series of photo-microscopic subjects, in which the bacilli of tubercle (consumption), anthrax, lumpy jaw, tick fever, hydatids, and diphtheria were shown, besides a number of other specimens of micro-organisms. Over a hundred slides of views of Derbyshire (England) were shown, as were local views by Messrs R.E. Fletcher, R.A. Ewing, P. Laing, C. Crichton, and C.O. M'Kellar. There was a good attendance of members, including a number of ladies. It was decided to exhibit at the Queensland Exhibition (in August next) and also at the Nelson Exhibition.



21st July 1898  Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10681

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the society's rooms, Liverpool street, last evening. Mr. C.W. Kerr presided, and there was a fair attendance of members.

Mr. J.S. Webb and Mr. Livingstone were appointed a committee to arrange matters concerning the society's exhibits at the Queensland Exhibition.

The following new members were elected; Mr. A.M. Loasby, Mr. H. Wimpenny, and Mr. and Mrs M'Lauren.

The SECRETARY reported that he had received letters from the Wellington, Nelson, Christchurch, and Oamaru societies congratulating the club on the success of their exhibition, and thanking the Dunedin society for the manner in which these societies exhibits had been taken care of.

The CHAIRMAN then presented the medals won by members at the last exhibition, and these were awarded as follow: Mr. W. Williams (silver medal) for lantern slides; Mr. Livingstone (silver medal), first prize for genre; Mr. A.J. Barth (bronze medal), second prize for enlargements (landscapes); Mr. Williams (bronze medal) for portrait photography; and Mr. M'Kellar (bronze, medal) for second prize in genre.

The CHAIRMAN further intimated that he had another presentation to make, and referred in high terms of praise to the manner in which their energetic secretary (Mr. Webb) had worked for the society, without whose efforts, he said, the exhibition would have been a failure. Unless there was a good secretary in a concern of that sort it was very hard to keep going. Since he bad been president of the society he had been very much indebted to Mr. Webb, and the trouble and time that that gentleman had spent on the exhibition were beyond belief. He had very great pleasure in handing Mr. Webb an open order for £5, to be spent in any way he might think proper. Mr. WEBB thanked the president for the kind manner in which he had spoken of him, and said it was a source of great gratification to know that he had the goodwill of the society. Mr. Williams endorsed all that the president had said concerning Mr. Webb.

Subsequently Mr. Livingstone gave an exhibition of carbon printing, and Mr. J. Jeffery exhibited a number of lantern slides, both of which proved extremely interesting.



18th August 1898  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11195

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held at the society's rooms in Liverpool street last night, there being a very good attendance. Seven new members were elected. Mr. Williams's scheme with regard to holding three limelight entertainments was referred to a committee to act. A large number of prints of the recent snowstorm, and others of general interest, were shown. Mr. James Richardson gave a practical demonstration of the wet-plate collodian process, and also showed how to manufacture transparencies by that process, and likewise by means of the dry plate. There was a general expression of opinion with regard to the beautiful wet-plate process that it was likely to be taken up by members of the society. The chemicals used in this process have been presented to the society by Mr. Richardson for the use of members. The thanks of the society are due to Mr. Clifford for the trouble taken by him in making up the silver bath for the demonstration given by Mr. Richardson. A number of new lantern pictures were shown on the screen by various members during the evening.



18th August 1898  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10705

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
There was a large attendance of members last evening at the monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society. Mr. C.W. Kerr (president) occupied the chair.

Mr. W. Williams wrote as follows: Please tender my apologies to the meeting tomorrow night for my absence. As you are aware I am assisting at an entertainment, or I would have been present, if only as a compliment to Mr. Richardson, whose demonstration I, as an old wet plate worker myself, should much have enjoyed. I also regret my inability to be with you the more as I had intended to bring my scheme of the arrangement of ways and means re entertainments before the meeting with a view to testing the feeling towards it. I will ask you to act for me. Briefly put, my idea is this: I think that all those who have at any time taken an active part in conducting any of our lantern and musical entertainments (I am not alluding to those held during the currency of the annual exhibitions) will agree with me that the "game isn't worth the candle" under the paying system. Now, it will be a great pity if these most enjoyable evenings are allowed to fall through, and I think that in my plan a solution of the difficulty is found. It is simply to make them invitation entertainments, the expenses of which will be defrayed voluntarily by such of our members as are willing to bear them. For instance, the expenses of two such entertainments as we have given in the Choral Hall are, roughly speaking, £10. If twenty members of the society are willing to pay each 10s annually two concerts, costing £5 each, can be held, and each contributing member will be entitled to, say, ten tickets, on which ten friends can come in. Members of the society who for any reasons do not feel disposed to join in with the movement will, with one lady only, be admitted on their membership ticket, but they will, of course, not be allowed to bring anyone else in free. There will then be no advertising and no money trouble of any kind. The question of allowing outsiders in who may hear of the entertainment, and may desire to come in by paying at the door, is open to discussion, but might for the present, until, at least, the first entertainment has held, be allowed to stand over. If the scheme was a success additional members would, no doubt, desire to come in to it, and then either a larger hall for each night could be engaged or a larger number in the Choral Hall. I do not know if it will be necessary to ask you to move any resolution in the matter. You will have to see how the rules stand. I don't think there is any provision for this kind of thing. If you do not move in my name that it is desirable that my scheme be adopted, then invite members to join it, and put me down as one willing to contribute 10s per annum towards it. I feel confident that it is feasible, and capable of being made a great success, and I shall look forward to seeing the possession of one of the tickets of admission esteemed a very great favor. I would suggest that a separate committee be set up to manage the fund, but they, of course, would not be appointed until the minimum of twenty names had come in. I would urge the consideration of this, my rough draft, to-night, so that a decision may be come to, and, if favorable, the scheme can be included in next Budget.

After a long discussion Mr. Williams's letter was referred to the Committee for immediate action.

The Secretary notified that he had made arrangements for leasing the rooms of the society every Thursday evening.

Seven new members were elected.

A large number of prints of a recent snowstorm and others of general interest were shown.

Mr. Richardson exhibited specimens of wet-plate negatives taken in 1861 and 1864, and developed by the old pyro and iron methods; also prints showing the superiority in landscape work of the collodion process. The practical demonstration by Mr. Richardson of the working of the wet-plate process proved very interesting. In the course of his remarks he mentioned that the thanks of the society were due to Mr. Clifford, who had taken considerable trouble to make the silver bath, and to Mr. Ewing and Messrs Burton Bros, for gifts of collodion. The supposed difficulties of the wet-plate process disappeared as the practical working was shown, and members recognized the special charms of the lantern slides produced. As the bath and chemicals will be left in the rooms, members will no doubt take advantage of the opportunity afforded of making themselves acquainted with the beautiful process which formed the subject of the evening's lecture. During the evening several fine lantern slides were exhibited by several members.



17th September 1898  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10731

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
As the pleasure to be derived from a limelight and musical entertainment depends largely up in a clear view of the screen being obtained by the audience, we have been requested to suggest that ladies will kindly remove their hats at the Dunedin Photographic Society evening on Friday next, at the Victoria Hall, and, having had sad experiences in this line, we willingly give publicity to the suggestion.



22nd September 1898
Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11225
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10735

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the ordinary meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, held last night, there was a good attendance of members. Stereoscopic views, illustrative of Capetown scenery and life were exhibited by Mr. G. Barclay on behalf of Mr. A.J. Fuller, of the Capetown Photographic Club. These attracted a great deal of attention, and were favorably commented on by members, the flowers being particularly good. Mr. F.B. Smith gave a demonstration on Ferrier and Soulier's French process in making albumen transparencies, which was closely followed by the members. Following him, Mr. J. Richardson repeated his demonstration on the wet plate collodian process, which proved very successful. Afterwards a sample of the new Simplex paper was exposed and developed with satisfactory results. The beauty of this paper is that it can be worked in day or gaslight and does not require a dark room to work in. The lantern was afterwards brought into use, and a number of new slides were shown on the screen, including some made by Mr. Richardson during his wet-plate demonstration.



24th September 1898  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11227

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A very successful entertainment was given by the Dunedin Amateur Photographic Society last night in the Victoria Hall, Agricultural Buildings, when about 500 ladies and gentlemen accepted the invitation of the society to a limelight and musical evening. The guests were received by Mr. C.W. Kerr, president of the society, who, in the course of a few remarks at the commencement of the program, stated that all the lantern slides to be shown were, with the exception of a few in the last item, the work of members of the society. There were now about 80 members — working and honorary, — and the society, the president, with justifiable pride, mentioned, gained great kudos at the recent Brisbane Exhibition, where its members secured a great many, if not the major portion, of the prizes. The limelight exhibition of views appropriately bulked most largely in the program, and proved exceedingly interesting, the only pity being that the descriptive matter failed to do justice to the subjects; but there was also some capital music. Mr. A.J. Barth and Miss Barth played a piano duet, "Abu Hassan" (Weber) with excellent effect; Mrs R. Hudson jun., sang very sweetly and tastefully a couple of ballads — Tosti's "Maytime" and Clutsam's "O ma babbie"; and Mr. H.E. Melitus performed with conspicuous skill a violin solo, "Air and Gavotte" (Mueller). Owing to the length of the program the chairman had asked that there should be no encores of the musical items. But for this injunction more than one selection would certainly have been redemanded. The accounts which recent excursionists have brought back has quickened the interest of the community in the South Sea Islands, and the views of Tahiti, which were given a prominent place in the program, were on that account a specially acceptable feature of the entertainment. The views were taken and displayed by Mr. R.E. Fletcher, who had the advantage last year of spending a couple of months in the French colony. The Tahitian views were all secured at Papeete, and were greatly admired; while the series of views on the overland route from Lake Te Anau ami in the Cleudda Valley exhibited by Dr Roberts, must have satisfied those present that there is in this colony as beautiful scenery as is anywhere to be found. Some local snapshots by Mr. R.A. Ewing, a series of lovely Japanese views shown, with a miscellaneous assortment, by Mr. J. Jeffrey, some landscapes (principally in the vicinity of Diamond Lake) by Mr. C.W. Kerr, and several English snow and frost scenes by Mr. J.C. Thomson concluded an enjoyable entertainment. The limelight was efficiently worked by Mr. A. Fieldwick, while the musical portion of the program was directed by Mr. Barth.



24th September 1898  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10737

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society gave one of their very enjoyable limelight and musical entertainments in the Victoria Hall of the Agricultural Buildings yesterday evening, when almost every seat was occupied. The society have taken the van in the "all-hats-off" movement. A preliminary notice had been given to lady patrons to remove their hats, and this was complied with to a certain extent, but there were a good many who seemed inclined to adhere to the time-honored custom. A very broad hint was given to these before the proceedings commenced by throwing on the screen an exaggerated picture illustrative of the disabilities of a gentleman in the third row stated behind two monstrosities. The picture produced laughter, the hint had no effect, but the management were not to be baffled, and it fell to the lot of the president (Mr. C.W. Kerr) to pointedly ask all ladies to remove their hats. This Mr. Kerr did courteously but firmly, and the request was complied with at once. It is only fair, however, to add that those ladies who had not removed their hats in the first instance had headgear of comparatively inoffensive dimensions. At the same time the society were right in allowing no exceptions to the expressly stated rule. In a few opening remarks the president welcomed all present to the entertainment. They had endeavored to make the program as varied as possible, and it would be interesting to know that almost all the slides to be shown were the work of their own members. The society now had eighty members, including honorary and working, but they were not a close corporation, and their secretary and treasurer was always at hand to fulfill the obligations of his office. They now had two very commodious rooms in Liverpool street, where very enjoyable and instructive meetings were held every month. Referring to the work of their members, the president mentioned that at the recent Brisbane exhibition the society had gained great kudos, the major portion of the prizes having been borne off by the members of the Dunedin society. In conclusion Mr. Kerr made two requests. The first was that on account of the length of the program the audience would refrain from insisting on encores, and the second the one above referred to, both of which were complied with. The views were thrown on to a screen at the end of the hall, and, without a single exception, came out with remarkable clearness. The first two series comprised views of Tahiti taken by Mr. R.E. Fletcher, who spent two months at Papeete at the beginning of this year, and who acted as guide. The views were very comprehensive, and gave, a really good idea of the nature of this Garden of the Pacific, including, as they did, pictures of the town and villages, native industries, scenery, and flora and tree life. Mr. Fletcher's explanations and descriptions were lucid and intelligible, and were listened to with interest and close attention. Dr Roberts conducted the audience from the foot of Lake Te Anau to the head of the middle fjord of that lake, and thence by the new route to George Sound, by way of Lake Hankinson and Lake Thompson. This, like Mr. Fletcher's contributions, was new country to almost all present. The views had been well chosen, and it was made manifest that this new route to the coast possesses as many scenic attractions as does the now well-known one by way of the Clinton Valley and Lake Ada to Milford Sound. Dr Roberts made a good guide, and carefully explained by word and picture the lay of the country, both as regards what was in front and what had been passed over. The trip is evidently a fairly rough one, but presents no insurmountable difficulties, and doubtless Dr Roberts very practical tour, as shown on the canvas last night, will lead to that route becoming better known in the future. Several smaller series of views were also shown. These comprised local snap-shots, dealing principally with the Otago Jubilee procession, by Mr. R.A. Ewing; views around Paradise Lake and the Water of Leith, by Mr. C.W. Kerr; Old Country snow and frost scenes, by Mr. J.C. Thomson; and flowers, by Mr. J. Jeffery. All these were splendidly shown, and manifested artistic appreciation on the part of the operator, but the last-named series were Japanese, and, being beautifully colored, called forth hearty admiration. The pictures throughout were much admired, and they and the respective guides were frequently heartily applauded. Mr. A. Feldwick had charge of the lantern, and is deserving of praise for the excellent way in which he manipulated it. During the evening an excellent musical program was tendered, which served as an enjoyable break in the proceedings. Mr. A.J. Barth and Miss Barth played very effectively, as a piano duet, 'Abu Hassan' (Weber); Mrs R. Hudson, jun., sang with rare taste and expression Tosti's 'Maytime' and 'O ma Babbie' (Clutsam); and Mr. H.E. Melitus gave a skillful rendering of Mueller's 'Air and gavotte' as a violin solo. The entertainment throughout was thoroughly successful, and all present spent a truly enjoyable evening.



29th September 1898  Page 15 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL
5th October 1898  Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXVIII, ISSUE 3554

QUEENSLAND PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
INTERCOLONIAL EXHIBITION
The exhibition of photographs which was opened at Brisbane under the auspices of the Queensland Amateur Photographic Society on Thursday August 25th was, says the Brisbane “Telegraph”, by far the largest and most successful that has yet been seen in Queensland, a fact which is all the more remarkable too, seeing that the whole of the pictures shown are the work of bona fide amateurs. Reviewing the exhibits generally visitors to the exhibition will be at once struck with the presence among competitive exhibits of quite a number of views of New Zealand lake and mountain scenery, which, from the very nature of the subjects and the delightful atmospheric effect so generally present in New Zealand scenery, seem to enter into an unequal competition with Queensland or Australian views. The exhibition consisted of 580 photographs in all. A large number of the pictures are forwarded from the Dunedin Photographic Society and the Wellington Camera Club. The competitive portion of the exhibition can roughly be divided into two large parts. One of these is for all photographs exceeding half-plate size, and the other for half-plates and under. One is immediately impressed upon generally viewing this section of the exhibition with the large proportion of New Zealand work which is hung, and also with the number of awards which have been secured by New Zealand exhibitors. In fact, it becomes rather monotonous to review the number of prize-winners of the different competitions. The following is the prize list:

LANDSCAPES: CLASS 1, SECTION A:		LANDSCAPES: CLASS 1, SECTION B:			SEASCAPES: CLASS 2, SECTION A:			SEASCAPES: CLASS 2, SECTION B:		ASTRONOMICAL AND METEOROLOGICAL: CLASS 3:
FIRST: J. Richardson Dunedin	SECOND: B. Chisholm Dunedin	FIRST: J. Richardson Dunedin	SECOND: H.W. Mobesley Queensland	COMMENDED: A.C. Gifford Wellington	FIRST: W. Livingston Dunedin	SECOND: W. Livingston Dunedin		FIRST: C. Lewis Sydney	SECOND: A.W. Pigott Queensland	FIRST: Arthur E. Ridley Rockhampton	SECOND: Arthur E. Ridley Rockhampton
PORTRAITS AND GROUPS: CLASS 4, SECTION A:		PORTRAITS AND GROUPS: CLASS 4, SECTION B:		GENRE SUBJECTS: CLASS 5, SECTION A:		GENRE SUBJECTS: CLASS 5, SECTION B:		ENLARGEMENTS: CLASS 6:		STEREOSCOPIC PHOTOGRAPHS:
FIRST: A.C. Gifford Wellington	SECOND: W. Williams Dunedin	FIRST: M. Buckley Joyce Wellington	SECOND: M. Buckley Joyce Wellington	FIRST: W. Livingston Dunedin	SECOND: D. McTaggart Queensland	FIRST: A.C. Gifford Wellington	SECOND: H. Mullet Queensland	FIRST: Dr Roberts Dunedin	SECOND: A.C. Gifford Wellington	FIRST: W. Williams Dunedin	SECOND: M. Buckley Joyce Wellington

NOTES:
All our Wellington, if not New Zealand, photographers, will regret that our Queensland friends do not have an opportunity of viewing the work of our member that succeeded in carrying off the great bulk of the prizes at our last inter-colonial exhibition — Mr. Frank J. Denton. Mr. Denton is at present taking an extended holiday in the Auckland district, and of the only frame of his that was sent over by the club the Brisbane “Courier” says: “Stormy Predictions for the Morrow", is a magnificent picture, which instances in a remarkable manner the subtle and delicate shades contained in a peculiar cloud effect.

The Queensland secretary has a happy plan of distinguishing the prize pictures by affixing a piece of blue ribbon to the top of the frame of all the first prize pictures, and a piece of red ribbon to all those which scoured second awards. The idea might be followed by the Wellington Club at the forthcoming exhibition as it will certainly save visitors a good deal of time in picking out the champion exhibits.



20th October 1898  Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10758
24th October 1898  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11252

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The members of the Dunedin Photographic Society spent another enjoyable evening last night, when some capital views were shown. Mr. R.A. Ewing occupied the chair, and the first business dealt with was a letter from the secretary of the Otago Sunday School Union asking the Society to exhibit at their exhibition. It was decided to leave the matter in the bands of the individual members to assist. The secretary announced that Mr. Dunsterville, president of the Madras Photographic Society, would shortly arrive in Dunedin. The Secretary was instructed to welcome him to Dunedin on behalf of the society. After the ordinary business was over, Mr. R.A Ewing gave a demonstration of the Rongten rays, which was keenly watched, two photographs being taken with excellent results. The lantern was next brought into use, and Mr. A.J. Barth exhibited a splendid series of views of old Dunedin, during the years 1860 to 1864, many of the pictures causing much amusement. This was followed by slides by Messrs Fletcher and Melville.



14th November 1898  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11270

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Several members of the Dunedin Photographic Society visited the Caversham Industrial School on Tuesday evening last, and gave the inmates a lantern and musical entertainment. A very large number of interesting pictures were shown on the screen, and several comic colored slides, kindly lent by Mr. A. Fieldwick, were put through the lantern. The lecturers were Messrs A.J. Barth, W. Williams, R.A. Ewing, and G. Crichton, and the lantern was manipulated by the secretary, Mr. J.S. Webb. During the evening songs were sung by Messrs Williams and Crichton. Mr. A.J. Barth officiated at the piano. Judging from the rounds of applause that were given by the children, it was very evident that they heartily enjoyed themselves. A very successful evening was brought to a close by the children singing the National Anthem.



17th November 1898  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10782

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the ordinary meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, held last evening, there was a very good attendance of members present. Mr. C.W. Kerr, president, was in the chair, and presented the prize certificates recently received from the Queensland Photographic Society to the fortunate winners in connection with their recent exhibition, as follows;

Firsts: W. Williams, stereoscopic views; W. Livingston, seascapes; J. Richardson, landscape; W. Livingston, genre; W. Williams, lantern slides; J. Richardson, landscape (small); Dr W.S. Roberts, enlargements.

Seconds: W. Livingston, seascapes; R. Chisholm, landscape; W. Williams, portraits.

The certificates, on being passed round, were much admired, and were favorably commented on.

Mr. James Richardson showed some tri-colored “hemotype” pictures, which on being looked at through colored glass became stereoscopic, the colors blending, and looked like nature. Dr Roberts gave a practical demonstration with his his "rational” developer, and after explaining to members the difficulties to be met with in exposure with interiors and in the bush, and how to get over them, proceeded to show by development the results between the ordinary developer and correctly-exposed plates and his "rational” developer, and after explaining exposed plates. The demonstration was keenly watched by all the members present, who expressed themselves highly satisfied with the results, it being difficult to tell on comparison which was the correctly exposed plate.

Following this there was a competition in developing by various methods. The secretary supplied the competing members with plates, all exposed by Mr. R.A. Fletcher, the subject and the length of exposure being the same in each instance, the following different developers being used: "Pyro-soda”, "Pyro-ammonia", Metol”, " Hydrokinone", and "Rodinol". The results will be judged at next meeting, when shown. The lantern was afterwards brought into use, when a number of snow scenes, cloud effects, and character studies were shown by Mr. R.A. Ewing, views of old Dunedin by Mr. F.J. Monson, and other views by Messrs Melville, M'Kellar, and Hume.



22nd December 1898  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10812

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The ordinary meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held last night, when the president, Mr. C.W. Kerr drew attention to the coming monthly competitions, as announced in the 'Budget'. He expressed the hope that every member of the club would send in prints for competition. The evening was devoted to putting a large number of slides, by Mr. R.A. Ewing through the lantern, the character studies and snow and cloud scenes being much appreciated. A number of comic slides, such as the 'Adventures of Mr. Snapshot in Search of His Wife' and 'Faithless Nellie Gray', caused much amusement. Field days have been postponed until January.



19th January 1899  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11325

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the rooms last night, when there was a good attendance of members present, Mr. C.W. Kerr (president) occupying the chair. Four new members were elected. Copies of the work done by the photo-auto copyist were shown, but the demonstration was unavoidably delayed in consequence of the weather. Samples from Burroughs, Wellcombe, and Co. of their tabloids were received and balloted for among members, and the result will be given at a future meeting. A large number of prints were handed round for members inspection. A field day for members to Waitati was announced for Saturday, when a large number are expected to turn out. Afterwards the lantern was brought into use, and Mr. A.J. Barth showed a miscellaneous collection of local and London views.



16th February 1899
Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11349
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10858

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, held last evening, was numerously attended. A large number had entered for the monthly competition, and the judge's, report, which, was read to the meeting, awarded the following gentlemen the palm: P. Laing 1, R.E. Fletcher 2, C.O. M'Kellar 3, G. Crichton 4. The judge expressed himself as well pleased with the work submitted to him for decision. Four new members were elected.

Mr. R.A. Hawcridge gave a very interesting and instructive lecture on the "Composition of a Photograph from an Artistic Standpoint", illustrating his remark with diagrams on the blackboard, and further proving his contentions by putting a large number of slides through the lantern, and showing the different effects gained by trimming down. All through his lecture he was most attentively listened to, members showing their approval by frequent bursts of applause, and at the conclusion the lecturer received a hearty vote of thanks. Some of the members subsequently expressed a desire to be entertained another evening by the same lecturer.



8th March 1899
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11366
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10875
9th March 1899  Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11367

GARRISON HALL
Under the Patronage of —
His Excellency the Governor, Lord Ranfurly,
His Worship the Mayor of Dunedin.
The Dunedin Liedertafel.
Dunedin Orchestral Society.
Dunedin Choral Society.
Dunedin Burns Club.
Mornington Orchestral Society.
New Zealand Natives Association (Dunedin centre.
Dunedin Photographic Society.
Otago Art Society.
Management of an Influential Committee of Leading Citizens.

GRAND COMPLIMENTARY FAREWELL CONCERT

To be tendered to

MRS W. MANSON
Prior to her departure for Europe.



17th March 1899  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11374

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held last night and was attended by fully 20 members. Mr. C.W. Kerr, president, occupied the chair, read the annual report, and proposed its adoption, which was seconded by Mr. P. Laing.

The following is a summary of the report:
Your committee, in presenting their annual report, have to congratulate the society on its increased prosperity. The increase in size and usefulness of the society, which now completes its ninth year of existence, has, with the exception of one short interval, been regular and sure, till from a bantling, with a numerical strength of 10 or 12 members, it now has on its roll about 100. The scheme of holding inter-provincial exhibitions, which was first instituted by your society some years ago, was, at the suggestion of the "Australian Photographic Journal", adopted, and expanded into inter-colonial exhibitions and it gives your committee much pleasure in stating that in the first two of these in which our society competed — namely, that of Queensland and our own, — we have taken a leading position, taking the bulk of the prizes. During the year ours was held in the Agricultural Hall in connection with the festivities of Jubilee time, and was a success in every respect, except that the hall was not so good as regards lighting and accommodation as such an extensive show of photographs deserved. Besides in the exhibition of Queensland, we were also represented in that of Wellington, and the committee leaves as a legacy to their successors the furtherance of our next exhibition, which takes place in the last week of July, the preparations for which are well in hand. With a view to increasing interest in photography, field days and monthly competitions on set subjects were reinstituted. The former of these, however, owing to the un-photographic weather we have experienced during the season, did not prove much of a success. The latter {monthly competitions), tried first when the society was smaller, and found not successful, have now with an increase in the membership been of great interest to members, as the pictures on the walls representing the first of competitions show. During the winter, owing to kindness of the president, who defrayed all the expense's, the society was enabled to give a very agreeable lantern entertainment interspersed with good music. Mr. Fletcher showed us all the interesting and romantic spots to be seen in Tahiti, and Dr Roberts gave us then a trip to Smith Sound on the West Coast. Besides these, we had a number of other slides by members. The committee, recognizing the utility of demonstrations each month, have provided a large number during their year of office, which have been attentively watched. The committee have provided a lantern slide camera, which has been found a useful, adjunct to the society's properties, and more lockers for the use of members have been put up. A supply of literature has been placed on the tables in the meeting room to increase its attractiveness, and Mr. Livingston has given four glass front cases for the walls. It will readily be conceded by all who have had experience of society work, and especially that of photographic societies, that to a very great extent the success of a concern is attributable to the secretary, and this has been the case through the year just ended, and the president and committee desire to express their obligation to the secretaries Messrs Webb and Livingston — for their untiring efforts to further the interests of the Dunedin Photographic Society. In conclusion, the committee would like to impress upon members the desirability of a little more care being taken by them of the property of the society, as several articles have been injured or broken.

It was mentioned that the balance sheet showed that the society had paid working expenses, and this, and the report, were adopted without discussion.

A vote of thanks was accorded to those who had given their services during the past year. Mr. Webb mentioned that the marine competition had resulted as follows: Mr. R.E. Fletcher 1, Mr. A.J. Barth 2, Mr. G. Crichton 3, and Mr. A. Hume 4.

Mr. Reid, of Wishaw, introduced and showed a volume of photographs of animals which he has kindly consented to leave for the use of the members.

On the motion of Mr. Livingston, it was resolved that in rule 6 the words "one-third of the members of the society" be deleted, and the words "twenty members" substituted.



17th March 1899  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10883

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the Society’s rooms, Liverpool street, last evening. Mr. C.W. Kerr (president) occupied the chair, and there were about thirty members present. Mr. Reid, of Wishaw, was introduced to the meeting by the president.

ANNUAL REPORT
The president read the annual report as follows:

Your Committee, in presenting their annual report, have to congratulate the society on its increased prosperity. The increase in size and usefulness of the society, which now completes its ninth year of existence, has, with the exception of one short interval, been regular and sure, till from a bantling, with a numerical strength of ten or twelve members, it now has on its roll about 100. The scheme of holding inter-provincial exhibitions, which was first instituted by your society some years ago, was, at the suggestion of the "Australian Photographic Journal", adopted, and expanded into inter-colonial exhibitions, and it gives your Committee much pleasure in stating that in the first two of these in which our society competed — namely, that of Queensland and our own — we have taken a leading position, taking the bulk of the prizes. During the year ours was held in the Agricultural Hall in connection with the festivities of Jubilee time, and was a success in every respect, except that the hall was not so good as regards lighting and accommodation as such an extensive show of photographs deserved. Besides in the exhibition of Queensland, we were also represented in that of Wellington, and the Committee leave as a legacy to their successors the furtherance of our next exhibition, which takes place in the last week of July, the preparations for which are well in hand. With a view to increasing interest in photography field days and monthly competitions on set subjects were reinstituted. The former of these, however, owing to the un-photographic weather we have experienced during the season, did not prove much of a success. The latter (monthly competitions), tried first when the society was smaller and found not successful, have now, with an increase of the membership, been of great interest to members, as the pictures on the walls representing the first of these competitions show. During the winter, owing to kindness of the president, who defrayed all the expenses, the society was enabled to give a very agreeable lantern entertainment, interspersed with good music. Mr. Fletcher during the evening took us down to the South Seas, and, through the medium of his slides, showed us all the interesting and romantic spots to be seen in Tahiti, and explained as we went along all the beauty spots of the place. Dr Roberts then gave us a trip to Smith Sound, on the West Coast, and accompanied his part of the entertainment by a lecture. Besides these, we had a number of other slides by members. Despite the great inclemency of the weather, we had the Victoria Hall quite full. The Committee, recognizing the utility of demonstrations each month, have provided a large number during their year of office, which have been attentively watched, and, it is hoped, have done good as well as been entertaining. Dr Roberts gave one on rational development; Mr. Livingston undertook to show intensification and reduction, carbon printing, and (in conjunction with Mr. Hamilton) platinotype printing, on three several evenings; Mr. Richardson showed wet plate work, and explained the difficulties wet plate photographers labored under before the advent of dry plates; Mr. Ewing, with Mr. Henry, gave a very interesting demonstration of radiography, with some practical applications of it; Mr. Barth showed a means of printing from negatives with great contrasts ; and at one meeting Mr. Livingston exhibited a series of prints from negatives taken from the same spot with lenses of foci ranging from 6in to 20in. Mr. Hawcridge gave a carefully prepared, and at the same time interesting and useful, lecture on art. This was accompanied by explanations in black and white, and also on the blackboard in the form of sketches, and through the lantern. Afterwards he criticized slides in the lantern sent in by members. It is needless to say that the lecture was much appreciated. The Committee have provided a lantern slide camera, which has been found a useful adjunct to the society's properties, and more lockers for the use of members have been put up. Recognizing the inconvenience and danger of having a great many parcels of hypo belonging to different members lying about, it has been arranged that a supply of this necessary chemical shall be kept in a jar for members use. A supply of literature has been placed on the tables in the meeting room to increase its attractiveness. Mr. Livingston has given four glass front cases for the walls. It will readily be conceded by all who have had experience of society work, and especially that of photographic societies, that to a very great extent the success of the concern is attributable to the secretary. This has been the case through the year just ended, and the president and committee desire to express their obligations to the secretaries, Messrs Webb and Livingston, for their untiring efforts to further the interests of the Dunedin Photographic Society. Both these gentlemen have again consented to take office, although at great personal inconvenience. In conclusion, the Committee would like to impress upon members the desirability of a little more care being taken by them of the property of the society. The books on the tables are thrown about, injured, and sometimes taken away, the handles to the door of the enlarging room have been repeatedly broken, one of the glass cases has been broken, and the slovenly way the sinks are left is to be reprehended, papers and broken negatives being thrown into them, although a box is provided for these things. This is hardly fair to the secretaries, who are doing their best to keep the rooms tidy and attractive; and your Committee would conclude their report by using a legend of our City Fathers, and ask the members to assist in taking care of their own property.

The adoption of the report was proposed by the PRESIDENT, seconded by Mr. P. Laing, and carried.

Mr. J.S. WEBB, secretary and treasurer, explained that the balance-sheet, which was read by him, came out about square, the actual receipts and expenditure about meeting.

On the motion of Mr. RICHARDSON the balance-sheet was also adopted.

OFFICE BEARERS
Mr. EWING said that, seeing there was no rule as to the office of president being a rolling one, he had much pleasure in proposing the re-election of Mr. Kerr, who, besides making a good president, bad done excellent work for the society in that position. The motion was carried unanimously.

The PRESIDENT, in returning thanks, said he was inclined to think that the position should be a rolling one. He looked upon it as an honor to be president of a society of this kind, with a membership of about 100. He wished to take the opportunity of thanking the Committee for the harmonious way they had all pulled together during the last twelve months. It had been a pleasure in every way to preside at the monthly meetings.

Messrs R.A. Ewing and A.J. Barth were elected Vice-Presidents.

The following Committee were elected Messrs: G. Crichton, J.C. Thomson, P. Laing, R.E. Fletcher, F.J. Monson, and Dr Roberts.

Mr. RICHARDSON, in proposing the re-election of Mr. W. Livingston as recording secretary and Mr. J.S. Webb as secretary and treasurer, said he hoped to see a hearty vote of thanks passed for the good work done by those gentlemen. The PRESIDENT quite agreed with Mr. Richardson, and he moved — "That a hearty vote of thanks be accorded to Messrs Livingston and Webb, and that the motion be recorded on the minutes". — Mr. CRICHTON, in seconding the motion, which was carried, also referred in complimentary terms to the work done by Messrs Livingston and Webb, both of whom were elected by acclamation to their respective positions.

Mr. J.A. LAW was appointed auditor.

GENERAL
Mr. LIVINGSTON moved — “That in rule 6 the words one-third of the members of the society be deleted, and the words twenty members be substituted”. Carried.

Mr. Reid produced an album of animal photography, which he has kindly consented to leave for the use of members for a few days. — The PRESIDENT expressed the opinion that they were the best be had seen, and said that Mr. Reid was traveling through New Zealand taking specimens of the animals here.

Mr. CRICHTON, as exhibition Secretary, drew the attention of members to the syllabus placed on the table, and asked them all to do their best to make the forthcoming exhibition a success. Australian societies intended competing, and they had written for a copy of the syllabus. It therefore behoved the members to uphold the honors won by them at the last competition.

Mr. WEBB stated that the marine competition had resulted as follows: R.E. Fletcher 1, A.J. Barth 2, G. Crichton 3, A. Hume 4. The work of the prize winners was exhibited during the evening, and attracted much attention.

A vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. Reid for his presence and for his kindness in showing his album of animal photography. A number of negatives taken by Mr. Reid here were also exhibited.



21st MARCH 1899
Page 23 - Volume 6 No.3 Australasian photo-review

The Dunedin Photographic Society have decided to hold the next Exhibition in July, and the committee have drawn up a schedule for competition, a copy of which I enclose herewith. Fuller information will be sent you later. Would you kindly notify Australian societies of same through your columns, as the Exhibition is intended to be an Inter-colonial one, and the date fixed is made to follow the Wellington one, so that competitors in that Exhibition can arrange to have their pictures sent on at its close.

Yours faithfully
J. SKOTTOWE WEBB
HON.SECRETARY

The following is the schedule of competitions for the Exhibition, to be held in July, 1899:

Class 1 — Landscape.
Class 2 — Enlargements: Landscape, not less than two diameters.
Class 3 — Lantern Slides: (A) for best six slides, (B) for best set with lecture.
Class 4 — Genre.
Class 5 — Marine.
Class 6 — Portraits.
Class 7 — Hand Camera (set of 6).
Class 8 — Flower Study.
Class 9 - 6 Stereoscopic Prints, with description on the back.



20th April 1899  Page 44 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11402
27th April 1899  Page 44 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2357

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The ordinary monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in their rooms, Liverpool street, on the 19th. The president (Mr. C.W. Kerr) occupied the chair, and there was a good attendance of members.

The report on the competition for "Animal Life" was received from the honorary judge, Mr. J.R. Morris, the result being: Mr. Hume 1, Mr. Crichton 2, Mr. Fletcher 3, and Mr. Mackellar 4. A letter was received from the Nelson Camera Club announcing that their annual exhibition was postponed until the 10th May. It was decided to forward a representative exhibit, members to forward their frames to the local rooms by the 5th May.

Mr. R.E. Fletcher gave a very interesting demonstration of "The Re-development of Hard Negatives", which, was watched very closely by members. The methods adopted proved very effectual, and the results obtained were good. A precise of the same will appear in the next Budget. A vote of thanks was accorded to the demonstrator.

One new member was elected. Schedules of the next Wellington exhibition, to be held in June next, were laid on the table for the information of members.

The subject announced for the next monthly competition was "Landscape Enlargements".



18th May 1899
Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11426
Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10935

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The ordinary meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the rooms last night, when there was a very good attendance of members present, the president (Mr. G.W. Kerr) presiding. Three new members were elected, and after the business was completed.

Mr. F.B. Stephens gave a demonstration in gum bichromate of potash printing, with very good results. His remarks on the process were attentively listened to, and the washing closely watched.

The secretary announced the result of the judging of last month's competition, "Creek scenes", as follows: A.J. Barth 1, R.A. Ewing 2, G.O. M'Kellar 3, and A. Hume 4, the pictures being on exhibition.

Following this the optic lantern was brought into use, and a number of new and interesting slides were shown, by Messrs Williams, Fletcher, and M'Kellar. Pictures for the Wellington Exhibition are to be left at the rooms by the end of the month. Following this will be the local society's exhibition, in which members are taking great interest, and the support promised from Australian and New Zealand societies augurs well for its success.



1st JUNE 1899
Page 3 - COLONIST, VOLUME XLII, ISSUE 9094

THE EXHIBITION
After the opening ceremony the Gallery was speedily crowded, and for a time it was difficult to view the pictures, but it was soon apparent that the lighting of the Gallery is admirable, find that the whole arrangements are excellent. The pictures which have become the permanent property of the city are hung on the northern wall, and they include the paintings bequeathed by the late Bishop, the late Mr. Gully being represented by five or six water colors, and Mr. Kirkwood by one oil painting. On the eastern wall are hung a considerable number of pictures by members of the Bishopdale Sketching Club, while the other walls and the standing screens contain a great number of photographs, most of these being of special excellence.

In addition to the Nelson Camera Club, the Wellington Camera Club, Auckland Camera Club, Dunedin Photographic Society, and Hawkes Bay Photographic Society are all well represented, and though in some instances the mounting or framing of the photographs detracts from their real merits, the greater number are exceedingly good and full of interest. The members of the Nelson Camera Club whose exhibits call for mention are Mr. C.Y. Fell, Mr. Pitt, Mr. Glasgow, Mr. Patterson, Mr. Brusewitz, Mrs Renwick, Mrs Brusewitz, Messrs Hamilton and Redworth, Mr. T. Humphries, Mrs Blackett, Miss S. Hunter-Brown, Mr. F. Gibbs, Mr. C.J. Deck, Miss Stoddart, Master A. Sclanders, Mr. W.J. Penney, and Miss Jo Pitt.

Amongst the exhibits received from the late Bishop Suter is a fine photograph of a splendid specimen of alto rilievo from a church in Venice, "The Adoration of the Magi", and on seeing this yesterday, Archbishop Redwood remarked that when in Venice he obtained photographs of other similar sculptures from the same church, and his Grace very kindly promised to send some to the Suter Art Gallery.



5th JUNE 1899
Page 2 - COLONIST, VOLUME XLII, ISSUE 9497
8th JUNE 1899
Page 6 - COLONIST, VOLUME XLII, ISSUE 9500

OPENING OF THE SUTER MEMORIAL ART GALLERY
The formal opening of the Art Gallery erected as a memorial of the late Bishop Suter took place at half-past two o'clock on Wednesday afternoon, May 31st, there being a considerable attendance of spectators, who fairly represented the citizens.

The Bishop of Nelson took his station on the steps leading to the main entrance, and was accompanied by the trustees of the Gallery, Messrs J. Graham M.H.R., F. Trask (Mayor), Rev. J.P. Kempthorne, Colonel Pitt, Messrs C.Y. Fell, J. Sclanders and A.T. Maginnity. The Bishop, addressing the assemblage, said that he was quite sure that it was a matter for general congratulation that the memorial was at last completed. It was unquestionably a subject of very great satisfaction that the memorial was of a form which would have had the approval of him most deeply concerned, as they had grounds for the supposition that the Art Gallery would fulfill a desire of him who had gone beforehand. Before her departure from Nelson, Mrs Suter had given expression to her view of the present memorial being the most suitable, and while at Home she gave the pictures, now hung in the Gallery, for this special object. He (the Bishop) had recently been looking over some correspondence which had strongly impressed him with the view that from a very early time Bishop Suter had the establishment of an Art Gallery in view, as far back as 1882 there appeared quite a settled intention in his mind on this point, and they well knew that to him essentially they owed the foundation of the Gallery. Not only this, but much else of benefit to the town and district, and they could not forget his liberality, large heartedness, energy, and originality, nor also how much the late Mrs Suter was an adequate helper of her husband. He thought all would recognize in the building before them one worthy of the end for which it was erected, and a good deal was owing to the architects (Messrs Fitzgerald & Clere), the builders (Messrs Robertson Bros.), and the supervisor (Mr. W. Bethwaite). A great deal also was owing to the trustees of the Nelson School Society and he was very glad of the opportunity to acknowledge their services. Not only the site and the building now connected with the Gallery were received from the trustees, but properties in other parts of the district as well. Certain conditions were attached by the School Society trustees, and one was that a portrait of the late Mr. Matthew Campbell, founder of the Society, should find a place on the walls of the Gallery. A difficulty had arisen, however, in obtaining a satisfactory likeness of Mr. Campbell. The family had been appealed to before they left Nelson, but so far the difficulty had not been overcome, but it was a temporary one only, and as soon as the portrait could be obtained a picture would be painted and placed in position. He was glad also of the opportunity of thanking those ladies who had canvassed for subscriptions. A good deal had been done, but he was afraid that, when they considered the gift that had been made to them, and the source from which it came, and looking upon the Gallery as a memorial, they must admit that their own personal gifts had hitherto hardly been adequate to the gift from him to whom the memorial was raised. Gratitude had been described as thanks for favors past and a lively expectation for favors to come and they, perhaps, were grateful in that sense. His Lordship then referred to the Exhibition then on view in the Gallery, and after mentioning the attractive display of the Camera Club members, he spoke of the pictures, the gift of the late Mrs Suter, which would permanently remain in the Gallery. Some of these were by the late Mr. John Gully, and he had no doubt but that when the late Bishop secured these he had some idea in his mind of their coming to some such place. He felt sure that the late Mr. Gully, from his personal attachment to the the late Bishop Suter, would have been proud of their present position. The trustees of the Gallery hoped that the building would be of real service to the town and neighborhood — not merely an ornament, but of real utility. The Trustees hoped that the Gallery would facilitate the studies of any serious students of art in their midst (and they had had more than one), but apart from anything so advanced he was sure that the School would do good service from a utilitarian aspect. He had recently come across some words which exactly expressed the truth, the solid troth, in connection with this matter, and these were to the effect that the examination of the best work of the past and present, showed that the work exercising the most influence was that in which the spirit had been most truly Christian.

After the Doxology had been sung, his Lordship, turning the key, declared the building duly opened.

In the early evening there was a large attendance, and favorable comment was made upon the excellent lighting. During the evening a capital selection of lantern slides was exhibited, the pictures coming from Wellington exhibitors and the studio of Messrs Redworth and Hamilton. These views were very much appreciated. Tomorrow evening, a further series will be exhibited from slides prepared by Messrs Fell and Humphries, and these are bound to attract attention. This evening a miscellaneous concert program will be rendered, Mr. G.F. Naylor having charge of the arrangements.

A large number of persons visited the Suter Memorial Art Gallery yesterday, and in the evening a concert, which had been organized by Mr. G.F. Naylor, organist of the Cathedral, was given. Two choruses from "Samson", entitled "Thrown round about the Starry Throne" and "Fixed in His Everlasting Seat", were well rendered by a powerful combination from the Cathedral and All Saints choirs. Mrs Percy Adams sang very sweetly "The Sea hath its Pearls" and a song from "Ottone", receiving a decisive encore for her rendering of the latter. Mr. H. Poole sang "Sweethearts", and was accorded a well deserved encore. A duet, "Excelsior", given by Messrs H. Poole and A.C. Maginnity was well sung, and received hearty applause. Mr. Naylor acted as accompanist for the soloists, and materially added to the success of the vocalists by his sympathetic playing. At the conclusion of the concert Colonel Pitt, on behalf of the Trustees of the Art Gallery, expressed their cordial thanks to Mr. Naylor, and to the ladies and gentlemen who had given their assistance at the concert. He had been told by a competent authority that the room had proved an excellent one to sing in and he hoped it would not, by any means, be the last concert they would hear in the building.

The attendance at the art exhibition at the Suter Art Gallery continues to be large, and last night during the exhibition of lantern slides there were as many present as could be comfortably accommodated. With the exception of a couple of slides from negatives by Mrs Renwick, shown by special request, Colonel Pitt and Mr. Thomas Humphries furnished the views shown, and it is not too much to say that the greater portion of these were really magnificent. Colonel Pitts views included a number from Westland, the Southern Sounds, Auckland, Dunedin, etc., and a few local scenes. It was evident that the camera had been used with great judgment amidst scenery most varied in character, but always beautiful, and the audience enjoyed a rare treat. The luxuriant bush and dainty lake scenery in the Westland views, and the splendid pictures from the Sounds were heartily applauded. The scenery depicted by Mr. Humphries slides was in great part in contrast to that shown by Colonel Pitt, the stern grandeur of the southern fjords with snow clad towering heights giving place to the softer beauties of Lake Waikare-Moana, views of geysers, and some beautiful cave scenes, secured by means of the magnesium flashlight. Mr. Humphries also showed bush scenery in Taranaki, Moari portraits, and one or two Nelson views, and this section of the exhibition was not less enjoyed than the first.

The special exhibition organized for the purpose of marking the opening of the Bishop Suter Memorial Art Gallery has now closed, and there is reason for regret in the fact that the very large number of interesting exhibits which are not included in the number that are to permanently adorn the walls, are no longer open for inspection. By more than one observer competent to express an opinion, it has been averred that the collection of

PHOTOGRAPHS
contributed by the Camera Clubs of Nelson Auckland, Wellington, Hawkes Bay and Dunedin proved the finest that has been got together in New Zealand up to this time.

The contributions of the outside camera clubs scarcely contain a bad picture, most of the work being well above the average in merit, and a considerable portion of quite superlative excellence. The club, next to the Nelson Club, contributing the largest number of exhibits is the Wellington Camera Club, and the secretary of the club, Mr. Heginbotham, has not less than twenty photos exhibited. Most of these are carbon prints, and among the number of exquisite pictures he shows may be mentioned "On the Sands", "Behind the Windy Town", "The Rivers Ford", "End of an Autumn Day", and "Sibyl", the latter an enlarged portrait. Mr. Frank J. Denton also exhibits some splendid work. "The Road through the Valley" is a picture that gained the first prize at the Wellington Inter-colonial Exhibition, and a bronze medal at the India Exhibition of 1890, and it goes without saying that it has been greatly admired here. "Winters Dawn is Grey", by the same artist, is a beautiful little picture. Mr. Watson shows a lot of work, forming some of the best in the room. The study "A Fisherman's Head", is a splendid portrait, and among other work from the same camera which commanded attention was "Declining Day", "Going to the Sheep Fair", and "The Fisherman's Tale". Mr. Gifford is to the fore front in various departments. Some fine portraits claim attention, and three flower studies show some excellent taste and very fine work. A group of horses "The Anti Bot Fly Association", and a seascape "The Toiling Surges Laden with Seaweed", are two good pictures. Mr. Pringle also shows some beautiful work. "Atiamuri", with group of horses in the foreground, is one of the most admired pictures in the exhibition, and the marine study "An Early Start", one of the best of its class. This picture gained the silver medal at Dunedin for marine subjects. Mr. Joyce has a good portrait in "Baron Mullwo", and his "Tranquility" is a very choice bit of landscape work. Other smaller contributors from Wellington are Mrs J.P. Firth, Messrs Barltrop, Mclntyre, Tegetmeier, E.G Lowe, Keadwell, Mandel, Spackman, Dawson and Salomon, who all exhibit something worthy of inspection.

The Auckland Club, too, sends down some splendid work. Mr. Arthur has several fine pictures, among which the mountain and bush scene, "The Evening Comes and Clothes the Hills with Poetry", calls for special mention, for subject and treatment are alike excellent. Mr. Walrond, who formerly resided in Nelson, is one of the most successful among the exhibitors, "The Silence of the Sea", "On the Gold Coast", and "Point Chevalier" all being fine pictures, Mr. Leedham, with "A Misty Morning", has secured splendid sky effects, and several of his pictures call forth admiration. Mr. Trenworth has a number of snap-shots, and these are little gems without a doubt. Mr. Wright's best work is "A Misty Morning"; Mr. Walker has three nice little pictures, and Mr. A.F. Whittington a number, of which "Early Morning" is the most striking. Mr. Coomer also exhibits one or two small views. The Hawke's Bay Club is represented by three exhibitors, among whom Mr. Shanley is in the leading place. His "Interior of Exeter Cathedral" is a splendid photo, and a dainty view is "By the Canal". Mr. Beswick shows some good marine studies and Maori subjects, and Mr. Charlton some fine interiors of English homes.

Coming to the Dunedin Photographic Society exhibits we find that our Southern friends are not behind in their ability to produce artistic work. Mr. Kerr contributes some interesting views of various parts of New Zealand; Mr. Thomson has a good picture in the "Derelict" ; Mr. Williams has several fair portraits, and two good pictures in "The Gentle Craft", and "Evening of the Voyage"; Mr. J. Skettowe Webb (Secretary of the Club) has a fine interior of Seacliff Asylum, his sole exhibit; Mr. Chisholm in "Bull Creek", and "The Mouth of Bull Creek", has a good river scene and seascape respectively. Mr. A.J. Barth's set of four are little gems, and "Evansdale", a river-side scene, is not excelled in all the exhibition for delicacy. Mr. R.A. Ewing has a fine marine study in "Anchored", and Mr. Criohton has interesting views of ship building yards in Tasmania. The best of Mr. Richardson's is "An Autumn Evening", an exceedingly pleasing picture. Mr. Ziele shows four beautiful bits of lake scenery, and Mr. T. Ross single exhibit, "A Drifting Race", a marine subject, though last for mention is not least in point of merit. This concludes the list of outside exhibitors, but we must also refer futher to the Nelson artists with the cameras.

Taking the screens hap-hazard we come first to Miss Sybil Hunter-Browns set of pictures. Miss Hunter-Brown gives ample evidence of a visit to the wonderland of the North, and though evidently not an experienced photographer, has secured some interesting pictures, including several Maori portraits. Master Andrew Sclanders, one of the younger members, exhibits some creditable snapshots, and a couple of enlargements from his own negatives, executed by Mr. Brusewitz. Mrs Renwick has a considerable number of pictures, including bush scenery in Aniseed Valley, views in the Awatere and Blenheim districts, some interesting subjects from station life on the "Dumgree" sheep station, and views taken of the local Volunteer parade at the Diamond Jubilee proceedings. Mrs (Alice) Brusewitz has a fine collection of subjects. Her portraiture, child studies, cloud studies, and toned bromide enlargements all merit praise. "Daga", a head study, "Cloud Effects" Nelson harbor, and "a Sudden Shower on Wellington Wharf" may be specially mentioned. Mr. H. Brusewitz is one of the largest exhibitors, and has an all-round range of work. Specially fine specimens are the following enlargements: "A Head Study", "The Wood Carver" (a well-known clergyman), "A Bush Scene" and "Banquet Scene from the Taming of the Shrew". Miss Stoddart shows four views only, of the Rai Valley and Pelorus scenery, but these are extremely good, and next year a much more extensive list of subjects will be looked for from this lady. Messrs Redworth and Hamilton have one of the most extensive collections in the exhibition, but unfortunately have not named their exhibits. These artists have gone in for an all-round class of work, and on the walls have some very fine enlargements, prominent among these being some really good views taken in the Maitai Valley and studies of breaking waves taken at the Maori Pa. A number of good portraits are included in their list, and a few comic pictures. Two enlargements (from negatives by Mr. H. Kidson) of the interior of Table Land (Mount Arthur) Caves attract attention, and "Among the Daises" is a pretty subject. Some cloud studies and interiors about complete a very fine lot of photographs. Mr. H.V. Gully has not a great many pictures, but they are a splendid selection, and exceedingly artistic. "Reflections", "Making the Entrance", "Cloud Studies", "The Rocks Road", make a very even lot, and are considered by those competent to judge about the best examples present of the different tones to be obtained by means of platinum. Mr. F.G. Gibbs has some grand mountain and lake scenery shown, including views on the Arthur river, lakes Rotoiti and Rotoroa, falls on the Karamea, Mt Mackay (St Arnaud range), etc., making up a very interesting collection of fine views. Mrs Blackett has a considerable number of nice snap-shot views, and a series of half-a-dozen snap-shots of a yacht call for special mention. Mr. A.J. Glasgow has some nice little exhibits, "Haymaking", and flower studies calling for special mention. He has also some very good marine subjects and fine enlargement of English setters.

Miss Jo. Pitt does not show much of her work but what is shown is very promising. We may mention the views taken at the Hutt, Cable Bay, etc., Mr. W.J. Penney has three or four enlargements of which Croixo'les Harbor is very good. Mr. C.J. Deck has some charming bits of bush scenery taken near Hokitika and in the Wairoa Gorge. Mr. Frank Washbourn has two or three exhibits only, the most prominent being an enlargement from his negative (by Mr. Bruzewitz) of Mt Mackay, which forms a very good picture. Mr. Thomas Humphries has a small but choice selection and his picture of Mt Egmont would be very hard to excel and must be one of the very best views of this mountain ever obtained. The bush and fern studies are also very good, and a copy of an engraving has the peculiarity that it is hardly distinguishable from a true engraving. Three of the crack photographers of the Club have yet to be mentioned: Messrs Patterson, Fell, and Colonel Pitt. Mr. Patterson as a result of his trip to England is able to show a number of pictures of English scenery that make a pleasing variation from the many New Zealand bush scenes. One of the best of these is "Where the Cuckoo Flowers Grow", and other woodland views from Epping Forest, Kentish cottages, etc., are most picturesque and much admired. Two studies of children are exceedingly good, also a glimpse of the Alps from the Mt Cenis railway. Colonel Pitt is another exhibitor well represented in number and no less prominent by the quality of his work. Among a splendid lot of landscape views must be mentioned, "White Winter at Blenheim", a very beautiful enlargement, a wave study from Cable Bay, "Northland Bay", Lake Kanieri, "Waiting", views of Milford Sound, Buller river, etc., forming a splendid collection illustrative of New Zealand scenery. Colonel Pitt has also several enlarged portrait studies, good pictures and faithful portraits. Mr. Fell, as usual, has a great variety of subjects. Taking the landscapes first, the series of views from the Quartz Ranges, Collingwood, and the Boulder Lake, in the same locality, are a very fine lot of pictures and very interesting as they introduce us to country not often seen. Eight coast scenes of spots extending from Westport to Kekerangu, form a charming and splendidly executed series. The outdoor studies of children in which "Di" and "Betty" are the central figures are pleasing pictures. Then we have a number of interiors and figure studies and some comic subjects all of which attract attention and give no little amusement. "Christmas at Fairfield" is a splendid picture of the kind. In portraiture this artist has always excelled, and he shows some good specimens of his work in this direction. "Floreat Australia" being most noticeable. Mr. Fell has taken the lead of his club colleagues in experimenting with gum and and bi chromate of potash, as a medium and sensitizing agent, by which means the effect of brush-work may be obtained, but the results have not been equally successful. The work in oils exhibited by the members of the

BISHOPDALE SKETCHING CLUB
could not, under the circumstances, be displayed to advantage, and because of this much creditable work has been overlooked, save when the exhibits have been separately examined. This exhibition having taken the place of the usual annual show, specimens of the work of each of the members found place on the wall, and a considerable proportion of the pictures shown came from beginners. There was not sufficient space to allow the pictures being shown mounted, and the wall, almost from floor to ceiling, was covered with the sketches. The consequence, inevitable, was that there was a great difficulty in securing harmonious arrangements, the too vivid coloring of some of the pictures making the unenviable task of those who undertook the work, of arrangement much more difficult. The exhibitors showing not only the most work, but the best, were Miss Nina Jones, Mrs Topliss, Miss C. Sadd and Mr. Nicholson. Miss Jones must fairly be given pride of place, her seascapes, to our mind, being the best work among the sketches. Some studies of Kowhai flowers were very faithfully painted, and showed artistic arrangement. Mrs Topliss, in this exhibition, scarcely does herself credit, and we have seen, better work from her brush. A landscape from near Stoke, and view of Nelson harbor, are the most pleasing of her exhibits. Miss Sadd excels in her flower studies, but a landscape from near Wakefield is good, and much superior to her other exhibits of this class, Mr. Nicholson has a great number of pictures, showing varying degrees of quality, but a sketch with the waves breaking on rocks at Cable Bay, and a view of Nelson from the Wakapuaka road deserve a good deal of commendation, the latter especially being a pretty little picture. Miss Barnicoat's flower studies are her best work, but a little landscape from near Richmond may also be mentioned. Mrs W. Oldham, is the sole exhibitor in watercolors, with three landscapes. Miss Talbot shows several small pictures, the best being a country lane. Miss Tomlinson has several flower studies, and Miss Hubbard a couple of small landscapes. Miss Cooke and Miss Cameron each has one picture only, and like Miss Cowles and Miss Rentoul are included among the beginners. Miss Sunley has a nice panel of red dahlias, and Miss E. Harris has a couple of paintings representing the New Zealand fantail, bush robin, and wild clematis, and, needless to say, very faithful representations are given. Mr. F.V. Knapp brings the list to a close, having several sketches, of which the best is a sea-shore scene. On the next occasion on which the Club holds an exhibition, it is not likely to labor under the disadvantages which had to be contended against on this occasion.

On Saturday afternoon and evening there were large attendances. The exhibition of lantern slides in the evening was most entertaining. Mrs Benwick had a fine lot of slides of the New Zealand bush scenery, and Colonel Pitt had a few which he had omitted to produce on the previous evening. The greater portion, however, were supplied by Mr. Patterson, and these in themselves formed a good entertainment, views being included of the places visited by Mr. Patterson en route to England by way of the Suez Canal, a fine collection of English views, a series of Jubilee procession pictures taken by Mr. Patterson himself, etc.

At the close Mr. Fell, as one of the trustees of the Gallery, thanked the Bishopdale Sketching Club and various camera clubs for their assistance, and as President of the Camera Club mentioned especially the great amount of work done by Mr. Patterson, the secretary. We would here mention that Mr. E.W. Christmas, an artist from Australia, having spent some time in Nelson, in kindly recollection of his visit, painted a picture especially for the Suter Art Gallery, and we are sorry it was not hung at the opening of the Gallery, but it will no doubt be on view shortly, as well as a large number of engravings, photographs, etc., that were given by the late Bishop and Mrs Suter, and also the sketches by Hon J.C. Richmond, which are at present in the Museum.



16th June 1899  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10960
17th June 1899  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11452
22nd June 1899  Page 25 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2365

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The result of the May competition of the Dunedin Photographic Society has just been declared as follows: Mr. C.O. M'Kellar 1, Mr. R.E. Fletcher 2, G. Crichton 3, and P. Laing 4. The subject was 'Landscape enlargement'.

This month's competition, which closes on the 21st, concludes the series, the subject being 'Portraiture'.

The winner of the highest aggregate number of points takes a trophy presented by the club. Those in the running for the trophy are Mr. Fletcher (12 points), Mr. M'Kellar (9 points), and Mr. Crichton (8 points).

The members of the society are very busy preparing for the annual exhibition, which is to be held next month. Entries have been received from all over Australia, and from kindred societies in New Zealand.



23rd June 1899  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11457

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The usual monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the rooms on Wednesday night, when there was a large attendance of members, the president, Mr. C.W. Kerr, being in the chair.

The successful competitors in last month's competition were announced as follows: C.O. M'Kellar 1, R.E Fletcher 2, G. Crichton 3, P. Laing 4.

Next month's competition, which is the end of the series, will be "Portraits".

Good work is being done in connection with the forthcoming exhibition in July, and large promises of support have been received from the Australian and New Zealand societies, and the exhibition promises to be a record one, both for quality of work done and the number of pictures to be exhibited.

At the conclusion of the ordinary business, Mr. W. Williams read a paper on "Stereoscopic Photography". His remarks, which were listened to attentively, were profusely illustrated with stereographs, which proved particularly interesting and instructive, and were greatly appreciated by all present. No doubt the outcome of it will be a much larger amount of stereo, work done in the future. A hearty vote of thanks was unanimously accorded Mr. Williams at the termination of the meeting.



8th July 1899  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11470
13th July 1899  Page 25 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2367

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The final competition of the Dunedin Photographic Society has been decided. The subject was "Portraiture", and Mr. G. Crichton has been awarded first place, Mr. C.O. M'Kellar second, Mr. P. Laing third, and Mr. A.T. Barth fourth.

The series of competitions were for the society's gold medal, but the committee are in this dilemma: that the three members securing the highest number of points have tied — namely, Messrs Crichton, M'Kellar, and R.E. Fletcher, each of whom scored 12 points. The matter will cause the committee some little deliberation, but doubtless a way out of the difficulty will be found.

The entries for the society's exhibition, to be opened on the 24th July, are already very numerous, and when the time for receiving them will have expired (July 15) it is anticipated that the number of entries will eclipse those of all previous exhibitions of the society. Entries have been received from all over the colonies, and many of the exhibits are already in transit. The work exhibited promises to be more varied than at preceding exhibitions, and will include examples of processes that have hitherto not been seen here.



12th July 1899  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10982

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society will hold their exhibition at the Choral Hall, commencing on the 24th, and continuing for the rest of that week. On a count of the success obtained by the Wellington society, it is hoped that the members of the local society will do their utmost to make the Dunedin one as pronounced a success as any of its predecessors.



17th July 1899  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10986
18th July 1899  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10987
19th July 1899
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11479
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10988
21st July 1899
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11481
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10990
22nd July 1899
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11482

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Look out for the Dunedin Photographic Society Grand Inter-colonial Photographic Exhibition. Opening Night, Monday, July 24th.



19th July 1899  Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11479

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
GRAND INTER-COLONIAL

PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION

CHORAL HALL

Exhibits from Leading Australasian Societies.

Will be Opened by A. WILSON, Esq.,
Rector Boys High School,

MONDAY, July 24.

20th July 1899  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10989

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society last night, the president (Mr. C.W. Kerr) in the chair, six new members were elected.

Mr. W. Melville gave a demonstration of taking photographs by flashlight, the results of which will be shown at next meeting. He also showed a large number of negatives taken by the wet plate process thirty years ago, and described how to take stereos with a single lens camera, his remarks being attentively listened to.

Mr. James Richardson presented the society with two volumes for the library. Messrs W. Williams and A.J. Barth showed through the lantern a number of new slides, which were greatly appreciated.

The annual exhibition to be held in the Choral Hall next week promises to be a great success. It is anticipated that between 600 and 700 pictures will be shown, entries having been received from kindred societies all over the Australasian colonies. Many well-know prize workers, including Mr. Pringle, of Wellington, will be represented. The Wellington society are sending down a collection of carbon and platinotype work, and, in fact, a feature of the pictures sent in for exhibition will be the marked change that is taking place in photography by the tendency to discard the old form of printing on the paper known as gelatino-chloride. The exhibition will be opened at 8pm on Monday evening by Mr. A. Wilson, rector of the Boys High School, and souvenir catalogs will be distributed amongst the audience. During the currency of the exhibition there will be musical and lantern entertainments, the prize sets of lantern slides being probably shown on Wednesday night. The judges will be Dr Roberts, Mr. J.R. Morris, jun., and Mr. R. Hawcridge. The exhibition will be open from 10am daily.



22nd July 1899  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10991
24th July 1899  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10992

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
GRAND INTER-COLONIAL

PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION

CHORAL HALL

Will be opened by
ALEX. WILSON, Esq., M.A.,
Rector of the Boys High School

MONDAY EVENING, at 8pm

A Grand Collection of Exhibits from
Brisbane, Sydney, Bendigo,
Melbourne, Auckland, Napier,
Wellington, Christchurch, and Invercargill

Musical Program Every Evening

Admission ... One Shilling

Souvenir Illustrated Catalog Free

25th July 1899  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11484

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society annual exhibition grows in importance, both in point of variety and in excellence of work as the years roll by, This year the exhibition is being held in the Choral Hall, and all the available wall space is occupied. Special and complete arrangements have been made for lighting at night time by gas fittings, which run right round the room, and the idea is one which might profitably be copied by the Art Society during the period of its annual exhibitions. As has been remarked by a visitor, a close scrutiny of the photographic exhibits will scarcely disclose one specimen of work which can be said to be indifferent. In fact it would appear as if the pictures had passed through the hands of an exacting hanging committee, who had freely exercised their discriminatory powers and rejected all that sank to the level of mediocrity. One of the chief features of the exhibition is the variety of printing papers which it embraces. Almost every specimen of paper is to be seen from the ordinary silver prints to bromides, platinotypes, gum-bichromates, carbon, and blue prints. The carbon work is especially interesting, and it comprises a large range of colors, the Wellington exhibits being particularly deserving of notice. Above the stage will be found some beautiful animal studies, the work of Mr. C. Reid, of Wishaw, Scotland, a well-known amateur photographer. Some very fine examples of tone bromides from Nelson are deserving of notice, while the work from Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Bendigo, Auckland, and other parts of New Zealand are likely to attract a great deal of attention. The exhibition is divided into two classes: Pictures for exhibition only, and competitive exhibits, the latter consisting of landscapes, landscapes enlarged, stereotypes, genre, marine studies, portraiture, hand-camera work, flower studies, kapai competition, and lantern slides.

The formal opening of the exhibition took place last night, when there was a moderate attendance, the cold wintry weather, no doubt preventing many from being present.

Mr. C.W. Kerr, President of the Society, said, this was the eighth annual exhibition of the society. They had good reason to congratulate themselves on the fact that each exhibition held was better than the preceding one, both in regard to the number and quality of the exhibits. This year the society had the assistance of a large number of outside societies, including those of Sydney, Bendigo, Brisbane, Adelaide, Auckland, Wellington, Napier, Nelson, and Christchurch. They also had several English and Continental views sent in by members of various societies. Quite a new style of photography was likewise to be seen at the exhibition. It was known as the carbon process, and was exhibited here for the first time. He had to apologize for not being able that night to announce the prizes for the various competitions, owing to the illness of Mr. Morris, who was to act as one of the judges, with Dr Roberts and Mr. Hawcridge. Mr. Morris, however, hoped to be able to do the judging next morning, and the results would be made known in the evening. It was intended every night during the week to show a number of limelight views, and also to have some musical selections; in fact, every effort would be made to make the exhibition as entertaining as possible. Before calling upon Mr. Wilson to declare the exhibition open, he would ask Dr Roberts, one of the judges, to say something about the exhibits.

Dr Robert's said Mr. Hawcridge and himself had gone as carefully as they could through the pictures, and had pretty nearly arrived at what would be a final distribution of prizes. What he wished particularly, as a judge, to point out was the extreme excellence of the entire exhibition. There was absolutely not a bad picture in the whole lot, and when the large size of the exhibition was considered, and also the fact that the Hanging Committee had not rejected one picture, it said a great deal for photography in New Zealand. As showing how close the competition was, he might mention that the judges had very great difficulty in some classes in deciding as between the first four.

Mr. Kerr then called upon Mr. Wilson to open the exhibition.

Mr. A. Wilson said the first thing he should like to do was to express his very agreeable surprise at seeing the very changed aspect of the hall. It was a hall he was very particularly acquainted with, but he did not think that he had ever seen it look so well as it did that night. He had seen it more highly decorated in one sense, but he had never seen it so beautiful - partly because the pictures were so well hung, and partly because of the happy devise of having the gas round the room in the way it was. He was also delighted with the catalog put into his hands. It was very beautifully done, and he would keep it as a memento of that occasion. He was very much obliged to the society for asking him to open the exhibition. It was not an honor he expected, but it was one of the rewards that came to a modest man to find that his reputation was really greater than he thought it was. Before he received an invitation, from the secretary of the society to open the exhibition he had no idea that his fame as a photographer had got abroad. He thought that his achievements in that direction were buried in his own breast, and that of a few of his friends. Mr. Wilson proceeded to refer in a humorous way to his own experiences as an amateur photographer, and then said photography had grown to be a very far reaching thing nowadays. It would be difficult, he dared say, to mention a science or department of human skill in which it did not play a considerable part. It would not be saying too much to say that photography had made quite another thing of travel. It was astonishing how the camera had stimulated the sense of the picturesque, especially in the English nation. It had done more in 50 years to create and foster a feeling for nature than picture galleries had done during 500 years. This was not because photography could for a moment be compared to painting, being a very humble handmaid in the palace of art, but because picture galleries were few in number, and could only be enjoyed by those who had leisure to visit them, whereas the photograph was known everywhere; and if it was a good photograph, it was, so far as art went, good art in itself. However, the best photograph was far removed from a good painting, but a good photograph was very much better than an indifferent painting. The artist always made the best photographer. We had all a little, of the artist in us, as we had a little of the poet in us, and one of the greatest services that photography had rendered to the century was to draw out this artist in us — to draw it out in hundreds of thousands who could not be reached by pictures. Mr. Wilson went on to suggest that there might be a permanent exhibition of photographs in connection with our art gallery, and, in concluding, he expressed a hope that those present might get from the exhibits to be seen there that night all the instruction and all the pleasure they anticipated. He then declared the exhibition open.

A few musical selections were subsequently performed. Miss Barth and Mr. Barth played a couple of piano duets — "Spanish dances" (Moszkowski) and an overture "Abu Hassan" (Weber); while Miss Daisy Moore contributed two violin solos — a mazurka by Wieniawski and a melody by Thome, Master Moore accompanying on the piano.



25th July 1899  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10993

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
GRAND INTER-COLONIAL

PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION

CHORAL HALL

Splendid Collection of Photographs received from
Queensland, New South Wales, Auckland,
Napier, Wellington, Christchurch, Invercargill

THIS EVENING
Limelight View's:
First Prize Set of Slides,
"Sunny Wakatipu", by W. Williams

Song — Mr. J. Huxtable
Piano Duet — Miss Barth and Mr. A.J. Barth
Open Daily from 10am to 10pm
Admission — One Shilling
Souvenir Illustrated Catalogs Free

26th July 1899
Page 4 - STAR, ISSUE 6546
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND HERALD, VOLUME XXXVI, ISSUE 11125
Page 4 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME XXX, ISSUE 175
Page 4 - HASTINGS STANDARD, VOLUME IV, ISSUE 77

DUNEDIN NEWS
[Per Press Association]
DUNEDIN, July 25
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society Exhibition is considered very successful. Exhibits are shown from all parts of the colony and Australia. Mr. Williams, Dunedin, takes the gold medal for most points, the silver medal for second going to A.C. Gifford, Wellington. A number of exhibits from the north were excluded from competition through being enlargements.



26th July 1899  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10994

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION
The exhibition of photographs under the auspices of the Dunedin Photographic Society, which is being held in the Choral Hall, has caught on, and is being accorded liberal patronage. Throughout yesterday and to-day the gallery was visited by a large number of people, and in the evening the attendance was particularly satisfactory. Everyone is delighted with the work shown, and there is general surprise expressed at the excellence and beauty of the large collection of pictures. The attendance of the public is, in a measure, an estimate of the worth of an exhibition, but to gauge the present one at its real value the attendances will require to be large indeed. One cannot get tired of it, for, no matter how often the gallery is visited, there is always something new to be discerned in the many pictures. From an educational point of view the exhibition is very valuable, and the "knights of the black cloth", from the most ardent enthusiast down to the most humbler dabbler, should not allow the opportunity of a careful study of many of the fine works on the walls to go by default. We do not think they will; in fact, we expect that the already large army of camera workers will be considerably augmented by converts made during the week. The lighting arrangements, to which we have previously referred, are giving every satisfaction, and the disposition of the gas round the hall is serving a two-fold object: it is not only giving a beautiful light in which to see the pictures, but it also serves the purpose of a heating apparatus, and imparts a warmth to the atmosphere of the hall which is greatly appreciated.

Last evening a number of limelight views representing "Sunny Memories of Wakatipu" were shown. Mr. Williams obtained first and second prizes for these views in the B division of Class 3 (best set of slides, not less than twelve). The views were all very beautiful, and the audience showed their appreciation of them in an unmistakable manner. A descriptive lecture of a trip to Wakatipu and the surrounding country was also given by Mr. Williams during the time the views were being exhibited. Mr. A.M. Huxtable sang 'The desert' (Emanuel) and 'Loyal death' (Stainer), and Miss Barth and Mr. A.J. Barth played a couple of piano duets — viz., the overture to 'Masaniello' (Auber) and the overture to 'Eurganthe' (Weber).

This evening the limelight view will consist of the prize sets of slides by Messrs R.E. Fletcher (two sets), A.J. Barth (one set), and G.F. Green, Napier (one set). Miss Alexander will sing a solo, Miss Selina Heinemann will play a piano solo, and with Mr. Barth will take part in a piano duet.



26th July 1899  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10994

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
GRAND INTER-COLONIAL

PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION

CHORAL HALL

Splendid Collection of Photographs received from
Queensland, New South Wales, Auckland,
Napier, Wellington, Christchurch, Invercargill

THIS EVENING
Limelight View's:
Four Prize Sets of Slides
R.E. Fletcher (two sets)
A.J. Barth (one set)
G.F. Green, Napier (one set).

Music — Songs by Miss Alexander;
Piano Solo by Miss Selina Heinemann;
Piano Duet by Miss Heinemann and Mr. A.J. Barth.

Open daily from 10am to 10pm
Admission ... One Shilling
Souvenir Illustrated Catalogs Free.

26th July 1899  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11485
24th AUGUST 1899
Page 25 - Volume 6 No.8 Australasian photo-review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION
The Dunedin Photographic Society exhibition, which is being held in the Choral Hall, was fairly well patronized yesterday. In the evening a number of limelight views representing "Sunny Memories of Wakatipu" were shown, Mr. Williams obtained first and second prizes for these views in the B division of Class 3 (best set of slides, not less than 12). The views were all very beautiful, some of them being exceedingly so, and the audience showed their appreciation of them in an unmistakable manner. A descriptive lecture of a trip to Wakatipu and the surrounding country was also given by Mr. Williams during the time the views were being exhibited. Mr. A.M. Huxtable sang "The desert" (Emanuel), and "Loyal death" (Stainer), and Miss Barth and Mr. A.J. Barth played a couple of piano duets, the overture to "Masaniello" (Auber), and the overture to "Eurganthe" (Weber).

The prizes in the various photographic competitions were yesterday awarded as follows:
CLASS I: LANDSCAPE:
"Landscape", P. Caro (Sydney) 1; "E'en Shades", J.S. Stening (Sydney) 2; "West Dapto Creek", J.S. Stening (Sydney) 3; "The Rivers Ford", J.A. Heginbotham (Wellington) 4;
HIGHLY COMMENDED:
"At Eventide It Shall Be Light", G.F. Green (Napier); "Broger's Creek", J. Heron (Sydney); "The Old Identity Hut", P. Laing (Dunedin); "Stone Peak, Glenorchy", R.E. Fletcher (Dunedin); "A Pastoral", F.J. Monson (Dunedin).

CLASS II: LANDSCAPE ENLARGEMENTS:
"The Evening Comes", H.R. Arthur (Auckland) 1; "Winter Sunshine", C.O. M'Kellar (Dunedin) 2; "Tolls the Knell of Parting Day, and Leaves the World to Darkness gray", T. Pringle (Wellington) 3; "Landscape", P. Caro (Sydney) 4;
HIGHLY COMMENDED:
"The Old Identity Hut", P. Laing (Dunedin); "Franklin Arm, Lake Wakatipu", R.E. Fletcher (Dunedin); "Landing Stage", R.E. Fletcher (Dunedin).

CLASS III: LANTERN SLIDES: BEST SET OF SIX:
R.E. Fletcher (Dunedin) 1, A.J. Barth (Dunedin) 2, R.E. Fletcher (Dunedin) 3, G.F. Green (Napier) 4.

BEST SET OF SLIDES (NOT LESS THAN 12):
W. Williams (Dunedin) 1, W. Williams (Dunedin) 2, A.J. Barth (Dunedin) 3, J.N. Taylor (Christchurch) 4.

CLASS IV: GENRE:
"While the Sun Shines", J.N. Taylor (Christchurch) 1; "The Dusty Nor'-wester", J.N. Taylor (Christchurch) 2; "The Approaching Storm", J.N. Taylor (Christchurch) 3; "On the Sands", T.A. Heginbotham (Wellington) 4.

CLASS V: MARINE:
"Leaving Port", T. de C. Lewis (Sydney) 1; "South Coast", J.S. Stening (Sydney) 2; "After the Storm", A.C. Gifford (Wellington) 3; "An Autumn Evening", J.S. Stening (Sydney) 4;
HIGHLY COMMENDED:
"Our Harbour", J.S. Stening (Sydney).

CLASS VI: PORTRAITS:
"Dorice", J.A. Heginbotham (Wellington) 1; "Girl in Greek Dress", G.F. Green (Napier) 2; "The Young Student", George Crichton (Dunedin) 3; "Miss Pensive", J.A. Heginbotham (Wellington) 4.

CLASS VII: HAND CAMERA (BEST SET OF SIX PRINTS):
L.B. Blackwell (New South Wales) 1; C.O. M'Kellar (Dunedin) 2; G.F. Green (Napier) 3; R.E. Fletcher (Dunedin) 4.

CLASS VIII: FLOWER STUDIES:
"The Night Flowering Cactus", A.C. Gifford (Wellington) 1; "Roses", L. Roever (Sydney) 2; "Blue Gum Blossom", A.C. Gifford (Wellington) 3.

CLASS IX: STEREOSCOPIC PRINTS (BEST SET OF SIX):
W. Williams (Dunedin) 1, W. Williams (Dunedin) 2, J.N. Taylor (Christchurch) 3, W. Melville (Dunedin) 4.

CLASS X: ARCHITECTURE:
"Ancient Houses in the Rue Jerzuel Devian", G.F. Green (Napier) 1; "St. Paul's Church, Oamaru", A.C. Gifford (Wellington) 2; "St. Joseph's Cathedral", H. Wimpenny (Dunedin) 3.

CLASS XI: KAIPAI PRIZE (TWO LANDSCAPES AND ONE SEASCAPE):
P. Laing (Dunedin) 1; A.C. Gifford (Wellington) 2; R.E. Fletcher (Dunedin) 3; C.O. M'Kellar (Dunedin) 4.

THE BEST PICTURE: The judges have given this award to:
"THE SMITHY", by Mr. J.A. Heginbotham (Wellington)

GOLD MEDAL for the greatest number of points in the first ten classes was won by W. Williams, Dunedin Photographic Society, who obtained first and second prizes in Class III Lantern slides and in Class IX Stereoscopic prints. SILVER MEDAL for the highest number of points went to Mr. A.C. Gifford, of Wellington, who took third prize in Class IV (marine), first and third prizes in Class VIII, (flowers), and second prize in Class X (architecture).

THE EXHIBITS
The feature of the exhibition as a whole which perhaps attracts most attention is the gradual abandonment of chloride prints in favor of carbon, platinotypes, and tone-bromides, and possibly the most marked digression from the older processes is in the direction of carbons. It is a question whether the novelty of the processes has not been the attraction in some cases. This, however, cannot be said to apply to carbon. Carbon printing has now been before the photographic world for some years, but, being more or less an involved process, the amount of work it entailed kept it back. Now, however, it is evidently creeping into favor, and fine examples of the process are to be seen both in the competitive class and in the class for exhibition only. A short survey of the general work will suffice to show that carbon produces a rich and full-toned picture, and it lends itself peculiarly to artistic treatment. Comparatively few carbon prints are shown by the members of the Dunedin Society. The bulk of this class of work comes from Wellington and other places in the north, and from Australia. Unfortunately, most of the examples of carbons are enlargements, and only in one class — namely, landscapes — is there provision for enlargements. The consequence is that most of the carbons are disqualified, and as these include some of the finest works in the exhibition, it is a pity that the committee did not subdivide every class into direct prints and enlargements. In genre, all the best pictures are put out owing to this want of subdivision. In fact, genre is much more largely affected than any other class. Undoubtedly the finest picture in the room is a carbon enlargement entitled "The Smithy". It is the handiwork of Mr. Heginbotham, of Wellington, and, for the reasons just stated, is debarred from competition. The most remarkable feature of the work is the marvelous lighting effects which have been obtained. How the strong flare on one side of the figure has been, produced is, in fact, somewhat of a mystery; but in all respects the picture represents an admirable piece of work. The defects of most photographs are the vast amount of "all-over" details, which distract the eye from the central, or what should be the predominating, subjects. The glance of the observer, instead of being directed to the principal object, is disagreeably averted and arrested by details of no value to the picture. In "The Smithy" the great point to be noted is the infinite amount of detail that is suggested. By skillful manipulation, the blacksmith and the articles in his immediate surroundings are bathed in the flood of light, and everything else is indefinitely defined in the gloom. Altogether it is a picture which competent judges declare could be shown in any exhibition in the world, and it is little wonder, therefore, that it was assigned the principal place in the Wellington exhibition.

In Class I (landscapes), the first prize is carried off by No. 37; a landscape, by P. Caro, of Sydney. It is a small picture, in which the balancing and placing of the objects generally have been ideally effected. In fact, as a competent critic declared, "it is worthy of Caro", which, perhaps, is the highest praise that can be bestowed upon it. The second prize (No. 31), "E'en Shades", a platinotype, by J.S. Stening, of Sydney, is chiefly remarkable for its delicacy of tone. The prevailing peacefulness of the scene is well convoyed. No. 32, "West Dapto Creek", by the same exhibitor, secures third prize, and it will attract attention for its handling of line and composition. It affords a lesson, it may be added, to amateurs in regard to free cutting away of parts which interfere with the contour and symmetrical proportions of a picture. "River's Ford", by J.A. Heginbotham, of Wellington, has been awarded fourth prize. It is a carbon print, and somewhat too "contrasty", the light and shade being too abruptly defined. Mr. P. Laing secured a "highly commended" for his "Old Identity Hut", a picture which, it will be remembered, secured a first in one of the society's competitions.

Another "highly commended" is a picture by Mr. G.F. Green, of Napier, entitled "At eventide it shall be light". It is an effective little picture, but not satisfactory in every respect. It is marked "highly commended" in both divisions of the landscape class. In landscape enlargements, Mr. H.R. Arthur, of Auckland, secures first prize with No. 85, "The evening comes". The beauty of the picture lies in its being more of a commonplace subject than anything else — for New Zealand, at any rate, being an ordinary New Zealand landscape, — but it has been handled in a really wonderful way. A soft, sketchy effect and an even atmospheric tone have been secured with such success that it is difficult to believe that it is not a carefully studied drawing. The second prize picture is also a highly effective piece of work. It is entitled "Winter sunshine", and it is the work of C.O. M'Kellar, of Dunedin. The picture securing third prize, by T. Pringle, of Wellington, is entitled "Tolls the knell of parting day, etc.". It is regarded as the best subject landscape in the class, and secured first prize at the Wellington exhibition. A desolate scene is depicted, a range of leafless trees with the remains of crows nests in the bare branches stand out against the fading light, and the rest of the landscape is lost in shadow against the sky. The fourth prize is an enlargement of Mr. Caro's first prize in the landscape class. It seems to have lost slightly in the massing, but still it is a very charming pastoral landscape. Mr. Laing and Mr. Fletcher both secure "highly commended" cards, Mr. Laing for an enlargement of the picture for which he was highly commended in the landscape class, and Mr. Fletcher for his picture of "The Frankton Arm, Lake Wakatipu". The latter is a particularly fine example of straightforward landscape, executed in a very workmanlike manner.

Class IV: Genre: As already stated Mr. Heginbotham's picture, "The smithy", was debarred from competition. Mr. T. Pringle, of Wellington, is well to the fore in this class. Two carbon enlargements, representing cribbage players, will be examined with particular interest. His "Harvest time", No. 112, is not a very great success as a photograph, but it is undoubtedly a picture. In this class not only Mr. Pringle and Mr. Heginbotham, but other exhibitors from the north, and from Sydney, suffer through there being no class for their enlargements. Mr. J.N. Taylor, of Christchurch, carries off first, second, and third prizes. All his photographs are pictures of motion, the subjects being very well caught and composed. The first, "While the sun shines", represents threshing operations, and pretty, soft effects are so capitally introduced as to render the onlooker unconscious of the camera. The second prize picture is also a highly effective piece of work, entitled "The dusty nor'-wester". It is a typical Christchurch picture, and in it are shown a number of cyclists bowling along before a stiff nor'-west breeze, the cloud of dust in the rear, and the bending trees adding very realistically to the picture.

Class V: Marine: The marine class is one of the most creditable features of the exhibition, and embraces one or two pictures which occupy first place in point of excellence with anything in the room. More particularly may this be said of the first prize picture, No. 161, "Leaving port", by T. de C. Lewis, of Sydney. The picture is a small one, but is worthy of the closest attention. It is a typical Turneresque or Sambough study; from the admirably-worked foreground to the sheen of light in an infinity of distance. The prize picture is 154, "South Coast", by J.S. Stening, of Sydney. The picture was awarded a gold medal at Calcutta. The cloudy effects and breaking waves are supposed to be particularly fine, but the picture is marred first of all by the skyline not being true, and the high light which averts the gaze from the central features of the scene. At the same time it must be admitted that it is one of the most wonderful views of breaking billows ever seen. No. 157, "After the storm", by Mr. A.C. Gifford, of Wellington, is also a fine example of a breaking sea. "Becalmed", 173, by T. Pringle, of Wellington, and "Across the sunlit sea", by A.M. Macdonald, of Invercargill, are remarkably picturesque examples, and especially is this the case the former work. Both are carbon enlargements, and debarred in consequence from competition.

Class VI: Portraits: This class falls short in quality of work as compared with the rest of the exhibition, but some of the pictures are worthy of careful study, particularly those of Mr. Crichton and Mr. Heginbotham.

The hand-camera work is generally excellent, but the judges had some difficulty in placing pictures which may just as well have been taken with a hand-camera, and therefore could not be said to be essentially hand-camera pictures. The flower studies as a whole are a mediocre class, while in the Kapai competition, Mr. Laing, Mr. Fletcher, and Mr. M'Kellar exhibit the best work.



27th July 1899  Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10995

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION
NOTICE OF THE EXHIBITS
To describe in detail each and every one of the pictures hanging on the walls of the Choral Hall is not our intention, nor were we inclined to do so could we afford the necessary space for such an undertaking. We will confine ourselves to the classes, selecting several in each for comment, and generally summarizing the exhibition.

To start from the beginning and taking the classes in their cataloged order, the ordinary plate landscapes are the first met with. In this class there are sixty-two pictures shown, and of the four prizes awarded the first three go to Sydney and the fourth to Wellington. Mr. P. Caro's landscape, which takes first place, and Mr. J.S. Stening's 'E'en Shades', which takes second honors, are undoubtedly the pick of the whole collection. There is a fine balance observed in them, the distance work being remarkably good. Mr. Stening's other winning string is a pretty scene, but has not much in it, and lacks color. 'The River's Ford', the picture with which Mr. Heginbotham takes fourth place, is a carbon, and is a piece of very creditable work. Messrs G.F. Green (Napier), J. Heron (Sydney), P. Laing, and F.J. Manson secure highly commended with very fair pictures. Landscape is the class of work most legitimately within the province of amateurs, and a careful study of the prize pictures in this and the enlargement classes cannot but be beneficial. In Mr. Caro's and Mr. Stening's pictures there is much to study, and the beautiful softness, without flatness, secured by them is worthy of imitation. The picture sent by Mr. W.C. Fisher (Sydney), entitled 'Waiting for a Bite', which shows three children patiently and expectantly sitting by the side of a wooded stream, is deserving of mention, but it is a mistake to call it a landscape. It is a study of children. This is a common error, and for that reason we take this opportunity of calling attention to it.

Landscape enlargements come next, and in this class New Zealanders turn the tables on Sydney, securing the first three prizes. 'The Evening Comes', by Mr. H.R. Arthur (Auckland), is a capital picture. The scene is well chosen, whilst the finish is excellent. It is a carbon, by the way. Mr. C.O. M'Kellar, of Dunedin, takes second place with a very nice picture descriptive of winter sunshine, in which the light and shade effects are the striking feature. The sunset scene of Mr. T. Pringle (Wellington) takes third place, which it well deserves. Mr. Caro's enlargement of his first-prize picture in the foregoing class was placed fourth in this section, and as there is no reason to find fault with the judging it is an obvious compliment to the work of the New Zealanders. Mr. R.E. Fletcher is to the fore with a couple of Lake Wakatipu views, both of which are highly commended. Mr. P. Laing is also among the highly commendeds for a pretty picture called 'The Old Identity Hut', which plate stands him in good stead in the Kapai competition. Mr. A.M. Macdonald, of Invercargill, has a very pretty picture in this class, and but for the mistake he made in having a figure prominent in the foreground it would, probably, have been placed. In other respects the picture is meritorious.

The genre class is distinguished by having in it a picture awarded by the judges the pride of position in the whole exhibition. Strangely enough, however, the picture is disqualified in its own class. Enlargements were only allowed in respect to landscapes, in which they were made a separate class, but in all the other classes the pictures had to be direct from the plates. Whether this condition was generally known amongst outside competitors we, of course, do not know; but if it was, then they have shown a wonderful disregard of it, because in the genre, portrait, and marine classes fully fifty per cent, of the exhibits are disqualified for no reason other than that they are enlargements. This is very unfortunate, for it means that some of the best pictures have been barred from competition. The one we have referred to is a case in point. Mr. Heginbotham's picture of a smithy is an enlargement, and, whilst awarded the prize for the best picture in the exhibition, could not compete in the genre class. The picture is undoubtedly a good one. It is not overburdened with details. Prominence is only given to the smith and his anvil; all the other implements and impedimenta inseparable from a smithy are there, and can be seen if so desired by the observer, but so perfect are the lighting and finish of the picture that the main subject stands out, not harshly, but, at the same time, prominently, the work being in every way an object lesson in photography, from which all amateurs, and many professionals too for that matter, might study with profit. To return to the genre class proper, however, Mr. J.N. Taylor, of Christchurch, has been awarded first prize for his picture entitled 'While the Sun Shines', an appropriate title for the subject, a threshing mill in full work. This is no doubt a capital picture, and will bear the closest scrutiny. Nothing is out of place. The smoke, the discharge of dust and refuse, the men, everything, are just as they should be, the scene making a capital picture. The same gentleman takes second place with a typical Canterbury scene — a dusty nor'-wester, showing a party of cyclists on the road; and third prize with a picture entitled 'The Approaching Storm'. The judges, doubtless, had good reason for placing this last-mentioned work third. Their decision, however, is open to question. It is a work of great merit, and might safely have been placed first. The subject is a coach and horses crossing a shingly river, with the clouds lowering for a storm. Everything in the picture betokens unrest, and justifies the title, and it has that appearance which instinctively carries one back to the old stage coaching days. The picture is well finished and appropriately mounted, and cannot fail to attract attention and favorable comment. Mr. J.A. Heginbotham takes fourth place with a sea-shore picture of artistic merit. Mr. A.C. Gifford (Wellington), Mr. Louis Roever (Sydney), and several others have a number of very fine enlargements, but they are disqualified.

The class for marine scenes is one of the best in the exhibition. The honors go entirely from Dunedin. One is tempted to ask the question: Why is this? The answer, however, is easily found. The best pictures in the class come from Sydney, and it is impossible, or only on very rare occasions, that such beautiful cloud effects can be obtained here as in the more favored colony. Seascapes, require cloud effects, and in Sydney these are bountifully supplied. The winning pictures, however, are very artistic works. Mr. T. De C. Lewis's picture 'Leaving Port', which takes first place, represents a yacht under weigh. It is a very fine print indeed, the clouds and the glitter of light on the water being singularly well brought out. Mr. J.S. Stening takes second place with a fine sea-scape, in which he has been fortunate in getting the foam of a breaking wave just at the right moment. In the picture of Mr. A.C. Gifford (Wellington), 'After the Storm', which takes third place, breakers also play a prominent part, and with the friendly clouds an artistic effect is produced. Mr. T. Pringle shows two fine carbon yachting pictures, both of which are disqualified because they are enlargements. They occupy a prominent position, and have occasioned a good deal of favorable comment. Mr. J.S. Stening has, in all, three pictures in this class. One has already been noticed, and of the others one is placed fourth and the third is highly commended. Several of the local workers are represented by one or more productions, but whilst none of them are up to prize form, as compared with the winners, they are still fairly good, and show care in selection of scene and workmanship.

Portraits make a fairly numerous class, but a large number of the entries have been disqualified because of the reason previously stated. The pride of position has been awarded to Mr. Heginbotham for a very artistic head study — a carbon. Mr. G.F. Green (Napier) has several entries, one of which, a girl in Greek dress, and which has good lighting, has been placed second. One of his other strings is one of the most taking pictures on the walls. It represents a little two-year-older toddling off to bed, and is a perfectly natural representation. The merits of the picture are somewhat detracted from, however, by the careless manner in which it is mounted. Mr. George Crichton is the only local worker to secure honors. He takes third place with a well-finished picture entitled 'The Young Student'. Mr. Heginbotham also takes fourth place in this class. Of the other portraits none call for special comment, with, perhaps, the exception of Mr. T. Pringle's 'Rangatira'. This is a beautifully rounded picture, a feature lacking in most of the others. With one exception the exhibitors are from New Zealand.

In the hand camera section there are ten entries, and Mr. L.B. Blackwell (N.S.W.) comes an easy first. His set of six pictures have been very generally admired. Two of them are train scenes, one a horse in the act of clearing a hurdle, and there are seascapes. Of these the train going down an incline is the pick, but in all there is splendid perspective and good balance. The mounting is also neat, Mr. C.O. M'Kellar (Dunedin) takes second place with a nice and even set of six pictures, mostly taken in the vicinity of the town. Mr. G.F. Green (Napier) takes third place with a series of sheep station snapshots. These are a good lot, and perhaps the most legitimate collection of snapshots in the class. In one or two instances, however, the picture is somewhat over printed. Mr. R.E. Fletcher is awarded fourth place with his snapshots of lake scenery.

The flower class is rather disappointing. There are eleven entries, and with the exception of the three placed ones and another by Mr. Stening are very so-so. Mr. A. Gifford (Wellington) takes first with a photograph of night-flowering cactus, and third with some blue gum blossom. Mr. L. Roever's (Sydney) picture of some white roses has many points of merit, and in the opinion of many is deserving of first place. Be that as it may, the flowers are brought out with wonderful sharpness, and will bear a very close scrutiny. The only other picture in this class calling for comment is that of a white rose by Mr. J.S. Stening. This picture, so far as the rose itself is concerned, is of a high order of merit, but is spoilt by the incongruity of the background.

Architecture is a poor class, Mr. G.F. Green's (Napier) picture of ancient houses in the Rue Jerguel, Dinan, being the only one with pretensions to artistic merit. Mr. Gifford's view of St. Paul's Church, Oamaru, and Mr. H. Wimpenny's view of St. Joseph's Cathedral are awarded second and third respectively, and of the others Mr. C.W. Kerr's view of the center tower of Seacliff Asylum and Mr. Crichton's picture of the Wellington Public Library are about the only ones to call for notice.

There was close competition for the Kapai prize for sets of two landscapes and one seascape. The winner turned up in Mr. P. Laing (Dunedin), whose set is undoubtedly worthy of the honor. One of the pictures is the old identity hut, with which Mr. Laing annexed a highly commended card in the landscape class, one is a scene up at Wakatipu, and the sea-scape is a typical view at Lawyer Head. Mr. A.C. Gifford (Wellington) secures second place and Mr. R.E. Fletcher and Mr. C.O. M'Kellar third and fourth respectively. The other entries showed fair work, and none were poor.

The pictures sent in for exhibition only comprise almost half the gallery of 511 exhibits. Space will only allow of our glancing at these. In fact, from the amateur photographer's point of view the "exhibition" only pictures, taken as a whole, are not an educative lot. There are as many blemishes, probably more, than are noticeable in the competitive pictures. It must not be inferred, however, that these pictures are not worth close scrutiny. Not to carefully scan them would be a great mistake, for here and there are pictures of true worth. Particularly we would draw attention to the splendid collection of animal and bird studies by Mr. C. Reid (professional), of Wishaw, England, kindly lent by the president of the local society, Mr. C.W. Kerr. Mr. Reid may be termed the "Landseer of the camera", his animal studies being really wonderful, whilst the make-up of his pictures could hardly be surpassed. Birds, cattle, sheep, and dogs are Mr. Reid's strong points, and of each of these there are capital specimens on view. The collection is almost in the center of the stage wall. Another brace of collections which will well repay study are those sent by Messrs W. Johnson and J.R. Yorke, of Sydney. They are mostly water scenes, and are soft and thoroughly pleasant pictures. Mrs H. Brusewitz, of Nelson, has a number of pictures in this department, but the most instructive are her collection of portraits, one of which, No. 492, is a particularly fine study. The Nelson exhibitors as a whole take a very prominent place as exhibitors in this non-competitive class, their work for the most part certainly ranging next to the two lots we have already mentioned. Of the local exhibitors, Mr. C.O. M'Kellar is to the fore with a capital landscape taken from Woodhaugh, showing a portion of the Leith, some old pine trees, and Flagstaff in the distance. The picture is Mr. M'Kellar's best, and is worthy of a place in any photographic exhibition. Messrs Redworth and Hamilton's (Nelson) sunset scene, 'The Sands', is a very commendable picture, cloud, light, and water effects being very good. Another picture by the same workers, 'Northerly Weather', is also a good one, as is also the forest scene by Mr. A.H. Paterson from the same locality. Mr. P. Laing is deserving of mention for his cat studies, which are really good. Dr Truby King has some good samples of his work on the walls, a child study, a series of six pictures, being one of the most interesting. Several good pictures are shown by Mr. F. Napoli Prescott, of Bendigo, a couple of ferrotypes, or blue prints, being the most noticeable because of their unusual color. Some of his others, however, are superior from an artistic point of view. Mr. S. Earland shows a series of views of the recent eclipse of the moon. The catalog says that is what they are, and we have no reason to doubt it. Of the other Dunedin exhibitors Messrs Kerr, Barth, Crichton, J.S. Webb, R. Chisholm, and J.F. Monson figure most prominently. A panorama of Dunedin by Mr. R.E. Fletcher is a work of more than ordinary merit.

Taking the exhibition right through, there can be no doubt that it is a distinct advance on previous undertakings of its kind in this City, and the Dunedin Society are to be heartily congratulated thereon. The work generally is of a high order of merit, and it may safely, be expected that the result will show itself in a distinct improvement in the work turned out by local amateurs. The chief fault which pervades New Zealand work is the flatness of the pictures, and as an antidote to this it is safe to recommend the style of Mr. C. Reid, of Wishaw, and that of the best of the Sydney exhibitors. The Dunedin exhibitors do not figure prominently in the prize-list, but the reason for this is that the past two or three summers have been so broken that there has really been no photographic weather at all. They have not been able to get out and about, and when they did get away there was no certainty as to results, hence the necessity of their taking somewhat of a back seat on the present occasion. Another thing is that they have not taken to the new carbon and platinotype processes of printing. These styles are very marked on the walls, and it is evident that if any amateur wishes to keep in the hunt in exhibitions at all he must adopt them. The eye-opener that these prints have been on the present occasion cannot do otherwise than constrain our own men to give them their attention and turn them to their own uses.

A notice of this nature would not be complete without an acknowledgment of the facilities afforded the Press and the public by the society's officials.



27th July 1899  Page 43 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2369

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION
The Dunedin Photographic Society annual exhibition grows in importance, both in point of variety and in excellence of work as the years roll by. This year the exhibition iS being held in the Choral Hall, and all the available wall space is occupied. Special and complete arrangements have been made for lighting at night time by gas fittings, which run right round the room, and the idea is one which might profitably be copied by the Art Society during the period of its annual exhibitions. As has been remarked by a visitor, a close scrutiny of the photographic exhibits will scarcely disclose one specimen of work which can be said to be indifferent. In fact it would appear as if the pictures had passed through the hands of an exacting hanging committee, who had freely exercised their discriminatory powers and rejected all that sank to the level of mediocrity. One of the chief features of the exhibition is the variety of printing papers which it embraces. Almost every specimen of paper is to be seen from the ordinary silver prints to bromides, platinotypes, gum-bichromates, carbon, and blue prints. The carbon work is especially interesting, and it comprises a large range of colors, the Wellington exhibits being particularly deserving of notice. Above the stage will be found some beautiful animal studies, the work of Mr. C. Reid, of Wishaw, Scotland, a well-known amateur photographer. Some very fine examples of tone bromides from Nelson are deserving of notice, while the work from Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Bendigo, Auckland, and other parts of New Zealand are likely to attract a great deal of attention. The exhibition is divided into two classes: Pictures for exhibition only, and competitive exhibits, the latter consisting of landscapes, landscapes enlarged, stereotypes, genre, marine studies, portraiture, hand-camera work, flower studies, Kapai competition, and lantern slides.

The formal opening of the exhibition took place on Monday night, when there was moderate attendance; the cold, wintry weather, no doubt preventing many from, being present.



28th July 1899  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10996

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
GRAND INTER-COLONIAL

PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION

CHORAL HALL

Splendid Collection of Photographs received from
Queensland, New South Wales, Auckland,
Napier, Wellington, Christchurch, Invercargill

LAST TWO DAYS
PROGRAMME THIS EVENING:
Limelight Views
'Old Dunedin, 1860 to 1864', and 'London Views', by Mr. A.J. Barth
Music — Piano, Miss Ferry and Mr. Barth
Vocal Selections by Miss N. Reid and Mr. Percy Braithwaite

Open daily from 10am to 10pm
Admission ... One Shilling
Souvenir Illustrated Catalogs Free

28th July 1899  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11487

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION
A great proportion of the work at the Dunedin Photographic Society inter-colonial exhibition comprise pictures which have been sent in for exhibition only. In this department photographic societies in most parts of the colonies are represented, as is also a Home student of the art — or rather master of the art, for his work is of the highest order. A large number of pictures comes from Nelson, and amongst the more prominent of these are those shown by H. Brusewitz and Mrs H. Brusewitz. A picture of the latter's which has attracted close attention is entitled, "Fishermen's Huts". It is a finely composed little landscape, but some curiosity has been evinced as to how the shadow came to exist on the central roof in the scene. In "The Wood-carver", and "A Study of a Head", both shown by H. Brusewitz, some excellent massing effects have been obtained.

Messrs C.Y. Fells and A.H. Paterson, of Nelson, are also represented, but their work is not up to the standard of some of the pictures they have previously, shown here. The former's "Sylvia", is notable as an example of gum-bichromate, but the subject is not one that lends itself to an exposition of the method. The more praiseworthy examples in the rest of the Nelson collection may be said to be the landscapes of Mr. F.G. Gibbs, and Messrs Redworth and Hamilton, the former's being, "Arthur River, Milford Sound", and the latter's, "Sunset — the Sands", which is one of the finest "sky and reflection" pictures in the exhibition. Another of Messrs Redworth and Hamilton's examples which is worthy of close observation is entitled, "All Among the Daisies", possessing as it does somewhat unusual features. Mr. F.J. Shanley exhibits three strikingly effective examples, of architectural interiors, the best of which is "The Priory, Newton Abbey, England". It comprises some extremely good work, though somewhat formal so far as composition is concerned. Mr. W. Manson, of Invercargill, shows two effective pictures in "From Riverton Beach", and "Marine Parade, Queenstown". The latter, however, needs a sky badly, but good in composition.

Mr. F.A. Joyner, of Adelaide, shows three pictures, all of which are worthy of note — namely, "The Laundress", "Sunrise on the Snow", and "Gay Hearts in Spring Time". The first-mentioned contains some particularly effective work.

The most notable portion of the Sydney exhibitors pictures is the very fine collection of yachting studies, the massing and the lighting being particularly worthy of notice. It would be difficult to get finer examples of different aspects of marine studies than Mr. W. Johnson's "Where the Waves Cast Her", and "Fairlie", and Mr. J.R. Yorke's "Yachting — Sydney Harbour". Mr. F.H. Copland also shows some highly praiseworthy pictures. The principal exhibitors from Sydney, in addition to the prize Winners in the landscape competition (Mr. P. Caro and Mr. J.S. Stening), are Messrs Yorke, Johnson, and Copland.

The exhibits that are shown from Auckland make a most creditable display. Mr. Walrond especially is to the fore with some good work. His seascape, "The Silence of the Sea", and "Point Chevalier", are poetic pictures, and ably composed. In fact, there is a well sustained poetic side to all his pictures, his "On the Gold Coast, Coromandel" being considerably above the average. Mr. H.W. Leadham shows a very artistic, low-toned picture in "Low Tide", and "The End of the Day", is also a notable work from his camera. The pick of the Auckland pictures comes from these two but Mr. Trenwith shows some commendably treated scenes in his hand camera set. Mr. F. Napoli Prescott, of Bendigo, is a large exhibitor, and his work forms a pleasing feature of the exhibition, the best of the pictures being 299 (a character study), "Homeward Bound", and "Evening Shadows". Mr. Bulley, of Bendigo, has obtained a singularly fine sunset effect at sea, entitled "Sunset at Sorrento". A good example of still life is shown by Mr. C.B. Goslett, of Melbourne — Mr. F.A. Joyner's "Sandhill Pasture" is a finely composed study of cows and sand dunes.

The pictures of the Home photographer mentioned — Mr. C. Reid, of Wishaw, Auckland — are lent by the president. The examples all comprise animal studies, and are of a degree of excellence which would entitle Mr. Reid to be styled the Landseer of photography.

Amongst the pictures by the local club sent in for exhibition only which are of general excellence, we make special mention of two capital animal studies by Mr. P. Laing, "What's Up Now" and "Not Understood". Mr. Monson shows a couple of very delicate bromides — one a marine study, the other "Taieri River". Mr. W. Livingston has too good pictures, entitled "Home" and "Laid Up", both of which are quite up to his well known standard of work. Mr. A.J. Barth has a capital enlargement taken in "Woodhaugh Park"; also a capital winter study of "Dale House". D. Truby King has an excellent set of pictures, entitled "Betty at Her Toilet", depicting a humorous illustration of child life. Mr. M'Kellar's "Sunset Study" will appeal, no doubt, to those of a poetical temperament. Of the lady members, Mrs T.M. Hocken has two pictures, of which we prefer the one entitled "Kinloch". Mr. J.C. Thomson's "Derelict" is a picture of considerable merit, as well as a good enlargement. Mr. J. Skottowe Webb has a number of good enlargements, of which "The Estuary, Invercargill", is of decided artistic merit. Of Mr. C.W. Kerr's pictures, we like his frame of mountain lake scenery. Mr. Hume's study of collie dog demands more than passing notice, the lighting being particularly good. A very correct and faithful panoramic view of Dunedin is exhibited by Mr. R.E. Fletcher.



29th July 1899  Page 3 - TUAPEKA TIMES, VOLUME XXXI, ISSUE 4674

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society have reason to be proud of their exhibition this year. The Society are going on from strength to strength. It is not true that all amateur photography is a thing of pain and nightmare. Some of the products of the camera displayed on the walls of the Choral Hall would do credit to many an old and experienced professional and the show is well worthy of the commendations it has received. There are exhibits from all parts of the colony and some of the Australasian colonies as well. The gallery has been tastefully decorated — and I have seen it when it has been quite the reverse — the lighting arrangements mark a distinct advance on anything yet attempted and when, of an evening, music, singing, and sterioptican displays are added for the visitors delectation then it would be hard to find cause for cavil.



29th July 1899  Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10997

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Choral Hall was well patronized last evening, and we are pleased to learn that the Committee of the Dunedin Photographic Society have wisely decided to keep open next Monday and Tuesday. The exhibition as a whole is such a good one and so creditable to our amateur photographers that we anticipate for the last three evenings it is open that it will be well patronized.

The musical program last evening was a very good one. Miss Nellie Reid sang 'Orpheus with his lute' and 'A summer's night'. Mr. Percy Braithwaite's contributions were 'I trust you still' and 'The Yeoman's wedding'. Miss Ferry played a pianoforte solo ('Non e ver'), and also with Mr. Barth played the duet 'Spanish dances'.

Mr. A.J. Barth showed on the screen some excellent lantern slides of old and modern Dunedin, and some lately taken views of London, including two colored ones. His accompanying remarks were very interesting, and both the views and the lecturer were frequently applauded.

To-night Mr. R.E. Fletcher will show a series of slides entitled 'Here and There with My Camera', which should prove of especial interest; also a number of very beautiful colored flower studies, kindly lent by Mr. Fieldwick.

Musical items will be a feature under the supervision of Mr. A.J Barth.



29th July 1899  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10997
31st July 1899  Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11488

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

GRAND INTER-COLONIAL

PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION

CHORAL HALL

Splendid Collection of Photographs received from
Queensland, New South Wales, Auckland,
Napier, Wellington, Christchurch, and Invercargill

CONTINUED FOR THREE DAYS

PROGRAM THIS EVENING

LIMELIGHT VIEWS
"Here and There With My Camera"
by Mr. R.E. Fletcher

"Colored Flower Studies"
kindly lent by Mr. A. Fieldwick

Musical Selections

Open Daily from 10am to 10pm
Admission — One Shilling

Souvenir Illustrated Catalogs Free

31st JULY 1899
Page 2 - STAR, ISSUE 6551
Page 3 - WANGANUI HERALD, VOLUME XXXIII, ISSUE 9808
Page 2 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME XXX, ISSUE 179
Page 3 - NELSON EVENING MAIL, VOLUME XXXIII, ISSUE 177
Page 3 - SOUTH CANTERBURY TIMES, ISSUE 2552
Page 2 - TARANAKI HERALD, VOLUME XLVIII, ISSUE 11587
1st AUGUST 1899
Page 5 - LYTTELTON TIMES, VOLUME CII, ISSUE 11958
Page 5 - PRESS, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 10412
Page 3 - COLONIST, VOLUME XLII, ISSUE 9546
Page 3 - HAWKE'S BAY HERALD, VOLUME XXXIV, ISSUE 11291

DUNEDIN CAMERA CLUB
EXHIBITION
[Per Press Association.] WELLINGTON, July 31
A good deal of disgust is expressed in photographic circles over the disqualification at the Dunedin Camera Show of a large number of pictures from Wellington. It is claimed that there is nothing in the rules to show that prints from large negatives are debarred, and there is no restriction upon size at Home exhibitions. The best work in the recent Wellington exhibition was from enlargements. Mr. T. Pringle, as representative of the Wellington Camera Club, left for Dunedin, on the decision becoming known, to protest against the ruling.



31st July 1899
Page 3 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME LXX, ISSUE 3806
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10998
3rd August 1899
Page 44 - NEW ZEALAND MAIL, ISSUE 1431

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
SUCCESSFUL WELLINGTONIANS
The exhibition held last week in Dunedin under the auspices of the Dunedin Photographic Society is of considerable interest to Wellington amateur photographers. They have, been fairly successful, but several of the pictures that were well-placed at the late exhibition in this city were thrown out by the judges in Dunedin.

The “Otago Daily Times”, in its criticism of the exhibits, states that the feature of the exhibition as a whole, which perhaps attracts most attention is the gradual abandonment of chloride prints in favor of carbon, platinotypes and tone-bromides, and possibly the most marked digression from the older processes is in the direction of carbons.

Comparatively few carbon prints are shown by the members of the Dunedin Society. The bulk of this class of work comes from Wellington and other places in the north, and from Australia. Unfortunately most of the examples of carbons are enlargements, and only in one class — namely, landscapes — is there provision for enlargements. The consequence is that, most of the carbons are disqualified, and as these include some of the finest, works in the exhibition, it is a pity that, the committee did not subdivide every class into direct, prints and enlargements.

In the genre, all the best pictures are put out owing to this want of subdivision. In fact, genre is much more largely affected than any other class. Undoubtedly the finest picture in the room is a carbon enlargement entitled, “The Smithy”. It is the handiwork of Mr. Heginbotham, of Wellington, and, for the reasons just stated, is debarred from competition. The most remarkable feature of the work is the marvelous lighting effects which have been obtained. How the strong flare on one side of the figure has been produced is, in fact, somewhat of a mystery; but in all respects the picture represents an admirable piece of work.

In “The Smithy” the great point to be noted is the infinite amount of detail that, is suggested. By skillful manipulation, the blacksmith and the articles in his immediate surroundings are bathed in the flood of light, and everything else is indefinitely defined in the gloom. Altogether it is a picture which competent judges declare could be shown in any exhibition in the world, and it is little wonder, therefore, that it was assigned the principal place in the Wellington exhibition.

In landscapes “River’s Ford”, by J.A. Heginbotham, of Wellington, has been awarded fourth prize. It is a carbon print, and somewhat too “contrasty”, the light and shade being too abruptly defined.

Another “highly commended” is a picture by Mr. G.F. Green, of Napier, entitled, “At eventide it shall be light”. It is an effective little picture, but not satisfactory in every respect. It is marked “highly commended” in both divisions of the landscape class.

The picture securing third prize in landscape enlargements, by Mr. T. Pringle, of Wellington, is entitled “Tolls the knell of parting day, etc.”. It is regarded as the best subject landscape in the class, and secured first prize at the Wellington exhibition.

As already stated, Mr. Heginbotham’s picture “the Smithy”, was debarred from competition. Mr. T. Pringle, of Wellington, is well to the fore in this class. Two carbon enlargements representing cribbage players, will be examined with particular interest. His “Harvest Time”, is not a very great success as a photograph, but it is undoubtedly a picture. In this class not only Mr. Pringle and Mr. Heginbotham, but other exhibitors from the North, and from Sydney, suffer through there being no class for their enlargements.

In marine views, “After the Storm”, by Mr. A.C. Gilford, of Wellington, is also a fine example of a breaking sea, “Becalmed”, by Mr. T. Pringle, of Wellington, and “Across the Sunlit Sea”, by Mr. A.M. Macdonald, of Invercargill, are remarkably picturesque examples, and especially is this the case with the former work. Both are carbon enlargements, and debarred in consequence from competition.

Some of the portrait pictures are worthy of careful study, particularly those of Mr. Crichton and Mr. Heginbotham.

The Wellington exhibitors who secured prizes are as follows:
LANDSCAPES: J.A. Heginbotham, 4.
LANDSCAPE ENLARGEMENTS: T. Pringle, 3.
LANTERN SLIDES: G.F. Green (Napier), 4.
GENRE: “On the Sands”, J.A. Heginbotham, 4.
MARINE: A.C. Gifford, 3.
PORTRAITS: “Dorice”, J.A. Heginbotham, l and 4.
HAND CAMERA: G.F. Green (Napier), 3.
FLOWER STUDIES: A.C. Gifford, Wellington, 1 and 3.
ARCHITECTURE: “St. Paul’s Church, Oamaru”, G.F. Green, 1; A.C. Gifford, 2.
KAIPAI PRIZE: A.C. Gifford, 2.

THE BEST PICTURE: the judges have given this award to “THE SMITHY”, by J.A. Heginbotham (Wellington).

GOLD MEDAL for the greatest number of points in the first ten classes was won by Mr. W. Williams, Dunedin Photographic Society.
SILVER MEDAL for the highest number of points went to Mr. A.C. Gifford of Wellington.

With reference to the above report the “Otago Daily Times” states that it regrets “that the committee did not subdivide every class into ‘direct prints' and 'enlargements'", thinking, evidently, that the latter class would include the Wellington carbon work. In this connection it might be pointed out that all carbons are “direct prints".

There is a general feeling of disgust among Wellington knights of the camera over the decision of the authorities at the Dunedin Inter-Colonial Exhibition, through which the great majority of the pictures sent by members of the Wellington Camera Club have been debarred from competition. Whether the judges (Dr Roberts and Messrs Morris and Ilaweridge) or the general committee are responsible for the ruling, that, because a print is from an enlarged negative it is debarred from competition, is not quite clear. At all events the decision is unique in the annals of photographic exhibitions. At the three great annual International exhibitions — those held under the auspices of the Royal Photographic Society, at Pall Mall (London): the “Linked Ring”, or Dudley Gallery Salon (London): and what may he termed the greatest international exhibition of the year, that of the Royal Photographic Society of India, held at Calcutta — the pictures shown range from the insignificant, trimmed quarter-plate up to pictures as large as the worker cares to enlarge. There is absolutely no restriction as to size. It is believed that the rule behind which the Dunedin Photographic Society shelters itself is the one providing that “the committee reserves the right to decide the eligibility of any competitive exhibit for the class in which it is entered”. The scope of the application of this rule is, of course, unlimited: under it any picture could be disqualified. But on looking through the prospectus issued by the Dunedin Photographic Society, nothing can he found as to the size of exhibits. It can therefore be quite understood how surprised local photographers were to find their work excluded. The best work shown in the recent Wellington exhibition consisted almost entirely of enlargements by one process or another, and the work sent to Dunedin by Messrs J.A. Heginbotham, Thomas Pringle, S.G. Watson, Buckley Joyce and A.C. Gifford was mostly enlarged. Fortunately, both Messrs Heginbotham and Gifford also sent half-plate work, and it is with these that they have scored. On learning of the decision of the Dunedin Photographic Society on Thursday, Mr. Thomas Pringle left Wellington for Dunedin, and will, as representative of the Wellington Camera Club, protest against what is considered to be a selfish, unjust and retrograde ruling — one that will, if not over-ruled, prevent Wellington photographers from again exhibiting at Dunedin. It is more than probable that the whole subject will provide matter for discussion at the next meeting of the Wellington Camera Club.

From the May number of the “Junior Photographer", published at Bradford, England, the editor of which is that well known English photographer “Matthew Surface”, (Mr. Percy Lund), we learn that in the portraiture competition in connection with that publication, which is open to any amateur in the world, the first prize and certificate of merit was awarded to Mr. Buckley Joyce, a member of the Wellington Camera Club, with a picture called “Larry”.



1st August 1899  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 10999

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

CHORAL HALL

GRAND INTER-COLONIAL

EXHIBITION of PHOTOGRAPHY

TO-NIGHT THE LAST NIGHT

Limelight Views this evening
Grand Selection of Slides by Members, including the Prize Sets (by special request).

Grand Piano kindly lent by Messrs C. Begg and Co.

Musical Selections under the Direction of Mr. A.J. Barth.

Open from 10am.
Admission — ONE SHILLING.
Souvenir Illustrated Catalogs Free.

4th September 1899  Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND HERALD, VOLUME XXXVI, ISSUE 11159

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Mahlstick Club's Exhibition closed on Saturday evening, and was very well patronized throughout the afternoon and evening. The management have reason to be satisfied with the stimulus given to art by these exhibitions, and the accessions of new devotees to art. A number of photos, were shown at the exhibition, of varying merit.

In this connection it is interesting to note that the Dunedin Photographic Society has decided to support the Photographic Society of New South Wales with a good exhibit for the exhibition, which opens in Sydney this month. We have not heard of the Auckland Photographic Society moving in the matter.



27th September 1899  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11539

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
An attractive and instructive evening's entertainment will be provided by the members of the Dunedin Photographic Society at the Garrison Hall, on an early date. Several members are engaged in preparing slides of pictures of the various dredges at work throughout Otago, and these will be thrown on a screen. A descriptive lecture is being prepared, and those who attend should gain an insight into the matter of gold dredging such as can usually be obtained only by visiting the dredges.



2nd October 1899  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11543

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The limelight entertainment on auriferous Otago, to be given by the Dunedin Photographic Society, will be held on Wednesday, 18th October. Over 100 slides showing various dredges at work will be exhibited, and a lecture giving the history of dredging will be given to explain the pictures.



2nd October 1899
Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11543
17th October 1899
Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11556
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11064
18th October 1899
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11557
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11065

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

GARRISON HALL

WEDNESDAY, 18th October, 8pm

GRAND LIMELIGHT ENTERTAINMENT

Showing all the Dredging and Sluicing Claims, and nearly all the Dredges at work in Otago, besides some in Russia and Australia. A unique opportunity for the public to see where their investments are.

Screen and Lantern kindly lent by Mr Fieldwick, and operated by Mr Jones.

Hon. Thomas Fergus in the chair. A.H. Burton Esq., has kindly consented to deliver the descriptive lecture.

Admission, 1s. A few reserved seats at the Dresden at 2s.

Tickets at Wilkie's, Jacobs's, Wise's, Bannister's, Fieldwick's, and Johnstone's (Manse street).



18th October 1899  Page 5 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11557

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
An opportunity for the public to see where their investments in dredging claims are will be afforded by the Dunedin Photographic Society at the Garrison Hall this evening, when, by the aid of the limelight 100 slides will be exhibited showing dredging and sluicing claims, and nearly all the dredges at work in Otago, besides some in Australia and Russia. The Hon. T. Fergus has consented to preside, and the descriptive lecture will be delivered by Mr. A.H. Burton.



19th October 1899  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11066
26th October 1899  Page 18 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2382

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
No greater indication of the interest taken in the gold dredging industry by all classes of the community could be afforded than that witnessed at the Garrison Hall last evening. Although the night was wintry and rain was falling and a cold wind blowing a very large number of persons of both sexes — old and young, and those who are neither — came together and watched for two hours the pictures that were thrown upon the screen, and listened to the interesting accompanying lecture on 'Auriferous Otago'. Doubtless everyone present knew a little about what they were going to see. The gold fever has been too acute for anyone to be in complete ignorance of our dredges and their doings, but it will be a safe assertion to make when we say that the reality, extent, and importance of the industry were never yet brought home so distinctly to the average individual before. Previously, to many, the industry was synonymous with a speculative craze that might or might not have a foundation to rest upon; now it has presented itself to any such in its true light — viz., an enterprise fraught with vast importance to the people of Dunedin and the colony. And for this our thanks are due to the Dunedin Photographic Society. The idea to present such an entertainment was a happy one, and its fruition was a distinct success. The Hon. T. Fergus briefly introduced the subject, paid a graceful compliment to the compiler of the lecture, and then made way for Mr. A.H. Burton. This latter gentleman brought out all the points and humorous touches of his discourse, and delivered it in a tone of voice that was clearly heard throughout the hall. Rounds of applause greeted the “counterfeit presentment” of the best-known dredges — the Electric, Earnscleugh, Magnetic, Golden Terrace, Chatto Creek, and Hartley and Riley, among others, being especially signaled out for appreciative comment, whilst the views of the various sites, townships, hotels, bridges, etc., left a clear impression upon the mind such as no mere letterpress could convey. Nor had the society been so immersed in their main object as to forget the necessity of pointing, in a light and airy way, a moral and adorning a tale. The picture of an obstinate animal shying its rider over its head indicated the name of a well-known river; a certain lawyer flattened out beneath the accumulation of transfer stamps was laughingly identified; and a humpbacked feline on the housetop spoke too eloquently of certain companies not unknown in the history of mining booms. The public, at least that portion of it which was present last evening, can now with some confidence claim to know of our dredges what they are and where they are.



13th November 1899  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11087

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Mr. H.S. Lawes, a prize medalist in the late International Sydney Exhibition, and a member of the Photographic Society of New South Wales, is at present in town. He has consented, at the invitation of the Dunedin Photographic Society, to be present and give a demonstration on exposure, development, and toning of bromide prints, toning P.O.P. with the new phosphate bath, besides one on the use of hand cameras, at the society’s rooms on Wednesday evening. Mr. Lawes is an enthusiast, and thoroughly conversant in all matters photographic, and is glad to have the opportunity of encouraging and assisting all interested.



16th November 1899  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11090
17th November 1899  Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11583

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
There was an excellent attendance of members and visitors at the ordinary monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society on Wednesday evening to meet Mr. H.V. Lawes, of the Photographic Society of New South Wales, who had kindly consented to give an evening on bromide work, etc.

After the conclusion of the ordinary business, during which five new members were elected.

Mr. Lawes explained fully the methods of exposure and development, using Wellington and Ward's "rough" paper with excellent results. With the use of cotton-wool he also applied Powell's compressed uranium toning bath, and produced some remarkably good work, which compared very favorably with the best carbon prints. He further explained the working of the new phosphate bath used for toning the Sylvio P.0.P., and strongly commended its use. He produced a hand camera, and gave a short lesson on how to use it, showing a number of negatives taken on "Gem" plates developed with pyro and washing soda.

At the conclusion of the lesson a hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. Lawes for the trouble he had taken, and for the thorough manner in which he had carried out his demonstration.

The club's lantern was then brought into requisition, and a large number of beautifully colored slides of the Lakes and West Coast Sounds, kindly lent by Mr. R. Taylor, were shown on the screen, besides a number of new slides made by Messrs R.E. Fletcher and W. Williams.



28th December 1899  Page 48 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2391

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The ordinary monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in their room on Wednesday evening, when there was a good attendance of members. Mr. C.W. Kerr (president) was in the chair. Two new members were elected.

Mr. W. Livingston gave an interesting and instructive lecture on the different methods of developing, and on developers generally, illustrating his remarks as he went along with a number of beautiful prints. He was attentively listened to, and quite a number of questions were asked, resulting in a large amount of most useful information being gathered by those present, who were unanimous in giving Mr. Livingstone a hearty vote of thanks for the excellent manner in which he treated his subject, and for the valuable information imparted.

Following him, Mr. J. Stark produced some self-toning paper, and explained its qualities, at the same time fixing two prints so as to show its working results. A great variety of prints were passed round for members inspection during the evening.



18th January 1900  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11142

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The usual monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held at their rooms last evening. There was a good attendance of members the president (Mr. C.W. Kerr) in the chair. Two new members were elected. It was decided to revive the monthly competitions and the subject set for the February meeting is 'Shipping in Otago Harbor, Excluding Purely Yachting Scenes'. As this is the time of the year when the harbor is very busy, it is expected that this competition will be keenly contested.

A supply of the 'Kodak News' and 'Photographic Clippings' was received from Mr. A. Fieldwick, with many thanks. Mr. R.A. Ewing gave some interesting lessons on hand cameras and their use, and produced three different styles of cameras, explaining the mechanism of each. His remarks were closely listened to, resulting in a discussion, during which those interested gathered a great deal of information. Following this, Mr. James Richardson gave as a demonstration the subject 'How to Make Ivory Type Prints' reviving a very old printing process. The practical part of the demonstration was not very successful from various causes, and the results did not do justice to the subject, still those present saw quite sufficient to induce many of them to give this beautiful process a trial. The lantern was brought into use and a number of new slides by Messrs P. Laing, W. Melville, and R.E. Fletcher were shown on the screen.



19th January 1900  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11635

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The ordinary meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in their rooms on Wednesday evening, there being a good attendance of members. The president, (Mr. C.W. Kerr) was in the chair. Two new members were elected. It was decided to continue the monthly competitions, "Shipping in Otago Harbour, excluding purely yachting scenes" being the subject chosen for the February meeting.

Mr. R.A. Ewing kept members interested while he described the uses, etc., of the hand camera, at the same time exhibiting three different kinds of cameras. Questions were asked and turned to good account, resulting in members obtaining a large amount of useful information. Mr. R.E. Fletcher also showed a hand camera, and controverted some of Mr. Ewing's statements. Mr. James Richardson gave a demonstration on the making of ivory type prints, and, although the resultant prints were not as successful as the demonstrator could have desired, still members saw enough to cause many of them to try their hands at this beautiful process of printing. Following this the lantern was brought into use, and a number of new slides by Messrs W. Melville, R.E. Fletcher, and P. Laing were shown on the screen.



23rd February 1900
Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11665
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11173

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The ordinary monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the society's rooms, Liverpool street, on Wednesday evening, when there was a large attendance of members. Four new members were elected. Dr De Lautour gave an interesting demonstration of radiography, which was much appreciated. The lecturer's explanation of the mode of treating a foreign body in the tissues of the body and its inclination by means of angular measurements proved entertaining. After many of those present had examined their hands and such articles as purses, coins, etc., through the medium of the fluorescent screen, a plate was exposed on a hand and developed into an excellent negative. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Dr De Lautour.



30th March 1900  Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11203

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual general meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the rooms on Wednesday evening, there being a fair attendance of members present. Through the unavoidable absence of Mr. C.W. Kerr (the president), Mr. R.A. Ewing took the chair.

The Committee reported as follows:
In presenting their annual report, the Committee have much pleasure in congratulating the society on their continued prosperity. The society have now completed their tenth year, so that their success may be taken as assured. The membership continues to increase, and the interest shown by members in the affairs is satisfactory and encouraging. Since our last annual meeting there was held the annual exhibition. This was considered to be much the best - in point of quality at least — which we have yet promoted. Exhibits on the walls represented the clubs in Auckland, Wellington, Nelson, Hawke’s Bay, and Southland. Ballarat, Sydney, Queensland, and Adelaide each contributed a quota. A part of the Auckland exhibits, due to a blunder in the shipping, reached Dunedin too late. Unfortunately the weather proved very unpropitious, wet and snowy weather and extreme cold being experienced. This, by reducing the attendance, resulted in a heavy loss to the society. The thanks of the society are due to Mr. Crichton and Mr. Webb, who conducted the correspondence and attended to the large amount of clerical work in connection with the exhibition, and to Mr. Fletcher, the general superintendent, who unpacked, numbered, and arranged the hanging of the pictures, and especially to that gentleman for his admirable plan of lighting the hall so that the pictures were as well seen by gaslight as they were in the day time, a plan which has since been adopted by the Otago Art Society. To make up the deficit a lantern entertainment was given in the Garrison Hall, when a collection of most interesting slides, illustrative of gold mining and especially of dredging, were shown on the screen. Those were made by several of the members, some from their own negatives and others from pictures lent. Mr. A.H. Burton kindly offered his services to read the lecture, and, it is needless to say, did it well. Again the weather was against us, the rain coming down in torrents. Nevertheless a good attendance was secured, and the evening proved successful, both in an entertaining way and financially. The Committee desire to thank those who lent their assistance — Mr. Burton for reading and Mr. Walker for composing the lecture; Mr. MacEachen, Mr. Brown, and Messrs Cutten brothers for allowing their pictures to be copied; Mr. Fieldwick for the loan of the lantern; Mr. R.C. Jones, who took charge of it; and the various members who assisted by making slides, sketches, and in other ways. Besides exhibiting on our own walls, we also sent several cases of pictures to the Sydney and Wellington exhibitions, and made a good display with very successful results, several members winning prizes.

Our monthly series of competitions, which ended in June last, was well contested, and was the means of fostering much photographic work. The Committee have instituted another series, and it is hoped similar interest will be taken in it. The thanks of the society are due to Mr. Morris for the trouble be has taken in judging the exhibits and competitions. During the year the monthly demonstration's have bean kept up. Mr. Fletcher treated of redevelopment; Mr. Williams, stereoscopy; Mr. Melville, stereoscopy with one lens and flashlight photography; Mr. Livingston, carbon work; Mr. MacKellar, simplex; Mr. Ewing, velox paper; Mr. Lawes, a visitor, development of bromide and subsequent toning by uranium, also toning of p.o.p. by the phosphate bath: Mr. Livingstone, simplicity in development and development where there are great contrasts; Mr. Stark self toning P.O.P.; Mr. Richardson, ivory type; Dr De Lautour, radiography. The Committee have endeavored to provide entertainment as well as instruction at the monthly meetings by the use of the society’s lantern, which is lighted after the conclusion of the demonstrations. The members have been invited to bring any slides they have made to the meetings to ascertain their quality by having them put on the screen.

There is still opportunity for improvement in the way some of the members use the properties of the society. If the rooms are not kept tidy they lose their attractiveness. It also causes extra labor to the secretaries and some of the members who take an interest in making the rooms comfortable. Mr. Fletcher kindly put up hat racks for the convenience of members.

Notwithstanding the heavy expenditure the Society have been put to during the year, the balance-sheet discloses a satisfactory result.

In conclusion, the Committee recognize the obligations they have been under to Mr. Webb as Secretary. There has been a great deal of work to do, and Mr. Webb has done it cheerfully, and every member will acknowledge, has done it well.

On the motion of the Chairman, the report was unanimously adopted.

Hearty votes of thanks were passed to the retiring office-bearers, and especially the president. Four new members were elected.



26th April 1900  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11717
3rd May 1900  Page 73 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2409

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held last night at the rooms in Liverpool street. There was a fair attendance of members, despite the rough weather. Mr. R.A. Ewing, who presided, drew attention to the small number of entries in the competitions just finished, and said that unless the members took a greater interest in them the competitions would have to lapse.

Mr. H.V. Lawes, of Sydney, then delivered a lecture on the making of lantern slides. Having mentioned that this was about the best way of recording photographs and of showing them, Mr. Lawes gave the members of the society the benefit of his wide experience in the various processes leading up to the completion of a good slide, and finally threw a number on the screen, and showed in what directions they could have been improved. The members have kindly recollections of Mr. Lawes previous visits and lectures, and accorded him a hearty vote of thanks for the valuable instruction he had given them. Mr. Lawes incidentally mentioned that the society's rooms were the best he had met with in his travels, not excepting even those of Sydney.

During the evening slides of pictures taken by Messrs Williams and Melville were exhibited on the screen, and photographs taken by Mr. W. Williams and others on recent holiday trips were handed round for inspection.



29th June 1900  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11280
30th June 1900  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11773

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the society's rooms, Liverpool street, on Wednesday evening last. After the transaction of routine business and the election of some new members the lantern was lighted up, and a considerable number of slides, copies of Academy and other paintings, were shown on the screen. These were taken as illustrations for a lecture by Mr. Hawcridge on 'Art'. Mr. Hawcridge's explanation of the excellent composition of the various works represented on the screen was listened to by an attentive audience. Afterwards the same gentleman criticized on the art side many slides of landscape and other subjects made by members of the society, showing how the composition might have been improved in some and pointing out the excellence of others. A vote of thanks to the lecturer and the showing of various slides by members concluded the meeting, which, despite counter attractions, was well attended.



27th July 1900
Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11796
Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11304

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The ordinary meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on Wednesday evening, when there was a fair attendance. Two new members were elected. A highly interesting lecture was delivered by Mr. Crosby Smith, illustrated with lantern slides, on "New Zealand and Native Plants". The slides were admirable, and Mr. Smith's discourse on the subject was a source of pleasure and instruction to all present. He also displayed a number of weird photographic slides, including views of plague bacilli, sections of wood, and examples of seaweed. Afterwards he demonstrated how negatives could be made through the microscope.



22nd September 1900
Page 12 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11845
Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11352

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The ordinary meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in their rooms on Wednesday evening. There was a fair attendance of members, and the president (Mr. R.A. Ewing) presided. The President in a few introductory remarks advised members that it had been decided to hold the next photographic exhibition in March next, the chief subjects for competition being landscape, landscape enlargements, objects in motion, genre, marine subjects, lantern slides, and best set of four prints, any subject, in one frame. He also intimated that Saturday afternoon field days had been decided on, the first of which would be held on the third Saturday in October (weather permitting), and regularly once a month for the next few months - members to bring their prints to the following meeting to be judged. A very interesting collection of pictures should result. Six new members were elected. The subject for the evening was "Flashlight Photography", by Mr. W. Melville. Several members, in response to the invitation given, brought their cameras, and some very successful results were obtained. Mr. Melville arranged several pictures, and before exposure explained the manipulation of the flashlight to all interested. After three exposures had been made the plates were all developed in the rooms, and turned out very well. Following this, the lantern was brought into requisition, and a number of new slides by Mr. A.J. Barth were shown on the screen.



19th October 1900
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11374
20th October 1900
Page 12 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11869

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The ordinary monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on Wednesday evening last, when, despite the wet weather, there was a good attendance of ladies and gentlemen. The chairman announced that the first of the Saturday afternoon excursions would take place on Saturday, the place chosen being Green Island Beach. The president and one of the members have each promised a medal for the best work done on these excursions during the season, one medal being for the more advanced members, and the other for those who have more recently taken up photography. Two ladies and two gentlemen were elected members of the society. After the ordinary business Dr Riley exhibited, by the aid of the society's lantern, a series of pictures taken by himself in the South Sea Islands. These proved very interesting, and were much admired, as well for the choice of the subjects as for the quality of the negatives and slides. A description of the subject of each slide was given by the doctor, and greatly added to the interest in the scenes.



24th October 1900  Page 47 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2432

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

Messrs W. Livingston (corresponding secretary), J. Skottowe Webb (secretary),
M'Nicoll, Lumley, Crichton, Monson.
Flashlight photo by Mr. W. Melville.

24th October 1900  Page 47 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2432

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

Dr. Brown, Mr. John Laing, Mr. D.A. M'Nicoll
Flashlight photo by Mr. W. Melville.

23rd November 1900  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11404
28th November 1900  Page 32 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2437

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society meeting was held on Wednesday evening, when there was a good attendance. Mr. R.A. Ewing (president) was in the chair. Several new members were elected. The president drew the attention of those present to the forthcoming inter-colonial exhibition, and trusted that members were preparing for it, and that they would enthusiastically take the matter up. He also referred to the opening of the Yacht Club's season, at which members were requested to be with their cameras, it being the spot chosen for the second field day competition. Evansdale is the spot chosen for the field day.

Mr. A.J. Barth gave a demonstration on lantern slide-making by contact printing. The different manipulations were critically watched, and the results proved successful. The lantern was then brought into use, and many slides were shown on the screen by Messrs Melville and Barth, amongst which were some of last Saturday's outing.



26th November 1900  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11900

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Very pleasant weather favored the ceremonies in connection with the opening of the yachting season of the Otago Yacht Club on Saturday.

The members of the Dunedin Photographic Society were represented in a body, and needless to say some capital marine studies were afforded by the picturesque groupings of the yachts.



25th December 1900  Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11925
2nd January 1901  Page 12 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2442

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The last monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the society's rooms on Wednesday 19th December. Quite a large number of pictures from negatives taken on the occasion of the last two Saturday afternoon excursions were shown, especially a nice display of pictures of the opening of the yachting season. During the evening Mr. Gamble, of the Otago Witness staff, described the manner of making process blocks from photographs for the purpose of reproduction in the printing press. The property of bichromate of potash to make gelatine and other colloid substances insoluble after being exposed to light, it was explained, was the basis on which the process rested. A gelatine film is impregnated with the bichromate in the dark, and, after drying, is exposed to sunlight or electric light behind a negative. Those parts of the film which lie behind the clear parts of the negative have now become insoluble, and the rest of the film in like manner, according to the varying degree of density of the negative till the densest portions are reached, where the light does not penetrate, and consequently no action takes place. A film superposed on a zinc plate was placed in a bath of weak nitric acid, the result of which was that the acid ate down into the zinc where not protected by the insoluble gelatine, and so produced what was wanted - an image in relief which can be printed from in the press. A photograph being practically a stain, an ordinary negative would be useless for this purpose, hence a negative of another kind is required. This, it was said, is done by employing a screen of glass on which are ruled lines forming a network of fineness according with the character of the work. The screen is placed between the lens and the picture to be copied, and so leaves a system of cross lines to break up the high lights and half tones. These lines may be readily noticed in a picture which has been printed from a process block. Mr. Gamble also explained the printing of pictures by the three-color process, which was invented a few years ago, and has come into use in reproducing photographs in what strongly represents natural colors. A number of pictures of this kind executed by firms which excel in this class of work were shown, and the lecturer remarked that three negatives were taken, each through a different color of glass, and the inks used in printing off the impressions were of corresponding colors. The blending of the inks gave the desired result - namely, a picture not unlike one in natural colors.



22nd February 1901  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, VOLUME 11480, ISSUE 11480
23rd February 1901  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11975

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society took place on Wednesday last in the rooms, Liverpool street, when there was a good attendance. Two new members were elected and some routine business gone through. The chairman drew attention to the forthcoming Inter-colonial Annual Exhibition in April, and requested members to get their exhibits ready in good time. He also stated that the next meeting — that in March — will be the annual one of the society, when, the election of officers and the transaction of other important business taking place, a full attendance is desired. It was arranged that there should be another excursion on the 23rd February. Waitati was chosen as the place of resort, and as it is a place rich to a photographer there will probably be a large number of the members present on the ground. A number of prints from, negatives taken since last meeting were passed round, and two remarkable results in stereoscopic photography provoked considerable discussion. Mr. Livingston, gave an interesting demonstration of intensification as a means of improving some negatives, showing by means of sections of a large plate exposed on a hedge so that each section should be the counterpart of the others the different results of several intensifies — namely, agfa, mercury followed; firstly by ammonia, secondly by sulphite of soda, and thirdly oxalate of iron. All the operations were done before the members, the chemical action explained, and questions by members answered.



12th March 1901  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11495

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A well attended meeting of the Committee was held in the rooms last evening to consider and complete arrangements for the society's forthcoming exhibition of photography, to be held in the Choral Hall in April next. All matters in connection therewith are now in an advanced stage, and the prospects of the exhibition eminently satisfactory. Our local members will have to look to their laurels if they do not wish all the honors to go to rival societies. Limelight, views will be a special feature in the evenings, and the public may look forward to the opening with special interest. The Committee further decided to hold two more field days for members, Silverstream being the site chosen for Saturday week, and Lawyer Head and the Tomahawk for the following Saturday. The annual meeting will be held on the 20th March, when it is hoped a large attendance will be present.



21st March 1901
Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 11997
Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11503
9th April 1901
Page 9 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12012

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held last evening in the rooms, Liverpool street. Mr. R.A. Ewing (president) occupied the chair, and there was a good attendance. Six new members were elected.

The second last field day of the season will be held on Saturday at Silverstream; a drag leaving the City Hotel corner at 9am.

The following report, which is a comprehensive review of the year's work, was adopted:

Your committee in presenting the annual report for the year just ended (the eleventh) are pleased to state that the society's affairs are in a satisfactory condition. The roll shows a membership of 110, which is larger than in any former year. The attendance at the monthly meetings, although not so great as is desirable, has not fallen away. The rooms are used to a greater extent than hitherto, which shows that the society's efforts to aid those members who are unable to possess a dark room are appreciated. With the view of making the dark room as serviceable as possible, the committee had the room overhauled, the old windows with paper and cloth covering were removed, and smaller windows of glass with sliding panes were substituted, and these have given good results in working, including greater freedom from fog. The skylight window has been closed as it was found to give a perplexing light from behind. In place of the old gas lamp, one on a better principle has been installed, and this, with its altering screens, has, with the new windows, brought the room more up to date. Through the kindness of Mr. Melville a glass top cutting table has been placed for the use of members. These improvements and some other desirable alterations, along with the general clearing up, have made the room such, that with ordinary tidiness on the part of those who use it, it will compare more than favorably with the dark rooms of societies elsewhere in the colonies. It was the intention of the committee to take in hand, the enlarging room and apparatus, but they were prevented from undertaking this necessary work from want of funds, and they have left the task to their successors.

Demonstration's of processes, etc., have, as in former years, been provided at the monthly meetings. At these, Mr. Lawes, of the Photographic Society of New South Wales, gave a lecture on lantern slide making, illustrated by limelight views. Mr. Livingston described the means of mending a broken negative, and showed as an example one recently done by himself. Mr. Hawcridge gave an evening on the art side of photography; Mr. Crosby Smith gave a lecture on New Zealand plants, illustrated by the lantern, and showed his method of using the microscope in connection with the camera for the production of negatives to be afterwards used for making lantern slides. A demonstration of flashlight was given, the society's apparatus being operated by Mr. Melville. Dr Riley showed a series of lantern slides illustrating a trip to the South Seas. Mr. Barth gave an instructive exhibition of lantern slide making. Mr. Gamble gave a demonstration and description of process work, and explained three-color work. Mr. Livingston demonstrated intensification as a means of improving some negatives. Mr. M'Kellar was, through illness, prevented from showing the exposure development of the recent slow bromide papers. Besides the foregoing the members of the committee gave, on their own behalf, to the members of the society, a social meeting, at which were shown a number of interesting slides, interspersed with music, vocal and instrumental, and finishing with refreshments supplied by the members of the committee and their lady friends.

To make ordinary meetings more pleasant the lantern has been lighted after the other business has been gone through, and slides by members, some for criticism, have been shown on the screen.

the answering of questions photographic asked by members in difficulties, has been more largely availed of during the last year than in former years, although the committee regret that more use is not made by beginners and others of this way of gaining help.

The Saturday excursions have been continued as far as the unpropitious season would allow of. The gatherings have been at Green Island Beach, the opening of the yachting season at Waitati and Evansdale. Two more are arranged for — one to Silverstream on the 23rd March, and another to Lawyer's Head and Tomahawk on the following Saturday. As an encouragement two medal's are to be given — one by the president (Mr. Ewing) for seniors, and one by Mr. Lumley for the juniors. Besides these outings, one or two subjects have been set for competition, the results having to be brought in to the monthly meetings.

Your committee, deeming it inadvisable to hold another exhibition at so short an interval as one year, have not held one since that held in July 1899. There is, however, one in hand to be held in April, the carrying out of the arrangements of which will be left in the hands of the incoming committee. The present committee, nevertheless wishes to impress on individual members that the success of it nearly wholly rests with them in helping the committee.

The "Budget" has started on its second year; and it is hoped that, besides keeping the members acquainted with the business of the society, it will be found that the other reading matter, under the editorship of Mr. Livingston, consisting of extracts from authorities on photographic matters and some original information, is interesting and instructive. The "Budget" is not only useful; it saves expense.

The committee considers that the society can now claim to be of great assistance to amateur photographers, offering, as it does, to members the use of a number of good properties, among them being a dark-room, well appointed, an enlarging camera, a lantern slide making camera, a projection camera, stand and screen, flashlight apparatus, a quantity of useful literature, including the latest year books, lockers, and greater encouragement to lady members.

On the motion of Mr. C.W. Kerr, a hearty vote of thanks was passed to the retiring officers, especial mention being made of the two secretaries, Messrs Livingston and Webb. The new committee were recommended to give greater encouragement to lady members.



29th March 1901  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12004
3rd April 1901  Page 52 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2455

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society had a field day at Silverstream last Saturday, and although the light was not as good as could be desired the excursion proved a most enjoyable one. To-morrow the society will have a field day at Tomahawk and Lawyer's Head. This is the last of the field days that will be held this season. Those members desiring to participate will meet at Briscoe's corner at 1.15pm.



16th April 1901  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11524

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Committee of the Dunedin Photographic Society met last night, and the final arrangements for the exhibition to be held in the Choral Hall next week were completed. The exhibition gives every promise of being a decided success, and is being supported by the Queensland, New South Wales, Wellington, and Nelson Societies, and some good exhibits are likely to be lent by some well-known artiste in photography. All lovers of photographic art should not fail to visit the exhibition.

A series of lantern slides, are arranged for each evening except the opening night, on which occasion His Worship the Mayor has kindly consented to give the opening address. Local members are reminded that all exhibits must be delivered at the hall on Saturday morning.



17th April 1901  Page 2 - COLONIST, VOLUME XLIV, ISSUE 10084

NELSON CAMERA CLUB
The members of the Nelson Camera Club, by to-days steamer, are forwarding a parcel of twenty-six exhibits for the Dunedin Photographic Society Annual exhibition, and some very beautiful portrait and landscape work is being sent, for which we confidently anticipate favorable notice in the Southern city. It is probable that the local club will hold an exhibition in September next.



17th April 1901
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12019
18th April 1901
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12020
Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11526
19th April 1901
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12021
Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11527
20th April 1901
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12022
Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11528
22nd April 1901
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12023
Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11529

CHORAL HALL

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

1901

GRAND INTERCOLONIAL PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION

Will be Opened by his Worship the Mayor

MONDAY EVENING

Limelight Views Each Evening.

19th April 1901  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12021

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The ordinary meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on Wednesday evening, when there was a fair attendance. Mr. A.J. Barth (president) was in the chair. Five new members were elected. A large number of prints, the result of the last two field days at Silverstream and Lawyer's Head, were sent round for inspection.

In the absence of Mr. Williams, who was to have given a demonstration on lantern slide making. Mr. H.V. Lawes, of the Photographic Society of New South Wales, obligingly gave the members present a resume of how to work the latest novelty in photographic films — viz., the Wellington film. After explaining their working, Mr. Lawes produced some negatives taken on them, and tested their hardness and durability. The resultant prints were very beautiful, and it was impossible to tell the difference with reversed prints. Mr. Lawes was accorded a hearty vote of thanks, accompanied by the hope that he would again favor them with a visit. The lantern was then brought into use, and a number of new slides were shown by Messrs A.J. Barth and Webb. Progress of exhibition matters was also reported.



22nd April 1901  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11529

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Those who propose to patronize the Dunedin Photographic Society exhibition, to be opened this evening in the Choral Hall, will, we think, be pleased with the exhibits and the arrangements of the exhibition generally. The president (Mr. A.J. Barth) and members of Committee were busily occupied this morning in supervising the important business of hanging, and everything will be ready in plenty of time for the evening function. A few remarks are expected from the president, then the Vice-President, (His Worship the Mayor) is to deliver an address, after which the public are to have an opportunity of walking round and inspecting the exhibits.

They will find it a big exhibition, there being about 320 pieces cataloged. New South Wales sends 21, Brisbane 15, Nelson 26, Wellington 35, Invercargill 4, Canterbury 8, and North Otago 18, and in addition there are 126 photographs by members of our own society. With the exception of four of the Canterbury collection, all the above are entered in the classes for competition. Besides these, however, there are 68 exhibits not for competition. These occupy the wall opposite the door.

The competitive exhibits are classified under eight headings: Landscapes, landscape enlargements, objects in motion, genre, marine subjects, seascapes, lantern slides, and animal subjects; so that the exhibition is well varied as to character, and our preliminary inspection warrants the belief that the quality of the work is highly satisfactory. The best plan for amateurs to adopt if they wish to see all there is to be seen is to attend this evening, and form their own opinions, and then go again some day during the week and note how those opinions agree with or differ from the awards of the judges.

The judging, by the way, is entrusted to Dr Roberts, Mr. J.R. Morris, and Mr. R. Hawcridge. The catalog this year is to be provided free of charge.



23rd April 1901
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12024
Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11530

CHORAL HALL

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

1901

GRAND INTERCOLONIAL PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION

Open Daily from 10am to 6pm, 7.30pm to 10pm

TO-NIGHT SELECTED SLIDES
Dr ROBERTS

Piano Solos by Miss Fea and Mr. A.J. Barth.

23rd April 1901  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12024
24th April 1901  Page 42 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2458

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society eleventh annual exhibition compares favorably — not numerically, but in point of excellence — with the exhibitions of previous years. The number of pictures hung upon the walls is fewer than what has been seen in past years, but the quality of the work generally is well up to the standard. Included in the catalog are photographs from New South Wales, Brisbane, and Wellington, Nelson, Oamaru, and Invercargill, most of which, together with the pictures of camerists nearer home, are entered in the classes for competition.

The competitive exhibits are classified under eight heading; namely, landscapes, landscape enlargements, objects in motion, game, marine subjects, seascapes, lantern slides, and animal subjects.

The judges of the competitions are Dr Roberts, Messrs J.R. Morris and R. Hawcridge. Yesterday the president of the society (Mr. A.J. Barth), Mr. J. Skottowe Webb, Mr. W. Livingston, and Mr. C.O. M'Kellar were busily occupied in hanging the exhibits, which are about 320 in number. New South Wales is represented by 21 pictures, Brisbane by 15, Nelson by 26, Wellington by 35, Invercargill by 4, Canterbury by 8, and North Otago by 18.

Last evening, when the exhibition was formally opened, the President, before calling upon his Worship the Mayor, addressed a few remarks to those present. He stated that the Dunedin Photographic Society during the years it had been in existence had proved itself of great usefulness and assistance to amateur photographers. The society occupied large rooms in a central portion of the city. One room was used as a meeting room, and was capable of seating 70 people, and another large room was used as a dark room. It was the largest dark room in the colonies, and equally as well equipped as the dark room of any Australian society. At the meetings of the society demonstrations were given in various departments of photography, such as developing, toning, lantern-slide making, and different processes. Prints representing the work of the members during the month were shown and criticized, thus proving a help to members in attaining to a higher standard of excellence. During the summer months the society held field days, and the pictures the members had taken on those occasions are shown and judged at the monthly meetings. Last summer field days were held at Evansdale, Green Island Beach, Lawyer's Head, and Silverstream, while the opening of the yachting season was also attended. Some of the work of the members at those outings was now to be seen on the walls. Besides having educational advantages, the field days of the society were most enjoyable, and it was hoped that even a larger proportion of the members would participate in them next year. The thanks of the society were due to the judge (Mr. Morris), who had spent a great deal of time in his inspection of the pictures. Too much praise could not be given him for his services, which were valued exceedingly by the members. Thanks were also due to the secretaries (Mr. Livingston and Mr. Webb) for their efforts in getting the exhibition ready. The speaker then called upon his Worship the Mayor to formally open the exhibition.

His Worship said he thought that the ladies and gentlemen present would agree with him that the last 10 or 11 years had seen wonderful developments in photography. The interest that was now manifested here in the art was, he felt convinced, due to a very great extent to the establishment of a Photographic Society in Dunedin. The Photographic Society was instituted here 11 years ago, and while at that time but few cameras were to be seen, now amateur photographers on holidays or on occasions of public demonstrations were visible at every corner, and stationed at every position of prominence, ready to take shots at anything of interest to themselves or the community. He (the speaker) was told that the Dunedin society was the first society to start colonial exhibitions, and as a result of the successful establishment of these colonial exhibitions, inter-colonial exhibitions followed as a matter of course. The inter-colonial exhibitions, which had created a widespread interest in the photographic art, were due in a large measure to the initiative of the Dunedin Photographic Society. The benefits of being a member of the Dunedin Photographic Society were very great. He could speak from personal experience of the practical advantages accruing from being attached to it. In connection with the present exhibition the only thing that struck one was that the pictures on the walls were not so numerous as they had seen at previous exhibitions; but it was gratifying to note the high standard of the work. The pictures were admirable examples of the photographic art. He thanked the society for the opportunity accorded him of being present that evening, and he would like to add, in conclusion, that he intended in future, when he would have a little more time, to become a much more active member than he had latterly been.

The Mayor then declared the exhibition opened. The exhibition will be opened to-day and this evening and throughout the week.



24th April 1901  Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXI, ISSUE 95

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
[BY TELEGRAPH — PRESS ASSOCIATION]
DUNEDIN, This Day.
At the Dunedin Photographic Society annual exhibition, local competitors have fared ill, none of the leading prizes falling to local works. As usual, Sydney photographers carry all before them in marine subjects and seascapes, while in landscapes Sydney and Wellington are very much to the fore. In landscapes Mrs. W.F. Fitzgerald, of Wellington, is highly commended. S.G. Watson takes first honors in landscape enlargements, and A.B. Keyworth is highly commended. S.G. Watson takes first and second in genre, first in animal studies, and is also awarded the prize for best photograph in the competition classes.



24th April 1901  Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12025

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION
A more leisurely survey of the pictures at the Dunedin Photographic Society exhibition at the Choral Hall confirms the first impressions that, in point of interest and excellence, the work compares favorably with what has been seen at previous exhibitions. While this is so, there is a lot on the walls which, it is to be feared, does not advance much beyond the stage of mediocrity. But this doubtless is a feature of all photographic exhibitions. In fostering an art which his only of recent years been praised in anything like a general way, a too rigid censorship cannot be exercised by a hanging committee. Moreover, one of the principal objects of these exhibitions is to educate, and when an enthusiastic beginner, who imagines that he has within him the most highly developed artistic faculties, sees his pictures alongside the productions of skilled camerists the conviction is gently but firmly forced upon him that there is yet room for improvement in his work. This year one notes with some regret the sparsity of the beautiful carbon pictures as compared with last year's exhibition. Unfortunately this method of printing has not by the members of the Dunedin Society received that consideration and study that it deserves. The manifold and artistic effects that are capable of being produced by this process should cause carbon work to appeal more strongly to amateurs here. It certainly seems regrettable that the only examples of it at the yearly exhibitions of the Dunedin Society are to be found amongst the exhibits from abroad. Although some really exquisite carbon pictures are included in this year's exhibits, they are not so numerous, nor, perhaps, taken as a whole, are they quite up to the standard of what has been seen in the past. Notwithstanding this, several of the pictures in the collection, for artistic composition and execution, would hold their own almost anywhere. The Dunedin Society has been unfortunate in the competitive classes this year, for almost all the prizes have gone to the work of Sydney and Wellington exhibitors. With perhaps one exception, not one first prize fell to the local work. As usual, the Sydney photographers are to the fore in their marine subjects and seascapes. In the former, if not in the latter, they certainly possess an advantage over New Zealand competitors, for Sydney Harbour is an inexhaustibly rich field in the matter of every varying phase of marine life. The "marine subjects" class will be found to be one of the most attractive features of the exhibition. In the landscapes Sydney and Wellington are again very much to the fore. The class is the most numerous, and certainly a highly interesting one; the first prize picture being, in the words of an authority, "a perfect little gem". Genre is also well represented, and while there is nothing strikingly prominent in it, such as one or two of the pictures shown last year, the work generally is remarkably good. A Wellington exhibitor carries off the first and second prizes, but the second prize picture is not nearly as good as the first. The class "animal studies" is well worthy of close inspection, and the work for "exhibition only" is comprehensive, and in all respects equal in point of excellence to that shown at past exhibitions.

The judges - Dr. Roberts, Mr. R. Hawcridge, and Mr. J.R. Morris, got through their work yesterday morning, with the following results:

LANDSCAPES:
J. Stening (Sydney), 1; H. Blake (Sydney), 2; C.O. M'Kellar (Dunedin), Mrs W.C. Fitzgerald (Wellington), and J. Heron (Sydney), highly commended.

LANDSCAPE ENLARGEMENTS:
S.G. Watson (Wellington), 1; T. Scollay (Dunedin), 2; W.A. Taylor (Christchurch) and A.B. Keyworth (Wellington), highly commended.

OBJECTS IN MOTION: S.F.P. Webb (Christchurch), 1.
GENRE: S.G. Watson (Wellington), 1 and 2.
MARINE SUBJECTS: H. Blake (Sydney), 1; A.J. Perier (Sydney), 2; J. Heron (Sydney), highly commended.
SEASCAPES: J.S. Stening (Sydney), 1; H. Blake (Sydney), 2.
ANIMAL STUDIES: S.G. Watson (Wellington), 1; S.F.P. Webb (Christchurch), 2; H. Blake (Sydney), highly commended.

The lantern slides will be judged hereafter.

BEST PHOTOGRAPH IN THE COMPETITIVE CLASSES: S.G. Watson's, "Drifting Storm Clouds".

BEST OF THE LOCAL YACHTING VIEWS: J. Skottowe Webb (Dunedin).



24th April 1901  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11531

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
COMMENTS ON THE EXHIBITS
ARTICLE I
Class I: in the competitive section is for landscapes, and here we find fifty-six exhibits cataloged. They are hung on the entrance door wall. The contributors belong to Sydney, Brisbane, Wellington, Oamaru, and Dunedin. First prize is taken by one of the Sydney exhibitors, Mr. James Stening, with his view entitled "River Oaks". It is a panel-shaped photograph showing a bit of river and trees. For composition it is easily first in its class, and not inferior to any in its fellows in regard to general excellence, being full of beautiful detail capitally printed, and nicely mounted. A photograph very much like it was shown at the last exhibition, but it can hardly be the same that Mr. Stening has sent this time. Mr. H. Blake, also of Sydney, wins second prize with his view of Burragorang Valley — a very well lighted example of excellent photography, the composition being admirable, the printing and mounting all that could be desired, and the picture having plenty of atmosphere. The sky is perhaps a little on the blank side, but this defect is largely compensated for by the merits alluded to. The judges have given a "highly commended" ticket to three other exhibits. One of these, named "Milking Time", by Mrs W.C. Fitzgerald, of Wellington, would have taken a lot of beating but for the one fault of a dreary expanse of empty sky space. If the picture had on inch taken off the top the visitor's eye would be at once directed to the very fine distance that constitutes the chief charm of the work. Mr. J. Heron, of Sydney, is the exhibitor of "A Winding Stream", another of the commended three and a very fair sample, whilst the third of the lot that the judges like is a Woodbaugh landscape by Mr. C.O. M'Kellar, of Dunedin — a nice picture in every way, very carefully finished, but rather spoilt in its presentation by the fantastic shearing of the mount comers. There are many other exhibits of merit in this section that visitors will discover for themselves. We may, however, draw attention to No. 140 as peculiar, in that it possesses all the elements of a good composition, but is wretchedly photographed, and already shows signs of fading. It is an example of errors to be avoided.

The fifteen exhibits in the landscape enlargements section include several artistic and superior photographs. First prize is taken by Mr. S.G. Watson, of Wellington, with a carbon print entitled "Drifting Storm Clouds". The view is of a country lane with high lights upon the roadway and the surrounding scrub in deep shadow caused by the banks of cloud on either hand. If any amateur workers wish to find an illustration of how good treatment can make a great deal out of a commonplace subject, Mr. Watson's clever photograph is just the thing they should study. The long lines of light may at first be regarded as a little on the theatrical side, but it may be assumed that they are not the result of manipulation. It is one of the cleverest photos we have seen. The judges are so much pleased with it that they award it not only first prize in its class, but the special prize for the best of the competitive exhibits in the gallery. Mr. T. Scollay's Dunedin contribution entitled "Waitati Creek", awarded second prize, would be improved if the lighting of the water in the right-hand corner had been toned down a little, but it is certainly a picture of above the ordinary merit. The highly-commended ticket is attached to "The Ford" by Mr. A.B. Keyworth, of Wellington, and the evening piece by Mr. W.A. Taylor, of Christchurch — the latter a capital composition and the makings of a first class photograph, but a trifle flat in the lighting. A couple of the exhibits in this section are spoiled by bad framing.

Class III: objects in motion, is a disappointing class both as to numbers and quality. The judges could certainly make no mistake in selecting the Christchurch exhibit of Mr. S.F.P. Webb, "When Cycling is a Pleasure", for the prize. This is a view of one of the familiar Canterbury country roads with a party of cyclists coming along at their leisure. The dust rising behind the party, the bending of the tall trees to the breeze, the attitudes of the cyclists — all suggest motion, and photographically the picture is not far from perfect.

Nineteen exhibits appear in the genre class, two from Australia and the rest done in this colony. Seeing that there are so many hundreds of amateur photographers in New Zealand, spending a large part of their leisure in depicting home scenes, it is strange and somewhat humiliating to find few exhibits in this section worth looking at. Many of the exhibitors have struck good ideas, but the majority fail in the execution. Take, for example, "The Smithy", by Mr. J.S. Holmes, of Oamaru. He has the materials of a splendid composition, but spoils his chance by putting in figures of persons who are obviously standing to be photographed. This, in fact, is a very common fault, and quite fatal. The only exhibit in the whole section that is absolutely free from it is "Toilers of the Soil", by Mr. S.G. Watson, of Wellington, and we may presume that it is on this point that Mr. Watson wins the prize. It is a simple picture of a three horse team ploughing with a man walking beside the horses — a man who does not know that there is a camera near by. "Resting", by the same exhibitor, wins second prize on its technical merits. The ploughman in this picture is standing still without sufficient excuse.

In the class for marine subjects there are twenty-six exhibits, and at least, half the number are worthy of close inspection. Some may very likely think that the best photograph in all the competitive sections can be found in this class. We are not inclined to impugn the official verdict; at the same time it will be admitted that the particular marine exhibit, of which we are thinking is a most admirable work. It is "Schooner Putting to Sea", by Mr. H. Blake, of Sydney. What everyone admires about the photograph is its picturesqueness. The view is full of interest. The distance provides plenty of food for the imagination, and yet this is subservient to the main subject, a group of vessels getting under way, with a topsail schooner in the foreground. We can quite understand that the judges may have been in a quandary about the awarding of the second prize, but in selecting, a yachting piece by Mr. A.J. Perier, of Sydney, showing a yacht going away end on, they can no doubt give abundant reasons if asked. One of these, it maybe guessed, is that the vivid contrasts of light and shade are seen about the main object and associated with it. Nos. 193 and 194, also yachting photographs, though in many respects admirable work, and of high value pictorially, rely largely on striking effects which compete with the central subject, and the power of the picture in each case depends upon something introduced as it were accidentally. This is incorrect from an artistic standpoint. One of Mr. Heron's exhibits is perhaps the next best, after the prize-winning pieces, and the view of a wave breaking on the New Plymouth breakwater is sure to command attention, though not in the same class as Mr. H. Blake's No. 202a, which would probably have commanded mention by the judges but for the sky having a made-up appearance.

Sydney scores again in the seascapes class, the principal award being taken by Mr. Stening with a most commendable exhibit entitled "An Angry Sea", representing waves beating on an exposed shore. Technically beyond the tone values being very nicely shown, this work also possesses the merit that it is essentially a sea study with the secondary study of the sky helping but in no sense competing. Mr. H Blake's, "Early Morning at Bondi", placed second, is on the other hand primarily a study of sky, the sea being of subordinate importance in regard to effect; and this fault from the artistic side detracts from an otherwise very pretty little picture. Amongst other prominent exhibits in this section are a pair by Mr. A.W.M. Clark, of Brisbane, both pretty and clean and showing considerable feeling, but one of the pair is marred by the inclusion of commonplace objects — a buggy on the beach and a superfluous man lying on the sand, while the other is poetically deficient, the view being devoid of interest and the scrap of sea in the corner not much more than a suggestion.

There are eighteen animal studies, and here, again the winning exhibit is an easy first. Mr. Watson, of Wellington, evidently has true artistic taste, otherwise he could not have produced such a gratifying photograph as his "To the Sheep Fair". This, the winning exhibit, is a very natural picture. The composition is excellent. The sheep seen crowded on the hillside road have come naturally to the position shown; the dust in the distance lends itself to the general scheme and helps to give the view atmosphere, and the light on the backs of the sheep is cleverly managed. "On the Road", by Mr. Webb (of Christchurch), shows a mob of cattle in a yard. Being stationary, the appearance is a bit stiff by comparison with the moving sheep in the exhibit previously noticed; but it is a fine picture, and deserves second prize. The judges were much pleased with Mr. H. Blake's, "Pelicans", this being a particularly nice example of proper exposure, and the highly-commended ticket was affixed. We may also call attention to Mr. A.J. Barth's "Waiting", a nice bit of clean work as soft as a pencil drawing, and Mr. S.G. Watson's study of cattle is conspicuous as a good composition.

Coming to the deciding of the award of the special prize given by the Otago Yacht Club for the best locally-produced yachting picture, the judges almost at once declared that the contest lay between a pair of Mr. J. Skottowe Webb's exhibits, and the choice at last fell upon No. 189 as photographically superior to No. 188, though the latter may be the more interesting from a yachtsman's point of view.



25th April 1901
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12026
Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11532

CHORAL HALL

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

1901

GRAND INTERCOLONIAL PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION

Open Daily from 10am to 6pm, 7.30pm to 10pm

TO-NIGHT

"HOLIDAY RAMBLES", with the Limelight,

By Mr. A.J. Barth.

Pianoforte Solos and Duets by Miss and Mr. A.J. Barth.

25th April 1901  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11532
26th April 1901  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12027

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A NOTICE OF THE EXHIBITS
ARTICLE II
Our first article dealt with the exhibits entered for competition, and it is now our purpose to make a few remarks on the photographs sent for exhibition only. This it a most attractive section, important by reason of its numerical strength, the tally being over 100, and here also may be found the finest examples of the photographic art seen in the gallery. Our proposal is to point out some of the most prominent exhibits, and, starting in the catalog order, the first work of special interest, is Mr. C.O. M'Kellar's portrait of an old man (No. 3) — a very clever platinotype study. The high lights on the face are managed with a considerable amount of skill, and the effects thus produced are strictly legitimate, Mr. M'Kellar stopping short of that theatricalism which is a mere trick. Mr. S.G. Watson's study of a fisherman's head (No. 6) is an attractive carbon enlargement in which detail is so abundant that every hair on the unshaven face is individualized, and it is a point of merit that the photographer has not tried to glorify or spiritualise his subject, the presentment of the fisherman being given in its native roughness. "In Wellington Harbor", by Mr. H. Gamble, is a beautifully soft photograph, the cleanness and delicacy of the work being quite remarkable; and if Mr. Gamble had given a little more suggestion of sky the exhibit would have been a perfect one of its class. Dr Roberts supplies two interesting landscapes. No. 12, the Rob Roy glacier on Mount Aspiring, is a bromide enlargement from a view that was taken at a height of about 8,000ft, or say 1,000ft lower than the summit. We may suppose it is one of the first photographs ever taken of this region; anyway it is a most interesting view, and as a photograph, of high value. The other exhibit by Dr Roberts shows the park-like glade at the head of the Matukituki Valley, the saddle of the pass being right ahead. Nos. 17 and 21 are rather nice studies of big trees in New Zealand bush, taken by Mr. J.C. Thomson, who has gone to some trouble in regard to finish. For four very fine lent photographs by Mr. G.B. Cowen the society are indebted to Mr. T.E. Corkill. As examples of pictorial photography they are hard to beat. "The Fortune-teller", shows Mr. Cowen as an exponent of the H.P. Robinson style. It is a real picture. There is a story in it as well as a fine landscape study, and as a composition it is simply perfect. No. 22, with its ruined cottage and venerable trees, reminds one of a superior set copy in drawing, but the maid in the foreground is rather too self-conscious, and the figure in No. 50 is not well placed, to say the least that can be said, though the landscape is a faultless study. Bestowing an approving glance on Mr. W. Livingston's beach view (No. 24) as an example of careful and accurate work, the visitor naturally calls a halt in front of "Toilers of the Forest", by Mr. J.N. Taylor, of Christchurch — this a very showy carbon print, full of quality, depicting with much realistic force a team of bullocks hauling timber out of burnt bush. Mr. Taylor is evidently an advanced photographer, knowing a great deal about the niceties as well as the first principles of the art. A couple of striking yachting views catch the eye as decidedly superior work. We refer to No. 19, by W.H. West, lent by Mr. R.A. Ewing, depicting a racing cutter traveling fast in a good working breeze, and No. 54, another of West's masterpieces, showing one of the same yachts running to her moorings. Photographically these exhibits are exceedingly pleasing, and to the yachtsman they are a perfect study. No. 32, entitled "That's the Firebell", is a very fine carbon print by Mr. J.N. Taylor, of Christchurch, showing a fire brigade reel team galloping to the scene of action. The stamp of merit is upon this photograph in every particular. Note the horses feet in the air; the team are really caught galloping. Mr. Taylor won with this photograph the Thornton-Pickard prize given in London for instantaneous photography, and as an example of very rapid work with the shutter it is unique so far as this gallery is concerned. The Lake Wanaka scene by Mr. R.A. Ewing is worth mention for its excellent sky effects; and "Queen's Cadets at the Bucket Drill", by Mr. J.N. Taylor, is a rather attractive example of how to treat a humorous subject, though it seems open to question whether it is natural for five boys to be washing themselves in buckets when they have a stream alongside of them. "Laid Up", by Mr. W. Livingston, is a hackneyed subject so well handled as to strike the eye. Poetically considered, "Early Morning" is the best of Mr. J.N. Taylor's collection. The sunrise effects are capitally depicted, and from a distance the photograph has the look of a steel engraving, especially in the piece about that particularly limpid pool. Mr. A. Hamilton's study of a dog (No. 46) deserves inspection, and Mr. J.C. Thomson's "Silverstream Ford", though lacking sharpness in one section, is a very nice view. "Sunshine and Shade", by Mr. W. Livingston, pleases all the amateurs, who see in this work the successful solution of a perpetual problem in photography — namely, how to give a glaring light through trees its proper value in respect to the shadows. No. 57, another of G.B. Cowen's works, shows a big wave bursting into a cloud of spray in an angle of rock. It is a showy example of instantaneous photography. Mr. W. Livingston's No. 59 illustrates the use of the telephoto lens — a contrivance for taking the tops of mountains and other inaccessible places. No. 63, a study of horses, by C. Reid, of Wishaw, lent by Mr. R.A. Ewing, is probably the best picture in the whole gallery. It is a carbon enlargement. The grouping of the three horses, the way they stand out, and the natural manner in which the interest of the spectators is maintained without the introduction of superfluous accessories, make this an artistic work as well as a photographic triumph. Mr. R.A. Ewing's Dunedin Harbor scene, representing a barque being towed out in the early morning, is in its way one of the successes of the gallery, and the drawing room interior by Mr. J.S. Holmes (No. 72a) is worthy of inspection as a very clever example of photography, as the artist has not only got the room itself, but also a view from the window. Other exhibitions in this section include Mr. W.C. Voller, of Brisbane; Mr. W.J. Prouse, of Wellington; Mr. C.A. Benbow, of Wellington; and Mr. A. Morell Macdonald, of Invercargill.

The stage space is profitably utilized for the showing of a series of statuary photographs lent by Mr. C.W. Kerr, also two harvest scenes by Mr. C. Reid (of Wishaw), and some photographs of heads and flowers by Mr. A. Hamilton.

The Nelson collection, hung on the walls flanking the stage, commands a considerable amount of attention. There are twenty-four exhibits in this section, the artists being Mrs Brusewitz and Messrs A.H. Patterson, H.V. Gully, C.Y. Fell, and H. Brusewitz. Standing out as prominently meritorious are No. 74, representing a couple of Greek girls dressing, and No. 77, "Roses", both by Mrs Brusewitz; also "Before the Wind", depicting an open boat running through broken water, by H.V. Gully; "Torrent Bay", a sepia-toned platinotype, by the same artist, and No. 84, by A.H. Patterson, representing a schooner in tow on harbor waters. The latter photograph is distinctly one of the finest in the gallery, remarkable for its cleanness and for the effective manner in which the light shines through the whole scene.

The lantern slides are not yet judged.



26th April 1901  Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12027

CHORAL HALL

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

1901

GRAND INTERCOLONIAL PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION

Open Daily from 10am to 6pm, 7.30pm to 10pm

TO-NIGHT

A TRIP WITH THE RIGHT HON. R. SEDDON
Through Samoan Islands, Honolulu, and San Francisco.

Piano Solos by Miss Salmon and Mr. A.J. Barth.

27th April 1901
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12028
Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11534

CHORAL HALL

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

1901

GRAND INTERCOLONIAL PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION

LAST DAY
Open Daily from 10am to 6pm, 7.30pm to 10pm

TO-NIGHT

Competition Slides will be shown, including the Prize Sets; also Flower Studies and Statuary.

Piano Solos by Miss F. Chisholm and Duets by Miss and Mr. Barth.

15th May 1901  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12043

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society has received an invitation from the Royal Photographic Society of England to affiliate, and the matter will be considered at to-night's meeting.



16th May 1901  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11550
17th May 1901
Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12045
Page 4 - PRESS, VOLUME LVIII, ISSUE 10967

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the ordinary meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society there was a fair attendance of members. The president (Mr. A.J. Barth) was in the chair. Three new members were elected. A letter was read from the Royal Photographic Society, London, asking the local society to affiliate with them, and offering certain benefits. After the matter had been discussed, it was resolved to refer it to the Committee for further consideration, with the recommendation to affiliate. At the same time the secretary to write and urge upon the other New Zealand societies the advisability of all joining the affiliation. Several prints of cloud effects were, passed round for inspection, and a negative was produced showing a landscape and bridge, with a young lady standing thereon, the wood railings of the bridge being seen through the lady’s body. An explanation of the phenomenon was not forthcoming (exposure, one eighth of a second). Mr. A.J. Barth finished up the evening by giving a number of useful hints on the masking and mounting of lantern slides and the trimming of prints. At the next meeting, by special desire a demonstration on “carbon” printing will be given. The result of the society’s field day competitions is as follows: For seniors (Mr. R.A. Ewing’s medal), C. Sundstrom; and for juniors (Mr. A.J. Lumley’s trophy), G.W. Arlidge — both wins being very popular.



22nd June 1901  Page 28 - Volume 8 No.6 Australasian Photo-Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Dunedin, 16th May, 1901.
To the Editor
Now that our Photographic Exhibition is over, I take this opportunity of tendering you this Society’s hearty thanks for the prominence you have given the Exhibition in your columns. The New South Wales and Queensland Societies each sent us a most excellent collection of pictures, which contributed in a very large measure to the attractiveness of the Exhibition. The New South Wales Society scored heavily in Seascape and Marine Subjects. The Exhibition was a very excellent one (although not so large, as far as numbers went, as last year’s), and our own members have been greatly benefited thereby, having received a very good object lesson as to what can be done by photography. Again thanking you for the assistance given us, and also, through you, the New South Wales and Queensland Societies, for the excellent manner in which they responded to our efforts in making the Exhibition a success.
I am, yours faithfully,
J. SKOTTOWE WEBB
HON.SECRETARY
Dunedin Photographic Society



22nd June 1901  Page 11 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12076

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The ordinary monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the rooms, Liverpool street, on Wednesday evening last. Some routine business was transacted, and two new members were elected. Mr. C. Sundstrum was appointed assistant secretary, to relieve Mr. Webb of a part of the duties. The President (Mr. Barth) presented the gold medal given by Mr. R.A. Ewing to the winner in the senior division of the "outings" competitions (Mr. C. Sundstrum), and announced that, owing to the unavoidable absence of the winner of the medal in the junior division, the medal for this would be given at next meeting. One of the new bichromate developing lamps — lent by the New Zealand Camera Company, - which, in nearly all cases, does away with the use of the objectionable red glass or fabric, was shown. The rest of the evening was devoted to a description and demonstration of carbon work by Mr. Livingston. The whole procedure from the sensitizing of the paper to the turning out of the finished picture, with the exception of the printing, which requires daylight, was shown. To illustrate the shortness of exposure to daylight required by carbon, prints were on view on gelatine paper exposed alongside for a similar time on negatives taken at the same time and of similar density. Prints were developed in four different colors of pigment. It is intended to follow up this subject with double transfer shortly. Much interest was taken in the work, which proved quite successful. Mr. M'Kellar and Mr. Scollay also had on view one or two examples of carbon.



22nd July 1901  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11607

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held last week in the rooms, Liverpool street. There was a good attendance, notwithstanding the wintry weather. A new member was elected. A large number of prints, including some snow scenes, were shown. Mr. Livingston exhibited two prints on silk instead of paper, the effect of which was very pretty. He also explained the process. A number of inquiries on photographic matters having been answered by the older members, the lantern was brought into requisition, and some slides put through. Among these was a part of a set of portraits of musical composers and singers by Mr. Barth, who gave a few interesting remarks and anecdotes, and promised some additional portraits for the society's next meeting.



21st October 1901  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11684
23rd October 1901  Page 21 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2484

OBITUARY - Mr. CHARLIE WELLINGTON KERR
It is with feelings of profound sorrow that we chronicle the death of Mr. Charlie Wellington Kerr, managing director of this paper, which occurred at his residence, Maitland street, this forenoon. The deceased gentleman had been in indifferent health for some weeks. In the hope that a sea voyage and the accompanying rest would do him good, Mr. Kerr went to Australia by the Mokoia on 29th August, on a visit to his brother, who resides at Goulburn (N.S.W.). He was thought to have benefited by his trip, from which he returned by the Monowai on the 12th October. On the following Monday he returned to duty and up to Friday last took his usually active interest in the affairs of the paper, remaining at his post the whole of that day. On Saturday he took to his bed with an attack of pleurisy, and this morning at eleven o'clock passed away peacefully.

The late Mr. Kerr, arrived in Dunedin at the beginning of 1864, and shortly afterwards entered the service of R.B. Martin and Co., being employed by them first as junior clerk and next as salesman. He left their employ about 1870, and proceeded to Valparaiso (Chili), where he soon obtained employment in the firm of Cross and Co., very large merchants there. He next went into the interior of Chili to manage a mine, but after being there some time his eyesight became affected, and he went to England for advice, returning to Dunedin about 1875. Three or four weeks after his arrival he was appointed to the position of manager for Messrs Reid and Gray, and remained with them until early in July, 1900, when he retired from their service to take up the managing directorship of the 'Evening Star'. He was an ardent photographer, and did much to ensure the success of the Dunedin Photographic Society, of which he had been President. He is survived by a widow and a daughter. The flags on many offices and public buildings were flown at half-mast to-day out of respect to the deceased's memory.



24th January 1902  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11664
25th January 1902  Page 10 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12260

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The ordinary meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the rooms on Wednesday evening, the president (Mr. A.J. Barth) in the chair. One new member was elected. In response to the Ravensbourne Regatta Committee invitation, it was decide to make Saturday, February 8, a field day, and to be present at the Ravensbourne regatta.

A large number of prints, the result of members work during the holidays, were handed round for criticism, and much useful information given on the weak points in each print. By special request Mr. W. Livingston took up the subject of ‘Cloud Negatives and Cloud Printing', and to give force to his remarks demonstrated his points by exhibiting a number of most excellent prints. His address was listened to with keen interest, and from the discussion that followed it was quite evident that the members had benefited by the lucid manner in which Mr. Livingston had dealt with his subject.



21st February 1902  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11688

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on Wednesday evening, the president (Mr. A.J. Barth) presiding. Four new members were elected. At the conclusion of the ordinary business Mr. W. Livingston produced and explained the working of the new "All Vista" panoramic camera, kindly lent by Mr. Fieldwick, also a novelty in the shape of a case of lens attachments. Mr. Barth gave a demonstration on lantern-slide making by contact printing, using Burroughs Wellcome's metol-quinol developer (presented by Messrs Kempthorne, Prosser, and Co.), with very successful results. The lantern was then brought into use, and a number of interesting slides shown on the screen.



26th April 1902
Page 11 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12337
Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11742

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on Wednesday evening, when the following report was presented and adopted:

In presenting the annual report and balance sheet your committee regret that they have to meet you with a debit balance, caused through the late exhibition. The membership stands about even, the new members taking the place of those who have resigned. Owing to the unseasonable inclemency of the weather, no field days have been held this year. This is greatly to be regretted, as the field days in the past have always been much enjoyed by, and of mutual benefit to, those who attended them. The annual inter-colonial exhibition was held during the month of April, and was very badly attended both by the members, for whose special benefit it was got up, and by the public, and the result was a very heavy deficit. During the year a special appeal has been made to members to help your committee out of their financial difficulties, with fairly good success. So far £17 12s has been received, where £35 was required, and the committee new tender their thanks to those who have responded so liberally. If every member would only contribute a small sum the deficit would soon be wiped out and allow your committee to attend to the many little wants required to make the rooms all they should be. Our members did not succeed in carrying off many prizes — all the principal prizes going to Wellington and Australia, Mr. Scollay securing second place in the landscape section. In the local yachting competition your secretary was fortunate enough in being placed first. No public lantern entertainments have been given this year, although the lantern has been regularly used at the monthly meetings. During the year demonstrations have been given on the following subjects: Carbon printing by single and double transfer, masking and binding of lantern slides, printing on silk, ozotype, stripping films, intensification, flashlight photography, printing on simplex paper, lantern slide making, and the printing in of clouds and masking prints. The thanks of the members are due to the demonstrators, Messrs Livingston, Barth, Melville, M'Kellar, Webb and Lawes (of Sydney), for the trouble they have taken in this connection. During the year the society sent an exhibit to the Wellington Exhibition, but did not enter for any of the competitions.

Four new members were elected. Hearty votes of thanks were awarded to the retiring president (Mr. A. J. Earth) and the other retiring office-bearers.



13th June 1902  Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11742

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
In connection with the recent photographic competitions, in addition to Mr. Guy Morris, whom we mentioned in last evening's issue, a well-known late member of the Dunedin Photographic Society (Mr. W. Williams) secured in the 'New Zealand Graphic's' competition — subject, 'Work and Play Scene' — first prize with his picture entitled 'The Gentle Craft'. This picture was hung in the Dunedin Photographic Society exhibition some years ago, and received considerable attention from lovers of the art. The late Mr. W.M. Hodgkins, president of the Art Society at that, time, expressed the opinion that it was the finest picture in the exhibition.



23rd August 1902
Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12439
Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11664

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The usual monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on Wednesday evening last in the society's rooms, Liverpool street. After the usual routine business was disposed of Dr H.A. de Lautour gave an interesting demonstration of radiography. Commencing with a description of the apparatus used in this useful work, the doctor explained the battery, the induction coil (round which is wound about 20 miles of wire), its commutator (by operating which he showed the electric spark), and the accumulator, which increases the number of volts from eight to about 200,000, and also an arrangement by which a little piece of fusible wire is introduced into the wire carrying the current between the coil and the accumulator, so that in the event of being short circuited this metal fuses, breaking the current and thus preventing the total wreck of the accumulator. A practical application of the apparatus was then made. A young man was recently accidentally shot in the arm, and the locality of the bullet was required to be found. The injured limb, along with the splints and bandages, was placed under the tube wherein are the rays, and over a photographic plate packed in red cloth and a thick paper envelope to protect it from the light of the gas by which the room was illuminated. The current was then turned on and an exposure made. While the plate was afterwards being developed in the dark room the doctor showed the fluorescent screen, through the agency of which any of those present were enabled to see through their own hands, etc. The apparatus designed by the demonstrator to show the exact spot where any foreign body which may be in the tissues or bones is found was on view, and its principles explained. The ability to exactly locate the spot where the bullet or whatever it may be lies of course means a saving to the sufferer of a great deal of unnecessary cutting and consequent pain. He pointed out that while too much of the rays may be injurious the application, independent of its ability to locate foreign bodies in the system, is of considerable use for its curative effects. It had been found to cure cancer even, and, to come nearer home, in the case of a member of the society who at a previous demonstration had had his hand under the influence of the rays the effects of an old injury were removed. A case of baldness was at the present time being cured by its means. The plate which had been exposed during the earlier part of the evening was brought in after development and the bullet and the splintering of the bone made apparent. A number of radiographs were on view, and the doctor kindly explained these. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Dr de Lautour.



18th October 1902  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12487

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, held in the society's rooms, after formal business Mr. Fletcher gave a lecture on photographing flowers by artificial light. This branch of photography being almost always treated in daylight, considerable interest was evinced in the description of the method of procedure applicable during an evening. Afterwards the lecturer showed by demonstration the posing, lighting, exposure, etc. Two Welsbach lights on simple portable stands, with india-rubber tubes leading the gas from the pendants used for lighting the room, were used as the illuminants. Some pretty flowers and a nice spray of roses and delicate ferns were photographed, the resulting negatives proving excellent. Most amateur photographers have, from want of leisure during the day, to content themselves with making their exposures by daylight, leaving the development of their plates till the evening. If their exposures turn out unsatisfactorily this means that the business has to be left over till next day in order to again arrange the flowers and make fresh exposures. The lecturer's object was to show that there is no necessity to rely on the light of the sun, and that, with the aid of chromatic plates, the whole of this work may be done in one's sitting room in the evenings. Flowers, unlike some other photographic subjects, do not keep fresh long, hence the desirability of completing the operations at once.



21st November 1902  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11740
22nd November 1902  Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12517

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The ordinary meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the rooms last Wednesday evening. In the absence of the president, Mr. W. Melville (Vice-President) presided. Two new members were elected. A number of fine pictures, presented as prizes in the forthcoming art union, were handed in, and arrangements made for disposing of the tickets. The rest of the evening was taken up by Mr. W. Livingston, who took in hand a large number of useful matters in connection with photography, amongst them being: Triangle for stand for quick focusing when copying; printing frames, so as to observe more than half the print when printing; a print roll for keeping prints flat; a developing dish, to save moving negative until developed; masks and the making of ovals; prints by long and short focus lenses; mending negatives, touching up negatives; clouds; natural; double printing and artificial; how to take cap off; the use of the cap when photographing creek or other scenes with moving foliage; and fog in new cameras and slides. Mr. Livingstone being an old and experienced photographer and well up in his work was well able to hold the attention of those present whilst he was discussing in a lucid manner all his points, on the conclusion of which he received a very hearty and unanimous vote of thanks.



21st January 1903
Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11790
22nd January 1903
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12567
23rd January 1903
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12568
24th January 1903
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12569
26th January 1903
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12570
Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11794
27th January 1903
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12571
Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11795

CHORAL HALL

TUESDAY, 27TH January, at 8pm.

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

GRAND LIMELIGHT ENTERTAINMENT

A WINTER TRIP TO THE SUMMER ISLES
WALTER BURKE FRPS

Drawing of Art Union will take place during the interval.

Admission: One Shilling, or by Art Union Ticket.

Musical Director, Mr. A.J. BARTH.

28th January 1903  Page 5 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12572

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The limelight exhibition of pictures given last evening in the Choral Hall, under the auspices of the Dunedin Photographic Society, was very largely attended, and thanks to Mr. Walter Burke, of Christchurch, who had very kindly placed a very fine collection of slides of Fijian scenery and his own services at the disposal of the society, a most enjoyable and instructive couple of hours were spent. The slides numbered 135, and were the result of a trip taken by Mr. Burke through several of the Fijian Islands in one of the Union Steam Ship Company's steamers.

Mr. R. Chisholm, before the pictures were, exhibited, said he had been requested by the committee of the society to thank those who had donated to the prize fund. The secretary had foreseen some difficulty in working up the art union and getting suitable works of art for prizes, but that difficulty had soon be got over owing to the way donors came forward and contributed pictures of a suitable kind. He had also been asked to thank Mr. Burke for the ready manner in which he had consented to show his pictures. He (Mr. Chisholm) might mention that the art union would be drawn during an interval in the evening, and the prize-winners who wished to make a selection could do so by calling at Mr. Melville's, George street, on Friday. If they did not do so the committee would make the selection for them.

The pictures were then exhibited, Mr. Burke giving a brief description of each as it, appeared on the screen. Some were of red tone (Alpha plates) and others black, Mr. Burke having discriminated with considerable skill as to which plate was the more suitable to the subject taken by his camera. Interesting as they all were, those illustrating the fire-walking ceremonial in the Island of Bega attracted the attention of the audience most. The applause was frequent during the exhibition, and Mr. Burke certainly deserved the thanks of the society, as conveyed to him by Mr. Chisholm.

Mr. A.J. Barth played a couple of pianoforte selections during the evening, and Miss Barth contributed a song.

The drawing of the art union was done under the superintendence of Mr. Chisholm, Mr. H. Turton, Mr. R.A. Ewing, Mr. J.S. Webb, and Dr Smith; Miss J. Chisholm drawing the winning numbers from the ballot box. The complete numbers will be advertised, the following being only those winning the first 10 cut of the 30 prizes: 389, 490, 240, 551, 441, 533, 153, 456, 17, and 548.



28th January 1903  Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11796
29th January 1903  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12573

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ART UNION WINNING NUMBERS

389	490	420	551	441	533	153	456	17	548	480	228	317	564	436
428	4440	309	116	592	344	556	152	476	278	631	37	242	1884	264

Pictures on view Mr. W. Melville's shop, George street, and will be delivered in their order to winning numbers on FRIDAY EVENING, at 8pm. All prize-winners not present or represented will have their prizes chosen for them by a committee. Prizes not claimed within fourteen days will be forfeited.



28th January 1903  Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11796

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
"A Winter Cruise Through Summer Seas" was the title of a lecture delivered by Mr. Walter Burke, of Christchurch, in the Choral Hall last evening to a pretty large audience. The Dunedin Photographic Society were the organizers of the lecture, and Mr. R. Chisholm, on behalf of the society, tendered the thanks of the Committee to Mr. Burke for consenting to give the club the benefit of the lecture. Mr. Chisholm at the same time thanked those who had contributed to the prize fund, for they had been helped thereby out of a serious difficulty. The pictures were then exhibited on a screen per medium of a limelight lantern, and 135 views of various scenes in the life of the South Pacific isles were displayed, these being the result of a cruise among the Fiji Islands. The pictures included some of the famous "fire-walking" ceremony described to the Otago Institute some months ago by Dr Fulton, and served admirably to illustrate the incidents referred to. Mr. Burke's plates were well and judiciously taken. They were in red and black tones, according to the plates used, and the pictures should have been object lessons to those who dabble in lantern plates. During the evening Miss Barth sang a song and Mr. Barth played a couple of pianoforte solos.



1st April 1903  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11850

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, fixed for last night, lapsed for want of a quorum. The president, the secretary, and seven other members waited for three-quarters of an hour, on the off chance of the requisite number (sixteen) mustering, and then adjourned to a date which will be hereafter notified.



1st April 1903  Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12626

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The following is the annual report of the committee of the Dunedin Photographic Society which was to have been presented at the annual meeting last evening. There being no quorum present, however, no business could be transacted, and the meeting stands adjourned to a future date, of which members will duly receive notice:

"In presenting the annual report and balance sheet your committee are pleased to be able at last to meet you with a credit balance. All liabilities have now been paid, and there is £3 in hand. The opening of the year was inaugurated with a very enjoyable lantern exhibition and social evening. The decorating of the rooms and the providing of refreshments was taken in hand by the president and Mrs and Miss Chisholm, to whom the committee tender their very best thanks. The efforts made in providing the various demonstrations have not met with that appreciation from the members they have deserved. Many of the demonstrations took a great deal of time, trouble, and expense to get up, and the least return members could have made was to have shown their interest in the society by attending the demonstrations being given for their special edification. The attendance has been such as to completely dishearten your committee, and the demonstrators, and the question now arises as to whether it is desirable to continue them. The same remarks also apply to field days. Whenever these have been called, two to five only have turned up, with, the result that it was not considered worth while continuing them. During the year demonstrations have been given on the following subjects: Process Work and Three-color Photography, by Mr. H. Gamble; 'Radiography', by Dr de Lautour; 'Enlarging Negatives from Positives and Enlarging from Negatives on Bromide Paper by Artificial Light', by Mr. R.A. Ewing; 'Photographing Flowers by Artificial Light', by Mr. R.A. Fletcher; 'Improving Skies, Touching up and Mending Broken Negatives, Making Masks and Oval, etc.', by Mr. W. Livingston; 'Architectural Photography', by Mr. A.J. Barth. Additional interest was given to these meetings by the use of the lantern, and the thanks of the members are due to the demonstrators for the trouble they have taken in this connection. In addition to the above, there were two open nights devoted generally to the criticism of prints and a general imparting of photographic information, which was much appreciated. An art union, followed by a lantern entertainment, took place during the year with the object of clearing the society of its incubus of debt, caused through the late exhibition, which was entirely successful. The lantern entertainment was supplied to us by our friend Mr. W. Burke FRPS, entitled 'A Winter Cruise Through Summer Seas', and was all that the most critical of us could desire, and provided a most excellent evening's entertainment, well repaying all those who were present.

AFFILIATION WITH THE ROYAL SOCIETY: As reported last year, the society had affiliated with the Royal Photographic Society, but since then nothing whatever has been heard from the Royal Society, and nothing definite has resulted towards the co-operation amongst the societies, and your committee cannot do anything further until again approached by them. It is very disappointing to us that this should be so, as much interest was taken in the affiliation, and much was expected from it.

MEMBERSHIP: The membership is greatly reduced since last year, some 30 names having been struck off the roll, which now only includes about 50 members. If the society is to continue carrying on the rooms, ways and means of doing so will have to be seriously considered, as well as the question of stopping the carelessness, untidyness, and destructiveness of some of those members who use them. A very regrettable incident occurred during the year in the shape of the theft of a very large number of samples of Wellington and Ward's papers, which were left in the enlarging, room for distribution amongst the members. Your committee regret that the useful little Budget has ceased publication, and they desire to heartily thank the editor (Mr. W. Livingston), as well as place on record their high appreciation of his untiring efforts to make it the interesting medium of photographic information it was. The thanks of the society are due to the publishers of the Australian Photographic Journal, Australasian Photo Review, Sharland's New Zealand Photographer, and the Bromide Monthly, for the supply of the above journals; also to Mr. Bernhard Wachtl Wein for a very handsomely bound catalog of photographic apparatus".



24th April 1903
Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 12645
Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11869

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The adjourned annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held last evening in the society's rooms, Liverpool street, and was attended by about 20 members.

Mr. R. Chisholm, president of the society, occupied the chair, and said that at last meeting they were in the unfortunate position of having no quorum. It was so far gratifying to see that that difficulty had been overcome. In moving the adoption of the report (already published) and the balance sheet it was not necessary for him to occupy much time, as everything was very clearly and explicitly set forth in them. It was to be regretted that the report was not more favorable. When they considered, the large additions to the ranks of photographers in Dunedin during the past 12 months, it was a matter for surprise that instead of the number of members becoming decreased it had not been considerably augmented. This had not happened, and it now required the most earnest and careful consideration to devise some means by which greater interest and sympathy could be aroused. He regretted that he had not been able to give the time necessary to taking an intelligent interest in the affairs of the society, as he would have liked, and probably there were others in the same position. It was not the fault of the committee that greater success had not attended the efforts put forth last year. They had gone to considerable trouble to get gentlemen competent to give illustrations and exhibitions, but the number that had attended those illustrations and exhibitions was very discouraging. The committee had seriously looked the whole position it the face, and had come to the conclusion that one of two things was desirable: either that the existing society should be placed in a better position, so as to elicit the sympathy and support of photographers, or that the society should be abandoned altogether, a course that they were very reluctant to recommend. One thing that had discouraged the committee, and marred their efforts to make the society a success more than anything else, was referred to in the report. It could hardly be credited that in a society like theirs, which sought to provide every comfort and convenience for members, that some should be guilty of indulging in what could only be termed vandalism. The committee were determined, if the society continued, that such acts as had been committed during the past 12 months should be put down, The streak of sunshine that was met with in the report was the existence of a credit balance. When a society was sinking it required a secretary such as they had to bring about that result. No words could adequately express the appreciation of the committee at the work Mr. Webb had done in connection with wiping off the debt and leaving the society with a credit balance.

Mr. Abercrombie seconded the motion for the adoption of the report and balance sheet; and the Secretary having, in reply to a question, stated that the property of the society was worth about £30, the motion was carried.

The Secretary then read letters from Messrs Leary and Livingstone, the former stating that he would support either a new or the old society, and the latter setting out his ideas at considerable length as to the future of the society.

A lengthy conversational discussion followed as to the constitution and rules of the society. The first resolution submitted was - "That the society be in future called 'The Dunedin Camera Club'. An amendment — "That the society be wound up" — was lost, and it was finally resolved — "That the old title of 'Dunedin Photographic Society' be retained".

It was further resolved as follows: "The objects of the society shall be to encourage the study and practice of artistic and scientific photography, by meetings or otherwise.

The officers shall consist of a president, two Vice-Presidents, a treasurer and secretary. The committee shall consist of the officers and six members, all of whom shall be elected annually, and who shall have the entire management of the affairs of the society.

The society shall consist of active, life, and honorary members. Active members must be proposed and seconded, and shall be elected by the committee — one black ball to exclude.

The committee may elect as a life member of the society any person whom they consider has rendered the society meritorious service. Honorary and life members of the society shall be elected only by the unanimous vote of the entire committee.

The subscription for active members shall be: Gentlemen, £1 1s; ladies, honorary and country members, 10s 6d. To ensure continuance of membership, subscriptions should be paid not later than the date of the July meeting.

Any member removing without permission, or willfully damaging or destroying, any of the society's property will forthwith be expelled, and forfeit all rights to membership.

The year shall commence on 1st April, and the annual general meeting shall be held in that month. The society shall meet on the second Thursday in each month. Any visitor to Dunedin may be invited by members to the meetings. At all general meetings 10, and at all committee meetings four, shall form a quorum.

A vote of thanks to the chair closed the meeting.



29th August 1903  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11978

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The usual monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the rooms on Thursday 20th August, when, as anticipated, there was a good attendance of members to witness Mr. A.J. Bath’s demonstration of lantern-slide making.

Mr. Bath said that as with bromide papers so with lantern plates — there were various kinds and qualities, some being suitable for making slides by reduction in the camera some better for contact printing, while others could be used for both purposes. He would use Thomas’s plates that evening, as they were suitable for either reduction or contact printing, and gave a long range of tones from black to red. While various developers could be employed, he advised beginners to use those recommended by the makers, full particulars of which accompanied each box of plate. Metol-hydrokinone was a favorite with many on account of its rapidity and cleanliness, also for the fine blue-black tones it gave. With Thomas’s plates, when using their pyro-ammonia developer, we had considerable latitude in the matter of exposure. At this time of year, about noon on a bright day, reducing from a half-plate negative of medium density required about 30 second exposure, but 40 second to 50 second could be given with equally good results, the development in the latter case being shorter. With pyro-ammonia the image had a veiled appearance during development, but gave a beautiful clear slide of purple tone when fixed, which did not lose in density in the hypo bath, as a metol-hydrokinone developed one did. It was not advisable to intensify a slide that was too thin; but it was better to over than under develop, as it was a simple matter to reduce, an over dense slide. A slight reduction generally improved a slide, as it cleared away any veiling of the high lights. Development took from three to twelve minutes but was greatly affected by the temperature of the developer, which should be slightly warmed in cold weather. The lecturer then developed a couple of plates that he had exposed during the day in the society’s reducing camera, and several others exposed by contact, giving the latter 50 second exposure at distances of from two to three feet from an ordinary gas burner. All the plate made excellent slides, and as the development was slow, the members were able to watch the operations closely. Mr. Bath advised beginners not to be discouraged at a few failures, and, above all things, not to bind up their slides until they were satisfied by trial in the lantern that they were worth binding, as it required an expert to know a good slide by merely looking at it. In conclusion, Mr. Barth exhibited upon the screen a number of fine slides he had made of the West Coast Sounds, one or two of which were on Alpha lantern plate, which illustrated the warm tints that could be obtained with them. A hearty vote of thanks to the lecturer for his instructive demonstration brought the meeting to a close.



12th September 1903  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 11990

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society Mr. J. Skottowe Webb, the popular and energetic secretary, gave a demonstration of 'Bromide Enlarging by Artificial Light', before a good attendance of members.

Mr. Webb, in his introductory remarks, said that of all the various photographic printing processes there was none probably more fascinating, or that gave more pleasure, than that of making enlargements on bromide paper, as it enabled the possessor of the smallest camera to enlarge his pictures to sizes suitable for framing or exhibition purposes. The successful making of an enlargement depended upon the following factors — viz., a suitable light, a good negative, securing a sharp image, and giving the correct exposure. With regard to the first, artificial light was handier and more under control than daylight, and by using it more certain results were likely to be attained. A good oil lamp might be used, a Welsbach gas burner or acetylene was better, while undoubtedly limelight was the best. For the purposes of the demonstration he would use a Welsbach burner, one of which, specially adapted for use in the lantern, had been lent him by Mr. A. Fieldwick. As to negatives suitable for making enlargements from, it was most important that they should be perfectly sharp, otherwise it was impossible to make a good enlargement. The shadows should be full of detail, and there should be no violent contrasts in density, otherwise the resulting print would be hard and chalky. As there was always a loss of sharpness in enlargements, it was important to exercise care in focusing the image upon the screen. As this was sometimes a difficult matter when using a poor light or dense negative, a simple way out of the difficulty was to rule with a sharp penknife a number of lines on the film side of an old negative, and use this for focusing. Enlarging brought out the good or bad qualities of a lens, and to illustrate this point Mr. Webb threw upon the screen an image, using for the purpose a lens of the portrait combination, such as are usually supplied with magic lanterns. It was found quite impossible to focus the image sharply all over, as when the center was sharp the edges of the picture were very fuzzy, or if the edges were sharpened then the center became fuzzy. This was due to a defect (more or less inherent to all the old forms of lenses) known as curvature of the field. A modern (Goerz) half-plate double anastigmat lens was then substituted, when it was found that the image produced by it was sharp from the center to the edges, even when used at its full aperture. With regard to the exposure necessary, the lecturer said that this would vary according to the light employed, the lens used, the size of the enlargement, and the density and color of the negative. As the general principles of exposure for bromide papers had been gone into rather fully by Mr. Fletcher at a previous demonstration, it would be unnecessary for him to enlarge upon it then. It was better, however, until one became familiar with, the light employed, to use small strips of bromide papers as test pieces, pin them on the screen, expose for a given time, and develop. One or two trials would soon give an idea of the correct exposure, and save wasting large pieces of paper. Any of the usual bromide paper developers could be employed according to fancy. He would use metol-hydroquinone. After exposure, the paper should be soaked in clean water before pouring on the developer, as this ensured even development. Mr. Webb then proceeded to make several enlargements, using quarter-plate negatives, and enlarging up to 12in by 10in. The first (a pretty creek scene at Outram) was given a minute's exposure, and produced a capital picture. The second (a general view of Broad Bay) required a little "dodging" in the exposure. The foreground was given twenty seconds, the middle distance one minute, and the clouds two minutes, the thinner portions being shaded while the denser parts were being exposed. The resulting picture was all that could be desired. Two members submitted negatives, from which good enlargements were brought a most successful demonstration to a close.

The society's lantern was brought into use, and a number of lantern slides were exhibited by the president (Mr.R. Chisholm) and Mr. R.C. Fletcher. This was Mr. Chisholm's first attempt in this branch of photography, and he is to be congratulated on his success. Mr. Fletcher's slides created considerable interest, as they were views of the great Waimangu Geyser and district. One or two of them illustrated magnificent eruptions of the famous geyser. As Mr. Fletcher, has visited the locality several times, his remarks were listened to with interest.

A vote of thanks to Mr. Webb for his demonstration brought the meeting to a close.



14th March 1904  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 12144

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The ordinary meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the rooms on Thursday evening. There was an excellent attendance. The president (Mr. R. Chisholm), who was in the chair, before calling on Mr. J.R. Morris jun., to commence the business of the evening mentioned that there was amongst them that evening some distinguished visitors in the persons of Mr. W. Reid (the famous photographer of animals, of Wishaw, Scotland), Mr. Stark (electrical engineer, from America), and a visitor from London, and he was pleased to welcome them to the society's rooms. He also drew attention to an addition of three beautiful pictures to the society's collection, two of which were the work of Mr. Reid, of Wishaw, and were kindly lent by the owner (Mr. R.A. Ewing), and the other was a present from the Kodak Company to the society. The latter is a fine enlargement on the company's royal bromide paper, and toned with alum and hypo, the whole making a good show on the walls, and he was sure would be duly appreciated by members.

He would pass round for members inspection a novelty in the shape of a daylight developing dish, brought there by Mr. C. Sundstrom. He was also pleased to pass round for their edification a large number of bromide prints by Mr. W. Reid and Mr. Stark. He hoped that members would get many tips from their study of them.

With regard to the demonstration for the evening, the society were indebted to Mr. Morris for being present, and they were pleased to welcome him amongst them. The chief business of the evening was to show them a simple appliance for the easy manipulation of bromide papers when making enlargements without the use of pins. Mr. Morris then produced an ordinary drawing board, which was placed upon an easel, and having attached to it at top and bottom two strips of wood, which are fixed together by hinges so as to open and shut, and attached to the board by means of bolts, which pass through narrow slots in the board, one at top and the other at the bottom, to allow the strips to be raised or lowered as required. These hinged strips of wood are made so as to secure the paper to the board, and are held tight by means of small brass springs cut down from the springs on the back of an ordinary printing frame and fastened on top. On the sides are fixed larger brass spring, under which are inserted two flat strips of wood, when using the larger sizes of paper, or two pieces made in the shape of a T square for small sizes of paper. The whole contrivance is very ingenious, and extremely simple to work. Whilst Mr. Morris was explaining the latter, he demonstrated how easily the largest sizes of paper were manipulated, and also how, by the aid of the T-shaped pieces, even the very smallest pieces of paper were securely held in any desired position without trouble. Altogether the demonstration was most successful, and the members closely examined and tested for themselves the simplicity of the apparatus. At the close, Mr. Morris was accorded a hearty vote of thanks for the trouble he had taken in explaining his apparatus, and the hope was expressed that he would at some future date again give the society the benefit of his presence.

The lantern was then brought into use, and a large number of excellent views of "Old Dunedin" (the work of Messrs Chisholm and A.J. Barth) were projected on the screen, followed by views of Lakes Manapouri and Te Anau and Stewart Island scenery. This concluded one of the most successful meetings that have been held for a long time. Before dispersing, the secretary handed to members a number of sample packets of the "Barnett" plates and papers, members promising to show the results obtained at the next meeting.



20th December 1904  Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 13161

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The usual monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the rooms, Liverpool street, on Thursday evening, when there was a good muster of members. The subject for the evening was a demonstration of platinotype toning, and was conducted by Messrs E.J. Fenn and J. Stuart White. The paper used was Ilford platona, and the tones produced were pronounced excellent by all present. A short resume of this process — which deserves to be more widely known and used on account of its charming effects and undoubted permanence — will be of interest: The paper is procured in air-tight tins, and must be protected from damp when once the tin has been opened. It is printed like ordinary P.O.P. till all the detail is faintly visible, and then developed in a cheap and simple developer and cleared in very weak hydrochloric acid. No hypo is used at all. This finishes, the prints if they are required black. Tones to red chalk or down to a chocolate brown can be easily got, or, if desired, a fine blue by using the following bath after thoroughly clearing the prints in the hydrochloric acid bath:

(a) Uranium nitrate, 20 grains; hydrochloric acid, 1 dram; water, 10 ounces.
(b) Potassium ferricyanide, 20 grains; hydrochloric acid, 1 dram; water, 10 ounces.

Mix the two solutions just before use, and add 20gr to 30gr of soda sulphite. Dissolve this latter thoroughly. For red, sepia, and chocolate, choose light prints, as the bath intensifies considerably. Reds are got with a fresh bath; sepias and chocolate after three or four prints have been toned. Toning is complete in about three minutes. Clear in two baths of hydrochloric acid 1 dram, water 15 ounces, and wash for 10 to 15 minutes. For blue tones develop as usual; immerse in the fixing bath for 10 seconds only, and immediately transfer to toning bath; clear in one bath of hydrochloric acid solution as above, and wash for 10 minutes. Blue tones may be got in a bath previously used for red, but never vice versa. The blue and red prints must not touch each other. A vote of thanks was passed to the operators for their interesting demonstration.

The society's second circulating album is nearly ready now, and will be issued to members at the New Year. The pictures in the field day competition arc also being handed in, and show evidence of careful and artistic work.

For the remainder of the current year: to 31st March 1905 - new members will be charged only 10s 6d, instead of the full subscription, and so up-to-date an institution should be better known than it is.



17th April 1905
Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 13260
Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 12481

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual general meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the rooms, Liverpool street, on Thursday evening, when there was a fair attendance of members.

The annual report and balance sheet were presented for approval, and adopted unanimously. The report stated, that the year had been concluded with a fair credit balance, the membership had increased, and the personnel of the new members led the committee to hope for an active year for the society. During the incoming year it is proposed to hold a series of monthly demonstrations, starting at what should be the first step in photography — namely, the composition of the picture, and working through all, the various processes if time will permit. A successful field day competition is now drawing to a close, but results cannot yet be declared, as there is one excursion yet to be held. The second circulating album is now on its rounds, and contains some excellent work. The exhibition of pictures in the rooms has been augmented by several really high class additions, the most notable being two autotypes by Mr. Charles Reid, of Wishaw, and a bird study by Mr. W.A. Taylor. Eight different photographic journals have been kept on the table for the use and information of members. On the whole the past year may be said to have been a very successful one. It was resolved that the action of the committee in writing to the relatives of the late Mr. A.J. Barth be approved, and that a minute be recorded to that effect. Mention was made of the good work done by Mr. Barth for the society, and of his willingness at all times to help those coming after him, even when he did so at considerable personal inconvenience.

It was decided that an enlarging lantern for use with plates up to 7x5 be provided for use with artificial light, the cost not to exceed £10. The committee subsequently appointed Messrs E.J. Fenn, J.P. Nelson and E.E. Stark to get the work done.

The business being concluded, the remainder of the evening was spent in examining members slides with the society's lantern, some excellent slides being shown.

A vote of thanks to the chairman (Mr. W. Gow) concluded the proceedings.



12th June 1905  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 13307

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
On Thursday evening the Dunedin Photographic Society held its regular monthly meeting in the rooms, Liverpool street, when between 30 and 40 members were present. Mr. W. Livingston was to have shown methods of improving negatives, but unfortunately his lecture had to be postponed till next month. Mr. J. Peel Nelson stepped into the breach and gave members a first class practical demonstration of bromide enlarging with the society's new gaslight enlarger. A test strip of bromide paper was first tried at one, two, three, and four minutes, and showed two minutes to be the correct exposure. A 15 x 12 enlargement, was then made from a quarter-plate negative, and the result showed the apparatus to be a very satisfactory one in every respect.

Mr. H.L. Sprosen's offer of a daylight enlarger as a prize to be competed for by members of the society was accepted with thanks, and it was arranged that the judging should take place at the next monthly meeting. The Secretary announced that members might put in as many exhibits as they pleased for this competition, provided each exhibit was accompanied by a coupon.

A committee meeting was held, at which 12 new members were elected. It was decided that a series of five subjects should be chosen for the five monthly meetings from August to December (inclusive), and that the first subject should be "Street Scenes". Members will, therefore, bring mounted prints illustrative of the above to the August meeting. The Secretary announces that the membership is fast approaching its workable limit, but that a few new members can still be admitted. Application may be made to any member or to the secretary — Mr. J. Stuart White, Exchange Court, 93 Princes street.



15th July 1905
Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 13336
Page 12 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 12557

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the rooms, Liverpool street, on Thursday evening when a good number of members were present despite the unpleasant weather. The first business of the evening was a lecture on toning and finishing P.O.P., by Mr. W. Esquilant, Manager of the Exchange Court Studio, Princes street. Mr. Esquilant handled his subject admirably, and none of those present could fail to receive some useful hints during the course of the lecture and the practical demonstration. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded to the lecturer for his kindness.

The meeting then went on to judge the prints submitted for competition for the enlarging camera presented by Mr. H. L. Sprosen, of George street. These numbered over 50, and were a very meritorious lot. The judging was by popular vote, and the winner turned up in Mr. George Crombie, who also took second place. The winning picture an excellent enlargement of a batch of puppies, and the second a fine cloud effect. Other members who were near the top were Mrs J.M. Smith and Messrs J. Richardson and J. Laing.

Next meeting all members are to bring a mounted print illustrative of a street scene. This is the first of the five subject competition, and should be well supported. Messrs Harrington and Co., of Sydney, sent some "artlyte", a fast gas-light paper, for trial, and this will probably form the subject for the September meeting.



15th September 1905  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 12610

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the rooms, Liverpool street, last evening, when a good number of members turned out.

The subject was 'Lantern Slides', and was handled in a masterly manner by Mr. W.A. Taylor. Mr. Taylor gave an exhibition of the process of lantern slide making from start to finish, and the lantern was brought into requisition to show off slides made by Mr. Taylor and other members. These included a very fine set of carbon transparency and other slides made by Mr. J. Blair Mason.

The competition in child pictures brought forward a very good batch of prints. The street scene pictures were laid on the table with the judges remarks attached. Mr. J. R. Morris (honorary judge) remarked that this was the best set of pictures he had yet seen from the society. It was announced that Mr. H.L. Sprosen had offered another £3 10s daylight enlarger for competition on lines similar to the last one. The lecture for next month will be on 'Composition' and the monthly competition subject 'Animals'. Mr. Sprosen's pictures will also be judged by members at this meeting.



9th February 1906  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 12733

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the rooms, Liverpool street, last evening, when there was a good attendance of members. The subject for the evening was ‘Flashlight Photography', and two subjects were arranged and photographed by about half a dozen members. An adjournment was then made to the dark room, and some of the plates were developed. The results proved excellent. Several fine enlargements were handed in for the "still life" competition, which is the final class of the five-subject competition. The Hon.Secretary (Mr. J. Stuart White, 98 Princes street) announced that a new circulating album was about, to be started, and called the attention of members to the photographic exhibitions in connection with the Kaikorai School and the Cape Town Photographic Society. The current year ends this month, and intending members should apply to the Hon.Secretary at once.



10th March 1906  Page 9 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 12758

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The boisterous nature of Thursday evening did not deter about thirty members of the Dunedin Photographic Society from turning out to the regular monthly meeting, and of these about a dozen were lady members. Mr. J. Stuart White showed that gaslight prints, if well exposed, could be cleared of the ugly brown stains produced by careless fixation by treating them with a weak solution of ferricyanide of potassium and hypo. Mr. W.E. Allen showed, a simple but artistic way of making border masks for postcards, and Mr. Crombie submitted cards made by the process described. Mr. Allen also shortly called attention to the simplicity of a new self-toning paper, which gave sepia carbon effects with a minimum of trouble. Mr. E.J. Fenn successfully demonstrated that excellent red, brown, and sepia tones could be got on the Gravura make of gaslight paper by development only, the tones being very pure and clean. The still-life competition points were returned, and the judge's (Mr. J.R. Morris) comments thereon briefly referred to by the secretary. This was the last of the five subject competitions, and the winning place is taken by Mr. J. Stuart White, closely followed by Messrs A.A. Binnie and J. Permin. The final portion of the evening was occupied by a developing competition — tentative method v. factorial. The results of this will not be fully known till next month, when prints from the different negatives will be submitted. Some excellent points from flashlight negatives taken at last meeting were shown. A committee meeting was held subsequently, when the following members were elected: Messrs G.W. Bennett, R. Clark, R.S. Gilkison, T. Macgibbon, W.E. Williams, and P. Wynn-Williams. It was decided to obtain a sample bronze plaque from Home, with a view to having something better to show than the every-day gold medal.



26th April 1906  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 12797

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual report of the Dunedin Photographic Society states that for the ensuing year they are promised some more advanced work, including the three-color process. Several competitions were held during the year. The field day competition was won by Mr. G. Crombie, who was closely followed by Messrs J. Stuart White and E.J. Fenn. Mr. Sprosen presented two daylight enlargers for competition, both being won by Mr. Crombie. The five-subject competition was won by Mr. J. Stuart White, with Mr. Permin second and Mr. Binnie third. Mr. Binnie had the honor of taking first place in landscape photography at the Christchurch Exhibition against all comers. The report also adds: "The Society have still a few members who could be done without. We refer to those who habitually leave papers all over the floor and books scattered about, but we are glad to say these few are not so much in evidence as formerly".



28th April 1906
Page 5 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 13579
Page 12 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 12799

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, held on Thursday night, was attended by some 20 members. Mr. W. Gow (president of the society) occupied the chair. In moving the adoption of the report (already published) and balance sheet, he congratulated the secretary on the position of the society.

It was decided that a small exhibition be held during the ensuing year, and that the society's dark rooms be enlarged, and made more convenient for member's using them. It was also decided that, in future all prize pictures should become the property of the society, and be hung on the walls of the society's rooms.



11th August 1906  Page 10 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 13669

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society held its regular monthly meeting on Thursday evening in the Liverpool street rooms. There was a record attendance of members and visitors, over 60 being present. The evening's entertainment was a lecture by Mr. Robert Chisholm, in which he took the members round the globe in the space of an hour and a half. Over a hundred pictures were thrown, on the screen by the society's lantern illustrative of the various places visited by the lecturer, and almost all from negatives of his own taking. It may readily he imagined by those who know Mr. Chisholm's faculty for going through a place with the seeing eye and afterwards describing what he has seen that there was not a dull moment in the lecture from start to finish. A hearty vote of thanks to the lecturer was moved by the President (Mr. E.E. Stark), was carried by acclamation, thanks also being accorded to the lantern operator, Mr. W.E. Allen.



21st September 1906
Page 324 - Vol. 13 No. 9 The Australasian Photographic Review

EVENING ON THE OWAKA RIVER, N.Z.
From a print on Pearl Bromide
by GEORGE CROMBIE, Dunedin, New Zealand
Awarded First Prize in the "A.P.R" Competition

22nd October 1906
Page 377 - Vol. 13 No. 10 The Australasian Photographic Review

HOMEWARDS
From a photograph
by GEORGE CROMBIE, Dunedin, New Zealand

HOME LESSONS
From a photograph
by GEORGE CROMBIE, Dunedin, New Zealand
made on a rapid Isochromatic unbacked plate; exposure, 1 1/4 minutes F6., by lamplight.

15th February 1907  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 13047

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A number of the members of the Dunedin Photographic Society met in the rooms, Liverpool street, last evening and listened to Mr. Binnie explaining the action and effect on negatives of the ingredients used in the pyro-soda developer. The usual custom of questions being asked at the close of an address was departed from, but the demonstrator was bombarded with queries as he went along. This, however, did not alarm him, for he kept the consecutiveness of his subject going whilst at the same time he imparted more instruction than he would possibly otherwise have done. The photographs taken at the field day competition at Silverstream were on view, and great interest was taken in them. Mr. G. Crombie’s picture, adjudged by Mr. Morris to be the winner, was a fine piece of work.



18th April 1907  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 13880
19th April 1907  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 12640

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The following report for the year ended 31st March will be presented to members of the Dunedin Photographic Society at the annual meeting:

On referring to the balance sheet you will see that the credit balance is £1 7s 11d. Included in the receipts, however, is £4 10s, being subscriptions for the year 1907-8 paid in advance. The treasurer draws attention to the fact that the liabilities are practically nil - the only debt being a few shillings, balance due on account of the expense in connection with the exhibition of the pictures from Home. Taking everything into consideration, the position is satisfactory, being considerably better than it has been for the majority of recent years. The only items that call for special mention are alterations amounting to £9 1s 2d, and water £3 3s. The expenditure for alterations represents the cost of the partitions which divide the dark room into separate compartments. This work was carried out during the financial year, and the convenience the members derive fully justifies the money paid for the work, which was carried out at cost price by Mr. M'Gill, one of the members of the society. Your committee takes this opportunity of expressing its thanks to Mr. M'Gill for his kindness in assisting the society in this matter. The reason for referring to the other item — viz., water £3 3s - is to make an appeal to members to take care that they do not use a larger quantity than necessary. Attention to this, and also to the gas jets, will save the society a considerable sum in the course of the year. In November last the society lost the valuable assistance of Mr. J. Stuart White, who had carried out the duties of secretary, treasurer, and editor of the Budget in a most energetic and efficient manner. Mr. J. Crombie very kindly offered to act as secretary and treasurer free of charge, and carries out the duties attached to the position in a very zealous and efficient way. There will be a saving of £10 per annum by the new arrangement, which is a very considerable sum to a small society like ours, which has a membership of 55. Mr. Allen has taken up the editorship of the Budget, which, as you are aware, is published by Messrs Kempthorne, Prosser, and Co. Your committee regrets to have to say that the last circulating album, which was being circulated amongst the members, has been lost. Mr. White omitted to take a note of the name of a member who borrowed it for inspection in the usual manner, and as that member has not returned it; the secretary has been unable to forward it to the winner, Mr. S. Richards. During the last 12 months your committee has organized excursions on all suitable public holidays. As these outings have proved an unqualified success, the incoming committee is recommended to hold as many of these expeditions as possible. Several members have been successful in photographic exhibitions and competitions during the year just completed, including the recent, Tasmanian competition and the Christchurch International Exhibition now in progress. In May last Mr. Chisholm very kindly presented the society with an arrangement for holding bromide paper when making an enlargement. The frame is a very useful accessory, and saves a lot of trouble when enlarging.



10th April 1907  Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 12658

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The members of the Dunedin Photographic Society and their friends to the number of between forty and fifty gathered in the rooms, Liverpool street, last evening, and spent an enjoyable time with picture, song, and story. Mr. Chisholm, the newly-elected president of the society, made an excellent chairman, being full of humor. When he did condescend for a few moments to indulge in serious speech, he reminded his hearers that a sufficiently high value was not placed on pictures as an educative agent for all classes of the community, although great strides were being made in the right direction by most countries. He professed himself unable to congratulate the society on their selection of a president, but he could heartily and conscientiously do so on the courage shown in electing Miss Mackenzie as one of their Vice-Presidents. It would always give him great pleasure to consult with such a colleague, who, he was sure, would ever be ready to tender advice sound and good. On small tables scattered round the room were numerous stereoscopic pictures and plenty of instruments through which to view them. Several dozens of lantern pictures were thrown on a large screen by Mr. W.E. Allen. The first set of slides was the production of the late Mr. A.J. Barth, and represented some fine English and New Zealand views. the second set was the work of Mr. S. Rawson, among these being some very artistic flower studies. The third set comprised magnificent views of scenery taken by the secretary (Mr. G. Crombie) during an overland trip to Milford. The principal share of the musical part of the social was provided by Mrs Dempster, who had good lieutenants in Miss R. Dundon, Miss Burke, and Mrs W. Reid. It must not be supposed that the male element was altogether in the background, however, for good songs were sung by Messrs Binnie, Lyttelton, Gray, and Sutherland, while Messrs Dempster and E. Stark contributed recitation and story.



21st May 1907  Page 196 - Vol. 14 No. 5 Australasian photo-review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on the 11th April. Mr. R. Chisholm (of Scoullar and Chisholm) was elected President for the current year. Mr. W.E. Allen and Miss MacKenzie were elected Vice-Presidents, while Mr. G. Crombie (Hon. Secretary and Treasurer), Mr. J.R. Moris (Hon. Judge), Mr. W. Gow (Hon. Auditor), and Mr. Allen, were re elected. In addition to the above the following members were appointed to seats on the Committee: Miss Weir, Messrs. Ewing, Stark, Rayner, Permin, and Taylor.

There has been a very large influx or new members lately, amateur photographers realizing, no doubt the benefits to be derived from joining the Society. They have the use of splendidly equipped dark rooms, with gas and water laid on, and a small army of dishes of all sorts and sizes. In the next room a perfect enlarging apparatus is in position for use at a moment’s notice. In the main room there is a very handy camera for making lantern-slides — a very popular branch of photography amongst the members, who show the result of their labors on a large sheet erected in the front room. Members are allowed to borrow the lantern that belongs to the Society upon making application to the Secretary.

In addition to all these benefits members have the advantage of gaining the assistance and experience of their fellow members, who give demonstrations upon all branches of photography at the meetings.



14th June 1907  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 12688

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Last evening an interesting demonstration on the making of enlarged pictures from negatives was given by Mr. W.E. Allen before a good attendance of the members of the Dunedin Photographic Society. Several High School pupils attended, and keenly watched every detail of the process. The society have extended a cordial invitation to all scholars of the school interested in photography to come to future lectures and demonstrations.



9th July 1907  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 12709

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A meeting of the Committee of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the club room last evening, when the president (Mr. R. Chisholm) was asked and consented to deliver a lecture in the Victoria Hall on the 29th July, on his recent tour abroad. As Mr. Chisholm possesses a numerous and interesting collection of lantern slides with which to illustrate his lecture, an entertaining evening should be spent. Final details in connection with the annual display of pictures taken by members were arranged, and the date of the opening was fixed for Thursday night, August 1.



29th July 1907  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 12726

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Our readers are reminded that a lecture entitled "Round the World with a Camera" will be delivered in the Victoria Hall this evening by Mr. R. Chisholm, president of the Dunedin Photographic Society. A large number of lantern slides will be used to illustrate the various points of interest.



30th July 1907  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 13968

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
"Round the World with a Camera" was the subject of a lecture given under the auspices of the Dunedin Photographic Society by Mr. R. Chishoim (president) at the Victoria Hall last evening. Mr. Chisholm took his audience (per lantern slide) round the globe, visiting Colombo, Aden, Suez, Marseilles, Paris, London, Scotland, Canada, and the Pacific Islands. The lecturer, like many others before him, found Port Said "the filthiest place in the world", where nothing is clean except the coal dust. Some excellent photographs of the Mediterranean and Paris were shown, notably a very fine one of the Madelline. London, with its lions, was touched upon, and the lecturer hurried on to Scotland, Edinburgh, Glasgow, and Aberdeen were shown and expatiated upon, and some interesting scenes were placed on the screen, including that of the ruined home of the little known but brilliant Scotch poet Bruce, the best of whose poems were stolen by one Logan and published under his name. The Trossachs were also visited, and the Lake district, the loch system, by which the steamers on the canals are raised from sea level to 100 ft above it, being portrayed with interesting detail. Another beautiful historic picture was that of Flodden Field, showing where Robert Bruce on his pony turned the tide of battle with his battle-axe. Ballater and the old "brigs" and coach roads were excellent expositions of photographic art. The Wallace monument, Holyrood, Prince Arthur's Seat, the Forth bridge, and other historic and modern features of Scotland followed each other in quick succession. Some of the best pictures were undoubtedly those of old Scotch villages half asleep in an atmosphere of contentment, with purple heather-clad mountains towering grandly in the background. The lecturer was happy in his portrayal of the Burns country, and the cottage home of the poet, his monument, the scenery from which he drew his inspiration, and the old, ruined chapel which was responsible for "Tam o' Shanter", were shown in turn. Some excellent seascapes and views on the voyage across the three oceans were by no means the least interesting part of the lecture. Mr. Chisholm kept up a running fire of comment and explanation and told many amusing anecdotes apropos of the scenes portrayed. The lantern was manipulated by Mr. J.M. Jones, and during the evening songs were sung by Mrs Monkman-Dempster and Miss R. Dundon played various piano solos.



30th July 1907  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 12727
31st July 1907  Page 52 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2785

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A CAMERA TOUR
Last night, in the Victoria Hall, Mr. R. Chisholm, president, of the Dunedin Photographic Society, showed to a numerous assembly what lasting pleasures a camera worker may derive from a trip round the world, in a prolonged tour such as Mr. Chisholm enjoyed the difficulty would be not what to "snap", but what to pass by. But the president of the Photographic Society exercised sound judgment, and it is an open question whether anyone who has made the round-the-world tour has a more interesting set of pictures. In the course, of a two-hours address he revealed the beauty-spots, busy corners, and peculiarities of Ceylon, Suez, France, the Home Land, Canada, and the Pacific Islands. Mr. J.M. Jones tended the lantern successfully. Miss R. Dundon supplied an opening pianoforte solo and also took part in a pianoforte duet, with Mrs Monkman-Dempster. The meeting accorded Mr. Chisholm a genuine vote of thanks.



2nd August 1907  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 12730

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Commencing to-night, the Dunedin Photographic Society will give an exhibition of their work in their rooms, Liverpool street.



2nd August 1907  Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 12730

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
AN EXHIBITION OF WORK by Members of the Dunedin Photographic Society will be held in the Society's Rooms, South British Insurance Building, Liverpool street.

FRIDAY 2nd, SATURDAY 3rd, MONDAY 5th, and TUESDAY 6th, from 8pm to 10pm.

Lantern Slides every Evening. Admission, Free.



3rd August 1907
Page 5 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 13972
Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 12731
7th August 1907
Page 88 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2786

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society is now holding an exhibition of work by its members in its rooms in Liverpool street (above the South British Insurance Company's office).

The exhibition will be open for several evenings, and admission is free. About 100 pictures are exhibited, the following being exhibitors: Miss Farra, Misses Watkins, Messrs Jackson, Gamble, R. Chisholm, W.E. Allen, A.A. Binnie, C.O. M'Kellar, J.N. Taylor, W.A. Taylor, J. Permin, G. Crombie, W.M. Rayner, S.A. Beck, W.J. Carr, A.E. Hammer, E.E. Stark, and J.S. Webb.

The work of the Misses Watkins is deserving of special notice, their best pictures being "Little Wistful" and "Little Sleepy Head". "In Wellington Harbour" is a very fine landscape by Mr. H. Gamble, the delicacy of the work being remarkable. "An Old Salt", by Mr. A.A. Binnie is a capital photo of an old man. "Fire! Fire!" by Mr. J.N. Taylor has the stamp of merit upon it, and as an example of rapid work it stands unique in the exhibition. "Mac" is an excellent study of a dog by Mr. J. Permin, and has a very effective lighting. "Joey", a bird study, by W.A. Taylor, has been pleasantly caught. "A Fisherman's Home", by Mr. George Crombie, is a pleasing composition, very suitably printed and framed. "To Pastures New", is Mr. E.E. Stark's best picture, and is a beautiful example of carbon work.



5th August 1907  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 12732

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The exhibition of work now being given by members of the Dunedin Photographic Society at their rooms, Liverpool street, was largely attended on Saturday night, and the various specimens of photographic art were most favorably commented on. A number of lantern slides by Mr. G. Permin and the late Mr. A.J. Barth were shown on the screen. The exhibition will be open again this evening, when a number of slides by Mr. R. Chisholm will be shown. Admission is free



6th August 1907  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 12733

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
There was another large attendance at the Dunedin Photographic Society exhibition last evening, and the various examples of photographic art were much admired, as were also the lantern slides, which included some by Messrs W.A. Taylor, William Raynor, J. Permin, and G. Crombie. As to-night will be the last opportunity of viewing the pictures, all interested in photography should make a point of being present. A number of lantern slides of Lake Manapouri and Catlins will be shown.



31st August 1907  Page 3 - TUAPEKA TIMES, VOLUME XXXIX, ISSUE 5469

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A VERY interesting lecture is announced to be given in the Presbyterian schoolroom on Tuesday evening. The speaker is Mr. R. Chisholm, of Dunedin, and his subject is "Round the World with a Camera". Mr. Chisholm recently delivered this lecture under the auspices of the Dunedin Photographic Society, and the Dunedin papers spoke very highly of its instructive and entertaining character.



21st April 1908  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 12931
23rd April 1908  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 14195

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual report of the Dunedin Photographic Society, to be presented to the annual meeting on Thursday, contains the following clauses: You will observe that the funds in hand amount to the small sum of 2s 1d, but it is very satisfactory to note that there are not any liabilities. The society has progressed steadily, though quietly, during the year just completed, one of the most pleasing features being that the membership has risen from fifty-five to seventy. Several improvements have been effected during your Committee's term of office, the most important items being the linoleum, which has been laid on the floor at a cost of £7, and the erection of blinds and backgrounds to form a studio for portraiture. The latter has been very largely used, and has fully justified the expenditure, which amounted to £2 8s 9d. A few accessories are urgently required, however, the most important being a rustic seat, or something of that sort, and a small fancy table. The cost would not be heavy, and the articles would be of great use to the members who take portraits. The circulating album was won by Mr. J. Permin, and the secretary has much pleasure in stating that the previous album, which was unfortunately mislaid, has been found, and handed to Mr. Richards, the winner. The thanks of the members are due to Mr. Stark, who has presented a very useful board on which to hang pictures, and to Mr. M'Leod, who has donated a shutter-testing machine. It has been thought advisable not to leave the latter in the rooms for fear of injury. Any member who wishes to test the speed of his shutter can obtain it on application to the secretary. An exhibition of members work was held in the rooms in August. The pictures were on view for a week, and were inspected by a large number of the public. Several most enjoyable outings and a social were held during the year, and the incoming Committee will no doubt arrange to repeat them as often as possible. The Committee wish specially to thank Mr. George Crombie, who has carried out the duties of secretary and treasurer in a most energetic and painstaking manner.



24th April 1908  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 14196
29th April 1908  Page 88 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2823

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held last evening, and was attended by about a dozen members. Mr. W.E. Alien, Vice-President, was in the chair.

Mr. Taine moved the adoption of the report (already published) and balance sheet, the latter showing that last year the credit balance was £1 12s 3d, while this year it was 2s 1d. This, however, was probably accounted for by greater calls on the society's business.

Mr. Taylor seconded the motion for the adoption of the report-and balance sheet, the motion being carried.

The Chairman, offered an apology on behalf of Mr. R. Chisholm for that gentleman's non-attendance. He explained that Mr. Chisholm's absence from meetings during the year was due to ill-health, the doctor having forbidden him from going out of a night.

Mr. Stark referred to the advisableness of getting better lighting for the room.

Mr. W. Gow mentioned that more had been done for members during the past year than in previous years. He moved a vote of thanks to the retiring committee, and particularly to Mr. Crombie, the secretary, the motion being carried.

The Chairman then presented an album containing photographs to Mr. Permin, who had won the album with a photograph of sheep, and the meeting terminated.



15th May 1908  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 12952

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A large number of the members of the Dunedin Photographic Society and their friends gathered together in the club rooms, Liverpool street, last evening, and spent an enjoyable time in examining photographs, in listening to song and recitation, and in taking part in various social amusements. The members who are competing in the photographic section at the forthcoming carnival to be held at Invercargill showed the pictures they intend to send down, and, as might be expected, an exceedingly interesting exhibit was the result. Most of the pictures are well conceived, whilst several of them show that the makers are possessed of that artistic temperament without which the production of exhibition work is almost an impossibility. It will be strange if more is not heard of three or four of these pictures. Songs were given by Messrs Binnie, Brooks, and C. Gray, and recitations by Miss Anderson. Miss Permin played a pianoforte solo, and Miss Dundon acted as accompanist throughout. Mr. W.E. Allen, Vice-President, took the place of the president (Mr. Stark), who was unable to be present owing to being called out of town. Before breaking up, a hearty vote of thanks was passed to Miss Mackenzie, to whom belonged the credit of making all the arrangements for the evening's entertainment. She was further honored by the company singing, 'For she’s a jolly good fellow'.



13th June 1908  Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 12977

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the rooms, Liverpool street, on Thursday evening. Mr. H.S. Webb presided, and, after apologizing for the absence of Mr. Stark, president of the society, introduced Mr. W. Simpson, who gave a very interesting lecture entitled 'A Thousand Miles Up the Nile', illustrated by lantern slides, Mr. Maitland Jones manipulating the lantern. Those present were also treated to a number of excellent lantern slides by Mr. George Crombie, depicting a trip to Milford Sound. Mr. Stevens, representative for Messrs Burroughs, Wellcome, and Co., gave a demonstration of "Tabloid Intensifier" to a few of the members. A hearty vote of thanks to Mr. Simpson concluded a pleasant evening.



14th August 1908  Page 5 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 14292

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, held in the rooms in Liverpool street last evening, was more than usually interesting. A splendid series of pictures depicting the marvelous scenery from Lake Te Anau overland to Milford Sound were thrown by limelight on a screen, and Mr. A.S. Adams, in well chosen descriptive words, portrayed the beauties of this portion of our southern wonderland. Mountain and lake, canyon and cascade, river and glacier, snow-clad ranges and deeply-indented precipitous crevasses, forests and luxuriant vegetation, mountain lilies and cloud and sunshine effects were each passed in review, and the word pictures of the lecturer, added to the excellence of the artistic photographs, taken under specially favorable circumstances, carried the audience for the time being in a realistic way through a paradise of scenic grandeur which is unsurpassed in any part of the world. The photographs were principally the work of Messrs Perrim, Raynor, and other members of the society, and some views were also supplied for the occasion by the Tourist Department. The lantern, a specially good one, was satisfactorily worked by Mr. Jones, and Mr. E.E. Stark, the president of the society, introduced the lecturer to the audience, and accorded him a cordial vote of thanks on behalf of the society at the conclusion of the lecture.



9th October 1908  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 13078

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
There was a good muster at the rooms of the Dunedin Photographic Society last evening, when Mr. A.A. Binnie gave an interesting discourse on the trimming and mounting of prints. He showed by a number of practical illustrations the various methods adopted in both the single and composite mounting.



6th November 1908
Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 13101
7th November 1908
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 14365
Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 13102
9th November 1908
Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 13103

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
THE THIRTY-SECOND ANNUAL EXHIBITION
Of the Society will be OPENED, ART GALLERY HALL

MONDAY, November 9th, 1908, At 8pm,
And Following Days, from 11am to 9.30pm

A representative Collection of Examples of the Work of Leading Artists of New Zealand and Australia, as well as several Loan Pictures by Noted Home and Continental Artists, is on view in the Gallery.

An ART UNION is held in connection with the Exhibition. Tickets, 2s 6d each.

The DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY are holding their Annual Show of Work in conjunction with the Art Society.

ADMISSION ... ONE SHILLING.



10th April 1909  Page 11 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 14030

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The following is the report of the Committee, of the Dunedin Photographic Society, to be presented to the annual meeting on April 15:

The funds to hand, as shown in the balance-sheet, amount to £24 1s 3d, as compared with 2s 1d at the last meeting. This accumulation of funds is due partly to the fact that your Committee, in anticipation of the alteration of the premises and the uncertainty of tenure at the time, did not think it advisable to go in for improvements. The closing of the rooms for three months also effected a saving in the gas and water accounts for the year.

During the period under review lectures and demonstrations have been given by the following, and were greatly appreciated: Mr. W. Simpson, 'A Thousand Miles up the Nile'; Mr. Taylor, 'How to Make Toned Lantern Slides'; Mr. A.S. Adams, 'Overland to Milford Sound'; Mr. W.E. Allen, 'Bromide Enlarging'; Mr. A.A. Binnie, 'How to Mount Photographs'; Mr. W.E. Allen, 'Ensigna Printing Paper'.

An exhibition of work by members of the society was held in the Art Gallery in November in conjunction with the annual exhibition of the Art Society. Out of seventy-five pictures submitted to the selector (Mr. J.R. Morris), sixty-seven were accepted and hung. It must have been gratifying to those members who offered specimens of their art to find so large a percentage accepted, and it is hoped that the success attained will be sufficient inducement to members that did not participate to come forward at any future exhibition that may be held.

The membership of the society now stands at fifty-five, a decrease of fifteen members during the year under review. By a coincidence, the membership is now the same in numbers that it was at the 1907 meeting. The subscriptions in arrears at the end of the past financial year amounted to £2 12s 6d.

Mr. W.M. Raynor, upon his removing to Auckland, resigned his seat upon your Committee, and Mr. J.P. Smith was elected in his place. On the eve of their retirement the Committee desire to thank those gentlemen who contributed to the success of the past year by giving lectures and demonstrations, and also to place upon record their sincere appreciation of the energy and time devoted to the interests of the society by the Honorary Secretary and Treasurer Mr. George Crombie. The publisher of the monthly 'Budget' (Mr. H.L. Sprosen) deserves the united thanks of the society.



17th April 1909  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 14500

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual general meeting of the members of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on Thursday evening. The president (Mr. E. Stark) occupied the chair.

The incoming committee was instructed to formulate a scheme for the holding of periodic competitions throughout the year, and for the holding of a grand combined exhibition and competition at the close of the twelve months.

The ex-President announced his intention of installing the electric light in the rooms, at his own expense, and he affirmed that a far better and a cheaper light than that of gas would be the result. The question of providing more efficient lighting in the dark rooms and in the enlarging lantern had occupied the attention of the society for a long time past, but lack of funds had always prevented anything being done. Members therefore felt very grateful when they know that the difficulty was at last to be surmounted by Mr. Stark's generous decision.



14th May 1909
Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 14523
Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 14059

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The first of this winter's series of monthly entertainments was held in the Dunedin Photographic Society Rooms last evening, a large number of members and friends being present.

The subject for the evening was a comprehensive series of sketches and impressions of native customs and life amongst the islands of the Cook group, Tonga, Samoa, Fiji, Tahiti, and other islands in the Eastern Pacific. The lecturer was Mr. George H. Hicks, who was introduced by the president (Mr. Donald Reid jun.).

The lecturer prefaced his remarks by congratulating the society upon having installed the rooms with electric light throughout, this up-to-date illuminant being used last evening for the first time with manifest success, and the best thanks of the society are due to Mr. E.E. Stark, the retiring president, for having effected this desirable improvement in time for last night's meeting.

Mr. Hicks exhibited upwards of 50 lantern pictures typical of the natives in the various islands visited some time ago, and by means of crisp, first hand impressions succeeded in entertaining those present with a somewhat uncommon entertainment, as many of the islands touched upon lie far out of the track of the average tourist. Some valuable data regarding the care of photographic plates in the tropics, the relative values of exposures, etc., were also given by the lecturer for the benefit of those present, who may at some future time find themselves carrying a camera amongst the palm-girt isles of the Pacific, where Nature riots in perpetual sunshine and revels in the rich profusion, of tropical flora. At the close the lecturer was accorded a hearty vote of thanks, a similar compliment being tendered to Mr. Stark.

Mr. Maitland Jones manipulated the Lantern with his customary skill, and contributed in no small degree towards the success of the function, and was accorded a hearty vote of thanks for his services. The President also referred to the many advantages now available for members, and expressed a hope that their membership would be augmented as the result of several photographic competitions now being arranged to take place shortly.



12th June 1909  Page 5 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 14548

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the club room on Thursday evening, there being a large attendance of members and friends. The lecturer was Mr. E.E. Stark, city electrical engineer, who gave a most interesting description of the Waipori electrical generating plant, and by means of a large map and lantern slides showed how the present supply is to be doubled, and also showed the areas now being dammed to form Loch Loudon and Lake Luella, whose waters will be available to supplement the Waipori stream in times of drought. In this connection Mr. Stark explained that the normal supply of Waipori would suffice to generate double the present output, but the late drought had taught them the necessity for being prepared for all possible contingencies. The power station, machinery, workmen's dwellings, and the natural beauties of the locality were graphically illustrated, and at the close the lecturer was accorded a very hearty vote of thanks, proposed by Mr. Allan, and a similar compliment was accorded the lanternist, Mr. Maitland Jones.



12th July 1909  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 14573

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on Thursday evening last in the rooms, Liverpool street. Mr. E.E. Stark presided. A very able lecture on "Photography in Color", dealing principally with the tri-color process, was given by Mr. H. Gamble, considerable interest being shown by those present throughout the lecture, as proved by the number of questions asked at the close. A number of prints were handed in for the landscape competition - the first of the series.



13th August 1909  Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 14137

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
HOW TO MAKE LANTERN SLIDES
Nowadays the throwing of pictures on a screen forms an almost indispensable part of every lecture entertainment, because it has been found that not only is the interest of the audience better sustained, but that there is a decided educational value attaching to the pictures, especially for the younger folk, to whom this means of imbibing knowledge is exceedingly attractive. After all, it is only adopting a lesson from primitive times before letters were invented. The man, therefore, who can make good lantern slides may almost be said to be a public benefactor.

How to set about and prepare them was the subject of a lecture delivered by Mr. Blair Mason last evening to a number of the members of the Dunedin Photographic Society and their friends. Mr. Mason is well qualified to deal with this subject, for he has made a hobby of it for many years past, and he has amassed a fund of experience that is quite unique in its way. This experience he set forth with considerable detail, and showed by actual demonstration his working methods. Many of his wrinkles were revelations to those, present, and lantern slides making should receive a fillip as a result of his address. Numbers of slides were put through the lantern to illustrate the points he desired to drive home. The lantern was lent and efficiently operated by Mr. Maitland Jones.



9th November 1909  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 14676
10th November 1909  Page 26 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2904

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
Considering the holiday and its counter attractions, there was a very fair attendance of the public at the opening function of the annual art exhibition of the Otago Art Society in the Art Gallery last evening.

In the exhibition they had a most pleasing and promising collection of oils and water-colors, together with a very fine array of excellent photographs from the Dunedin Photographic Society, and all that was required to make the exhibition the success it deserved to be was the liberal patronage of the public. Judging from that night's attendance this was likely to be given.



15th July 1910  Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 14419
20th July 1909  Page 1 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2940

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
The following report by the Council of the Otago Art Society will be presented to the annual meeting of members:

There are now ninety-nine working and seventy-eight honorary members. The exhibition, held in November last, was in every respect as interesting as any of those that have preceded it, and the metal work, painting on china and jewelery, sent in added to the attractiveness of the display. On one of the walls in the water-color room were hung a number of photographs. These were shown by the Dunedin Photographic Society, and the great majority were the work of the members. Including the photographs, there were 571 exhibits.



26th November 1910  Page 1 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2940
7th December 1910  Page 79 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2960

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
Another prominent section of the exhibition is the display made by the Dunedin Photographic Society. It is almost a matter of astonishment to see the strides made, of late years, in picture production by the earnest amateurs amongst us, who are not merely content to "press the button". The high artistic level of the whole of the necessarily limited number of prints shown is really worthy of admiration: there is scarcely a commonplace photo, in the collection.

"At the Railway Crossing", by R.A. Edwards, gives a sombre murky expression of smoky trains and the ugliness of progress. It is well massed, and handled so as to create the right sense of atmosphere. "Mary", by A.C. M'Leod, shows a child's head in sanguine. It is well posed, soft, and artistically placed. A "Seascape", by R. Scott, is just relieved from the charge of being hackneyed — for these shots at the sun for moonlight effect are becoming somewhat commonplace — by the good motion of the heaving water.

"Lower High Street, Dunedin", shows_how charming an every-day scene may become under effects of sun and shade. Mr. Permin has known when and how to take advantage of these conditions. "A Gondolier", by George Crombie, is the first of a series of excellent pictures taken by that exhibitor on his recent European tour. It is a "picture" in its choice of line, its composition, subject, and effect, as well as a most interesting record. See also his most powerful composition, "Evening Near the Pyramids". The twilight, the poetic tone and atmosphere of this picture are remarkable. His "Dutch Fisherman", is also quite an exceptionally brilliant study of character in full sunlight. Exception may be taken to his choice of place for his figure in "The Pigeons of St, Mark's, Venice", for the white clad lady looks like a gigantic statue, but there is no doubt of its photographic and topographic excellence.

Miss Watkins's pictures, on the other hand, are more remarkable for quaintness of subject than technical qualities; though her "Interior" is a good composition, well executed, and interesting as a subject.

Another member who shows results of a trip Home is C. Sundstrum, but his exhibits take the form of photographic work, collected on tour. "The Trial Trip of an American Battleship" is a superb piece of photographic art — perfect as a detailed negative, yet equally perfect as a piece of art workmanship. The movement of the water cleft by the bows of the leviathan, the smoke, the steam, and the even tone of the atmosphere combine to make a faultless picture of its kind. Another picture of a full rigged ship, wonderful as an instantaneous picture, was too large and too strong in contrast to be hung alongside the rest of the collection; but those interested in this branch of photography should endeavor to see it.

Mr. Simpson has an artistic little, soft, brown-toned picture, "The Avenue". His "Fire! Fire" is a fine effective picture of firemen on a steamer. The choice of the tone and the excellent tout ensemble bring about a most commendable result.

Mr. Permin has also a good study of a "Cobbler", a good sharp, topographical, technically excellent "Diamond Lake", and a well-composed tree study, "Birch Forest, Paradise". A good lesson may be learnt from contrasting "On the Milford Track" with the foregoing. In "On the Milford Track" the path is placed too low, and the winding line leads into a cul de sac, a flat black tree, without interest. In "Birch Forest, Paradise", the path is well placed, and leads into the speculative interest always afforded by light and mystery. Technically the pictures are equal in appeal, there can be no comparison.

The most pleasing tree study in the collection is J.D. Hay's "Sunshine and Shadow"; its lighting and atmosphere are splendid; its composition sound; and it is neither too sharp nor too soft. "The Park Gate", by R.A. Edwards, suffers from the latter failing, and an otherwise fine panel of "Early Morning, Otago Harbour", by J. Jackson, has an uneasy vibration.

Mr. M'Leod's Whistleresque, "Sheila", lacks a little of the American's fuzzy, wuzzy, and, for a purely decorative composition, the pictures on the wall are too much to the left; it is, nevertheless, a distinguished little picture. W.E. Allen has several portraits, of which No. 17 is probably the best. Its soft red tone and its artistic abandon make a commonplace subject, though a beautiful girl, quite striking.



3rd May 1911  Page 29 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 2981

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on April 27. The annual report and balance sheet were adopted.

A cordial vote of thanks was accorded to Miss Mackenzie, whose past services to the society have been much appreciated; Mr. Permin, the editor of the Photo Budget, was also thanked the able assistance so freely given by him. It was arranged that a syllabus of the work of the society for the session be drawn up, and there is promise of it being of an attractive character.



13th October 1911  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 14696

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Last evening, at the Dunedin Photographic Society rooms, Mr. W.A. Taylor gave a lecture on the making of process blocks for Press purposes. He briefly outlined the history of illustrating from the period when wooden blocks were first employed up to the present time, when printing from zinc and copper plates is the modern method used by the newspapers. Mr. Taylor showed in a practical manner the various processes adopted to secure pictures on zinc plates, and he kept his audience keenly interested, in watching the result of his work. At the conclusion of the demonstration questions were answered by Mr. Taylor, and on the motion of the president (Mr. Blair Mason) a hearty vote of thanks was passed to him.



8th November 1911  Page 32 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 3008
15th November 1911  Page 32 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 3009

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The thirty-fifth annual exhibition of paintings and works of art by the Otago Art Society was opened in the Art Gallery Hall on Saturday night.

The Dunedin Photographic Society has a good display of works by its members.



17th November 1911  Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 14725

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
A NOTICE OF THE EXHIBITS
No. IV — THE PHOTOGRAPHS
Fifty-one exhibits by the Dunedin Photographic Society occupy the northern wall of the water-colors room — not a very good position. “Darks” predominate this year, according to the fashion in England, and on this obscure wall one cannot see low tones at their proper value; in fact, several photographs might as well be all black and white for all the grading that can be discerned. This is to be regretted, since there is a deal of really good work on exhibition. The critics task as to this section is made easy owing to the fact that Mr. R. Hawcridge has judged the photographs. The first prize ticket is affixed to ‘In Cloistered Woods', by A.C. M’Leod. It is a close-to scene in heavy bush, with no undergrowth. It looks like a kauri forest, but as the upper branches are not visible one cannot be certain. The beauty of the photograph is in regard to its exquisite half tones. Exhibits that are highly commended are 'My Father', a portrait by G.J.J. Feil'; 'Fleet Street', by G. Crombie; ‘A Street Scene in Chicago', by G. Crombie; and 'Sand Dunes', by A.C. M'Leod. Each of these is a good subject well treated. We may be permitted to mention also ‘A Breezy Upland', by J.W. Permin; ‘Far From the Madding Crowd', by the same operator; ‘Secrets', by J.D. Hay; ‘Carl', by R.S. Clarkson; ‘A Daughter" of Eve', by J.D. Hay, and a particularly silvery sea view by Highly Commended. Gore. But there is not a bad photograph on the wall.



9th May 1912  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 14871

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the rooms, Mr. J. Blair Mason presiding. There were a good number of members present. The annual report, and balance-sheet were adopted, and the chairman congratulated the members on the healthy state of the society.

Several resolutions relating to the welfare of the society were discussed.



12th July 1912
Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 15504
Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 14926

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
AUTOCHROME PHOTOGRAPHY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, held last evening, was devoted to a lecture and demonstration on "Autochrome Photography". Mr. Earland presided, and briefly introduced Mr. R.S. Clarkson, a recent arrival from England who has made a close study of the art of three-color work in the photographic art. Mr. Clarkson enumerated all of the tricolor processes in vogue, and stated that the Lumiere process had proved to be the most simple in manipulation and produced the finest results. Briefly explained, the Lumiere process involves the use of a specially-coated plate bearing that name, its emulsion being dusted over with myriads of starch atoms, the latter being the essential feature of the Lumiere plate. In practice, an amber-colored screen is placed in front of the lens, and the image passing through the latter is filtered through a panchromatic screen and projected upon the sensitized plate. By that means the starch atoms are enabled to absorb the proper color values from the objects photographed the resultant positive revealing all the varying gradations of color when seen by reflected light. The lecturer exhibited a number of slides showing fruit, flowers, and pottery of great beauty, the colors of the original studies being almost perfect, the only defect being a faint intrusion of the dullness in the pure whites, due to the tint of the original emulsion on the plate. The latter was not very marked, however, and would probably have passed unnoticed had not the lecturer drawn special attention to it.

Mr. Clarkson exhibited the portrait of a lady and explained that the process was not quite a success in that line owing to the predominance of purple tints on the skin, which gave the complexion an unnatural hue.

Mr. Clarkson explained clearly and fully the means by which he had achieved his meritorious results, and said the process was so simple that he confidently expected to see similar results achieved by members of the Dunedin Society within a short time.

Mr. Clarkson's remarks and methods of manipulation were closely followed by the large number of members present, who tendered him a hearty vote of thanks at their conclusion.



13th September 1912  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 14980

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ART IN RELATION TO PICTORIAL PHOTOGRAPHY
LECTURE BY Mr. HAWCRIDGE
At the monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, held on the 12th September, before a large and appreciative audience, Mr. Hawcridge, the director of the School of Art and Design, delivered an instructive lecture on the principles governing art, more especially with relation to pictorial photography. The lecture was given that members might know his reasons for selecting Mr. M'Leod's picture as the best shown by the members of the Photographic Society at the last exhibition of the Dunedin Art Society. The following is a summary of his address:

A picture is a thing painted, or, by an extension of associations, a thing worth painting. A picture may attempt to represent (1) a statement of concrete fact or (2) a statement of abstract qualities. The first would include diagrammatic or scientific representations of an object or objects wherein the exactitude of detail was of prime importance. In the second case this statement of fact would naturally be subordinate to the representation of certain ideas either naturally associated with the object represented or associated therewith in the mind of the artist. To push the case a little further, the concrete fact, with its intrinsic associations or its associations personal to the onlooker, might be a positive hindrance to the conveyance of the abstract idea of the artist to the senses of the spectator. In the term "picture" as applied to art we may eliminate altogether the first or concrete matter of fact representation. Undoubtedly this class of representation — the clear statement of natural fact — is the first thing to be acquired either by the budding painter or the budding photographer; but it is science rather than art, and has little place in the present discussion. But as all photographic pictures are representations of natural objects, the question will naturally arise: What constitutes a "picture" as apart from a photographic study? The answer is simply that the presentation of the abstract quality must exceed the presentation of the natural fact. Now the photographer is more limited in the number of abstract qualities at his disposal than is the artist painter. To begin with, he has little or no chance to employ color as a medium of attraction in itself or as a means of arousing ideas in his world. Color, in fact, is a positive hindrance to him, for its actinic value is so variable as to be a constant source of danger to the effects at which he is aiming; so that his surmounting of this obstacle is one of the merits to he looked for in the result which he produces. He is thrown almost entirely upon choice of subject that is, a subject which may be made to convey certain charms of effect of light and shade, of poetic association, of grandeur, of mystery, of indescribable romance or of story. Having selected a subject which conveys to him certain definite impressions, he has to analyze those impressions and seek to discover how to so arrange the components of his subject as to convey, with the least possibility of diversion of interest, that same impression to his spectators. Here comes in composition. Being satisfied with his composition and the pictorial value of his subject, he has to seek to render it with perfect technique and truth of color value, maintaining a sustained unity of quality as the vehicle of his impression.

Now, just as the too exact presentation of natural fact or detail may, by creating an undue interest in the objects presented, detract from or even overrule the abstract idea to be presented, so the opposite quality of diffusion or confusion of the facts, if carried to undue length, may so strike the beholder, cause so strong a desire to know the reason why, or may so offend the prejudice as to prevent the intended stimulation of the sentiments sought after. There must, therefore, be a just medium in this direction. The best example of this difficulty may be seen in the ordinary city view on sale as a record of the facts of Dunedin, and the view from the wharf side here shown by Mr. Permin, where the grouping into a few simple masses, due to cloud shadow, state of atmosphere, etc., quite avoids the distracting element of undue detail without in any way arousing antagonism. In Mr. Crombie's street scenes there is this latter danger present. The diffusion obtained, artistic as it is, risks being a cause of antagonism.

Composition is design. In design we seek to decorate a given space. Natural fact has to be subordinate to decorative considerations. Natural fact has to be closely distinguished from natural truth. In design the smaller details are subordinated to the end in view, but the principles of growth can never be departed from. So it is in the picture. Arrange and handle your natural facts in masses as far as possible, but the broad principles of natural truth must always be preserved. Learn to dissociate the masses of light and shade from the natural fact, and to regard their simple grouping and planning abstractedly. Watch the principles of balance, tangential junction, and radiation, and then effects. Composition will depend upon enclosed space, upon line, upon subordination.

Picture value will depend upon interest (either intrinsic or associated), effect (harmony, contrast, subtlety or vigor), poetry or romance, subject (story, etc.). Color value, in translation, if not watched, may spoil entirely the intended massing of light and shade; in choice of tone, paper, etc., may mar or emphasize an intended effect or association of ideas. Technique will never mar a picture, but may make acceptable a poor subject and will always get the best out of a good one, properly considered as regards the other qualities. Sustained tone is that impalpable, indefinable quality which elevates a work into the rank of high art and dignity, or, if lacking, makes for cheapness and untidiness.

These were the chief considerations, the lecturer explained, which led him to choose a system of marking the competitive exhibits at the last exhibition of the society under the following headings: Composition, Picture Value, Color Value, Technique, Sustained Tone.



16th November 1912  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 15034

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The autochromes, or photographs in natural colors, are a special feature of the Otago Art Society's gallery. Many persons have never seen such sun-pictures, To-night a member of the Dunedin Photographic Society will attend to explain the process.



25th November 1912  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 15041

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Quite a number of persons go to the Otago Art Society's exhibition for the express purpose of seeing the Dunedin Photographic Society process of the autochrome plate. There are over 20 plates within a darkening screen. The natural colors are seen to most advantage after sundown, but they come out very well even in the daylight. It is the first show of the kind in New Zealand. Wednesday of this week will be people’s day, which means that all day the entrance fee is to be sixpence, thus giving people a chance to go by families without any expense worth speaking of.



29th November 1912  Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 15045

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
OTAGO ART SOCIETY
THIRTY-SIXTH EXHIBITION
THE PHOTOGRAPHS
Fifty-three exhibits are contributed by the Dunedin Photographic Society. It is a select collection of considerable merit. The specialty in this department is the exhibit of autochromes, or direct color photography by the autochrome process. The autochrome plate, invented by MM. Lumiere Freres, gives us a picture in natural color by one exposure in the camera, and differs from the ordinary photographic plate in the following ways:
(1) The light sensitive emulsion is not coated directly upon the glass of the plate, the surface being initially covered with a sticky substance, over which minute starch granules in three colors — orange, green, and violet — are scattered (about three million to the square inch). This mosaic of colored starch is covered with a waterproof varnish, and is ready for coating with the sensitive emulsion.
(2) The emulsion of the autochrome plate is panchromatic, and differs from the ordinary plate, inasmuch that it is sensitive to all visible rays of the spectrum.
(3) The exposure of the autochrome plate is made through the glass, and not directly upon the film side, therefore all light which reaches the sensitive film or emulsion must first of all pass through the starch grains.

The process of the autochrome is worked entirely upon the principle of light absorption. Before making an exposure of the plate an amber-colored screen is placed in front of the lens. This screen filters the light by absorbing to some extent the violet rays, thus giving a certain equality (in photographic value) between the two ends of the spectrum. Photograph, for instance, an orange. The minute granules of orange-colored starch will absorb the orange rays, whilst the green and violet granules will allow the light to pass through and affect the sensitive emulsion which they cover. Taken for granted that you all know that the sensitive film of the photographic plate, after exposure to light and upon being subjected to the action of developer, turns black and opaque, it is readily seen that our picture by transmitted, light must be a negative and in complementary color. The photograph thus far is an image in altered and unaltered silver or emulsion, therefore we must dissolve away the altered or black portions, and alter or blacken the unaltered parts. By immersing the plate in sulphuric acid and permanganate of potash the altered silver is dissolved. Therefore we have transparency behind the orange grains, and all that remains is to expose the unaltered parts to light and develop the plate once more to turn them black. The picture is then complete, and is seen by transmitted light in positive image and natural color.



25th April 1913  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 15168

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, Mr. J. Blair Mason presiding, the secretary reported the society to be in a prosperous condition.

Three prizes were allotted for the next annual competition, the first prize being a gold medal, donated by Mr. C. Havill.



22nd May 1913  Volume 20 Number 5 - Page 256
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
In the annual report of the Dunedin Photographic Society recently presented to members it was shown that there was a credit balance of £2 6s 8d, at the end of the year, which may be considered satisfactory when it is recollected that the rent of rooms absorbs most of the amount paid as subscriptions. The membership stands at 50, a loss of two during the year.

The following demonstrations were made during the year:
May, 1912	Aniline Dye Lantern Slide Process	J. Blair Mason
July, 1912	Autochrome Plates	R.S. Clarkson
August, 1912	Bromoil Process	R.S. Clarkson
September, 1912	Criticism of Exhibition Pictures	R.A. Hawcridge
October, 1912	Lantern Slides	members
February, 1913	Criticism of Holiday Pictures	members
March, 1913	Bromide Enlarging and Toning	Mr. Webster

The thanks of the society are due to the Otago Art Society for giving wall space for photographs during their exhibition, and the number of prints hung was 33.

The bronze plaque offered by the society for the best picture in the exhibition goes to Mr. R.A. Edwards for his bromoil, entitled “In Jubilee Park”. Mr. G. Crombie was a good second with his picture “In Old Cairo”, while Mr. A.C. McLeod's tree study, “The Guardian of the Forest”, was placed third. Mr. Hawcridge had great difficulty in judging the pictures, as there were three or four of almost equal merit.



16th June 1913  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 15211

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
An enjoyable social evening was held by the Dunedin Photographic Society in the Rata Tea Rooms, Stuart street, on Thursday evening. The first part of the evening was taken up with euchre, the lady's prize being won by Miss M'Kenzie and the gentleman's by Mr. H. M'Donald, Mrs Mutch and Mr. Earland being the winners of the booby prizes. Vocal, musical, and elocutionary items were contributed by Miss Allen, Miss R. Dundon, Miss J. Dundon, Miss A. Dickison, and Miss L. King, Mr. H. Neill, Mr. J. M'Kenzie, and Mr. W. Dempster, and members of the Lyric Orchestra. During the evening a flashlight photo of the company was taken by Mr. Earland.



25th June 1913  Page 42 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 3093

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

FLASHLIGHT OF MEMBERS PRESENT AT A RECENT SOCIAL
Photograph by Mr. Earland

10th November 1913
Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 15917
Page 10 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 15336
11th November 1913
Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 15918
Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 15337
12th November 1913
Page 72 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 3113
14th November 1913
Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 15921
15th November 1913
Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 15922
19th November 1913
Page 72 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 3114

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
Though there appears to be a likelihood of the Otago Art Society's annual exhibition of pictures being somewhat interfered with by current events this year, the collection already displayed on the walls of the Art Gallery is large, varied, and decidedly interesting.

There a number of excellent photographs shown by members of the Dunedin Photographic Society.



24th November 1913  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 15348

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
NOTICE OF THE EXHIBITS
As to the exhibits by the Dunedin Photographic Society as a whole they are below the standard. Many of them are too black in the shadows. ‘Sunlit Pines', by A.C. M'Leod, stands out as a work of art; S. Earland’s 'The Glory of Spring', successfully puts some fine silver birches on paper; S.T. Paterson’s 'Ian', is a pretty bit of genre; and 'Lazing', by J. Pattison, gains prominence by reason of the very fine inquiring face that protrudes from a rather overladen composition. These are the only photographs that seem to call for mention.



18th December 1913
Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 15950
Page 10 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 15369

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The prize winners in the exhibit of pictures by the Dunedin Photographic Society, held in conjunction with the Otago Art Society's exhibition recently, are as follows:

BEST LANDSCAPE in the EXHIBITION GOLD MEDAL generously presented by Mr. C. Havill Mr. R.A. EDWARDS

LANDSCAPE:

MARINE:

GENRE:

STILL LIFE AND ARCHITECTURE:

PORTRAITS:

FIRST: R.A. Edwards

SECOND: R.A. Edwards

FIRST: J.S. Trevena

SECOND: A. Dickison

FIRST: A. Dickison

SECOND: A. Dickison

FIRST: P. Beck

SECOND: R.A. Edwards

FIRST: R.A. Edwards

SECOND: P. Beck

7th April 1914  Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 15461
9th April 1914  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 16044

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was largely attended. The president (Mr. J. Blair Mason) congratulated the society on the successful season closed, and hoped that the present would be one of even greater progress. The season's operations were to be of a very comprehensive nature, including lectures on photography and art, by competent authorities, demonstrations by members and others, field days, and a series of monthly competitive studies, in addition to the customary annual exhibition. Mr. Mason offered to present prizes at the close of the year for the most points gained in the aggregate of the monthly studies.

The Secretary reported that the number of members on the roll was now 65. With a membership of 80 the work of the society could be considerably extended, and an effort would be made within the next two months to bring the membership up to that number.



15th April 1914  Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 15467

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
TO-MORROW EVENING (Thursday), 16th April, at 8pm, Club Rooms, South British Buildings, Liverpool street, Lantern Lecture by Dr ROBERTS, and Musical Program by Leading Talent. The Lyric Orchestra in attendance. Admission, 1s. Program specially attractive to all Amateur Photographers.



17th April 1914  Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 15469

WITH THE CAMERA
FROM TE ANAU TO GEORGE SOUND
LECTURE BY DR ROBERTS
The members of the Dunedin Photographic Society, were afforded an opportunity last evening of seeing by lantern slides something of the magnificent scenery which lies between Lake Te Anau and the west coast, and at the same time the perfection to which an amateur may attain in his art. The chief contribution in an entertainment promoted to secure funds to improve the society's club rooms was a descriptive lecture by Dr W.S. Roberts (an ex-president of the society) on a trip made from the lake to George Sound. In the course of his remarks the lecturer introduced his audience to the more important features of the route.

As was only to be expected, the slides exhibited by the doctor included many magnificent views, all of which bore the mark of skilled photography. The lecturer spoke with enthusiasm of the superb scenery which he had encountered in his tour. Everyone knew, he remarked, that locked up in the recesses of the wild mountains of the west coast there existed scenery which equaled, if it did not surpass, any other of the same type in the world. The track from the head of Lake Te Anau to Milford Sound, through the Clinton and Arthur Valleys, was now quite well known. Including as it did such notable features as the Sutherland Falls, Mount Elliot, Jervois Glacier, Balloon Peak, and Lake Ada, to say nothing of the special beauties of Milford Sound itself, the route was rendered for all time one that would never fail to be the strongest attraction for the tourist from near and far, and it would always hold its own against any other track that might be opened up in those regions. But there was another route to the west coast — viz., that between the north-west branch of the middle arm of Lake Te Anau and George Sound — which was by no means devoid of merit, and would well repay the tourist who attempted to investigate its special attractions. The pictures, he explained, were the outcome of a trip taken some years ago with the camera along this track, and were illustrative of the scenery that displayed itself en route. A portion of the distance being traversed by boat rendered it a journey that could easily be accomplished in two days from Te Anau to the Sound by any pedestrian of average powers.

The description of the trip need not be given in detail, for while it was most interesting, the lecturer evidently being a keen observer, it was perhaps in the photographs that the audience were particularly interested. Close on 80 slides were exhibited, and it is, of course, almost superfluous to say that they were the result of skilled photography. Many were magnificent, all were excellent, and an amateur mighty be pardoned for being momentarily envious of the doctors fine achievements in this direction. The pictures were nicely varied. Lakes and their shores (steep and precipitous in many places), falls, lagoons, rivers, majestic peaks, and wooded spurs were depicted. The forest scenery was charming, and as the doctor remarked one was continually passing through such beautiful and constantly varying scenery that one's stock of photographic plates could easily be exhausted on bush pictures alone. But the photographer, in his capacity as explorer, is sometimes doomed to disappointment, for, as the doctor pointed out, on one occasion the party ascended a mountain they named Mount Fraser, as it seemed to promise a view of all sorts of wonderful country beyond, but their ascent was made only to find that all view, except in one direction, was blocked by another mountain which towered up just on the other side. On another occasion he remarked that photographs did not do anything like justice to the fine views that could be obtained from so great a height, the reason being that the true perspective of height could not be truthfully represented in a photograph. But granting that that might be so, the audience were nevertheless charmed, and never lost interest for a moment from the opening scene at Te Anau to the last glimpse of George Sound, taken on a subsequent, trip by schooner.

The lecturer's descriptions lacked nothing in point of interesting side remarks. Lake Thompson he described as a peculiar lake, not only rising and falling to a remarkable degree, but when one came to look for its outlet one discovered that it was not in evidence at all. In fact, unless the lake was very high indeed there was no apparent exit to it, but the waters found their way underground, to emerge later on as a fine river, which displayed a succession of splendid rapids. The Rainey Falls were called after a young man who was, unfortunately, drowned at the head of Lake Thompson in 1897. One magnificent sight which defied the camera, so to speak, was a deep, boiling chasm, where there was no standpoint for the camera. Dead wood Lagoon presented a weird and striking sight, as out of its water there rose the weird, bleached, dead trees from which the lagoon derived its name. Some obstruction had at some comparatively recent date blocked the course of the stream, so that the lagoon had formed, and the trees had died in consequence. A similar condition of affairs had happened on a larger scale at Lake Ada, near Milford Sound, only in that case the phenomenon was of older date, and the portion of the trees which were above water had disappeared. The two mountains Henry and Murrell were so named after themselves by the two explorers who first penetrated into the region from Lake To Anau.

Dr Roberts views, however, were not restricted to this particular west coast scenery, some capital views of Manapouri, Mount Cook, Catlins bush scenery (including a fine sunset), and some really splendid seascapes being screened. The vote of thanks which was accorded him was enthusiastically sincere, and, as the president (Mr. J. Blair Mason) said, it was hoped that that lecture would only be the forerunner of others.

A capital musical and elocutionary program was submitted during the evening, items being given by Miss J. Dundon (song), Messrs G.J. Raffills and L.C. Findlay (violin duet), Mr. W. Crawford (recitations), while the Lyric Orchestra contributed a number of selections. In addition, other slides, including an exhibition of color work, were used. The lantern was in charge of Mr. J. Dawson.

The funds of the society should be considerably augmented by the entertainment. As the president explained, the society had had their ups and downs since their formation in this City some 20 years ago. Even the largest societies of a more or less, scientific nature experienced difficulty in keeping up the enthusiasm of their members. The society were, however, confident that, photographically speaking, the coming year would be a pictorial one in every sense of the word, and that their room would be made more comfortable and its walls adorned with works of a very high-class character.



22nd April 1914  Volume 21 Number 4 - Page 204
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
We have received the annual report, and extract a few items from it.

During the year the membership increased by ten, from 50 to 60.

Demonstrations and lectures were given by Mr. Esquilant, Mr. Blair Mason, and various members of the society, embracing the Enlargement and Toning of Bromide Prints, Lantern Slide Making, Flashlight Photography, etc., etc, and the thanks of the society is due to all who came forward and helped to make these evenings instructive and enjoyable. A social was also held, and proved to be a huge success.

COMPETITIONS: Early in the year a competition in Night Photography was held for prizes donated by Mr. Earland, competition being very close, the prizewinners being Messrs. R.A. Edwards, A. Dickison, and G. Feil.

The annual exhibition of pictures was again a success, the number of pictures hung being in excess of the number hung last year. There was more variety than usual, the pictures being divided into different classes, and most of the pictures were of considerable merit.

The principal prize, a gold medal (generously presented by Mr. C. Havill) was won by Mr. R.A. Edwards for the best landscape in the exhibition.

BEST LANDSCAPE in the EXHIBITION GOLD MEDAL generously presented by Mr. C. Havill Mr. R.A. EDWARDS

LANDSCAPE:

MARINE:

GENRE:

STILL LIFE AND ARCHITECTURE:

PORTRAITS:

FIRST: R.A. Edwards

SECOND: R.A. Edwards

FIRST: J.S. Trevena

SECOND: A. Dickison

FIRST: A. Dickison

SECOND: A. Dickison

FIRST: P. Beck

SECOND: R.A. Edwards

FIRST: R.A. Edwards

SECOND: P. Beck

The society was indebted to the Art Society for the wall space given at the exhibition, and also to Mr. R. Hawcridge, who again acted as hon. judge.



16th May 1914  Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 15494

PICTORIAL PHOTOGRAPHY
AN INSTRUCTIVE ADDRESS
BY Mr. R. HAWCRIDGE
The second lecture on the syllabus of the Dunedin Photographic Society was delivered on Thursday evening by Mr. R. Hawcridge, director of the School of Art, who held the attention of his audience for close on an hour while he discussed in a most interesting fashion upon pictorial photography. It was an instructive address in every sense of the word.

In the course of his remarks Mr. Hawcridge said: A photograph is essentially a record of the effect of light upon natural objects, and, as such, should be in itself artistic, since the first difficulty experienced with art students is to get them to recognize just that very effect, dissociating it from the concrete qualities of the object, apprehended through the touch, physical measurements, and other like considerations of its solid structure. In making a drawing based upon such an exclusive system of observation one is almost compelled to become artistic, partly because of the "unity" of the result, due of course to the limitation of the observation to one effect, and partly also to the restricted capabilities of expression of the medium through which the observation is recorded. But in the photograph the record of the effect of light upon an object is, given a good lens and careful focus, so minutely faithful that no difference between the object itself and its image is apparent, and there is none of that intelligent selection which constitutes art, since the image conveys exactly the same sensations as did the object itself. Moreover, the operations or technical manipulations involved in the photographic reproduction of an object are scientific rather than artistic, and require no constant exercise of the faculties of observation, comparison, and selection, which are so constantly educating the artist. So that in judging a photograph the outlook of a photographic expert and an expert artist must be expected to differ considerably. Where photographs are intended to be scientific records there can be little doubt that the nearer, the sensations conveyed by the image approach to those produced by the object itself the better. But when we enter the realm of pictorial photography we enter into direct competition with the painter, and must expect to be judged by the same standards — in other words, must conform to the aesthetic considerations which the labors of generations of artists have led the educated portion of mankind to recognize. The educated man who admires a picture, if he be neither a painter nor a photographer, is probably influenced only by aesthetic considerations, more or less elevated, but unhampered by those technical considerations which separate the photographic critic from the artistic critic. He will probably demand, therefore, that the picture shall comply with the canons of art which he has learned to recognize, while not obtruding upon him either such technical deficiencies or such technical appeals as shall divert him from the aesthetic enjoyment of the presentment.

There must be a careful balance of art essentials and photographic essentials. Now, "art essentials" are themselves divisible under technical and aesthetic headings; that is to say, that the high aesthetic aims of unity, atmosphere, imaginative significance, and moral stimulus need for their proper conveyance and due enforcement expression through such technical means as beautiful line and well proportioned mass so as to induce in the mind of the beholder that receptive state in which the more subtle aesthetic significance of the work may be apprehended. Where more than one object is included in the picture, the importance of line and mass composition or arrangement is equally obvious. Who is not influenced by the harmonious flow of those tangential curves which have been so often discussed as lines of beauty, or by those relations of well proportioned masses, which give beauty to the vase, the column, the statue, or the temple. In line composition, who can fail to recognize the sense of stability conveyed by suggestions of vertical lines, repose by suggestions of horizontal or recumbent lines, or unrest by oblique or contorted lines? The gentle flow of line from line in a composition is pleasant and soothing, just as the bold crossing of lines arrest the attention at the point of their intersection. In mass, also, the interest created by the works of Sir Alfred East and the modern romanticists is recognition of the value of carefully proportioned and well balanced masses in a picture. It is by the technical knowledge of such means that the mind of the observer is led to contemplate the vast spaciousness of the sky, the tender atmospheric dreamy reaches of the winding river, the mystery of the distant woods, the sparkling brilliance of the transparent stream, the variegated carpet of the nearer sward. So, too, great painters have emphasized the significance of their motifs, and forced the beholder upon their chosen path of speculation. On previous occasions I have endeavored to show you the laws which govern these arrangements or "composition". But no mere rules will enable the artist to make a picture, though, unlike the photographer, he has absolute control of the placing of his components. Nor will rules show a photographer exactly how to arrange the leading features of his subject. But they will enable him to realize how, consciously or unconsciously, the works of the greatest masters have conformed with them. There must be a cultivation of the aesthetic sense through the constant study of accepted works of art and an absorption of their higher significance, whilst endeavoring to realize the means which they have employed to bring their message home.

Reproductions in monochrome will, of course, be of most value to the photographer, since they will show more readily the extent to which they owe their success to arrangement of line and mass. Cultivate a lofty aim, but let it be a genuine one rather than a pose or affectation of some, style because it happens to be a craze. Selection will gradually become easier. Breadth of sentiment will breed breadth of outlook, and by consequence a desire to simplify and broaden the treatment so as to avoid that interference with direct significance which distracting details so often bring about. I am not advocating the fuzz-wuzzy, for that can be just as distracting in its way as excessive detail; but rather the careful selection of broad effects of light and shade, so that your picture may possess as much unity and directness as is consistent with its significance. In speaking of broad effects of light and shade, it must not be inferred that contrast between these must necessarily be aimed at. Tone value (or the light and shade value) of the various portions of a picture will always vary according to the state of the weather, the time of day, the class of lighting, etc., and the correct rendering of these values will assist or destroy the significance of a composition. Close tones, or little contrast, make for tenderness and dreaminess; strong, vibrant tones, or contrast, for vigor and sunshine, but each may be equally "broad" in the true sense of the term; and whichever scheme you choose must convey unity or sustained purpose. Endeavor to derive a message from your subject, let it raise some sentiment in your soul which must be passed on, and try to pass it on. Let each of us try to see beauty where it is, and call another's attention to it that he also may have an added joy, and you will some day find you have the artistic temperament. Photographic essentials may be similarly subdivided into the technical and the aesthetic. Questions of rectilinearity, focus, flatness of field, or depth of field, exposure, development, printing, etc., are purely technical considerations, but the tone, or, more correctly, the hue of a print, color value, or the true light and shade value of a color in the subject, the choice of sharpness, or calculated diffusion of focus in rendering a subject are questions of aesthetic value, which, though possibly not understood by the critic, will inevitably jar upon him if faulty and deficient, or if insisted on and over-emphasized. Photographic technique, like the painter's technique, should be governed by the old-fashioned Irish maxim, that a gentleman should be so dressed that, you don't notice that he's dressed at all. You know he's a gentleman.

The vote of thanks which was accorded the lecturer was most cordial.



18th August 1914  Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 15574

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The ordinary monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held at the club rooms, Liverpool street, on Thursday evening, when Mr. W. Esquilant gave a very interesting demonstration of the methods of (1) toning P.O.P. and (2) developing bromide paper with Oxolate of iron. There was a large attendance of members, and at the conclusion of the lecture a hearty vote of thanks was accorded Mr. Esquilant for demonstrating his methods in such a practical manner.



21st October 1914  Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 16210

THE DUNEDIN ARTS AND CRAFTS CLUB
LANTERN LECTURE TO-NIGHT (WEDNESDAY), by J. Blair Mason Esq.,

"THE PLEASURES OF PHOTOGRAPHY"

Slides by the Dunedin Photographic Society. Musical Program. Last meeting of the year. All members urged to be present.



22nd October 1914  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 15630
23rd October 1914  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 16212

ARTS AND CRAFTS CLUB
LECTURE BY Mr. BLAIR MASON
The last meeting of the year of the Dunedin Art and Crafts Club was held in the School of Art last evening, when there was a large attendance of members and friends. The greater part of the program was provided by the Dunedin Photographic Society.

Mr. J. Blair Mason gave an enjoyable and interesting lecture on the subject of "The Pleasures of Photography". He omitted the more technical parts of the subject, and gave, the hearers an entertaining account of his own connection with the art, which extended back to the time when he lived in Victoria. He thought, photography had a good deal to teach them as art students, and they could not do better than take it up as a study. If they followed the art assiduously they would find that it induced a breadth of treatment and breadth of effect. In regard to the pleasures of the art, they could not be enjoyed without making efforts. A number of lantern slides were shown to illustrate Mr. Mason's remarks.

At the conclusion of his remarks Mr. Mason was accorded a vote of thanks by acclamation. Thanks were also given to the other members of the Dunedin Photographic Society for assisting.



11th November 1914  Page 28 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 3165

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
THIRTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL EXHIBITION
There are on view this year 323 pictures, in addition to the excellent display made by the members of the Dunedin Photographic Society, and it is a matter for congratulation that the general standard of the paintings is very high, weak work being almost entirely absent.



28th November 1914  Page 13 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 16243
22nd December 1914  Volume 21 Number 12 - Page 665
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Members are notified that the “Studies” for February and March will be “Flowers” and “Happy Moments” Pictures respectively.

The results of the “Home Portrait” study competition were as follows: W.J. Ferguson (Invercargill), 49 points; S.L. Carter (Invercargill), 48 points; A. Dickison (Dunedin), 43 points; J.S. Trevena (Dunedin), 40 points, and Miss J. Digby Smith (Dunedin), 35 points.

The leading results for the monthly studies are: A. Dickison, 247 points; J. S. Trevena, 232 points; and S. L. Carter, 221 points.

The results of the annual exhibition of pictures were:

BEST PICTURE IN EXHIBITION GOLD MEDAL generously presented by Mr. C. Havill Mr. A. DICKISON

LANDSCAPE:

MARINE:

PORTRAIT:

GENERAL:

FIRST: P. Beck

SECOND: S.H. Rawson C.F. Goodridge

FIRST: A. Dickison

SECOND: S. Earland

FIRST: R.A. Edwards Invercargill

SECOND: A. Dickison

THIRD: Miss F. Walmsley

FIRST: S. Earland

SECOND: A. Dickison

10th July 1915  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 16432

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on Thursday evening, when there was a good attendance. The subject of the evening's entertainment was a lecture by the Rev. H.O. Fenton, entitled "The Gates of the Orient", and this proved a brilliant success. The artistic beauty and technical excellence of the slides and the lecturer's racy description made a most enjoyable combination and the audience showed its appreciation of the good things provided. The pictures dealt with life in the country surrounding Tunis in North Africa, and Mr. Fenton showed a personal knowledge of his subject that contrasted most agreeably with the book learnt lectures one sometimes hears.



8th November 1915  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 16535

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The Otago Art Society's exhibition this year is on somewhat elaborated lines, including, as it does, a substantial increase of 71 works of art, this increase being principally met with in the water-color department. The total paintings hung last year numbered 323, and this year they have run up to 394, in addition to which there are 51 exhibits by members of the Dunedin Photographic Society. From these figures it may be judged that there is not much good wall space left.



16th November 1915  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 16542

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A pleasing function took place in the rooms of the Dunedin Photographic Society, when a few friends, representing the ambulance section of the National Reserve, and the Photographic Society, assembled to bid good-bye to Mr. Philip Beck, who will leave this morning for the Palmerston North camp. All the speakers testified to the high esteem in which Mr. Beck, was held, and joined in wishing him God-speed and a safe return. A presentation of a developing tank for films was made, and was much appreciated by the recipient.



1st December 1915  Page 1 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 3220

THE OTAGO ART SOCIETY'S EXHIBITION
III - THE PHOTOGRAPHS
The 50 photographs exhibited by the Dunedin Photographic Society give ample evidence of the steady influence of this healthy and flourishing little body of enthusiasts upon the aesthetic development of this branch of our artistic activities. There is, in this collection, scarcely a single photograph which has not some claim to artistic consideration, apart from technical merit.

The work of the Rev. H.O. Fenton would of itself lend distinction to the collection, and the society is fortunate in having no less than 15 of his “pictures” on view. Mr. Fenton is inclined to deal with art with a large capital, as instance his elaborate mount and title for “Sleepe after Toyle; Port after Stormy Seas”. In this representation of the framework of a decayed barge we cannot say that the suggestion is by any means one of peace. A wind-tossed sky, disturbed waters reflecting its somewhat lurid light, and distant trees artistically massed, but in no reposeful fashion, yield a composition which is striking enough, but scarcely in sympathy with the title ascribed to it. But let no one think that Mr. Fenton’s art is entirely a pose. His “St. Jeronyouos” is one of the best church interiors we remember seeing. Its light effect is exquisite and its mass composition excellent. Note how admirably the central placing of the light from the door sweeps into artistic subordination the details of the columns and walls. The balance of interest between the close character study of the head and the veiled topography of the very suitable background of “A man of Urq” show the greatest skill. The entire absence of artifice in a charming study of reflections “The Bridge”, shows that Mr. Fenton can exercise surely his sense of selection and poise. Of an entirely different character, yet equally free from meretricious device, is the symphonic tone composition “Desert Twilight”. In all these examples sound composition, wise selection, and the recognition of the eternal art principles have enabled Mr. Fenton to achieve his end by purely legitimate means. To imitate in wood effects inherent to stone; to refuse to recognize the limitations of a medium of expression and to make a virtue of them; to endeavor in one medium to imitate effects which are the accidents of another medium; these things are shoddy — bad art. For this reason, it is necessary to warn the public that out-of-focus effects, however effective and artistic they may be in their proper place, are not in themselves artistic; nay, if done solely to imitate the accidental effects of another art expression, are absolutely inartistic. In Mr. Fenton’s gum bichromate, “Wobbles” this out-of-focus effect is, however, purely defensible and correct. To obtain a painter’s quality in a medium analogous to paint is surely permissible, and in this fine little picture it has been accomplished with telling effect. We are not so sure, however, of its propriety in “The Harbour Noon”, for, though in the middle distance it imparts the effect of heated atmosphere, in the foreground water it is quite unpleasant.

A photograph from which many lessons may be learned is the fine example of C.H. Hewitt’s work in bromoil, “Leicester Hospital”, which Mr. G. Feil so generously offers to sell for the benefit of the patriotic funds. The quality of this excellent picture is remarkable. It is a lesson in tone, in lighting, in atmosphere, and, above all, in the nice balancing of pictorial interest and topographical interest. Its breadth of effect is obtained without the slightest sacrifice of velvety depth, of natural truth, or technical accuracy.

The productions of A. Dickison are always pleasurably anticipated, and although not so typical this year of his energy and deep appreciation of the artistic, his three examples, “A Mountain Torrent”, “Night”, and “A Study” are all interesting.

Miss Walmsley’s promise of last year is more than sustained by her all-round excellence in this exhibition. Although by no means so phenomenally successful as Mr. Dickison’s “Entrance to Dunedin Railway Station”, a year ago, there is no doubt that her night study, is a most satisfactory architectural study, excellently selected and composed. Her “Requies” is also a fine work. The old man is handled with a due appreciation of poetic sentiment, and the light effect sweeps up the masses into a convincing breadth.

Mr. Earland has some good work, of which “The Steamer Basin, Dunedin”, and the fine glacier study “La Perouse” are probably the pick. There are fine qualities of tone in Mr. Grigg’s “Nature’s Bridge”, and Mr. Feil’s “The Inn, Goldington” is nicely selected and printed in a pretty tone of ozobrome.

Mr. Beck's “Roses” is a beautiful photograph, in which the lights are much more successfully restrained than in his otherwise clover study “A Mender of Nets”. Mr. Goodridge’s treatment in multicolor bromoil of “The Lych Gate” cannot fail to attract attention, and is most interesting. These are a few of the more prominent pictures, but the whole collection has excited considerable interest, and is extremely creditable to the Dunedin Photographic Society.



15th January 1916  Volume 23 Number 1 - Page 42
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Last month’s meeting was moderately well attended, when Mr. Stanton Hicks, of the Otago University, gave an interesting and instructive lecture on “Orthochromatism”, and robbed this rather awe-inspiring subject of many of its terrors. Most of us know that “Ortho” plates give us better results than “ordinary”, but it was left to Mr. Hicks to explain why it is so, and this he did in very simple, convincing language.

The following members of the Society have volunteered for service, and have already left or are leaving shortly: A.H. Carrington, James Brunton, T.R. Thomson, G. Jackson, P. Beck, L. Grigg, and R. Talboys.



15th May 1916  Page 248 - Vol. 23 No. 5 The Australasian Photographic Review

KING EDWARD TECHNICAL COLLEGE
(Dunedin, New Zealand), Night
By Miss Felicia Walmsley
Awarded First Prize in the A.P-R. Architectural Competition

15th June 1916  Volume 23 Number 6 - Page 332
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual report shows that the Dunedin Photographic Society is in a flourishing condition, despite the troublesome times, and their influence on membership, the total number of members being 75, in place of 85 for the previous year.

To fully appreciate these numbers, we would point out that a Sydney or Melbourne society should have a membership of about 500 active members to equal them. The society is in a sound financial position, and well equipped with apparatus.

Ten members: Messrs. A.H. Carrington, P. Beck, R. Talboys, M. Ritchie, G. Jackson, J. Brunton. F. McFarlane, F. Cunningham, P.E. Olliver, and T. Thompson, are on active service, and the club wishes them a speedy and safe return.

During the year a variety of demonstrations were given, mainly on developing, enlarging, orthochromatics, ozobrome, and bromoil processes, while lantern slides were exhibited by many of the members, and proved highly interesting.



15th August 1916  Page 416 - Vol. 23 No. 8 The Australasian Photographic Review

YOUTH
By Miss Felicia Walmsley
Awarded Third Prize in the A.P-R. Competition for July

13th November 1916  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 16850

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The photographs are shown by members of the Dunedin Photographic Society, and make quite a nice display.



16th April 1917  Page 215 - Vol. 24 No. 4 The Australasian Photographic Review

THE CATHEDRAL PILLARS
By Miss Felicia Walmsley
Awarded First Prize in the A.P-R. “Architectural Study” Competition

16th April 1917  Page 218 - Vol. 24 No. 4 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The following were the awards in the various Club competitions held during 1916:

ANNUAL EXHIBITION: November, 1916:	PORTRAIT:		LANDSCAPE:		SEASCAPE:		ARCHITECTURE:
	FIRST: R.A. Edwards “Mavis”	SECOND: A. Dickison “Study”	FIRST: R.A. Edwards “Otapiri”	SECOND: J.S. Trevena “Evening, Diamond Lake”	FIRST: S. Earland “Off to the Head”	SECOND: Miss F. Walmsley “Evening Shadows”	FIRST: Telford Weir “A Night Study”	SECOND: A.A. Ancell “A Sunlit Corridor” Miss B. M. Gibson “Otago University”
BEST PICTURE IN EXHIBITION: Mr. S. EARLAND “DAISIES”	MONTHLY COMPETITION SEASCAPE October, 1916:		MONTHLY COMPETITION GENRE October, 1916:		HIGHEST AGGREGATE October, 1916: A GRADE:		HIGHEST AGGREGATE October, 1916: B GRADE:
	FIRST: J.S. Trevena, 52:	SECOND: B. de Lambert, 50	FIRST: Miss Duke, 58:	SECOND: B. de Lambert, 51	FIRST: J.S. Trevena, 250	SECOND: R.A. Edwards, 216	FIRST: Miss Duke, 251	SECOND: Miss Gibson, 200

23rd April 1917  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 16985

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A scheme, which appears to be an excellent one, for carrying a "touch of home" to our boys at the front has been inaugurated by the Mayor (James John Clark from 1915 to 1919) and the Dunedin Photographic Society. It is proposed to collect lantern slides of local views and of groups of mothers of lads who have gone away to fight for the Empire.



26th April 1917  Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 16988

A TOUCH OF HOME FOR OUR BOYS IN THE TRENCHES
At the request of his Worship the Mayor the DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY have undertaken to obtain a SET OF LANTERN SLIDES OF LOCAL VIEWS for Exhibiting to our Boys in the Trenches, and will be pleased to RECEIVE DONATIONS OF ANY SLIDES which would be suitable for the set. These may be left with the Secretary (J. Telford Weir) Princes street, or at the office of this paper.

As his Worship is desirous of including GROUPS OF SOLDIERS MOTHERS, members of the Society will be in attendance at the following places on SATURDAY, the 28th April, at 1.30pm, to obtain these Photos: George Street School, First Church Grounds, Kensington School.

Don't fail to be present, or your boy will be disappointed if he does not see your face. We expect hundreds, and will be prepared to photograph as many as come.

Note Day, Time, and Places, and Come Early.

J.J. CLARK
PATRON
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

J. TELFORD WEIR,
HON.SECRETARY
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY



30th April 1917  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 16411
1st May 1917  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 16992
2nd May 1917  Page 34 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 3294

A TOUCH OF HOME FOR OUR BOYS IN THE TRENCHES
The grounds of the First Church, the George Street School, and the Kensington School presented an animated scone on Saturday, over 300 mothers having assembled to have their photographs taken for reproduction on lantern slides. By this means the portraits of the mothers will be shown to their sons in the trenches. The Dunedin Photographic Society, at the request of His Worship the Mayor, undertook to carry out the details of the scheme, and their energetic efforts were amply justified by the support they received; in fact, so successful were they that the members of the society have decided to, offer their services again next Saturday, so that the scheme may be continued.

These groups are to be included in a set of lantern slides, which the Dunedin Photographic Society has undertaken to obtain for a Y.M.C.A. lecturer who will shortly leave for the front.



30th April 1917  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 16411

OTAGO WOMEN’S PATRIOTIC ASSOCIATION
Surprise bag makers are at the hall on Mondays, Tuesdays, and Wednesdays. Many workers will be welcome in this section, of which Mesdames Butterworth, Martin, Sutherland, and Heenan are in charge. Ordinary work will proceed on Thursday and Friday next week from Monday onwards. Dominion parcels and transport kits will be packed, and the usual packers will be very welcome. There will be much more to do this month, as sugar is now included in the list of articles for Dominion parcels, and this has to be packed in tins similar to those used for sweets, necessitating many more workers. Donations of money and articles of food in tins are requested for the Dominion parcels. Twenty-four thousand of these leave New Zealand every month, and it is intended now to include as much food as possible, owing to the shortage at Home. Every parcel is worth approximately 2s 6d, and donors are requested to send a message for inclusion in the parcel, as this personal touch is very much appreciated by the soldiers. The Dunedin Photographic Society took snapshots of 300 women relatives of our soldiers on Saturday last. These are to be made into slides and sent to the trenches, and there is no doubt they will give the keenest pleasure to the soldiers. Next Saturday the society will be in attendance at the First Church grounds, and they hope to have 3,000 snapshots to take this time. All women relatives are urgently requested to be present.



4th May 1917
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 16995
Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 16995

TO SOLDIERS MOTHERS AND WIVES
The DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY will be in ATTENDANCE at FIRST CHURCH GROUNDS on SATURDAY NEXT, May 5th, from 1.30pm to 2.45pm, to TAKE FURTHER GROUPS OF SOLDIERS MOTHERS AND WIVES for inclusion in the Set of Lantern Slides to be EXHIBITED by the Y.M.C.A to OUR BOYS in the TRENCHES.

Last Saturday's attendance was over 300 — make To-morrow's over 3000. Don't miss your last opportunity for inclusion in the set. It will cost you absolutely nothing, and your boys will value it more than gold.

J.J. CLARK
Patron
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

J. TELFORD WEIR
Hon. Secretary
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY



4th May 1917  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 16415
7th May 1917  Page 2 - DOMINION, VOLUME 10, ISSUE 3072
30th May 1917  Page 36 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 3298

A TOUCH OF HOME FOR OUR BOYS IN THE TRENCHES
On Saturday last groups of over 300 soldiers mothers and relatives were photographed at various parts of the City and suburbs by members of the Dunedin Photographic Society. Lantern slides from these are being prepared, and will go direct to the trenches, there to be "screened" at the Y.M.C.A. huts. The success which attended last Saturday's efforts, and the universal appreciation of the idea expressed by those present has encouraged the society to take, further groups to-morrow at the First Church grounds, from 1.30pm to 3pm, when a record attendance is anticipated. Relatives who were unable to attend last week should note time and place. Views of Dunedin and surrounding districts are also to be sent along with the above groups, so that Dunedin boys at the front are to receive a real touch of home when the slides are screened there. Donations of lantern slides to add to the set will be welcome. They may be left at the office of this paper or with Mr. J. Telford Weir, Scurrs Buildings, Princes street. Attention is drawn to some of last week's groups, which are on view at the London Bookstall, Stock Exchange Buildings.



30th May 1917  Page 32 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 3298

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

GROUPS OF MOTHERS AND RELATIVES OF OTAGO BOYS ON ACTIVE SERVICE.
The above photographs were taken by the Dunedin Photographic Society
with the object of providing Mr. Hughes, of the Y.M.C.A., with lantern slide,
for exhibition in the Y.M.C.A. Huts behind the firing lines on the Western Front.

6th June 1917  Page 36 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 3299

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

GROUPS OF MOTHERS AND RELATIVES OF OTAGO BOYS ON ACTIVE SERVICE.
The above photographs were taken by the Dunedin Photographic Society
with the object of providing Mr. Hughes, of the Y.M.C.A., with lantern slide,
for exhibition in the Y.M.C.A. Huts behind the firing lines on the Western Front.

5th July 1917
Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 17048
Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 16468
6th July 1917
Page 4 - PRESS, VOLUME LIII, ISSUE 15946

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
PRIVATE GEORGE CROMBIE:
Private George Crombie (reported killed in action on June 13) was the eldest son of Mr. James Crombie, merchant tailor, Stuart street. He was a pupil at the George Street School and latterly at the Kaikorai School. After leaving school he went into his father's shop to learn the business, and there he remained until two years ago, when he bought an orchard in Nelson and went to settle there. He was well known among a large circle of friends as a man of sterling character. The key-note of his life was thoroughness. For a number of years he was closely connected with the Dunedin Photographic Society, and held the position of secretary for a period. He was one of the best amateur photographers in Dunedin, and his artistic pictures were always a noteworthy feature of the various photographic exhibitions held locally and elsewhere. He was also an ardent horticulturist, and his garden at Roslyn, which was admired by all, contained many beautiful and rare flowers. When the call to arms came he enlisted in the Medical Corps, but subsequently transferred to the Infantry (Eighteenth Reinforcements) when he found that men were not urgently required in the former arm of the service. A younger brother, who left with the Eighth Reinforcements, is at present on active service in France.



15th August 1917  Page 416 - Vol. 24 No. 8 The Australasian Photographic Review

LILIES
By Miss Felicia Walmsley
Awarded First Prize in the A.P-R. “Home Portrait or Group” Competition

6th October 1917  Page 6 and 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 16548

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Rev. H.O. Fenton will repeat his lantern lecture on 'Belgium' in the Y.M.C.A. Hall to-night in aid of the funds of the Dunedin Photographic Society. Admission 1s.

J. BLAIR MASON
PRESIDENT
J. TELFORD WEIR
HON.SECRETARY



16th November 1917  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 17163

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Otago Art Society's annual exhibition of paintings, photographs, and art craft was continued yesterday with very large attendances, especially during the evening. A feature is the exhibit of photographs taken by members of the Dunedin Photographic Society, which excited the admiration of visitors. The Women's Patriotic Association is making a special effort in connection with the providing of refreshments this afternoon and on Saturday, and the orchestral music to-day will be supplied by the Bristol Piano Company. The picture, "Duvauchelles Bay", by J.E. Menzies, was disposed of yesterday.



2nd February 1918  Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 17228
6th February 1918  Page 1 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 3334

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Members of the Dunedin Photographic Society and the many soldiers relatives whoso photos they took, will be interested to read the following extract from a soldier's letter, which shows that the scheme was very successful, and was keenly appreciated by our boys so far away from their homes and friends. He says; "Last night Mr. G.W. Hughes gave lantern slides of dear old New Zealand. I went to it, and enjoyed it very much, as it is the first chance we have had of putting in an evening in that way since coming to France. It was nice seeing old familiar sights, and he had a lot of Dunedin. The best part was when he showed some slides of groups of Dunedin ladies (relatives of the boys at the front), which were taken by the Dunedin Photographic Society. You can imagine I scanned the faces pretty closely in case there were any I knew. Just about the second last slide I recognized ----. It was great to be sitting in a shed in Belgium and see her face on the screen. Tell her, and she can think of herself as being shown in different camps and places all over Flanders.



4th February 1918  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 16649

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The secretary of the Dunedin Photographic Society (Mr. J.T. Weir) has received the following letter from London from Mr. G.W. Hughes, Y.M.C.A. supervising secretary of war works: I thought it would be interesting to you and to the members of your society to know that during my recent visit to France I had the opportunity of lecturing to the New Zealand soldiers on their home country, and of course made special use of the slides donated to me by your members. The hut was crowded with about 400 men, and Major Mackay presided. The hut had recently been taken over by the New Zealand Y.M.C.A., and this was practically the first lecture given in it under the new auspices. A camp at this center had recently been established. I do not think any man had a more attentive audience than I did when speaking to the New Zealand fellows. I showed about 100 slides during the lecture, covering the country from Auckland to Invercargill, and of course made special reference to Dunedin and Otago districts. There was absolute silence when I showed the pictures of the wives, mothers, and sweethearts of the Dunedin boys which your society provided me with. I have also lectured in other camps in England where our New Zealand troops are stationed, and on every occasion the fellows have given the slides a splendid reception. At the close of the lecture in France the cheers nearly raised the roof. I feel certain that showing them the pictures of their women folk back in their own country will help many a fellow to keep straight. At one lecture one of the boys in the audience, recognizing a face, involuntarily cried out the girl's name, which, of course, was received with shrieks of laughter from the other fellows, and make a welcome break in a very solemn time. Will you convey to the society and to His Worship the Mayor this information, and express my appreciation of their gift.



12th April 1918  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 16706

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the club rooms last evening. The committee's report showed that, notwithstanding the large number of members who had been temporarily lost to the society owing to the war, the membership has been substantially increased during the year. This position was largely due to the energy of the late secretary, Mr. J.T. Weir. Mr. J.S. Trevena, had successfully carried on the duties of secretary since Mr. Weir's removal from Dunedin. In order to help new members the committee decided to start classes for beginners, in order that they may work along right lines.

The balance-sheet showed that, although considerable expense had been incurred in improvements, the society were still in a sound financial position.

THE FOLLOWING MEMBERS WERE ON ACTIVE SERVICE:
Mr. R. Talbays	Mr. A.H. Carrington	Mr. M. Ritchie	Mr. J. MacGregor	Mr. S. Jackson	Mr. F. M'Farlane	Mr. P. Beck	Mr. J. Brunton	Mr. F. Cunningham
Mr. P.E. Oliver	Mr. T. Thomson	Mr. L. Anderson	Mr. M.L. Grigg	Mr. L.J. Louden	Mr. J.W. Gow	Mr. J. Fraser	Mr. L.C. Findlay

22nd April 1918  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 17295
27th April 1918  Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 16719

INSTRUCTION CLASSES IN PHOTOGRAPHY
CLASSES as under will be held in connection with the
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

Free to all Members. JOIN NOW
Annual Subscription, £1 1s.
Fee for Course of Lectures only, 10s.

May 1, Exposure (S. Earland);
May 8 Development (Rev. H.O. Fenton);
May 15 Printing (J.S. Trevena);
May 22, Trimming and Mounting (Miss Allis);
May 29, Enlarging (A. Dickison).

The Club Rooms, 3 LIVERPOOL STREET (South British Insurance Buildings),
Open for Inspection on MONDAY, 29th April,
from 7.30pm to 9pm, when intending members may enroll.

Or apply to
LONDON PHOTO. DEPOT
Stock Exchange Buildings, Princes street.



27th January 1919  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 17533

At the opening of the Otago Art Society's annual exhibition in the Art Gallery Hall to-morrow evening, Mr. R. Hawcridge will deliver a short address on "Art and Its Influence", after which visitors will have an opportunity of inspecting the large collection of pictures which adorn the walls of the society's gallery. Nearly every artist of note in the dominion is represented. There is also on view a number of paintings by Joseph Walinski, A. Dattils Rubbo, J.M. Auld, M. Woodhouse, and other well-known Australian artists. In the crafts section is to be seen a very fine display of hand painted china. Part of the south wall of the water-color room is devoted to an exhibition of photographs, the work of members of the Dunedin Photographic Society. The exhibition should be a source of instruction and pleasure to all lovers of art. One-half of the gross proceeds from the sale of art union tickets, which also give admission to the gallery, is to be handed over to the Otago Women's Patriotic Fund.



27th January 1919  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 17533
29th January 1919  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 16954
5th February 1919  Page 6 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 3386

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
The 42nd Annual exhibition of pictures under the auspices of the Otago Art Society was formally opened last evening. Dr Roberts, who presided (owing to Mr. Joachim being unwell), explained that it had been intended to hold the exhibition at the beginning of November, but the influenza epidemic had prevented that. As a whole, the exhibition compared favorably with those of previous years, especially with regard to water colors. The rejections had been few.

Mr. R. Hawcridge, master of the School of Art, delivered an address on 'Art and National Sentiment', in the course of which he said that sentiment, and sentiment alone, had saved the world during the past four years. Sentiment had saved France.

THE COMPETITION: DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

LANDSCAPE:

MARINE:

PORTRAITURE:

ARCHITECTURE:

GENERAL:

FIRST: A.M. Macdonald

SECOND: A.M. Macdonald

HON. MENTION: R.A. Edwards W.G. Ferguson S. Earland

FIRST: A.M. Macdonald W.G. Ferguson

SECOND: A.M. Macdonald

FIRST: A. Dickison

SECOND: W.G. Ferguson

HON. MENTION: A.A. Ancell

FIRST: R.A. Edwards

SECOND: A.M. Macdonald

FIRST: A.M. Macdonald

SECOND: R.A. Edwards

HON. MENTION: S. Earland G. Chance

15th April 1919  Volume 26 Number 4 - Page 276
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Hon.Secretary of the Dunedin Photographic Society writes:

“Enclosed herewith please find preliminary notice of an Inter-club Competition which the Dunedin Photographic Society purposes holding in June of this year.

“It is suggested that the competition among the photographic societies of New Zealand be made an annual one, and that the club gaining first place be Champion Club of New Zealand for that year; it is also suggested that the winning club hold the competition for the year following.

“We find it very difficult to ascertain particulars of the various societies scattered throughout New Zealand, and we shall be very glad if you will publish details of this proposed competition in the A.P.-R”.

To be held in the Club Rooms, South British Building, Liverpool Street, Dunedin, in June, 1919.

RULES:
1. All work submitted must be the bona fide work of the exhibitor: each exhibit to consist of not more than twelve pictures from any one club, and all pictures to be mounted, but not framed.
2. In order that this may be solely a New Zealand competition, exhibits are limited to New Zealand subjects only.
3. No one member of a club may send in more than two prints in the club exhibit.
4. Entrance fee, 5/- the club. The Dunedin Photographic Society will pay postage one way.
5. All work to be judged as a club exhibit, the club gaining first place to be adjudged the Champion Club of New Zealand for the year.

Particulars may be obtained from and all communications to be sent to the Secretary, 277 High Street, Dunedin, New Zealand.



17th April 1919  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17021
19th April 1919  Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 17603

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on the 14th April, in the club rooms, Liverpool street, on Monday evening. There was a good attendance of members. Mr. S. Earland (president) occupied the chair.

The balance-sheet showed a credit of £18 17s 10d. The society is indebted to Kodak Australasia (Limited) and to Harringtons (Limited) for free copies of their monthly magazines.

The annual report stated: Lectures and meetings were held during the year as usual, the subjects dealt with being: ‘Pictorial Photography' (Mr. Hawcridge), ‘Picture Making with a Camera' (Mr. A. Macdonald), ‘ How to Make an Album' (Mr. Dawson). ‘Toning' (Messrs Trevena, Earland, and Rev. H.O. Fenton), ‘Developing Plates and Films' (Mr. Earland), lantern evening (by members), lantern evening (Miss Allis).

A series of classes for beginners were held. Classes in more advanced work, with senior members as instructors, are now in operation. The annual exhibition, held in January at the Art Gallery in conjunction with the Art Society, was as usual, the chief event of the year, some 78 pictures bring hung. The work was of a very high standard. Mr. Hawcridge's services at honorary judge were again invaluable and highly appreciated, and the thanks of the club are also due to Rev H.O. Fenton, who acted as judge for the monthly competitions. During the year a “one-man” show of their own work was given by Messrs Dickison, Earland, Trevena, and Miss Allis. The membership of the club now stands at 94, over 30 new members having joined during the year — an evidence of the growing popularity of the art of photography. During the year the club room has been redecorated and partly refurnished, thus making the room very much attractive to members. The club picture gallery has also been added to by pictures presented by Messrs Macdonald, Chance, Trevena, Ferguson, and Ancell.



16th July 1919  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17097
18th July 1919
Page 4 - STAR, ISSUE 12696
Page 8 - NEW ZEALAND HERALD, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 17216
Page 7 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME L, ISSUE 170
Page 5 - DOMINION, VOLUME 12, ISSUE 252
Page 13 - SUN, VOLUME VI, ISSUE 1693
Page 5 - SOUTHLAND TIMES, ISSUE 18144
Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 17680
Page 5 - PRESS, VOLUME LV, ISSUE 16578
Page 4 - LYTTELTON TIMES, VOLUME CXVII, ISSUE 18152
21st July 1919  Page 10 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XCVIII, ISSUE 17

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION OF PHOTOGRAPHS
A most interesting collection of photographs is on view in the Dunedin Photographic Society Rooms, Liverpool street. The exhibits comprise 69 pictures which had been sent in from various centers in connection with a recent inter-club competition, and are very fine specimens of the photographic art. All the work is of New Zealand subjects, this being one of the conditions of the competition, which, by the way, is the first of its kind to be held in the Dominion. It is intended to make it an annual event, however, the judging to take place in a different center each year.

This year Mr. O'Keeffe, of the Dunedin School of Art, judged the prints, and placed the competitors as follows: Dunedin Photographic Society (921 marks) 1, Southland Technical College Camera Club (872) 2, Wellington Amateur Photographic Society (854) 5, Auckland Camera Club (841) 4, Invercargill Y.M.C.A. Camera Club (836) 5, Hamilton Amateur Photographic Society (518) 6.

All the prints are to be sent to each competing center in turn and exhibited there. The exhibition will be open here to-night, also to-morrow and Friday afternoons and evenings, and those interested in photography would do well to visit it.



16th July 1919  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17097
18th July 1919
Page 4 - STAR, ISSUE 12696
Page 8 - NEW ZEALAND HERALD, VOLUME LVI, ISSUE 17216
Page 7 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME L, ISSUE 170
Page 5 - DOMINION, VOLUME 12, ISSUE 252
Page 13 - SUN, VOLUME VI, ISSUE 1693
Page 5 - SOUTHLAND TIMES, ISSUE 18144
21st July 1919
Page 10 - EVENING POST, VOLUME XCVIII, ISSUE 17

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
INTER-CLUB COMPETITION
EXHIBITION OF PHOTOGRAPHS
A most interesting collection of photographs is on view in the Dunedin Photographic Society Rooms, Liverpool street. The exhibits comprise 69 pictures which had been sent in from various Photography Groups in connection with a recent inter-club competition, and are very fine specimens of the photographic art. All the work is of New Zealand subjects, this being one of the conditions of the competition, which, by the way, is the first of its kind to be held in the Dominion. It is intended to make it an annual event, however, the judging to take place in a different town each year. This year Mr. O'Keeffe, of the Dunedin School of Art, judged the prints, and placed the competitors as follows:

1919 INTER-CLUB PHOTOGRAPHIC COMPETITION		POINTS
1st	Dunedin Photographic Society	921
2nd	Southland Technical College Camera Club	872
3rd	Wellington Amateur Photographic Society	854
4th	Auckland Camera Club	841
5th	Invercargill Y.M.C.A. Camera Club	836
6th	Hamilton Photographic Society	518

All the prints are to be sent to each competing centre in turn and exhibited there. The exhibition will be open here to-night, also to-morrow and Friday afternoons and evenings, and those interested in photography would do well to visit it.



19th July 1919  Page 12 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 17681

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
The Dunedin Photographic Society exhibition, which was held in the club's rooms, Liverpool street, has been well patronized. The attendance yesterday — the closing day — was exceptionally good, and the keenest possible interest was taken by patrons in the display of photographs. The idea of holding an inter-club competition is an excellent one, and at once shows members what each club as a whole is capable of accomplishing, and Dunedin's experience on this occasion will doubtless lead to this class of exhibition being held annually. Its educative value cannot be denied, and the fact that the rules of the competition provide that all work submitted must be of New Zealand subjects only places all clubs on the same footing. Work from all the principal amateur photographers in the dominion is on exhibition, and embraces a great variety of subjects.



31st July 1919  Page 4 - WAIKATO TIMES, VOLUME 91, ISSUE 14125

INTER-CLUB COMPETITION
EXHIBITION OF PHOTOGRAPHS
The Hamilton Amateur Photographic Society recently entered nine prints in the inter-club competition, held at Dunedin. Although it was not successful in securing prizes, it put up a very creditable record against old-established societies.

Hamilton entered only nine prints against the other clubs 12.



1st August 1919  Page 2 - SOUTHLAND TIMES, ISSUE 18155

PHOTOGRAPHIC ART
PICTURES FROM RECENT CONTEST
FINE EXHIBIT IN INVERCARGILL
A few years ago to have mentioned photography and art in the same breath would have been to invite furious attack by the great Mandarins who struggle to keep Art chained with rules and bound with conventions. To-day the camera has such a weight of opinion behind it, and opinion so thoroughly respectable, that even the Mandarins hesitate. Photography may not be quite upon the highest pinnacles, but it is far enough up to know that its position is now unassailable. As an example of what can be done with the camera in these days, the pictures from the recent Photographic Societies contest in Dunedin deserve careful study. These seventy-odd prints, representing all classes of work, were exhibited by six photographic societies in the dominion, and, while marks were given for the individual pictures, the result in the competition was determined by the aggregate of marks won by each society. Under the conditions of the contest all the subjects had to be New Zealand, and no member of a club or society could have more than two prints in his society’s exhibit. An excellent feature of the competition is that all the pictures are to be exhibited by each competing society. The Southland Technical College Camera Club was awarded second place in this contest and the complete exhibit has now come to Invercargill and is being shown at the Y.M.C.A. rooms until Tuesday.

Taken generally the pictures reach a high standard and they include a number of exceptional merit. They have been arranged according to societies, and the exhibits in turn are arranged according to the order in which they finished in the competition. Thus the Dunedin Photographic Society occupies the first position. In general terms there will be little tendency to quarrel with the judge’s decision, though the exhibit owes a great deal to the really high order of merit of four or five prints. It must be remembered, of course, that while the pictorial side must command a great deal of the judge’s attention, he cannot ignore the purely technical side of the work, and for these reasons an artist, who is a photographer, must make the best judge, while the photographer, who is an artist, should give the best work. It might be well in future years, too, if the spectators had some means of knowing the titles and exhibitors of the pictures. In the Dunedin set of prints there are two extremely interesting architectural studies, one an interior (the stairway in the Invercargill municipal buildings), which will arrest the attention of the onlooker at once. Technically it is one of the gems of the exhibition. It has a remarkably fine gradation of tone, it is well balanced, it is full of interest, and it reveals refinement in treatment — the sure hand of the master worker. The exterior scene is good in a bolder, more vigorous style. The portraiture includes a head and shoulders draped in black, with the lighting striking a wisp of hair. It is a remarkably fine piece of work. There are two harvest scenes, one taken on the slope of a hill being exceptionally interesting. All the tree studies are meritorious, but the one showing the edge of a clump of beeches will probably command most attention by its suggestion of mystery and the fine effect of great depth in the shadows. The study of some shapely gums, however, is also an exceedingly pleasing study, in more decorative and open style, and worthy of notice. There is a graceful scene at the edge of a stream “Amongst the Sedges” it might be called, which takes the eye, and a study of a fountain, on what looks like a day clothed in autumn gray, is remarkable for its gradations in tone and luminous shadows. A picture that is probably called “A Girl Among the Daisies”, is a veritable gem. It is strongly reminiscent of a study in oils of Griffenhagen, but there can be no doubt about the value of this artistic study by the camera.

The Southland Technical College Club has put in a very even set of pictures, but they are rather lacking in variety, and there does not seem to have been such a marked boldness of conception as is shown in the winning exhibit. The pictures, considered together, afford insufficient contrast, but it includes some excellent work which gives promise of better things in the future. These points suggest that in future judging, marks should be allowed for the general effect of the exhibit considered as a whole. There is a tendency in the Technical College work to limit the tone scale of the pictures, as if extremes were tapu, but even severe and sudden contrasts, though dangerous to the unskilled worker, have their place in pictorial photography and the shortened range of tone, when the whole exhibit is before the eye, tends to flatness. Coming to details: There is a study of a girl’s head, which will attract attention. She is resting her cheek against her hand, and though the high light on the straight fore-arm makes it look something like a pillar, the effect is not so stiff as the idea would suggest. The tone values have been well kept and the picture is full of quality. There is a smaller portrait, the head of a young woman, in which the lighting of the hair is excellent, though the tones of the face are keyed rather low. The study of a little child paddling in a river is a charming thing. It is well composed and lighting is excellent. The wood studies are rather lacking in interest, and the second water scene has a sky which shows too plainly the work and the method that has been employed to put it in. The picture of a church door is good in a straight fashion, but it lacks interest. A sunset scene on a river is rather heavy, and the remaining portraits, though they score technically, do not carry much distinction with them.

The Wellington Club has gone in rather for big work, and the exhibit includes some praiseworthy efforts. A study of a child with an apple, the picture bears the title Angela, takes the attention by reason of its fine finish, but the child has not been comfortably posed and the picture “leans” rather to one side. Another study of a girl at home lessons reveals some skillful lighting, but again the figure is at fault. It reveals anticipation for the flashlight that was used, instead of interest in the lessons, but despite these defects it is an excellent piece of work and will appeal to many. A picture of waves dashing on a rock has just missed being in championship class. The black mass of rock requires a little more detail to make it interesting, and the waves, through being deficient in detail, are rather woolly in appearance, but after acknowledging these blemishes it must be admitted that the picture is full of action and highly meritorious. A schooner alongside a wharf makes a fine marine study. “A Fisherman” as an example of straight work is very good, and beneath it three children on a beach, are the picture of gaiety and joy. A beach under sunlight has been well handled, though the subject is conventional, and the same can be said of a view showing some cattle resting beneath some trees. Another picture that will be looked at with interest is a study of an elderly man working at a bench. He is obviously a “hobbyist” rather than a workman, as his white collar shows. It is a very attractive study. “Sunshine and Shadow” is not sufficiently interesting, and some of the alignments are not above suspicion. The view of sunset over the harbour, and a picture of the Hutt Valley are good without carrying much weight.

Auckland has an uneven exhibit. There are one or two things in it which must have ranked high in the estimation of the judge, and some others which are marred by rough work and elementary errors in composing. Take the picture of three children at a river. All the lines of the picture lead to a bare spot. The picture might well have been made worth while with different treatment. Then there is a scene of rapids amongst some bush. It is thoroughly conventional and fairly well done, but right up in the corner is a patch of light which captures the eye and keeps it away from the picture — a fatal fault. A study of a boy milking is amongst the best things of the exhibition, though some of the high lights need toning down a trifle. A delicate morning study of a boat harbour, pitched in a high key and thoroughly true in atmosphere, is an extremely artistic piece of workmanship and deserves high marking. The same hand can be detected in a head-and-shoulders study of a young woman with black hair. The same high key is observable, but the black hair affords the artist the chance for a striking contrast and makes the study extremely decorative. There is an attempt at a study in the semi-nude that has been rather spoilt by bad posing. The use of the draperies has been cleverly conceived, but the draperies themselves are too crushed and washed out looking. The girl’s pose is unmistakably self-conscious — in classic studies a fault beyond redemption. The technical work, however, is very good, and the picture will have many admirers for its many good points. A little picture of some figures on a wet pavement and under extremely damp conditions, has some, fine atmospheric effects, and the arrangement of the lighting lifts the subject well above the level of the ordinary. It is one of the best things in the Auckland exhibit. A study of some cattle proceeding along the road in a cloud of dust, with the sun shining through it, is well done. The other pictures are rather weak.

The Invercargill Y.M.C.A. Club has a good range, and it is surprising that it did not fare better. The two portraits are good, especially one that is strongly reminiscent of some portraiture of the olden days. It has an old world charm about it, but to the photographer the beautiful grading in the tones, the lack of any jarring points and the general management of the lighting will appeal especially. There is a wealth of merit in a study entitled “The Spirit of the Dunes”, but the posing is not above criticism. It is not quite clear whether the female in it is seizing the grass to assist herself up the slope (her attitude suggests it, though the light hold she has of the grass destroys that idea) or whether she is examining the plant. The latter is probably the idea, and if it is so, the arm thrown to the rear makes the attitude stiff. With this fault noted, it is possible to proceed with a list of laudatory points. The idea is good and the execution shows the skillful workman. The tonal quality of the picture could hardly be improved. In a study of a path amongst some trees there is a rather rough bit of printing-in, which spoils the general effect of an otherwise interesting picture, and in a small way another study of some cabbage trees is good. “Evening in the Estuary” is heavy, and the lines are hardly broken sufficiently, but the lighting is good, and the same may be said of a picture showing a patch of sunlight with a boat in it, but there again the object in the picture has not been well placed. There is an exceedingly attractive study of a young girl gathering flowers. It is warm in tone and well balanced, and well worth attention.

The Hamilton Club’s exhibits are rather small, but some of them show promise, and doubtless a few contests will improve the standard of its members work considerably.



27th August 1919
Page 5 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME L, ISSUE 203
Page 7 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME L, ISSUE 203

AUCKLAND CAMERA CLUB
EXHIBITION OF PHOTOGRAPHS
An exhibition of photographs is to be opened at the Auckland Camera Club rooms to-morrow, and will be open from 2pm to 5pm and from 7pm to 9pm. The exhibition is the result of an inter-provincial photographic competition inaugurated by the Dunedin Photographic Society. All photographs from the competing clubs were sent to Dunedin and judged on their merits. The marks were then allotted to the various clubs, with the result that Dunedin proved the winner. An arrangement was made that after the exhibition there the collection was to be sent in turn to the various clubs competing. This collection of particularly choice works is now in Auckland, mid will be on view as stated.



6th September 1919  Page 7 - WAIKATO TIMES, VOLUME 91, ISSUE 14157
.
HAMILTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHY
EXHIBITION IN HAMILTON
There is at present on view in one of the sample rooms in Paul’s Arcade, Hamilton, a most interesting collection of photographs, comprising 69 pictures which had been sent in from various centers in connection with a recent inter-club competition, and they are fine specimens of the photographic art. All the work is of New Zealand subjects, this being one of the conditions of the competition, which it is intended to make an annual event, the judging to take place in a different center each year.

This year Mr. O’Keeffe, of the Dunedin School of Art, judged the prints, and placed the competitors as follows:

1919 INTER-CLUB PHOTOGRAPHIC COMPETITION		POINTS
1st	Dunedin Photographic Society	921
2nd	Southland Technical College Camera Club	872
3rd	Wellington Amateur Photographic Society	854
4th	Auckland Camera Club	841
5th	Invercargill Y.M.C.A. Camera Club	836
6th	Hamilton Photographic Society	518

The Dunedin Photographic Society collection includes some artistic studies. “Beech Trees", by G. Chance, obtained 95 marks out of a possible 100, and is a splendid piece of work with a beautiful tone. “River Sedges” secured 90 marks, and there are also two fine architectural studies, some pretty harvest and wood scenes, besides striking portrait studies.

Southland Technical College Camera Club shows some fine forest, portrait, architectural and water studies, the work being of good quality and evidencing much artistic talent among the exhibitors. "A Forest Glade” is extremely pretty.

The Wellington Amateur Photographic Society collection is one that at once impresses the spectator. A study of a child was marked by the judge “in perfect repose”, and was awarded 95 marks. Wharf, harbour and pastoral scenes, a study of an old veteran fishing, seas breaking on the rocks, and a magnificent architectural study complete the list.

Auckland Camera Club: in their exhibit the highest marks went to “The Crystal”, but there will be many who will prefer the photograph of a drover and his mob of cattle, the soft tone and clear atmosphere of which are very pleasing. "A Wet Day" and water and bush scenes are artistic creations.

Invercargill Y.M.C.A. Camera Club provides “The Spirit of the Dunes”, “The Boat Landing", "A Bush Path", “In Summer Time", a moonlight scene, and several portrait studies, all very attractive.

Hamilton Amateur Photographic Society: despite the fact that it is only a “baby club”, exhibits some good work, and the points awarded are an encouragement to the club to continue. “In Harbour” gives some good light-on-water effects, and “Yachting", "Sunshine and Shadow”, and "Misty Morn”, and the various studies show much promise.

The exhibition will be open until Tuesday, and will doubtless attract many people.



24th November 1919  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17207

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
THE ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The photographs, exhibited by the Dunedin Photographic Society, show a decided advance in the selection of subjects, and in the methods of treatment. The awards are as follow:

ANNUAL EXHIBITION: November, 1919:	PORTRAIT:			ARCHITECTURE:			LANDSCAPE:
	FIRST: R.A. Edwards	SECOND: A. Dickison	HON. MENTION: G. Chance A.M. Macdonald	FIRST: A.M. Macdonald	SECOND: A. Dickison	HON. MENTION: R.A. Edwards	FIRST: W.G. Ferguson	SECOND: G. Chance S. Earland
BEST PICTURE IN EXHIBITION: Mr. A.M. MACDONALD “THE ALLEYWAY”	LANDSCAPE:		MARINE:			GENERAL:
	HON. MENTION: D.G. Sheriff A.M. Macdonald S. Earland	FIRST: S. Earland	SECOND: R.A. Edwards	HON. MENTION: G. Chance	FIRST: A.M. Macdonald	SECOND: G. Chance	HON. MENTION: A.M. Macdonald

It may be supposed that the judging was rather a job, especially in the Portraiture section. “The best picture” is decidedly impressive. The sunny south of Europe is apparently the place, possibly Verona; but, whilst wondering why there is no Romeo or Juliet in sight, and looking to the catalog for some clue one is rather startled to find that the camera outlined the picture in our own prosaic Maclaggan street.



15th April 1920  Page 203 - Vol. 27 No. 4 The Australasian Photographic Review

MISS K
By W.J. Ferguson
Dunedin Photographic Society

15th April 1920  Page 204 - Vol. 27 No. 4 The Australasian Photographic Review

THE SPIRIT OF THE DUNES
By A.M. Macdonald
Champion Picture
1919 Annual Exhibition
Dunedin Photographic Society

15th April 1920  Volume 27 Number 4 - Page 205
The Australasian Photographic Review

HISTORY OF THE

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

Felicia Walmsley

Nearly thirty years ago Messrs. W. Livingston, W.W. Wyper and others, being interested in Amateur Photography, developed the habit of meeting during lunch hours for the purpose of discussing things photographic, making their meeting place Mr. Rutherford’s Gallery, which was situated where the Government Life Insurance buildings now stand at the corner of Rattray and Princes Streets. This regular meeting of camera enthusiasts proved sufficiently interesting to attract others and the attendance increased to such an extent that it was eventually decided to form a Club, and from this lunch hour talk sprang what is now known as the Dunedin Photographic Society and of which Mr. W. Livingston was virtually the founder.

The matter was taken in hand by four gentlemen, Messrs. W. Livingston. W.W. Wyper, R.A. Ewing, and W. Dickson, and steps were taken to found a Society. At the preliminary meeting Mr. Livingston was voted to the chair, and it was resolved to form a Society which should be purely amateur.

The first meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in March, 1890, Mr. Livingston being elected President and Mr. R.A. Ewing Secretary. The first exhibition of pictures, though poor when contrasted with its successors, was at the same time very creditable. considering the small number who made a hobby of photography at that time.

The following year the only two other clubs then in existence in New Zealand were communicated with and a proposal made for a Colonial Exhibition.

The Nelson Camera Club showed its approval in a practical manner by sending a large exhibit. The Auckland Camera Club, though sympathetic, did not exhibit, but did so the year following, when some excellent pictures were submitted.

The Otago Art Society now made overtures to the Dunedin Photographic Society to have their own Exhibition and that of the Camera Clubs held conjointly. After arrangements had been made this was done.

As time passed more Clubs were formed in various parts of New Zealand; these exhibitions grew more popular and much was done to improve the art both artistically and technically.

In April, 1892, the Dunedin Photographic Society removed to rooms in the Union Chambers in Princes Street, opposite Braithwaite’s Book Arcade, which was described in the old records as “furnished and lit by gas”. The rooms at this time were available once a month for the purpose of meeting and from this time on lady members were admitted.

In 1895 the Dunedin Photographic Society again removed, this time to the Royal Arcade (late Clifford and Co’s. Photo Gallery), and the following year (1896), through inability to secure a renewal of lease, to the present rooms in Liverpool Street, which were taken possession of in July of that year.

About the year 1904 a great many of the older members dropped out and from this time until 1914 marked a period of transition from what might be called the original Society to the present one. During this period the Society had its up and downs, the subscriptions being barely sufficient to cover the expenses incurred during the year.

During the year 1914-15 new life was put into the Dunedin Photographic Society by the then Secretary, Mr. A. Dickison. Mr. Dickison, although a young member of the Society was most enthusiastic and worked with such zeal that the membership rose from 40 to 80 in the course of the year. Unfortunately the effects of the war began to be felt, but in spite of this the Dunedin Photographic Society maintained its increased membership under the succeeding secretaries, Messrs. J. Telford Weir and J.S. Trevena doing especially good work. The years of the war were particularly trying ones for the Dunedin Photographic Society, over 20 of the members being away on Active Service.

During this period many lady members were added to the list of members and it has been chiefly due to the keenness of the lady members for the welfare of the Dunedin Photographic Society that its position has been so well maintained. Miss B.M. Gibson, the present Secretary, in particular, has proved herself to be most capable during her term of office, and the bright and clean appearance of the Club Room is due chiefly to her interest in the Club.

At the present time the Dunedin Photographic Society is second to none in the Dominion as regards equipment and membership and the standard of the work produced is very high. The following is a list of the Presidents and Secretaries past and present:

PRESIDENT		SECRETARY
1889 - 1890	W. Dickson	1889 - 1890	W. Livingston
1890 - 1891	W. Livingston	1890 - 1899	R.A. Ewing
1891 - 1892	W.W. Wyper	1899 - 1904	J. Skottowe Webb
1893 - 1894	J.C. Thomson	1904 - 1907	J. Stuart White
1894 - 1896	Dr. W.S. Roberts	1907 - 1909	G. Crombie
1896 - 1897	F.J. Monson	1909 - 1914	Miss C.H. Mackenzie
1897 - 1898	W. Williams	1914 - 1915	A. Dickison
1898 - 1900	Charlie Wellington Kerr	1915 - 1916	G.J.J. Feil
1900 - 1901	R.A. Ewing	1916 - 1917	J.S. Trevena
1901 - 1902	A.J. Barth	1917 - 1918	J. Telford Weir
1902 - 1904	R. Chisholm	1918 - 1919	Miss B.M. Gibson
1904 - 1905	J. Skottowe Webb	1919 - 1920	Miss B.M. Gibson
1905 - 1906	W. Gow
1906 - 1907	E.E. Stark
1907 - 1908	R. Chisholm
1908 - 1909	D. Reid, Junr.
1909 - 1917	J. Blair Mason
1917 - 1919	S. Earland
1919 - 1920	S. Earland

In the year 1898 an Inter-colonial Exhibition was held in connection with the Otago Jubilee Industrial Exhibition, at which over 300 pictures were hung.

In 1899 the largest Exhibition ever held by the Society, which was held in the old Choral Hall, 511 pictures were hung. This Exhibition was also an Inter-colonial one. It was decided to make an award for the best picture shown in the 1911 Exhibition, and from this time on an award has been made annually at these Exhibitions.

ANNUAL AWARD INTER-COLONIAL EXHIBITION:
1911	A.C. McLeod
1912	R.A. Edwards
1913	R.A. Edwards
1914	A. Dickison
1915	Rev. H.O. Fenton
1916	S. Garland
1917	G. Chance
1918	A.M. Macdonald
1919	A.M. Macdonald

MEMBERS ACCEPTED for ACTIVE SERVICE:
L. ANDERSON	P. BECK	JAMES BRUNTON	F. CUNNINGHAM	JAMES FRASER
G.W. GOW	H. GRIGG	G. JACKSON	L.J. LOWDEN	F. MACFARLANE
W.N. NONDLE	T.W. PREECE	M. RITCHIE	R. TAEBOGES	T.S. THOMSON

20th April 1920  Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17331
21st April 1920  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 17915
4th May 1920  Page 60 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 3451

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the club rooms, Liverpool street, last evening, and was well attended. The report and balance-sheet were adopted, and showed the society to be in a flourishing condition, due largely to the splendid manner in which the secretarial work had been carried out by Miss Gibson during the last two years. The membership was now 95, and this spoke volumes for the interest being taken in the society. Mr. Earland, the president, congratulated the society on their progressiveness, and reminded members that the main object of the club was the advancement of pictorial photography, and to keep this, therefore, steadily in view. Reference was also made to the great loss sustained by the society through the death of Mr. Hawcridge, who had acted as honorary Judge for a great many years. By his kindly criticisms Mr. Hawcridge had imparted much helpful knowledge.



15th May 1920  Volume 27 Number 5 - Page 258
The Australasian Photographic Review

Mr. W.W. Wyper writes:

“As one of those particularly interested in the formation of the Dunedin Photographic Society, I was very pleased to read the short historical account of this Society in your last issue. I can congratulate the Society on having recorded such a fairly accurate statement of its history. “There is just one point that I would like to bring before those interested, and that is, in the list of Presidents and Secretaries an error has occurred, and from the writer’s recollection of the facts connected with the organization of this Society, the list should have started as follows:

PRESIDENTS: 1889 - 1890 W. Dickson      1890 - 1891 W. Livingston      1891 - 1892 W.W. Wyper
the others following as indicated.

SECRETARIES: 1889 - 1890 W. Livingston      1890 - 1899 R.A. Ewing

“If you can find room in your valued journal for this correction, it would put the article referred to right in the only point in which the writer can discover an error.

“In verification of the dates, I might mention that I have been carrying, for the last 28 years, a small Maltese Cross as a watch-chain charm, on which is engraved the following: ‘To W.W. Wyper, President, Dunedin Photographic Society, from the Members, February, 1892”, this being the month that the writer left Dunedin for the United States of America, returning to Sydney at a later date".



30th June 1920  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17392

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The high standard to which modern photography has been brought is at present amply demonstrated at Mr. A. Ancell's art depot, George street, where there is a unique exhibition of the results and activities of the Dunedin Photographic Society. The display includes many photographs which have been awarded prices at recent exhibitions here and in the North, the subjects being portraits, scenery, night scenes, and colored art. Two noteworthy exhibits are 'Apple of My Eye', by F. Walmsley, and 'Reflections', which is a beautiful piece of work by Mr. Ancell. This gained first prize in the Palmerston North exhibition.



15th July 1920  Volume 27 Number 7 - Page 364
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The following pyro-soda developer is recommended by the Rev. H.O. Fenton, well known to our readers as a very successful worker:

Solution No. I.
Potassium metabisulphite 60 grs.
Pyro 120 grs.
Water to make 18 ozs.

Solution No. II.
Soda sulphite (dry) 1 oz.
Soda carbonate (dry) 1 oz.
Water to make 20 ozs.

For use, take one part No. I., one part No. II., and one part water.

The results of the May Competition were; Subject — Open: 13 entries were received, and the voting of members resulted as follows:

The trophy for this competition donated by Mr. A.M. Macdonald has been awarded to MISS CHAMPION B GRADE		A GRADE:		B GRADE:		Judge’s Results: A GRADE:		Judge’s Results: B GRADE:
		FIRST: R.A. Edwards	SECOND: D.J. Sheriff	FIRST: A. Champion	SECOND: C. Sundstrum	FIRST: R.A. Edwards (PORTRAIT) 80 marks	SECOND: A. Dickison (LANDSCAPE) 60 marks	FIRST: A. Champion (LANDSCAPE) 60 marks	SECOND: C. Sundstrum (LANDSCAPE) 40 marks

14th September 1920  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17457
15th September 1920  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18041

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the last meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, Mr. A.H. O'Keeffe, the well-known artist, gave a most interesting lecture on pictorial photography from the artist's viewpoint. Mr. O'Keeffe's direct and forcible handling of the subject ranks his lecture as undoubtedly one of the best ever delivered at the society's meeting, and was very much appreciated by the large attendance of members. Questions submitted to Mr. O'Keeffe were answered in such a convincing manner that his ruling will definitely fix a standard to work by in future.



15th September 1920  Volume 27 Number 9 - Page 451
The Australasian Photographic Review

NIGHT—DUNEDIN RAILWAY STATION

Miss B.M. Gibson
First Prize in the
A.P.-R. Special “Artificial Light" Competition.

15th September 1920  Volume 27 Number 9 - Page 468
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
For the June competition (subject — marine) fifteen entries were received. The voting by members resulted as follows:

A GRADE:		B GRADE:		Judge’s Results: A GRADE:		Judge’s Results: B GRADE:
J.S. Trevena, 7 votes	Miss B.M. Gibson, 6 votes	C. Sundstrum, 9 votes	Mrs. Pinnock, 4 votes A. Champion, 4 votes E.G. Couper, 4 votes	FIRST: A.A. Ancell	SECOND: J.S. Trevena	FIRST: Mrs. Pinnock	SECOND: Miss Champion

The Club exhibit for the New Zealand Inter-Club Exhibition, comprising 12 pictures, has been forwarded to Auckland, where the exhibits in the Inter-club Competition will be judged. Following the procedure of last year, all the pictures will be sent round to the exhibiting clubs. When the pictures arrive in Dunedin an exhibition will be held in the club room.



21st September 1920  Page 5 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18046

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A CORRECTION
TO THE EDITOR
Sir, Under "News in Brief" of your issue of to-day you have a paragraph to the effect that "the local Photographic Society has disbanded", etc. This is somewhat misleading. The DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY has not disbanded, and is very much alive. The paragraph, I understand from Mr. E.S. Wilson, refers to the Professional Photographers Association, which is quite a distinct body and has been in existence for only a few years. I am, etc.

S. EARLAND
PRESIDENT
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
September 20.



25th September 1920  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18050
25th September 1920  Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17467

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
There was a good attendance of members at the September meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society. A demonstration on enlarging was given, the lecturers (Messrs Earland, Trevena, and Dickison) each showing various methods essential to pictorial photography.

SENIOR GRADE: HOME PORTRAIT:		JUNIOR GRADE: HOME PORTRAIT:
FIRST: A Dickison	SECOND: D.J. Sherriff	FIRST: S. Devereux	SECOND: Mrs Pinnock

During the evening the opportunity was taken of expressing the members great appreciation of the work of the Honorary Secretary, Miss B.M. Gibson, who for the past three years had given a great amount of her time and energy to the furtherance of the interests of the society. Members had voiced the opinion that an expression of thanks should be backed up by something more tangible, and this took the form of a solid leather suit-case and a thermos flask. These gifts were duly presented to Miss Gibson by the president, with many expressions of goodwill and esteem from her fellow members, the recipient briefly responding.



28th September 1920  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17469

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
An exhibition of deep interest to photographers was opened this afternoon at the rooms of the Dunedin Photographic Society, Liverpool street. It comprises the pictures from six societies - Auckland, Wellington, Dunedin, Timaru, Invercargill Technical School, and Hamilton — which were entered in the New Zealand Inter-Club competition held recently at Auckland, and in which Dunedin, for the second time in succession, gained first prize. There are some very fine specimens of the photographer's art amongst the collection, which is one well worth viewing. The exhibition will be open this evening, also to-morrow and Thursday afternoons from 2pm to 5pm, and evenings from 7pm to 9pm.



29th September 1920  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18053

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The exhibition of photographs entered in the New Zealand Inter-Club competition for 1920 was opened in the club rooms of the Dunedin Photographic Society at the South British Buildings yesterday afternoon. There are many artistic productions in the selection of pictures hung on the walls, which cannot fail to catch and hold the eye. A large vessel, under full sail, in the Auckland exhibit, is a striking piece of photographic art, and a seascape with the sun breaking through the clouds, by Mr. A.C. M'Leod, of Dunedin, is another fine piece of work. Two charming studies of female heads are shown in the Southland Technical College pictures; and taken altogether the exhibition is well worth a visit. The clubs in the competition are Dunedin, Wellington, Timaru, Auckland, Hamilton, and Southland Technical College.



29th September 1920  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17470
30th September 1920  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18054

EXHIBITION OF PHOTOS
A CHOICE COLLECTION
The exhibition of pictures in the rooms of the Dunedin Photographic Society in Liverpool street will well repay a visit, for there are some beautiful specimens of photography on view. The Dunedin society, of which Mr. S. Earland is president and Miss B.M. Gibson, Hon.Secretary, is a well-established institution of some 30 years standing, its object being the encouragement of pictorial art amongst its members. That it has attained this object is evident from a long list of successes during those years, the latest being the winning (for the second time in succession) of the inter-club competition, held this year in Auckland. The pictures now on show are those which formed the exhibits of the competing clubs and which are being sent around to be shown in each city.

The Dunedin exhibit is a splendid all round collection, for besides containing the best portrait in the whole exhibition (a beautiful sketch, in profile, of a girl, by Mr. A. Dickison) and the best landscape (a river bend, by Mr. W.J. Ferguson) the average is commendably high, there being no “tail”. The subjects include portraits, marine, architecture, and landscapes, amongst the latter being a fine study of sand dunes, by Mr. A.C. M‘Leod.

The Wellington club, who came second in the competition, sent some very nice stuff, but one or two weak prints brought down the average. Amongst the best are a willow bank landscape, by Mr. A.T Robson, a seascape by Mr. J.W. Johnson, and a fine study ‘The Artisan' by Mr. A.S. Mitchell.

The Auckland exhibit, which was placed third, is scarcely up to last year’s standard, but nevertheless contains some excellent examples of photographic art notably a study by Mr. W.L. Fletcher, 'Noonday Heat' (an old man dozing on some steps), an autumn landscape, by Mr. A.E. Gee, and a typical New Zealand landscape by Mr. R.B. Walrond.

The Timaru club is quite a young club, this being their first attempt in competitions. Their exhibit consists entirely of contact prints and so suffers in comparison with the others. But they have done very well in the circumstances and will no doubt develop speedily.

Hamilton is also a young club, but their exhibit this year is on a more ambitious scale than last, several attempts at enlargements being included. The best effort is ‘The Early Morning Ferry', a nice sketchy effect by Mr. J. Trelvar.

The Southland Technical School’s exhibit is said to be scarcely equal to the last collection sent from Invercargill. There is in it, however, a pretty creek scene by Mr. J. Willett which commands attention.

The exhibition was opened yesterday afternoon and drew a number of interested spectators both then and in the evening, as well as this afternoon. It will again be open this evening and tomorrow afternoon and evening, the hours being 2pm to 5pm, and 7pm to 9pm, respectively. To-morrow at 8pm, Mr. A.H. O'Keefe, honorary judge for the Dunedin society, will address the members, giving a criticism of the pictures entered in the competition.



9th October 1920  Page 6 - SOUTHLAND TIMES, ISSUE 18949

CAMERA ART
THE INTER-CLUB COMPETITION
ATTRACTIVE PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBIT
(By Iota)
The first question one asks when viewing the exhibits in the New Zealand Inter-Club photographic competition is whether this second year of the contest reveals any progress in the standard of the work shown in the previous year, whether it is doing anything more than give the public opportunities for seeing what can be done with a camera. As the politicians have a habit of telling us, the answer is in the affirmative. Although the competition is not as close this year as it was last, and although some of the larger centers show a marked retrogression in the general average of achievement, the junior clubs have come forward, Hamilton especially. The northern club has a lot of leeway to make up before it can challenge comparison with a strong combination like Dunedin, but it is “on the way” and members of the club have every reason for self-congratulation at the remarkable strides, they have made. Timaru has come into the competition, chiefly with contact prints, but there are some exhibits that give promise. One notices a falling off in the numerical strength of exhibits in portraiture, especially from the north, but two or three of the pictures in this class are distinctly meritorious. This year all the pictures bear titles an advance on the contest of 1919, but some of the nomenclature is a bit wobbly and club members will do well to pay more attention to this important detail. The use of a title is a legitimate means of setting an atmosphere, of striking a note for the observer. There are some grievous faults in mounting, too, that should be looked into. The exhibit is open to the public at the Southland Technical College and it has already attracted considerable attention.

Taking the clubs in the order in which they were placed by the judge, the observer comes first to the Dunedin Photographic Society. Its win is beyond question. The standard of work is high in many cases, and the average is clear away from that of any other group. There is more, variety shown, a greater breadth in treatment, more attempted and more achieved. The exhibit compares favorably with that of 1919, and contains some remarkably good pictures. "The Fountain, Triangle”, represents the Rev. H.O. Fenton's attempt at a subject that has attracted many cameras. At first glance the ridging of the fountain at the base of the picture seems obtrusive, but a second look convinces one that its inclusion is justified in giving balance and in completing the subject. There is a fine range of tone, good distance and the scene is cohesive. In "The Pathway” (Devereux) the deepest shadows are a trifle heavy and the lighting in the foreground of the path patchy and badly placed, but the picture is vigorous and attractive though a bit stiff. The use of a white railing as the center of attraction is effective. “Ina” (Dickinson) is "the” portrait of the exhibition. It is a head done in high key, with black hair to give brilliant contrast. Last year the Auckland club sent forward a picture of a similar type, but Mr. Dickinson has here a work that would have challenged the highest honors of 1919. The texture of the print is exceedingly fine and the modeling exquisite. The outlining of the cheek may be a shade heavy, but the balance of tone is rather aided than marred by this. The profile is exceptionally beautiful. The gradation of the background is good and the whole effect striking without being in the least bizarre, contrasty without any suggestion of hardness, really a fine portrait of an attractive subject. "A Portrait" (Edwards) does not approach his exhibit of last year, the same subject but a much better portrait than this one. The lighting is good, but a blemish where the neck joins the velvet dress is destructive and the position of the sitter inclines a trifle too much. The picture shows the characteristic short but well modulated range of tone, which is always pleasing, but never so striking as a work like “Ina”. There is feeling in “Bleak and gray” (Earland), a study of a roadway, but I confess to uncertainty as to whether the road is under snow or sand. More detail in the foreground might work an improvement, but taken all in all it is a fine print, one that is full of atmosphere and tone quality. The grouping of the masses is very effective. “The Alley Way”, (Macdonald) I have dealt with before. This print is a trifle light to gain its full effect. I am assured that it thereby does not display as much "body” as the one with which the exhibitor scored in Dunedin. At the risk of seeming captious I must confess to curiosity as to what a print without the very modern woodwork at the side would look like. "The Visitor”, from the same exhibitor is a good sunlit figure study and must have scored good marks. “Halls of Learning” (Dickinson) is a straight piece of work, vigorous and full of interest. It is the best architectural picture in the contest, but it does not approach that magnificent exhibit put in by Mr. Edwards last year, the view of the interior of the Invercargill Town Hall. The architectural section should not bind exhibitors to mere technical excellence. “The Bend in the River” (Ferguson) pleases more at every inspection. It is a picture worthy of close study, the sweep of the curves in it being particularly effective and the general composition nearly faultless. This picture is one of the features of the contest. "Reflections” (Ancell) is a delicate print of a Queenstown scene. Technically it is exceptionally good, but it lacks picturesque quality. “Sand Dunes” (McLeod) is marred by a hard straight line cutting through the middle and by an overweighted foreground. The texture of the sand is fairly good and the waves are natural, but the balance is not quite right. “And the Fisherman Home from the Sea” from the same camera suffers from a streaky effect caused by what amounts almost to stripes of light and shade. There is much in it to please, but the faults mentioned are very serious.

Wellington Society runs second with an uneven exhibit. Marks must have been lost by one or two very weak pictures, but even with these replaced by stronger units, Dunedin’s position would not have been in danger. "Margaret” (Mitchell) is an attractive portrait of a little girl, delightfully natural and well composed. The distribution of the lighting is enhanced by a slight elevation in the key opposite the face, giving just the touch needed to preserve balance. Tone and texture are excellent and the modeling of the face very pleasing. "The Artisan” (Mitchell) is too crowded. More space on both sides of the principal subject would have saved the picture, but the figure seems to be too definitely posed. The lighting is good. The black border on this and some other mounts from Wellington does not assist the general effect. “Kim” (Anderson) is an excellent straight study of a cat’s head. “The Statesman” (Milne) is another piece of straight work showing the statue of William Rolleston in Christchurch. It is a brilliant print but losing because the lighting is too near the perpendicular. “The Tower” (Clarke) has a fine display of sunlight on clouds, but the interest is dispersed overmuch. "Reflections” (Johnson) is a yacht study that is excellent, although the line of masts is not as decorative as it should be. The lining on the mount is rough. “Noon Day Rest” (Beggs), two horse teams at their meal, requires more warmth to suggest the high noon and the picture has a tendency to incline to one corner so that the horses appear on a slope. “Daybreak” is one of the attractive works of the contest. In this Mr. Johnson shows the sun well up and gleaming across the water and wharf full into the camera. The effect of distance is wonderfully good and the tone quality arresting. Standing back one loses the suggestion of technical blemish caused by some gulls on the wing, and the true value of the study is obtained. It is remarkably able study. “The Willow Bank” (Robson) is a charming little picture, soft but with, just sufficient strength, in detail. One would like also to see this study on a larger scale, though its present size is undoubtedly a potent element in its success. “Spring Is Alive with Dancing Elves” (Robson) is a more ambitious effort, an attempt to capture the light heartedness of the gayest season of the year. The atmosphere is there, the surroundings, and groupings, all that one could wish, but the dancers, are not dancing. There is insufficient movement to accomplish what Mr. Robson wishes, and the fact that all the faces are turned to the camera betrays that “elves", who might be more properly called something more suggestive of the feminine gender, have been-posed. Mr. Robson is to be congratulated on his effort, however. Next year will see something even more attractive. “Woodland Shadows” (Gillingham) is rather heavy and patchy in general effect, while “Pastoral Symphony” (Jones) fails in composition very badly. The equal distribution of three cows and the division of the picture by a tree trunk into light and dark sections threatens the whole thing with a bad buckling at any moment. The print is brilliant, but the subject has not been well treated.



18th October 1920  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17486

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The October meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was well attended. Mr. T.A. Dawson opened the evening with a brief but interesting talk on 'How to Make an Enlarger', showing what could be made at home by using very simple materials. Members of the committee then touched on the following subjects, each being limited to 10 minutes: 'Redevelopment', 'Mounting', 'Spotting', and 'Finishing'. A paper was read on ‘Phases of Art'. The results of the architecture competition were as follows: Senior grade: A. Dickison 1, D.J. Sherriff 2; junior grade: G. Benfell 1, A. Champion 2.



11th November 1920  Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17506
16th November 1920  Page 45 - OTAGO WITNESS, ISSUE 3479

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
COMPETITION WINNERS
The winners in the Dunedin Photographic Society competitions were:

BEST PICTURE IN EXHIBITION: Mr. A.M. MACDONALD “THE OLD ORCHARD”	LANDSCAPE:			PORTRAITURE:			ARCHITECTURE:
	FIRST: A.M. MACDONALD “The Old Orchard”	SECOND: Miss B.M. GIBSON “In Summertime”	HON. MENTION: S. EARLAND “The Deserted Cottage”	FIRST: W.J. FERGUSON “The Fur Coat”	SECOND: S. DEVEREUX “The Colonial”	HON. MENTION: A. DICKISON “Miss S.”	FIRST: D.J. SHERRIFF “Night, King Edward Technical College”	SECOND: Miss A. CHAMPION “The Porch”
	ARCHITECTURE:	MARINE:			GENERAL:
	HON. MENTION: G.C. BENFELL “The Arches”	FIRST: A.M. MACDONALD “The Boat Harbour”	SECOND: Mrs. A. PINNOCK “Trawlers, Port Chalmers”	HON. MENTION: W.J. FERGUSON “Morning”	FIRST: Miss B.M. GIBSON “Winter Night”	SECOND: S. EARLAND “The Nature Lesson”	HON. MENTION: Mrs. A. PINNOCK “Joy”

13th November 1920  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18092

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society exhibit in the Art Gallery comprises 68 pictures, and, according to the judges, Messrs O'Keeffe and Esquilant, the work is of a very high standard. It is gratifying to see the work of so many juniors. This is for the most part the direct result of the instruction classes held during the last two years, and the success of the juniors in the competitions is no doubt a source of great satisfaction to the promoters of the classes. Mr. A.M. Macdonald, of Invercargill, again carried off the honor of "best picture in the exhibition", this making three successive annual wins. On Monday evening Mr. Macdonald will address the members on "Technique, and How to Apply It Pictorially".



15th November 1920  Volume 27 Number 11 - Page 567
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The opportunity was taken at the September meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society to present Miss B.M. Gibson with a leather suit case and Thermos flask, as an expression of the members great appreciation of her work as Hon.Secretary during the past three years.

The meeting on October 11th, was devoted to “Ten-minute Talks”, when the following subjects were dealt with by members of the Committee: How to Make an Enlarger, Re-developing, Mount Cutting, Mounting, Spotting and Finishing, and Phases of Art.

For the September Competition the subject was “Architecture", and eleven entries were received, five senior and six junior.

The voting of members resulted as follows:

VOTING BY MEMBERS RESULTED: A GRADE:		VOTING BY MEMBERS RESULTED: B GRADE:		JUDGE'S RESULTS: A GRADE: TROPHY PRESENTED BY MR. L.D. COOMBS		JUDGE'S RESULTS: B GRADE: TROPHY VALUE 10/6, PRESENTED BY MISS CHAMPION
FIRST: D.J. Sherriff, 16 votes	SECOND: A. Dickison, 8 votes	FIRST: A. Champion, 10 votes	SECOND: A.W.N. Clarke, 6 votes	FIRST: A. Dickison, 60 marks	SECOND: D.J. Sherriff, 46 marks	FIRST: G. Benfell, 58 marks	SECOND: A. Champion, 54 marks

18th November 1920  Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17512

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
A NOTICE OF SOME EXHIBITS
No. III - THE PHOTOGRAPHS
The number of photographs sent in by the Dunedin Photographic Society and hung this year is almost the same as last year; but the average quality is certainly higher. There are few pictures of outstanding merit. On the other hand, there are very few that could be described as being poor. And this is probably due to the excellent instruction, both technical and pictorial, given by the Dunedin Photographic Society to the younger members. The photographs are admirably shown on the screens provided by the Art Society, and can be viewed in comfort and in an excellent light. In point of number, Mr. S. Earland and Mr. A.M. Macdonald (of Invercargill) head the list. It is fair criticism to say that Mr. Earland might have shown fewer prints and devoted more time to the remaining ones — not on the ground of technique, for his is usually irreproachable, but from the point of view of picture making. It is probable that, from seeing reproductions of the best workers in other parts of the world, his own ideas are in a state of transition, and that he is not representing in his prints the ideas he is striving to express. Doubtless this will come later. Perhaps his greatest defect at present is the failure to select some outstanding object upon which to focus attention, and to arrange his scheme of lighting to enhance that interest. His "Aisles of Pleasant Shade", "Thro' the Titree", and one or two others show this -imlessness of concentration. These are not restful, and lack interest. "Bluegums" and "The Deserted Cottage", both have an arresting point of interest; but the correct value of the cloud in the former is questionable, and in the matter both the distant hills and the sky seem needlessly overprinted. Next year will probably see some very fine work from Mr. Earland.

Mr. Macdonald knows what he wants, and also is able to express himself articulately. He can produce prints in the lightest and most dainty of keys; he can turn out gloomy and murky effects, not by any means devoid of the suspicion of a liberal, amount of handwork. Of the two, the straighter prints are the more pictorial. Such a one is the landscape "The Old Orchard", with which Mr. Macdonald secured first place in the landscape section, and the honor of having the best print in the exhibition. To an artist its beauties are plain; but a photographer wonders at the white and woolly appearance of the trees, other than those in the foreground. A companion picture, "Bent and Broken", if somewhat less artistic, is certainly more true to Nature. His winning print in the marine section, "The Boat Harbor", is a delightful piece of composition, but is run very close by Mr. Ferguson's "Morning". This is one of the gems of the exhibition, and by many judges would have been given the place of honor. Mr. Macdonald's "A Bypath" seems to want a stronger foreground. The figure in "Among the Daisies" is wonderfully detached from its surroundings. His very quaint and unconventional "Phantasy", quite unlike any ordinary photograph, deserves scrutiny. In the architectural division Mr. Macdonald shows a "Quadrangle", which lacks some dark shadow in the foreground to bring the distance into its right plane. Mr. Dickison's "Canterbury College" cannot compare with his companion print of last year.

And first place falls to Mr. Sherriffs "Night", a very fine rendering of the entrance to the Technical School, taken at night. The absence of halation round the lamp is remarkable. A solid and straightforward piece of work, although a trifle out of the plumb, secures second place in architecture, the artist being Miss A. Champion "The Porch". Mr. Benfell's "Arches" would have stood a little more exposure, and is a little cramped. Mrs A. Pinnock, an exhibitor of a good many pictures, shows promise of doing excellent work in the future. The tone of her prints is not always pleasing; it is sometimes rather muddy. In her yachting scene (No. 16) the viewpoint is rather too high. "Veronica" is pleasing. The portrait and figure study section is not strong this year. Frankly, the club seem to have got into two stereotyped grooves, and should make a strong effort to break new ground. There is no need to cultivate the bizarre; but originality and daring must be aimed at. Mr. Ferguson scored first place with a good portrait on conventional lines (No. 34). Mr. Devereux's print (No. 3) would have scored had the modeling not been rather lost on the left side of the face. The picture is on the right lines. Miss Gibson is rapidly coming to the front. Her "Winter Night", depicting the Railway Station at night, is one of the finest things in the exhibition. Her sheep (No. 54) must also be commended. Mr. Dickison is hardly at his best. He seems to be relying too much on the methods of previous years. His "Sunsplashed", however, is charming. Mr. Ferguson exhibits a river scene, which technically looks as if it had been taken through a red screen. Mr. Ancell's prints are better than last year's. The process by which the prints are made is not stated; but most of them appear to be bromides. Mr. Dawson's "Power House" seems to be a bromoil, but is rather on the heavy side. The club must be congratulated on the work as a whole.



19th November 1920  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17513

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
On Monday evening Mr. A.M. Macdonald, of Invercargill, addressed a well attended meeting of theDunedin Photographic Society on ‘Technique and How to Apply it Pictorially'. Mr. Macdonald’s skill as a photographer and a pictorialist is well known in the society, and, keen interest was taken in his lecture and the demonstration which followed it. The lecture contained much that should be of value to both senior and junior members, and the oil process which was shown is likely to become a popular medium for pictorial work.

STREET SCENE: SENIOR:	STREET SCENE: JUNIOR:
FIRST: A. Dickison	FIRST: Miss A. Champion	SECOND: H.W.N. Clarke

15th December 1920  Volume 27 Number 12 - Page 624
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The Exhibition opened on November 10th, 70 pictures being hung. In the opinion of the judges: Messrs. A.H. O’Keefe and W. Esquilant, the work was of a very high standard. It was gratifying to see the work of so many juniors. This was for the most part the direct result of the instruction classes held during the last two years, and the success of the juniors in the Exhibition will no doubt be a source of great satisfaction to the promoters of the classes.

The results are as follows:

LANDSCAPE:
“The Old Orchard.” A.M. Macdonald, 1;
“In Summertime", B.M. Gibson, 2;
“The Deserted Cottage", S. Earland, hon. mention.

PORTRAITURE:
“The Fur Coat", W.J. Ferguson, 1;
“The Colonial", S. Devereux, 2;
“Miss S.", A. Dickison, hon. mention.

ARCHITECTURE:
“Night, King Edward Technical College", D.J. Sherriff, 1;
“The Porch", A. Champion, 2;
“The Arches", G.C. Benfell, hon. mention.

MARINE:
“The Boat Harbour”, A.M. Macdonald, 1;
“Trawlers, Port Chalmers", Mrs. A. Pinnock, 2;
“Morning", W.J. Ferguson, hon. mention.

GENERAL:
“Winter Night.” B.M. Gibson, 1;
“The Nature Lesson", S. Earland, 2;
“Joy”, Mrs. A. Pinnock, hon. mention.

The trophy presented by Kodak (Australasia) for first award in General Section was won by B.M. Gibson.

The best picture in the Exhibition, A.M. Macdonald’s Landscape “The Old Orchard”. This is the third time in succession that Mr. Macdonald has carried off this honor.



19th February 1921  Page 9 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18174

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the February meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, the first meeting of the year, Mr. T.A. Dawson occupied the chair, and gave an interesting lecture and demonstration on the Bromoil process. The attendance, was a record one, many old members and several new ones being present. The competition subject for the month was “A Landscape", for which a fair number of entries were received.



15th March 1921  Volume 28 Number 3 - Page 157
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the November meeting, Mr. A.M. Macdonald, who for three years in succession, has gained the honor of “Best Picture” in the Annual Exhibition, addressed the members on “Technique, and How to Apply It Pictorially”, and also demonstrated a method of improving prints by an oil process. In his address on Technique, Mr. Macdonald emphasized the importance of using clean dishes and pure chemicals, stating that in these matters one could not be too careful.

The New Zealand Inter-Club Competition, 1921, will this year be held in Invercargill. The Invercargill Y.M.C.A. Club and the Southland Technical College Club have lately amalgamated and Messrs. Edwards, Macdonald, and Ferguson, as members of the new club, will this year exhibit only with the Invercargill Club.

The following, while written for the Dunedin members, probably applies equally well to most other clubs having a dark room in general use:

“We have again to remind members that the rubbish boxes in the dark-rooms, really are meant to be used as rubbish boxes and not ornaments. The caretaker complains that certain careless members are in the habit of throwing broken negatives and other glass on the floor. It will be admitted that this is a dangerous practice, and we would ask these members to be a little more thoughtful in future. Members are requested to put all rubbish in the the boxes provided”.



18th March 1921  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18197

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The March meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was very well attended, Mr. T.A. Dawson occupying the chair. A demonstration on enlarging was given by Messrs Devereux and Sherriff, principally for the many new members of the society, as enlarging is a most popular branch of photography. The results of the landscape competition are as follow:

LANDSCAPE: SENIOR:		LANDSCAPE: JUNIOR:
FIRST: D.J. Sherriff, 53 marks	SECOND: Rev. H.O. Fenton, 41 marks	FIRST: S. Devereux, 58 1/2 marks	SECOND: Miss A. Champion, 51 1/2 marks

12th April 1921  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17633
13th April 1921  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18218

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the club rooms last evening, and was well attended. The report and balance-sheet were adopted and showed the society to be in a flourishing condition.

The President (Mr. T.A. Dawson), in his remarks, congratulated the society on its progress during the last few years, and in drawing attention to the increased membership and the splendid credit balance voiced the opinion of the members that this was chiefly due to the excellent manner in which the secretarial work had been carried out by Miss B.M. Gibson during the last three years.



15th April 1921  Volume 28 Number 4 - Page 208
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
For the February Competition six entries were received, three Senior and three Junior, the judging resulting as follows:

A GRADE:		B GRADE:
FIRST: D.J. Sherriff, 53 marks	SECOND: Rev. H.O. Fenton, 41 marks	FIRST: S. Devereux, 58 1/2 marks	SECOND: Miss A. Champion, 51 1/2 marks

18th April 1921  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17638

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society has received advice that his Excellency the Governor (Viscount Jellicoe) has consented to become a patron of the society.

JOHN RUSHWORTH JELLICOE
THE EARL JELLICOE GCB, OM, GCVO, SGM, DL

Born 5th December 1859 - Southampton, Hampshire, England
Died 20th November 1935 (aged 75) - Kensington, London, England

2nd GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF NEW ZEALAND
27th September 1920 to 12th December 1924

14th May 1921  Volume 28 Number 5 - Page 259
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the Annual Meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, on 11th April, the report and balance sheet were adopted and showed the Society to be in a flourishing condition, there being a credit balance of some £6o, and furniture and fittings about £lOO.

The President, Mr. T.A. Dawson, in his remarks, congratulated the Society on its progress during the last few years, and in drawing attention to the increased membership and the splendid credit balance, he voiced the opinion of the members in saying that this was chiefly due to the excellent manner in which the secretarial work had been carried out by Miss B.M. Gibson during the last three years.

The election of office-bearers resulted as follows: Patron, His Excellency the Governor (Viscount Jellicoe); President, Mr. T.A. Dawson; Vice-Presidents, Messrs. G. Chance, S. Devereux, S. Earland, P. Beck, T. Ross; Hon.Secretary, Mr. D.J. Sherriff; Hon. Treasurer, Mr. E.G. Couper; Hon. Editor and Librarian, Miss A. Champion; Hon. Judges, Messrs. A.H. O’Keeffe and W. Esquilant; Committee, Miss Allis, Miss Gibson, Mr. Richardson and Mr. Williams: Social Committee, Mr. T.A. Dawson, Miss Allis and Miss Gibson; Hon. Pianists, Miss C. Sundstrum and Miss A. Champion, Mr. F.W. Craddock.

JOHN RUSHWORTH JELLICOE
THE EARL JELLICOE GCB, OM, GCVO, SGM, DL

Born 5th December 1859 - Southampton, Hampshire, England
Died 20th November 1935 (aged 75) - Kensington, London, England

2nd GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF NEW ZEALAND
27th September 1920 to 12th December 1924

20th May 1921  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17666
21st May 1921  Page 9 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18251

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
There was a very good attendance at the May meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, and the demonstration on contact printing was much appreciated by the many new members, at the request of whom this subject was shown. The president (Mr. T.A. Dawson) in his remarks drew attention to the interesting competition subjects in this season’s syllabus, and hoped that new members especially would enter prints each month, as it was the only way that they could improve their work. As an incentive to the juniors, trophies have been donated for the best print every month in the B grade. Recognizing that the progress of the club is to a certain extent in the hands of the younger members, it has been arranged that a member of the executive will be in attendance at the club room one night a week, and will be glad to assist members in any way.



22nd June 1921
Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17694
Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18278

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the June meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, Mr. T.A. Dawson presided over a large attendance of members. Mr. W. Esquilant gave an interesting address on “Past and Present Methods in Photography”. He spoke first of the days of the wet plate and albumenised paper and all the difficulties that photographers of that day had before them, when it was necessary to take almost an express load of materials before it was possible to make even one picture. He then led up to the present easy method made possible by the roll film and pocket camera, tank development, and artificial light printing.

During the evening an illuminated address was presented to Mr. Earland, the retiring president, for his services during the last three years, and also an address to Miss B.M. Gibson, to whose untiring work during her term of office as secretary the society owes its present prosperous condition. The results of the open competition are as follow:

A GRADE:	B GRADE:
FIRST: S. Devereux	FIRST: S. Fiddes	SECOND: C. Sundstrum

15th July 1921  Volume 28 Number 7 - Page 360
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the May meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, Messrs. Devereux and Sheriff showed methods of demonstrating gaslight paper and Miss B.M. Gibson, bromide paper. These items were much appreciated by many new members at whose request the subject was undertaken. It is anticipated that other demonstrations of a similar nature will be given throughout the season.

The maximum marks fixed are 75, 15 of these being for technique. A good idea with this club is a call of half-a-crown each season for which the members get a light supper on meeting nights, the cost working out at about three pence per head per meeting. This is worth consideration by other societies who may have the convenience for carrying it through and some enthusiastic lady members.



25th July 1921  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17722
26th July 1921  Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18278

EXHIBITION OF PHOTOGRAPHS

Entered in the

NEW ZEALAND INTERCLUB COMPETITION, 1921

Will be held at the club rooms of the

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

(South British Buildings, 3 Liverpool street),

TUESDAY, WEDNESDAY, THURSDAY, 26th, 27th, 28th July

Afternoons, 2pm to 5pm; Evenings, 7pm to 9pm.

26th July 1921  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17723

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society this afternoon opened an exhibition photographs in the club rooms at Liverpool street, and it is to remain open on Wednesday and Thursday. The pictures shown are the work of photographic societies at Invercargill, Dunedin, Timaru, Christchurch, Wellington, and Hamilton, and were entered in the New Zealand Inter-Club competition held this year at Invercargill. The winning club this year is the Southland Technical College Camera Club, with Wellington Photographic Society second and Dunedin Photographic Society third. A very successful exhibition has been held at Invercargill, which was well attended by the public, great interest being displayed in some of the pictures, and Dunedin photographers are sure to follow suit.



27th July 1921  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18308

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The photographs entered in the Inter-club competition for 1921 were on exhibition in the room of the Dunedin Photographic Society yesterday afternoon and evening, and in view of the fact that there are hosts of amateur photographers in Dunedin were inspected by a large number of interested persons, especially in the evening. An unusual variety of subjects has been covered by the amateur photographers who entered for the competition, and the work is, in practically all instances, highly creditable. Landscape, the farm, stormy and peaceful coastal scenes, the architectural side, harvesting operations, arrivals of vessels at the Dunedin pier, portraits and groups, and such interesting pictures as that of the Otira are included amongst the subjects selected; and in most cases the original has been enlarged by the photographer. The clubs or societies represented are Southland Technical, Wellington Amateur, Dunedin, Timaru and Christchurch (bracketed for fourth place), and Hamilton, the winners being named in the order in which they are mentioned. The exhibition will remain open at the room, South Buildings, Liverpool street, to-day and to-morrow from 2pm to 4pm in the afternoon, and 7pm to 9pm in the evening.



28th July 1921
Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18309
Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17725

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The exhibition of photographs entered in the New Zealand Inter-Club Competition was continued yesterday in the club rooms of the Dunedin Photographic Society, Liverpool street. The clubs or societies represented are Southland Technical, Wellington Amateur, Dunedin, Timaru, and Christchurch (bracketed for fourth place), and Hamilton, the winners being named in the order in which they are mentioned.

Southland section a gardens scene, “Morning” (by S. Smith), "The Black Hat” (W.J. Ferguson), and “The Old Avenue", (F.R. Ritchie) are features, and other subjects which take the eye are;
Dunedin section — “Patience” (G.T. Palmer), “Apple Time” (G.O. Chaplin);
Wellington section — “Woodland Waters” and “Still Waters” (J.W. Jones), and “Barbara Mary” (A.S. Mitchell).

Several excellent subjects are also shown in the Christchurch and Hamilton sections. The exhibition will be open again this afternoon and evening.



30th July 1921  Page 13 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18311

RIP - Mr. JAMES W. PERMIN
Mr. James W. Permin, whose death occurred on the 24th July, was the elder son of Mrs J. Permin, of George street, and was highly respected by a large circle of devoted friends in the city. Leaving the Union Street School as Dux in 1894. he entered the Otago Boys High School, where, in addition to taking his full share in athletics, he excelled especially on the artistic rather than on the purely scholastic side. He was always an enthusiastic and successful photographer, and for many years was a prominent number of the Dunedin Photographic Society, where he gained a number of prizes and medals, in addition to winning medals in Australia and Britain. In earlier years he was a member of the Albion Cricket Club, being one of the best bowlers of his day; and more recently he became known as a keen gardener, prominent among those interested in garden competitions. Since his school days Mr. Permin has been on the staff of the Smith British Insurance Company, having fairly recently filled the part of acting manager. In business and social circles alike he endeared himself to all who knew him by his sterling character and his winsome and unassuming manner.



10th August 1921  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17736
11th August 1921  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18321

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The August meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, held on Monda night in the club room, was well attended. Mr. S.H. Rawson ably demonstrated hypo alum toning, an interesting and inexpensive process giving a fine sepia result. Mr. Rawson also exhibited some of his beautiful album collections, containing prints which dispelled any remaining doubts as to the effectiveness of this toning process. Many of these prints were of fine pictorial quality, and it is hoped that Mr. Rawson will show some of his work at the society's annual exhibition. There were also on view at this meeting a number of prints collected by Mr. G.C. Jackson while on active service.



15th August 1921  Volume 28 Number 8 - Page 414
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the June meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, Mr. W. Esquilant gave an interesting address, during which he spoke of past and present methods of Photography, beginning from the days of wet plates and albumenised paper and all the difficulties that photographers of that day had to contend with and led up to the present easy methods made possible by the roll film pocket camera, tank development, and artificial light printing.

During the evening an illuminated address was presented to Mr. S. Earland, the retiring President, for his services during the last three years, and also an address to Miss B.M. Gibson, to whose untiring work during her term of office as Secretary the Society owes its present prosperous position.

For the June Competition, the subject being “Night Scene", six entries were received. The following are the results;

A GRADE:		B GRADE:
FIRST: A. Champion, 74 marks	SECOND: D.J. Sherriff, 51 marks	FIRST: C. Sundstrum, 69 marks	SECOND: G. Benfell, 64 marks

Mr. J.J. Pollard has been appointed the judge of this year’s inter-club competition, and intends to mark under the following headings: (1) Conception, (2) Treatment, (3) Composition, (4) Technical Excellence, (5) Presentation. After having judged and marked the individual exhibits, Mr. Pollard wishes to see them arranged as a club entry and will then award additional marks for the best club collection, or for excellence as a club collection, taking into consideration variety and versatility displayed.



15th August 1921  Volume 28 Number 8 - Page 414
The Australasian Photographic Review

NEW ZEALAND INTERSTATE CLUB COMPETITION
The conditions of this very interesting competition provide for twelve pictures from each club to be judged individually. The competition, however, is judged on a club basis, extra marks being allotted to the collective exhibit. Six clubs competed this year, and the photographs entered showed a creditable advance in all-round quality on the display of previous exhibitions. On this basis, the following were the awards:

1921	NEW ZEALAND INTER-CLUB PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION	POINTS
1st	Southland Technical College Camera Club	1,118
2nd	Wellington Amateur Photographic Society	1,113
3rd	Dunedin Photographic Society	1,013
4th equal	Timaru Photographic Society	961
4th equal	Christchurch Photographic Society	961
6th	Hamilton Photographic Society	747

Accompanying the summarized result of the competition, we received a detailed criticism by the judge of each picture entered, but as this would take up at least six pages of our space, we are unable to find room for it, particularly as it would lack general interest, in the absence of any reproduction of the pictures commented upon.

However, as full publicity was given to these comments in the local press, and the entire collection of pictures circulated amongst the clubs interested, competitors will have a good opportunity of noting any little deficiencies.

Inter-club activities like this are a healthy sign, and it is to be hoped that they will be continued from year to year, with a corresponding benefit in all-round artistic standard.



15th August 1921  Volume 28 Number 8 - Page 415
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
CONGRATULATIONS
We congratulate the Rev. H.O. Fenton, the well-known Dunedin (New Zealand) amateur photographer, and a frequent contributor to our columns, on securing his election as a Fellow of the Royal Photographic Society.

Mr. Fenton is on tour for a year, and in a recent communication from Portofino, Italy, mentions that he had “done” North Africa, from Tunis to Algiers, crossed to Naples, and then worked up to Portofino, which he described as a “most delightful spot”.



19th September 1921  Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17770
20th September 1921  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18355

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The September meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, which was held in the club rooms, was well attended. The subject for the evening was 'Enlarging', and Messrs Dawson, Devereux, and Sherriff ably demonstrated the various methods by which a pictorial enlargement is made. A feature of the evening was an interesting collection of photographs shown by Miss A.E. Allis. The results of the president’s sealed handicap competition were as follow: Miss A. Sims 1, Miss B.M. Gibson 2.



4th October 1921  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17770
5th October 1921  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18368
8th October 1921  Page 4 - STRATFORD EVENING POST, VOLUME XXXXIV, ISSUE 85

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Mr. M. Hirai, president of the Kobe Kahagai Photographic Society (Japan), has applied for and been granted membership in the Dunedin Photographic Society as a representative of the Japanese Society, and Mr. T.A. Dawson (president of the Dunedin Photographic Society) will become a member of the Kobe Society.



12th October 1921
Page 5 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18374
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17790

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the October meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, held on Monday evening, the club room was well filled.

Framing by Passe-Partout was shown by Miss A.E. Allis, who gave many useful hints for this effective and inexpensive method of framing prints.

Bookbinding was then demonstrated by Mrs D.J. Sherriff, and the various stages by which a number of loose magazines or periodicals can be made into an attractive volume were followed with much interest by those present.

A feature of the evening was a collection of interesting prints exhibited by Mr. G. Chance.

The chairman (Mr. T.A. Dawson) made a few remarks regarding the chief event of the year — the approaching annual exhibition, and spoke of the interest which was being displayed by photographers in the open class, which is to be held for the first time this year, and for which a gratifying number of entries have already been received from the North Island.

"TREE STUDY” A GRADE:	"TREE STUDY” B GRADE:
FIRST: D.J. Sherriff	FIRST: G. Benfell	SECOND: F.W. Craddock

15th October 1921  Volume 28 Number 10 - Page 505
The Australasian Photographic Review

ENTRANCE KING EDWARD COLLEGE, DUNEDIN, NEW ZEALAND

D.J. SHERRIFF
Fourth in the
A.P.-R. Special “Artificial Light" Competition.

15th October 1921  Volume 28 Number 10 - Page 516
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The President’s Sealed Handicap Competition attracted a fair number of entries, with the following results:

	MARKS	HANDICAP	TOTAL
Miss SIMS	73	6	79
Miss B.M. GIBSON	75	0	75
Miss A. CHAMPION	68 1/2	2	70 1/2
Mr. F. RICHARDSON	54	10	64
Mr. W. WILLIAMS	51 1/2	10	61 1/2
Mr. G.O. JACKSON	53 1/2	4	57 1/2
Mr. D.J. SHERRIFF	50 1/2	0	50 1/2
Miss WILSON	38 1/2	12	50 1/2
Miss ALLIS	45 1/2	4	49 1/2
Miss LAKE	24	12	36

At the August meeting Mr. S.H. Rawson demonstrated Hypo-Alum Toning.

In the architectural competition, held in July, the judges were of opinion that none of the prints were up to the standard desired, and no award was made.



15th November 1921  Volume 28 Number 11 - Page 568
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
In the September Competition for "Tree Study”, the following were the results:

"TREE STUDY” A GRADE:	"TREE STUDY” B GRADE:
FIRST: D.J. Sherriff, 63 marks	FIRST: G. Benfell, 69 marks	SECOND: F.W. Craddock, 52 marks

Mr. O’Keefe supplies the following notes of service to intending competitors, and these apply equally well to all photographic competitions.

LANDSCAPE: If you were to place a figure in a landscape and make it so telling that it caused you to look at it and forget its setting, the picture would not be called a landscape. Even a tree made too much of would have the same effect: but place the figure so that you would have to look for it, then your landscape would take the eye as a leading feature.

ARCHITECTURE: If you had a very fine building in the picture, and you made it the prominent feature, that would make it architecture; when looking at a picture classed architecture, it must make you think of architecture.

MARINE AND SEASCAPE: A marine subject would be shipping at sea, as part of the whole, not a ship. A seascape would be land and sea, the sea being the main object, as the land is in the landscape. If the subject were a sea. land or rocks could be used, taking second place to the main thing, the sea. Just the same with a harbour scene: the shipping, etc., would have to be part of the whole.

PORTRAITURE: The head should tell before anything else, and everything in the way of drapery or accessories should be kept quiet.

GENERAL CLASS: This includes all pictures which cannot be classed as landscape, architecture, marine, or portraiture.

FRAMING HINT: In framing pictures, it is sometimes found that a print is of such a tone that a silver-grey tinted frame would be more pleasing and in keeping with the tone of the print. Mr. T.A. Dawson supplies the following method of obtaining this tone: copperas to 2 quarts of water, to be made boiling, and the frames laid in the solution, or a smaller quantity may be made in proper proportion, and painted on the wood several times until the desired tone is obtained. Allow each coat to dry before another application.

ASSISTANCE FOR NEW MEMBERS: A member of the executive will be in attendance at the Club Rooms every Monday evening between 7.30pm and 8.30pm.

Members who are in difficulties with their work, and wish for instruction in any branch of photography, should take advantage of this arrangeMention If members do not avail themselves of this opportunity. the practice will be discontinued. This idea is also offered as a suggestion to other clubs.



17th November 1921  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17820

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
There was a very good attendance at the November meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society held on Monday evening in the club rooms. At the request of several members, Mr. T.A. Dawson demonstrated the bromoil process. During the evening the certificates and trophies awarded in the annual exhibition — now being held in the Art Gallery in conjunction with the Art Society’s exhibition — were presented to the winners of the competitions in the following subjects:

BEST PICTURE IN EXHIBITION: Mr. A.M. MACDONALD “THE MOON LIT COTTAGE”	LANDSCAPE:			PORTRAIT:			ARCHITECTURE:
	FIRST: G. CHANCE	SECOND: T.A. DAWSON	HON. MENTION: E.M. JACKSON	FIRST: D.J. SHERRIFF	SECOND: T.A. DAWSON	HON. MENTION: S. DEVEREUX F.W. CRADDOCK	FIRST: A.M. MACDONALD	SECOND: A.M. MACDONALD	HON. MENTION: Miss A. CHAMPION
	MARINE:			GENERAL:			OPEN CLASS:
	FIRST: S. DEVEREUX	SECOND: Miss B.M. GIBSON	HON. MENTION: E.M. JACKSON	FIRST: Miss A. CHAMPION	SECOND: S. DEVEREUX	HON. MENTION: Miss B.M. GIBSON Miss A. CHAMPION	FIRST: A.M. MACDONALD	SECOND: W. GEE (Wellington)	HON. MENTION: W. GEE (Wellington) J.W. JOHNSON (Wellington)

Trophy donated by Kodak (Australasia) Pty. Ltd. for first award in General Section: A. Champion.

Trophy (value £l/1/-) donated by Mr. C.F. Champion for first award in Portrait Section: D.J. Sherriff.

The honor of best picture in the exhibition was carried off by Mr. A.M. Macdonald (Invercargill) who has now gained this distinction four years in succession. The president (Mr. T.A. Dawson) in asking him to accept from the society an engraved cup to commemorate his splendid record, remarked that it was presented with the good wishes and congratulations of the members.

In speaking of Mr. Macdonald’s pictures, the president stressed the fact that the progress of the pictorial work of the society, during the last four years, had been, greatly due to the high standard set by Mr. Macdonald.

The exhibition in the Art Gallery comprises 111 pictures, and the judges (Messrs A.H. O'Keeffe and W. Esquilant) were very well pleased with the work submitted, and considered it of a very high standard. The open class which has been inaugurated for photographers throughout the Dominion, has been most successful, and it is hoped to make it a feature of future exhibitions.



17th November 1921  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17820
23rd November 1921  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17825

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
FORTY-FIFTH EXHIBITION
No. VII.: THE PHOTOGRAPHS
The 111 exhibits in this section are well placed on easels in the oils room. The Dunedin Photographic Society has organized this auxiliary exhibition and fixed it up satisfactorily in every way. Experts say it is as good as any photographic display we have ever had in Dunedin. More, enthusiastic visitors declare it to be absolutely the best. By common consent the thirty-nine exhibits in the class open to all photographers throughout the Dominion are particularly strong.

'An Oriel Window', by A.M. Macdonald, placed first in architecture, is a beautiful picture, the lighting and everything in it quite good. 'Davie', the winner of first prize in portraiture, does D.J. Sherriff honor. The pose is good and the lighting right. T.A. Dawsons portrait study, placed second in its class, is well posed and shows good printing, but is slightly flat. 'Calm Waters', by L.M. Jackson, is beautifully finished as to printing, but the lighting is a bit flat. 'Dinner Time', by S. Devereux: A well chosen subject — one that would be passed over by many — and it may be classed as a very artistic attempt. ‘Within Sight of Home', by T.A. Dawson: A well-thought out picture of nice tone, worthy being placed second in landscapes. 'River Scene', by E.M. Jackson: Nice distance, cloud effects good, trees a little black. 'The Old Woolshed', by Miss B.M. Gibson; Technique splendid, lighting perhaps a little bard. ‘The Arches', by Miss A. Champion: A most praiseworthy attempt at night photography. ‘Hooper’s Inlet', by G. Chance: First prize in landscape; good work, a little dark in the foreground, and the big tree rather monopolizing. ‘The Fisherman’s Return', by S. Devereux: First prize in marine, and well deserving its place, being one of the very good things of the exhibition; the movement in the water splendidly shown. ‘The Vendor', by Miss A. Champion; A most artistic picture. ‘Old Ben', by S. Devereux; Expression and lighting very good. 'After the Storm', by Miss B.M. Gibson : Water a little hard, but motion in the water splendid, and printing good. ‘The Tower' by A.M. Macdonald: Truly pictorial, the doorway, however, very black. ‘The Fountain', by Miss A. Champion: A pretty little picture made out of a familiar subject.

Coming to the open class, we find here the photograph which gains the award as the best in the exhibition — namely, ‘The Moonlit Cottage', by A. Macdonald. The subject is well chosen and in most respects artistically treated; but, with due respect to the decision of the Judges, the tree in the foreground is little better than a black blot. ‘Low Water, St. Ives', by W. Gee: Amongst the best three in the exhibition; nice printing; full of detail; everything shows up as in a drawing. ‘Fishing Boats', by W. Gee: A nice effect, but the printing could have been a little darker. ‘A Surrey Village', by G. Chance: A good subject, but far too dark. 'Eventide', ‘Departure of the Fishing Boats', and two scenes in Polpiero, all by W. Gee, are capital subjects, but the printing far too dark.



25th November 1921  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17827

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
THE EXHIBIT OF PHOTOGRAPHS
[By A.H. O'Keeffe]
The Dunedin Photographic Society has just reason to be proud of its contribution to the Otago Art Society's present exhibition. The members have not been content with the ordinary snapshot finished by a professional. One is often confronted with the word “fake” in connection with a photograph. Why not, if faking is going to make a bettor picture? A literal transcript from Nature is seldom pleasing, and when a photographer makes alterations to improve his picture he becomes an artist, giving expression to his own personality. Much of the work in the exhibition gives evidence of that artistry. That of Mr. A.M. Macdonald, for instance, has quite a distinct individuality. His prize pictures are all that one would wish for through the medium of photography, having just the right amount of softness combined with crispness. His pictures of architecture are fine examples of the artistic, rendering of what, in less skillful hands, might become stiff and formal. The picture entitled ‘The Moonlit Cottage' may be “fake”, but it is good “fake”; its simplicity is its charm.

The work of Mr. W. Gee, of Wellington, is a prominent feature in the exhibition. He has to his credit some fine renderings of Old World villages and harbor scenes. The light is forcible, but perhaps the blacks are a little pronounced here and there. Students in photography will do well to take more than a casual glance at the various subjects treated by Mr. Gee.

The portraits of Mr. D.J. Sherriff and Mr. T.A. Dawson are almost equal in merit, both having character and good modeling. These gentlemen have a number of other works which are worthy of inspection.

Mr. Craddock’s fine little head is marred by the figure.

In landscape, Mr. G. Chance takes pride of place with a fine velvety little picture, the atmosphere of which is admirable. Mr. T.A. Dawson and Mrs E.M. Jackson being next in order of merit, with good work.

Mr. S. Devereux has a fine harbor scene, which is full of life and action, and the work almost gives the idea of a smart drawing done with great crispness combined with close tones. Mr. Devereux has a number of others, ‘Dinner Time' being one of the best.

Miss A. Champion takes first place in the general class with a street scene entitled ‘The Vendor'. This and ‘The Arches' are quite up to the high standard of the exhibition.

Miss B.M. Gibson's picture ‘Curiosity' is a little gem. The whole group is unconscious of the camera. The figures have a fine rotundity, the edges being well attended to. Miss Gibson's other works are enjoyable.

Mr. G.C. Benfell’s 'Stately Pines' is good in light and shade, combined with true values.

Mr. Clifton Weedon’s treatment of dark tones, which he handles with an absence of blackness, is fine. The dark setting of ‘Manuka' and ‘Manuka Gathering' makes for brilliancy.

Other works, by Mrs J. Finn, Miss Allis, Mr. J.W. Johnson, and Mr. J. Treloar, are well worthy of attention.



15th December 1921  Volume 28 Number 12 - Page 620
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual exhibition opened in the Art Gallery on the 10th November, and this year 111 pictures were hung, 72 from the society’s members and 39 in the open class. The judges. Messrs. A.H. O’Keeffe and W. Esquilant, expressed pleasure with the work submitted to them, and considered that the pictures generally were of a very high standard.

Good entries were received for the open class, held for the first time this year, and it is hoped in future to make this section a feature of the exhibition.

The response to the request for white mounts was most gratifying, and visitors to the exhibition noted the vast improvement to our show by the use of a uniform mount.

The awards were as follows:

BEST PICTURE IN EXHIBITION: Mr. A.M. MACDONALD “THE MOON LIT COTTAGE”	LANDSCAPE:			PORTRAIT:			ARCHITECTURE:
	FIRST: G. CHANCE	SECOND: T.A. DAWSON	HON. MENTION: E.M. JACKSON	FIRST: D.J. SHERRIFF	SECOND: T.A. DAWSON	HON. MENTION: S. DEVEREUX F.W. CRADDOCK	FIRST: A.M. MACDONALD	SECOND: A.M. MACDONALD	HON. MENTION: Miss A. CHAMPION
	MARINE:			GENERAL:			OPEN CLASS:
	FIRST: S. DEVEREUX	SECOND: Miss B.M. GIBSON	HON. MENTION: E.M. JACKSON	FIRST: Miss A. CHAMPION	SECOND: S. DEVEREUX	HON. MENTION: Miss B.M. GIBSON Miss A. CHAMPION	FIRST: A.M. MACDONALD	SECOND: W. GEE (Wellington)	HON. MENTION: W. GEE (Wellington) J.W. JOHNSON (Wellington)

Trophy donated by Kodak (Australasia) Pty. Ltd. for first award in General Section: A. Champion.

Trophy (value £l/1/-) donated by Mr. C.F. Champion for first award in Portrait Section: D.J. Sherriff.

As it is mostly during the holidays that negatives suitable for pictorial work are obtained we would advise members to take their cameras with them on all occasions, so that no opportunity may be lost during the summer months.

The subjects for next year’s syllabus are as follows: Miscellaneous, Marine, Architecture, Flowers and Still Life, Figure Study, Landscape, Industry, Interior, Garden Study.

USEFUL HINT: Some cameras have no exposure between time and 1/25th second, and we have often been asked by users of such cameras how they may, when working in dull light, give a full exposure without using the time stop. Senior members who use Kodaks advise the following method: Set the shutter at 1/25th second and press bulb, then quickly repeat the pressure: the exposure will then be approximately 1/12th second, and may be further increased by the same process. A tripod, of course, will be necessary.



15th February 1922  Volume 29 Number 2 - Page 102
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANNUAL EXHIBITION 1921
The Dunedin Photographic Society as usual held its annual exhibition in conjunction with that of the Otago Art Society. The exhibit, comprising 111 pictures, was displayed on five large stands placed in the center of the oils room.

Messrs. A.H. O’Keeffe (Dunedin School of Arts) and Esquilant (judge of technique), the honorary judges, expressed much pleasure with the standard of work submitted, while the critics and enthusiastic visitors declared it the best exhibition ever held in Dunedin.

The awards in the various classes were as follows:

PORTRAITURE: 1st, D.J. Sherriff: 2, T.A. Dawson; hon. mention, F.W. Craddock and S. Devereux.
ARCHITECTURE: 1st and 2nd, A.M. Macdonald; hon. mention, Miss A. Champion.
MARINE: 1st, S. Devereux; 2nd, Miss B.M. Gibson; hon. mention, E.M. Jackson.
LANDSCAPE: 1st, G. Chance; 2nd, T.A. Dawson; hon. mention, E.M. Jackson.
GENERAL: 1st, Miss A. Champion. 2nd, S. Devereux: hon. mention, Miss B.M. Gibson and Miss A. Champion.
OPEN CLASS (open to photographers throughout the Dominion): 1st, A.M. Macdonald; 2nd, W. Gee; hon. mention, W. Gee and J.W. Johnson.

The certificates and trophies in connection with the exhibition were presented at the Society’s last meeting of the year. The Kodak trophy for first award in the General Section was gained by Miss A. Champion, and Mr. C.F. Champion’s trophy for first in Portraiture by Mr. D.J. Sherriff.

The honor of best picture in the exhibition was carried off by Mr. A.M. Macdonald, of Invercargill, who has now achieved this distinction four years in succession. The President, Mr. T.A. Dawson, in asking him to accept an engraved cup from the Society, to commemorate his splendid record, remarked that it was presented with the good wishes and congratulations of the Society.

The Exhibition was open for three weeks, during which time several non-resident members visited Dunedin, when the Social Committee took the opportunity of entertaining the exhibitors at a supper, which was held in the Club rooms.

PASTORAL, NEW ZEALAND

CLIFTON A. WEEDON
First in the A.P.-R Typical Australasian Scene Competition

14th March 1922  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17918
15th March 1922  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18504

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At a well-attended meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, held last evening in the club room, Mr. G. Chance gave an interesting address on 'Multiple Toning', illustrating his remarks with a number of beautifully colored prints, toned by the unusual but simple methods explained by him. Mr. Chance's photographic enthusiasm has taken him to nearly every corner of the globe, and his experiences and anecdotes — photographic and otherwise — were listened to with interest and amusement by those who were fortunate enough to be present. The president (Mr. T.A. Dawson), in his remarks, announced the arrival of a beautiful collection of original prints, reproduced in 'Photograms of the Year' (1918 collection), which had recently been received from London. An exhibition of these will be held in the club room very soon, the dates of which will be announced in the daily papers.



3rd April 1922  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17935
4th April 1922  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18521
7th April 1922  Page 4 - WAIKATO TIMES, VOLUME 95, ISSUE 14916

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society has received from England the original pictures as reproduced in photograms of the year 1918. These pictures are representative of the world's best pictorial photography, and are circulated from club to club throughout different countries. This is the first time a collection has been sent to New Zealand, and the different clubs in the Dominion are holding exhibitions. The Dunedin Society is holding its exhibition in the club rooms, Liverpool street, on Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday afternoons and evenings.



4th April 1922  Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18521

EXHIBITION OF PHOTOGRAPHS

Representative of the World’s Best Pictorial Work

As reproduced in
PHOTOGRAMS OF THE YEAR 1918

Will be held in CLUB ROOMS of the

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
5 Liverpool street (South British Buildings)

TUESDAY, WEDNESDAY, THURSDAY, FRIDAY,
April 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th.
Afternoon, 2pm to 5pm and Evening, 7pm to 9pm.

5th April 1922  Page 9 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18522

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
Just prior to the holidays, the thoughts of all who can use a camera are generally directed to coming pleasures to be gained their Kodak or little brownie, so that the time is one specially suited to a display of photography.

The Dunedin Photographic Society was therefore well advised in selecting this time for showing a collection of pictures contributed from all parts of the world, and the display, which is on view at the society’s rooms in the South British Chambers, Liverpool street, should attract a large number of visitors. The exhibition is now open, and the pictures will be on view every afternoon and evening up to and inclusive of Friday.

The society in the course of its existence, which has lasted for some years, has done much in promoting the photographic art. It has now 97 members, who meet in nicely appointed rooms, where there is every facility for developing negatives, and the room in which the exhibition is held is well lighted, so that the works of art - and they are undoubtedly such - can be seen under very advantageous conditions. An enthusiastic member of the society while in London saw Mr. F.J. Mortimer, editor of "Photograms", and represented to him that the cause they both had at heart would be forwarded if he could see his way clear to send some of the work submitted to him out to New Zealand. It may be explained that each year specimens of photography are sent from all parts of the world and from these what are regarded as the best are chosen and published, with, in some cases, explanatory notes. Mr. Mortimer readily fell in with the suggestions and the pictures now on view are the originals of those which were reproduced in “Photograms” for 1918.

They include work sent by amateur photographers from all parts of the United Kingdom, United States, Canada, Spain, Japan, France, Egypt, Holland, and other countries and are the pick of many hundreds submitted for what is really a competition. They represent all kinds of subjects and all branches of photography, including multiple exposures and one in a style of art that has puzzled amateurs here. This which is entitled “Sixteen”, is from St. Louis (U.S.A.), and partakes of the character of an Indian ink sketch in bare outline. Of course, in photography as in painting, there is abundant room for difference of taste, but it is probable that by the majority the palm will be awarded to Mr. Mortimer's contribution. “The Gate of Good-bye", representing soldiers on their way to the front bidding farewell to their relatives. Another that is certain to claim many admirers is a picture of the Carnegie School, Pittsburg, and another (a kindred subject) is the Capitol, Washington. York Munster is also characterized by wonderfully clear photography and reproduction of lighting effects. But in the 81 studies lined for view there are very many worthy of admiration from different standpoints. In addition there is a collection of 10 pictures lent by the president of the Affiliation of Societies of the Royal Photographic Society, which are characterized by artistic taste in the selection of a subject and beautifully clear photography.



6th April 1922  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18523

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The collection of pictures being shown under the auspices of the Dunedin Photographic Society in the South British Chambers, Liverpool street, is well worth a visit. The pictures include work sent by amateur photographers from all parts of the world, and they represent some beautiful specimens of the art. “The Combat”, by W.G. Hill (Stockton-on Tees), and “An American”, by Hugo Van Wanenoyen (Cardiff), are two photos of outstanding merit, but there are many more which cannot fail to attract and hold the attention of the spectator. The pictures will be on view until Friday night.



13th April 1922
Page 11 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18529
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17944

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the club room, Liverpool street, last evening, and was well attended. The report and balance sheet were adopted and showed the society to be in a sound position. The membership was now 97, and this spoke well for the interest being taken in the society.

Lectures and meetings were held during the year, the subjects dealt with being: Gaslight and Bromide Printing, Hypo Alum Toning, Multiple Toning, Bromoil Process, Enlarging, Intensifying, Print Trimming and Passe Partout, Magazine Binding, and Early and Present-day Methods of Photography.

Three exhibitions were held during the year — the annual exhibition, the New Zealand Inter-Club Exhibition, and the Photogram exhibition. The patronage accorded these proved the increasing interest taken by the public in photography as an art. The thanks of the society are due to Messrs A.H. O’Keeffe and W. Esquilant for their valuable services as honorary judges for the year’s competitions.

The president (Mr. T.A. Dawson), in his remarks, congratulated Miss Gibson on being the first lady elected as a Vice-President of the society.

Mr. Dawson drew attention to the forthcoming New Zealand Inter-Club Competition, and invited all members to co-operate in making the entry a successful one. He also announced the intention of the executive to inaugurate a series of instruction classes for beginners, these being for the benefit of the many new members. All particulars of these will be advertised in the daily papers.

The president closed the meeting by proposing a vote of thanks to the press, which, by its interest in pictorial photography, has rendered invaluable assistance in furthering the aims of the society.

JOHN RUSHWORTH JELLICOE
THE EARL JELLICOE GCB, OM, GCVO, SGM, DL

Born 5th December 1859 - Southampton, Hampshire, England
Died 20th November 1935 (aged 75) - Kensington, London, England

2nd GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF NEW ZEALAND
27th September 1920 to 12th December 1924

8th May 1922  Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17962

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

INSTRUCTION CLASSES
EXPOSURE, DEVELOPING, PRINTING,
ENLARGING, AND MOUNTING

will be held in the
CLUB ROOMS, 3 LIVERPOOL STREET,
May lOth, 17th, 24th, and 31st, and June 7th.

Commencing 7.30pm
Non-members Fee, 10s 6d the Course, or 2s 6d per Subject.

19th May 1922  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18558

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The first monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society new season was held in the Club Room, 3 Liverpool street.

A demonstration on development of plates and films was given and was much enjoyed by those present, among whom were many new members.

The president drew attention to the syllabus for the ensuing year, which contains many interesting features, including a subject for competition each month, and the helpful criticisms given on all prints entered in these monthly studies should do much towards spurring our members to greater efforts.

The instruction classes, which were inaugurated for the benefit of new members and beginners are now in full swing, and are being well attended. These classes cover the different stages of photography — from the making of an exposure to the finished and mounted enlargement. The two classes — exposure and development — taken by Mr. S.H. Rawson, have been particularly interesting, both to senior and junior members.



14th June 1922  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 17994
15th June 1922  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18581

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the June meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, when Mr. G. Chance lectured on “Picture Making”, the attendance was so large that some few members were unable to obtain seats. Mr. Chance first touched on composition, light and shade, especially as applied to photography, illustrating particular points by an exhibition of his own prints, and followed this by a demonstration of the oil process, showing how a flat, uninteresting print could be made pictorial by eliminating unnecessary detail. An easy and effective way of mounting by making a plate mark was then shown, and the lecturer concluded the evening by recounting some of his photographic and other experiences in Japan. The meeting was voted one of the most successful yet held in the club rooms.

The president (Mr. T.A. Dawson) reminded members of the near approach of the New Zealand Inter-Club competition, which will be judged this year in Wellington, after which exhibitions of the prints will be held by each of the societies entered in the competition. The series of instruction classes for beginners have now been completed, and the society has reason to be gratified at the interest taken, and the hope is expressed that many budding exhibitioners will be the result.



15th June 1922  Volume 29 Number 6 - Page 310
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was well attended. The report and balance sheet were adopted and showed the Society to be in a sound position, the membership now totaling 97, which speaks well for the interest taken in the Society.

Lectures and meetings were held during the year, the subjects dealt with being: Gas light and Bromide Printing, Hypo-Alum Toning, Multiple Toning, Bromoil, Enlarging, Intensifying, Print Trimming and Passe Partout, Magazine Binding, and Early and Present-day Methods of Photography.

Three exhibitions were held the annual exhibition, the New Zealand Inter-Club exhibition, and the Photograms exhibition. The patronage accorded these proved the increasing interest taken by the public in photography as an art.

The President, in his remarks, congratulated Miss Gibson on being the first lady elected as a Vice-President of the Society. He drew attention to the forthcoming New Zealand Inter-Club competition, and invited all members to co-operate in making the entry a successful one. He announced, too, the intention of the executive to inaugurate a series of instruction classes for beginners, these being for the benefit of the many new members.

The club thanks the Editor of the A.P.-R. for the publicity given, and considers this has done much towards keeping it in touch with the Photographic Societies of Australasia.

JOHN RUSHWORTH JELLICOE
THE EARL JELLICOE GCB, OM, GCVO, SGM, DL

Born 5th December 1859 - Southampton, Hampshire, England
Died 20th November 1935 (aged 75) - Kensington, London, England

2nd GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF NEW ZEALAND
27th September 1920 to 12th December 1924

15th August 1922  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 18047
16th August 1922  Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18634

EXHIBITION OF PHOTOGRAPHS

NEW ZEALAND INTERCLUB COMPETITION 1922

Will be held in the Club Rooms of the
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
South British Building, 3 Liverpool street,

WEDNESDAY AND THURSDAY, 16th and 17th August.

Afternoons, 2pm to 5pm and Evenings, 7pm to 9pm.

15th August 1922  Volume 29 Number 8 - Page 418
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
32nd ANNUAL EXHIBITION
That a society can record the fact that it has held no less than thirty-one Annual Exhibitions speaks well for its "liveness" and the continuity of its efforts. Certainly, we know of no other society in this part of the world with an equal record.

The next exhibition will be held in the Dunedin Art Gallery from November 10th to December 2nd, and entries will close on October 4th. It is anticipated that the Kodak Branches will have supplies of the entry forms very shortly, and those interested should make application. Failing this, Miss B.M. Gibson, Secretary, Exhibition Committee, Dunedin Photographic Society exhibition, 123 Stafford Street. Dunedin, New Zealand, will be glad to mail the necessary form if you mention the A.P.-R. as the source of your inspiration. Better write now!

At the June meeting Mr. G. Chance talked on “Picture Making as applied to Photography”, illustrating his remarks by a collection of his own prints. He followed this by a demonstration of the oil process, and showed how an uninteresting print could be made pictorial by the elimination of unnecessary detail. This meeting was so well attended that there was standing room only for several of those present.

There is an interesting note in the monthly report:

“Will the member who removed the February number of the A.P.-R. from the reading-table kindly return same promptly. The magazines are placed on the reading-table for the use of all members, not for the sole use of one member!”.



16th August 1922  Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 18048

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
INTERCLUB COMPETITION
by the Rev. H.O. Fenton FRPS
The photographs that took part in the recent inter-club competition are on view in the rooms of the Dunedin Photographic Society, 5 Liverpool street. Eight societies sent in twelve pictures each. These entries were judged by Mr. Ellis in Wellington, and are now being exhibited throughout the dominion. The exhibition shows that the standard of pictorial photography is steadily getting higher every year, and many of the pictures shown would be welcomed and hung in London.

Invercargill, which secured first place, sent in a very strong exhibit, of which "The Old Barm", by Mr. R.A. Edwards, is a beautiful piece of work. Miss Burrell’s "Moaning Bar" is a very strong seascape. "The Uriel Window", by Mr. A.M. Macdonald, is excellent as regards the building, but lacking tonality in the foreground. Of the four portraits, "The President", by Mr. A. Dickison, is excellently lighted, and preserves the modeling of the face. A word of warning must be given to the Invercargill Club. They are putting far too much hand work on to their prints, thereby destroying the beautiful tone value that photography is capable of giving. This applies especially to Mr. A.M. Macdonald’s "Moonlit Cottage", a print doubtless making its appeal to the painter, but less so to the photographer It is in no ways suggestive of moonlight. Photography both in England and America has been through this stage, and has emerged from it. Invercargill will do the same, and gain tremendously.

Wellington came second. "Four Score Years", by Mr. J.W. Jones, is full of character, and probably the best of the group, with Mr. Johnston’s "Furling" and "Morning Shadows" in close attendance. The latter is one of the few examples of front lighting in the exhibition. The possibilities of this form of lighting do not seem to have been sufficiently explored yet in New Zealand.

There is a falling off in quality in Auckland's exhibit, "Henderson’s Creek", by Mr. T. Woodhead, is the outstanding print. Mr. A.E. Gee’s "Ngaurahoe" suffers from loss of atmosphere, the middle distance being too dark. "Age and Youth", Mr. R.B. Walrond, is well conceived as an idea. The technique is good, but as a pictorial effect is far below standard. "Sweethearts", by Mr. Woodhead, is a nice piece of straight photography.

Hamilton has made wonderful strides this year, and must be congratulated on its progress. Its exhibit, however, is somewhat, flattered by the marking in at least two cases, "The Daisy Field", by Miss Patterson, is a study of a boy in a daisy field. The model is wearing a most self-conscious air, and the face seems to be too much turned away; and "Sailing By", Miss Nicholls, is both crude and hard. "The Loop", by Mr. S. Miller, should have had higher marks than some of the others.

Mr. E.A. Ombler with "In the Shadows" treats a difficult subject with much skill. This is the outstanding picture in the Timaru section, "Doris", by Mr. Lindsay, seems to have been overlooked by the judge. Mr. Ombler's "At Her Journey"s End" is hard, and the water and sky both lack quality.

In the Christchurch section Mr. Rowe has a fine negative for his "Glimpse of the Sea", of which he has not made full use. "In Silent Vale", by Mr. G. Edmonds, is nice in conception. "Granny", by Mr. F. Casbolt is nice. "The Pinnie", by Mr. N.A. Skinner, is apparently a bromoil, and should act as a warning to other photographers.

Dunedin has some very pleasing pictures. There are four quite good landscapes — Miss Gibson’s "Mountain Sheep", Mr. Chance's "Paradise Road" and "Otago Harbor", and Mr. Dawson's "The Crossing". The latter is a little heavy in the sky, and has not quite the quality of the others. These are all well worth studying. Mr. Sherriff's "Through the Pines" is marred by faulty composition, the large trees being too centered, and monopolizing the composition. Two portraits by Miss Allis have the feeling of the old masters.

Whangarei is to be congratulated on sending in an exhibit. It is quite a young club, and will doubtless benefit by seeing the exhibits of other clubs.

The marking of some of the exhibits evolves a good deal of amazement. Some most ordinary snaps made very hard in enlarging have received ridiculously high marking.



15th September 1922  Volume 29 Number 9 - Page 468
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Entries for the 32nd Annual Exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society close on the 4th October.

Classes: Landscape, Marine, Architecture, Portraiture and General.

Awards: Champion picture, silver plaque; first in each section, bronze plaque; second and honorable mention, certificate.

The Exhibition Secretary reports that much interest is being taken in the coming show, and, judging by the inquiries already received, the Exhibition should be a very fine one.

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION

16th November 1922  Page 9 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 18126

DUNEDIN ART GALLERY
FORTY-SIXTH EXHIBITION
No. IV. — THE PHOTOGRAPHS
[Written by the REV. H.O. FENTON FRPS]
For some years past the Otago Art Society (now the Dunedin Art Gallery Society) has afforded wall space to the Dunedin Photographic Society to display the photographs sent in for its annual competition. Truth to tell, this exhibition of photographs has by no means been the least pleasing feature of the larger whole, and it has been both interesting and educative to have artists and photographers work hung in close proximity to each other. This year the Photographic Society has made a great stride in advance, and has got together an inter-colonial collection of prints. These are the finest photographs ever shown in Dunedin, with the possible exception of "Photograms 1918", and will be examined with much interest. A large number of prints have been received from other parts of New Zealand and from Australia, even as far away as Perth, but next year it is intended to go still farther afield and invite entries from Canada and South Africa.

The judging of the two hundred prints has been a very difficult matter, in many cases only a small margin separating the first four or five prints. Especially is this true of the landscape class, which, as usual, was the most numerous. The class for portraits was also a large one, and in this, and also in the general class, there is some very excellent work. In saying that the architectural class is the weakest, it must be remembered that the dominions cannot be expected to offer the same scope as is afforded in older countries, and workers have a hard search to find subjects.

There is not very much to choose between the first five or six landscapes exhibited here. Mr. J.B. Eaton, of Victoria, sends in several pictures which differ in treatment from those usually seen in New Zealand. With ‘Summer Evening' he secures the first award. This print owes much to the seeing eye of the producer, but the technical work also is faultless; a tree stands up against a beautifully lit background of water and cloud. The only possible suggestion is that it might have five-eighths inch more foreground, and even this suggestion is open to question. Second honors also fall to the same exhibitor for ‘A Forest Giant', a veritable artist's picture, full of tone and of a rich soft quality. The lighting is admirably arranged and the scene well composed. A third print of Mr. Eaton’s, 'The Homestead', though well carried out, is not quite of the same standard as these other two. A fourth picture of the same worker is a study of a line cloud. The foreground — presumably the top of a hill, for the cloud seems to dip behind it — is unconvincing, and another might be substituted for it with advantage. Of entirely different type is ‘The Distant City', yet another of Mr. Eaton’s contributions. A copy of this picture that was sent privately to Dunedin recently was of a much lighter tone: the one under consideration seems to have been printed more deeply for the walls of an exhibition, and has lost a good deal of the charm and daintiness possessed by the other. Nevertheless, in the present one attention must be specially drawn to the mystery of the distant city. Close up to the winning prints come two others — ‘Hooper’s Inlet', by Mr. G. Chance, Dunedin, and ‘Pine Trees and Sunlight', by Mr. A.H. Eaton, Wellington. The former is a bold presentation of a decaying tree against a background of sea and cliff. It might he suggested that, in the attempt to throw up the high light on the breaking waves, the nearer distance of sand has been printed a trifle too dark. A little lightening of the space between the limbs of the trees would help to differentiate them. Mr. Chance has very pleasing landscape, with a glimpse of the sea, called "Sunlit Gums", the trees being well grouped and the color of the print very suitable. It is the sort of picture one is pleased to have near one as a reminder that occasionally there comes such a thing as a holiday. A twig on the bottom left hand corner should be painted out, as also should a tiny tree on the right, or else much darkened. A small patch of white cloud at the top and near the center is not wanted; but these are small details. There is a lovely arrangement of lines in ‘Pine Trees and Sunlight', with its masses of light and shadow. There is, however a loss of texture in the patches of sunshine. An artist in painting it could put it right in a moment with color. The photographer is more handicapped, and in monochrome has to beware of unfilled spaces in the same key. Nevertheless, it is an excellent picture. Two pictures, similar in design and not altogether unlike in treatment, are Mr. Chance’s ‘A Cottage in Essex' and Mr. Garlick’s ‘A Glint of Winter Sunshine'. The former is the photographer’s and the latter the painter’s presentment of a similar idea. The clouds and composition of 'A Cottage in Essex' are admirable. Miss Garlick’s print has no clouds, but there is a gradation in the sky. The figure is a mistake. Miss Garlick has another picture hung — a tree — the beginnings of a good thing, but requiring a suitable sky and some accent in the foreground. Mr. A.S. Mitchell sends in a pleasing little ‘Pastorale', reminiscent of an etching. Mr. Knapp, Perth, sends several landscapes, in which a new process invented by himself has been employed. With this in mind. ‘The Mill Point', for example, will be examined with interest. Apparently the print has been made through an exceedingly fine screen, which breaks up the print after the manner of the screen in the half tone process. Presumably the print has been thrown considerably out of focus, and the screen (if this be a correct solution) has a softening effect quite different from the methods usually adopted. ‘Oweinagin Creek', by Mr. A. Wilkinson, has many good qualities, but is lacking in unity. Miss B.M. Gibson’s, ‘In a Bluegum Plantation' has excellent figures and nice lines. Possibly the desired effect would have been more easily obtained by means of a compensating negative than by after-treatment of the print itself. The cap of the left hand figure might be lighter in tone. In the ‘Approach of Spring', Mr. Macdonald, must have had some difficulty in preventing the main tree from becoming too dark. The foreground also is a difficult thing to manage. Miss Allis has a restrained and well treated subject in ‘Silver Beeches'. The lighting seems to have been tampered with in Mr. Weedon’s ‘Pastoral New Zealand', it does not ring true. Mr. A.H. Eaton’s ‘Waimea' must, be viewed from a distance, when the idea of the artist becomes apparent; but there is too much blackness on the left, and some of it should trimmed off: the composition will stand it. The tone values in Mr. W.J. Ferguson’s, 'Morning' are finely rendered. The graceful lines of Mr. W.J. Willett’s 'Peaceful River' will be noted. Worthy of mention is another print by Mr. A. Wilkinson, ‘The Wool Team', a fine picture.

Two pictures taken by artificial light appear in the architectural class. One, 'Night', by Mr. C.J. Ralph, Wellington, does not give the impression of being taken at night; but the other, ‘The Entrance to the Technical College', by Mr. D.J. Sherriff, secures first place. Halation, the bugbear of night photographers, has been successfully overcome. The picture is well composed, (note the two narrow windows on the left), well subdued, but absolutely necessary to the composition; there is a feeling of absolute night. In the 'Square Tower', Mr. Macdonald has a print of beautiful quality and technique and one which shows how much can be made of quite an ordinary subject. Mr. Gilman, in his ‘Study of Angles', has made quite the best of a street scene in Invercargill, the spirit of which many photographers have vainly endeavored to reproduce. Light and Shade are cleverly massed against each other, and the composition is wholly to be commended. Possibly a figure in the empty street would have taken off its rather Sunday morning appearance. Miss B.M. Gibson’s ‘Corner of the University' illustrates the truth of the photographic axiom, “The part is often greater than the whole”. It also shows the reward of painstaking hunting for a subject. The after treatment of the print has produced a harmonious result. The view through an arch is always a favorite subject. Mr. Chance shows us one in ‘Stirling Castle'. It would gain if the foreground were printed darker so as to throw the attention inwards. It might possibly be remarked that the high lights are too strong. Worthy of mention is the ‘Bank Entrance' by Mr. E.C. Gilman. Note the roundness of the pillars.

In the marine class Mr. J.B. Eaton, Victoria, in ‘Moving Out', gives us a soft and mysterious harbor scene, full of atmosphere, which conceivably might be even better than it is. The tug, one of the three deepest shadows, is almost exactly central, and one of the others, the top of the steamer’s funnel, is immediately above the third of the deepest shadows, the launch. It must be admitted, however, that if the photographer had delayed his exposure he might have lost the launch altogether, and that would have been fatal. The question of a drastic trimming on the right hand side might be considered. It would then be an upright, although rather approaching a square; but it would gain in concentration. An alternative would be to have some dark balance on the right. Mr. T.B. Leedham has a dainty view of a becalmed schooner. The clouds are effective and mysterious; but the one behind the vessel might have been a little lighter in tone. The picture as entitled ‘Reflections'. Another print by Mr. Leedham, ‘Steering Home', is rather hard, while the toning process has produced a somewhat “foxy” tone. The high part of the cloud should have been in the empty space on the left, and not behind the mast. ‘Becalmed' by Mr. R.M. Gillingham, is a good example of a print in a very high key, and its composition is faultless. The trouble with photographs of the aquatint type is that all values of tone in both sea and sky are apt to vanish altogether. ‘Toilers of the Sea' by Mr. J.R. Byfield, Hobart, contains much scattered light, and has other faults, including a distracting patch of high light on the bottom left hand corner, and a most inartistic white border round the print. The picture awarded second place, Mr. A.H. Eaton’s ‘Requiem' contains some delightful work, and at the same time invites criticism. Possibly the derelict might have been photographed a little farther off, and so have gained in perspective. A little more depth in the middle distance would be an improvement, and, although the clouds are well placed, it is just possible that they might have been improved upon. Would they not also have cast some reflection in the pool? However, in spite of these things, it is a pleasant picture. ‘Getting Ready', by Mr. J.W. Jones, has a lovely foreground, the reflection of the cutter’s sail in the oily sea being nearly perfect; but the distance behind the boat ruins the picture. Possibly the ugly bathing boxes could have been softened out by differential focusing; but that is too late now, and no amount of trimming can save the picture.

In the general class — a rather comprehensive division be it noted — there is some of the best work in the exhibition. The atmosphere and feeling of sunshine in M. Henri Mallard’s ‘Excavating' is magnificent. The after handwork, necessary in one or two places, is rather too noticeable on close inspection. It is a pity this was not rectified in the making of the print. The color of the print, which is presumably a bromoid, is well pleasing. It might be suggested that the upper left hand side is too atmospheric, and that some trace of detail should be allowed to come through the smoke so as to give better balance. ‘The Etcher', by Mr. A. Knapp, Perth, carries off the award for the best picture in the exhibition. The scheme of lighting has been faultlessly carried out; there is no jarring glitter on the etching press; the figure is standing quite naturally looking at his “pull”, itself naturally the highest light in the picture. The tone values throughout are worthy of careful study, and the whole print is an object lesson in itself. Mr. W.J. Ferguson has a clever picture of sheep ('Evening on the Hills'), notoriously difficult animals to group satisfactorily. It might be questioned whether the twilight was not sufficiently strong to lighten up the foreground in parts. A picture that grows on one and runs ‘The Etcher' very close for first place is ‘Scandal', by Mr. G. Chance. It is difficult to believe at first that the effect was accomplished by photography, and it is a subject the majority of photographers would have passed by without seeing. It is a street scene, possibly the corner of a square, with two women sitting at the bottom of some steps gossiping, while further off two boys are gazing into shop windows in the most natural manner in the world. To get an outstanding high light the pinafore of one of the women has been emphasized, perhaps a trifle too much; a painter would probably have put the light on her hair. The treatment of the bookseller’s shop and the curve of the pavement on the right are excellent. What a splendid book illustration it would make! Another street scene with figures, ‘In the Shadows', by Mr. E.H. Ombler, is of a totally different nature, and shows two figures in a narrow street, silhouetted against brilliant sunshine. The foreground is juicy and patterned with the shadows of the two girls. This must have been a difficult piece of photography, as the street seems fairly busy, and also only an instantaneous exposure was possible. ‘Ti-tree and Traveler' is fantastic, but suffers from too scattered interest; the tree and the bonfire compete. A delightful photograph entitled ‘Impudence', gives us a dog that actually laughs at us, compelling us to laugh back willy-nilly. It is probably the best photograph of an animal ever exhibited here.

In the portrait class there are several outstanding pictures, and several that in less distinguished company would have gained an award. First place goes to Mr. Monte Luke, Sydney, for his ‘Baldsarre', a strong, rugged, and vividly lighted portrait of a bandit. The head is finely placed, and the print is on broad and wholesome lines. If criticism is not out of place, it might be said that the triangular patch on the background to the left of the figure’s beard is distracting, and would be better lightened. Very little inferior to this print is Mr. A.M. Macdonald’s ‘Profile'. This is in a totally different key, being light and dainty. The poise of the head is most pleasing, while the background is light but not toneless. The outline of the figure falls away at the left bottom corner; it would have been better if it had just been indicated. Opinions will vary as to whether the head might not have been placed a little more to the right side of the picture, although one could not afford to lose the delicate high light on the left shoulder and arm. In close succession, come two very fine things — ‘O Sole Mio' by Mr. Monte Luke, and ‘Motherhood', by Mr. E.T. Robson. The lighting of the former and the placing of the head must elicit the highest praise. In ‘Motherhood', which will probably win the approval of painters, it seems that the drapery on the right makes a hard line across the mother’s hair; on the left the hair loses somewhat in quality. The posing of the figure in Mr. E.H. Clark’s ‘Skipper' is wholly to be commended, and the general scheme is admirable. Several more portraits call for more than passing notice. There is something very pleasing about Mr. Gee’s entry entitled 'Portrait', although it is a pity the outline of the figure peters out so much on the left; it is rather distracting. ‘Phyllis', by Mr. A.S. Mitchell, appears to have been retouched as to the left eye of the model; also there is an awkward crease in the center of the background. With these exceptions it is all that a portrait should be. ‘Mavis', by Mr. R.A. Edwards, proves by its execution that it has been well thought out from its inception to completion. In spite of its strength, it has not lost modeling. Another of Mr. E.H. Clark's, 'The Princess', must be studied for its tone values in a low key. The texture of the toque in Mr. Luke’s ‘Sheila' is magnificent, and the picture is arresting. At a little distance, however, there appears to be a circular patch on the model’s chin, as if a reducer had been allowed to act too long. ‘Blanche', by Mr. Edwards, is a beautiful piece of photography, but is completely spoiled by the after work on the shoulder of the model. In some lights this after work appears quite brown; it should have been in a color to match the black of the print or the shoulder should have been toned down in printing. This criticism about faulty retouching applies to several other prints in the exhibition. Mr. Monte Luke has a striking picture of a violinist, a piece of clean work and distinguished by harmonious lines. Other portraits worthy of mention are: ‘Four Score Years', by Mr. J.W. Jones; ‘Time’s Impressa', by Mr. F.J. Denton; ‘A Portrait', by Mr. A.S. Mitchell; ‘Mr. L.', by Mr. T.A. Dawson; ‘Madge', by Miss Allis; and 'A New Zealander', by Mr. C.W. Weedon.

Mr. C.J. Ralph sends in four autochromes, and is to be congratulated on his results. It is to he regretted that there is no way of showing these, as they would have been a novelty to the Dunedin public and much appreciated.

CHAMPION PICTURE SILVER PLAQUE: August KNAPP PERTH	LANDSCAPE:		ARCHITECTURE:		MARINE:		PORTRAITURE:		GENERAL:
	FIRST: J.B. EATON VICTORIA	SECOND: J.B. EATON VICTORIA	FIRST: D.J. SHERRIFF DUNEDIN	SECOND: C. GILMAN INVERCARGILL	FIRST: J.B. EATON VICTORIA	SECOND: A.H. EATON WELLINGTON T.D. LEEDHAM AUCKLAND	FIRST: MONTE LUKE SYDNEY	SECOND: A.M. MACDONALD INVERCARGILL	FIRST: G. CHANCE DUNEDIN	SECOND: HENRI MALLARD SYDNEY
SET OF FOUR AUTOCHROMES FIRST CLASS CERTIFICATE: C.J. RALPH WELLINGTON	HON. MENTION:
	HON. MENTION: MONTE LUKE SYDNEY	HON. MENTION: E.T. ROBSON WELLINGTON	HON. MENTION: E.H. OMBLER TIMARU	HON. MENTION: MISS B.M. GIBSON DUNEDIN	HON. MENTION: A.M. MACDONALD INVERCARGILL	HON. MENTION: T.D. LEEDHAM AUCKLAND	HON. MENTION: E.H. CLARK WANGANUI (TWO)	HON. MENTION: G. CHANCE DUNEDIN (TWO)	HON. MENTION: A. WILKINSON ADELAIDE (TWO)

29th November 1922  Page 5 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18723

THE ART GALLERY SOCIETY’S EXHIBITION
THE PHOTOGRAPHS
The Dunedin Photographic Society has always shown itself to be one of the most progressive bodies of its kind in the dominion, so it is not surprising to find that it has taken a step forward this year by holding an inter-colonial Exhibition, the first of its nature to be held in New Zealand. And it is to be congratulated on the large number of entries it has attracted, a number which will be larger still next year, when entries will be invited from Canada and South Africa.

As a whole the work is of a very high standard. Australia is well represented, the work of Messrs J.B. Eaton. Victoria, Monte Luke and Henri Mallard, Sydney, and August Knapp, Perth, being specially noticeable.

The pictures were judged by the Rev. H.O. Fenton FRPS.

Mr. August Knapp, who exhibits six pictures, secures the award for the best picture with a beautiful print, “Mr. H. van Raalte, Etcher”. The tone values throughout are worthy of careful study. Another of Mr. Knapp’s, “The Mill Point”, is also a very fine picture of unusual texture.

Prominent among that of Australian exhibitors is the work of J.B. Eaton, Victoria, who sends several pictures which differ in treatment from those usually seen in New Zealand. “The Distant City” is one of the gems of the exhibition. “The Cloud”, a very fine cloud study; “The Homestead” and “A Forest Giant” are noticeable for their beautiful tone, evidently obtained by a redeveloping process. Henri Mallard, Sydney, sends three bromoils, of which “Excavating” is the best, and one of the finest pictures on view.

Monte Luke, Sydney, exhibits six pictures. “Baldasarre”, awarded first in the portrait section, is a vividly lighted character study rather than a portrait. “O Solo Mio” is an excellent genre portrait study, but perhaps has a little too much white showing of the upturned eyes of the singer. “The Musician” is a study of Jascha Heifitz, and Mr. Luke has made the highest lights on the hands of the great violinist. A. Wilkinson, Adelaide, sends six pictures, of which “The Wool Leam” is the best. “Oweinagin Creek” has many good qualities, but is lacking in unity.

G. Chance, Dunedin, exhibits six pictures, all of beautiful quality and sound composition. “Scandal”, placed first in the general class, is a fine picture full of interest. The treatment of the bookseller’s shop and the curve of the pavement on the right are excellent. Mr. Chance’s landscapes, "Sunlit Gums”, “Hooper’s Inlet”, and “A Cottage in Essex” show distinct individuality.

R.A. Edwards, Invercargill, exhibits six pictures, among which the portraits, though very fine, are not quite up to his usual standard. W.J. Ferguson, Invercargill, sends two splendid portraits and four landscapes. “Morning”, a study of Lake Wanaka, is a dainty high-keyed picture, but “Evening on the Hills” and “The Sentinel” are too dark. E.M. Ombler, Timaru, exhibits "In the Shadows”, a fine street scene, and a very clever piece of photography.

A.M. Macdonald, Invercargill, who exhibits six pictures, is not at his best this year. “Profile”, a high-keyed portrait, is light and dainty, though the pose is a little strained. D.J. Sherriff, Dunedin, exhibits a fine architectural study, with some character in it. The lighting is excellent, and the tone quality splendid. F.J. Denton, Wanganui, sends six very fine pictures.

“Time’s Impress”, an excellent character study, and “First Gleams of Spring”, a charming landscape, are noticeable.

Miss B.M. Gibson, Dunedin, exhibits three pictures. “In a Bluegum Plantation” has excellent figures and nice lines. “A Corner of the Otago University” shows the reward of painstaking hunting for a picture. The after treatment of the print has produced a harmonious result. A.S. Mitchell, Wellington, sends six pictures, all of excellent quality. “Angela” is an arresting little study, of which one would like to see a larger print. T.D. Leedham sends five pictures. “Reflections” is a dainty view of a becalmed schooner; the clouds are effective and mysterious. Another fine print by Mr. Leedham is “Steering Home”.

C. Gilman, Invercargill, exhibits two good architectural studios. E.H. Clark, Wanganui, exhibits five pictures, of which “The Skipper” and “Impudence” are outstanding. In “Four Score Years” Mr. J.W. Jones, of Wellington, has a very fine portrait of an old man — an excellent character study. A.H. Eaton, Wellington, sends five very fine pictures. “Requiem” contains some delightful work.

T.A. Dawson, Dunedin, shows a strong portrait, and Miss Allis, Hawera, has several good landscapes. E.T. Robson, Wellington, sends several landscapes, and a portrait study, "Motherhood”, which, though well posed, is rather hard in treatment. Una Garlick, Auckland, sends four pictures, all of splendid technique. C.J. Ralph, Wellington. sends five interesting pictures of which “The Golden West”, a print of unusual tone, and “Sometimes in Summer” are the most noticeable. C. Weedon, Dunedin, exhibits five pictures, “Sunbeams” is a clever piece of photography, but too dark. The same remark applies to “Pastoral New Zealand”, a veritable New Zealand scene.



1st December 1922  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 18139

The art exhibition at the Dunedin Art Gallery, representative of New Zealand painters, and including the authorized annual display by the Dunedin Photographic Society, will come to an end tomorrow night. Numbers of country visitors have already taken advantage of this rare opportunity of refreshing their minds and bringing up to date their knowledge of modern art, and it is expected that the attendance this evening and tomorrow will be very large.



15th January 1923  Volume 30 Number 1 - Page 50
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
32nd ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The Dunedin Photographic Society has always shown itself to be one of the most progressive bodies in the Dominion, so it is not surprising to find that it has taken a step forward this year by holding an Inter-colonial Exhibition. The Society is to be congratulated on the large number of entries it has attracted, a number that will be larger still next year, when entries will be invited from Canada and South Africa.

As a whole, the work sent in reached a very high level, although, as was to be expected when so many prints were entered, there were some that had to be rejected by the Committee. Australia sent over some very fine pictures, the work of Messrs. J.B. Eaton, Monte Luke, A. Knapp and H. Mallard being specially noticeable. The Tasmanian entries, though giving promise of better things in the future, are a good deal below the general standard. Prominent among the New Zealand exhibitors are Messrs. G. Chance, A.M. Macdonald. D.J. Sherriff. T.D. Leedham and A.H. Eaton.

Mr. A. Knapp secures the award for best picture with a beautiful print entitled "The Etcher". This picture is made by a new process, being apparently printed through a screen that breaks up the image into a series of dots so small as to be practically invisible to the naked eye, but which give a peculiar softness that is very pleasing. The picture itself is splendid in conception and irreproachable in execution. Among other outstanding pictures are Mr. G. Chance’s “Scandal”, Mr. Monte Luke’s Baldasarre” and Mr. A.M. Macdonald’s “Profile” in the portrait class, and several landscapes by Mr. J.B. Eaton. Mr. D.J. Sherriff has a good night scene in the architectural class. The pictures were judged by Rev. H.O. Fenton FRPS, the awards being as follows.

CHAMPION PICTURE - SILVER PLAQUE: A. Knapp, Perth.
FIRST IN EACH SECTION - BRONZE PLAQUE:
LANDSCAPE: J.B. Eaton. Victoria.
ARCHITECTURE: D.J. Sherriff, Dunedin.
MARINE: J.B. Eaton, Victoria.
PORTRAITURE: Monte Luke, Sydney.
GENERAL: G. Chance, Dunedin.

SECOND IN EACH SECTION — CERTIFICATE:
LANDSCAPE: J.B. Eaton, Victoria.
ARCHITECTURE: C. Gilman, Invercargill.
MARINE: A.H. Eaton, Wellington, and T.D. Leedham, Auckland.
PORTRAITURE: A.M. Macdonald, Invercargill.
GENERAL: Henri Mallard, Sydney.

HON. MENTION - CERTIFICATE:
Monte Luke, Sydney;
E.T. Robson, Wellington;
E.H. Clark, Wanganui (2);
G. Chance, Dunedin (2);
E.H. Ombler, Timaru;
B.M. Gibson, Dunedin;
A.M. Macdonald, Invercargill;
A. Wilkinson, Adelaide (2);
T.D. Leedham, Auckland.

FIRST-CLASS CERTIFICATE: Set of four Autochromes by C.J. Ralph, Wellington.

THE DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY EXHIBITION

14th April 1923  Page 15 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18837

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
The annual general meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the club rooms on Monday 9th April. There was a fair attendance of members. The annual report and balance sheet were read and adopted. The chairman (Mr. T.A. Dawson) congratulated the members on one of the most successful years in the history of the society, and on the healthy state of the club’s finances.



15th June 1923  Volume 30 Number 6 - Page 312
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
33rd ANNUAL EXHIBITION
Entries for this long-lived fixture, the dates for which are from 10th November to 2nd December 1923, will close on 4th October, and the last day for receiving pictures is 20th October.

Entry forms may be obtained from the Hon.Secretary, Miss B.M. Gibson, Grendon Street, Maori Hill, Dunedin, New Zealand, and we hope there will be a tremendous entry from the Commonwealth, as ample time has been given to prepare prints, and the awards are worth while.



30th June 1923  Page 2 - WAIKATO TIMES, VOLUME 97, ISSUE 15278

AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHY
HONOR FOR HAMILTONIAN
Mr. James Treloar, whose work in connection with amateur photography in Hamilton is well known, has had a signal honor conferred on him, having received a certificate for his entry in the Colonial Competition. This competition is open to the whole of the colonies and dominions of the British Empire. Mr. Treloar's entry, which is entitled "Through the Dust", shows a mob of sheep on a dusty road, and is a particularly fine piece of photography. It was on exhibition in the New Zealand Inter-Club competition in Hamilton some time ago.

PHOTOGRAPHY IN NEW ZEALAND
In "Photograms of the Year", the annual review for 1923 of the world's pictorial photographic work, the following article headed "Photography in New Zealand" appears:

The outstanding event in photographic circles has been the circulation throughout the Dominion of the originals of "Photograms" for 1918. Photographers in New Zealand owe an immense debt of gratitude to Mr. F.J. Mortimer for sending these prints across the seas, and to the Dunedin Photographic Society, with whom the idea originated. Hitherto (with the exception of reproductions in various journals) workers have had no standard by which to judge their own efforts. They were content with quite second-rate results, and had no idea what modern photography was capable of. The Photogram pictures, exhibited from one end of New Zealand to the other, have given a great uplift to photography at large, and have been of untold value in raising the general standard of pictorial work. Next to this in usefulness has been the annual inter-club competition, which attracted entries from eight clubs. The Southland Technical College, Invercargill, secured first place, gaining 85 per cent of the possible marks. Wellington (83 per cent) and Auckland (78 per cent) were not far behind. The other clubs were placed in the following order: Hamilton, Timaru, Dunedin, Christchurch, Whangarei was not marked. These competitions are a great incentive to better pictorial work.

It is evident that quite a number of people in the Dominion own cameras. But it is to be feared that relatively only a few do their own developing and printing. This is regrettable. The various clubs are doing excellent work in giving instruction to beginners, as well as providing for the more advanced workers.

A new club is being formed in Napier and owes its beginning to the Photogram pictures. Whangarei has formed a society, and is to be commended on sending an entry to the inter-club competition. At present it is only in its infancy, but no doubt it will follow in the steps of Hamilton, which only a year or two ago was just emerging from its cradle, and has gone ahead by leaps and bounds. In addition to other clubs, Auckland possesses a very live Stereoscopic Society affiliated to the English and American societies. Wellington has several photographers who have the root of the matter in them. The Christchurch Club seems admirably organized, and Timaru is forging steadily ahead. The Dunedin Society is in some ways the most progressive in the Dominion. It is instituting the first inter-colonial exhibition to be held in New Zealand. It was too late to invite entries from South Africa and Canada, but this will be done next year. A large number of pictures is expected from Australia. Invercargill continues the home of pictorial work, and secures a large proportion of the awards made in England for colonial pictures. The outlook for photography in New Zealand is most hopeful.



15th July 1923  Volume 30 Number 7 - Page 361
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
In goodly force, in May, we met,
Despite the rains and pavements wet,
      For Mr. Rawson’s talk
On rectilinears, aplanats,
On euryscopes, anastigmats,
On diaphragms and focal planes;
How doublet over single gains;
On circles of illumination,
On achromatic aberration,
On crown and flint and space for air,
Refracted rays and spots of flare —
      Exemplified with board and chalk.
On June 11th, to our rooms
A skillful Kodak expert comes
      (See Syllabus for name),
To show how paper negative
A bromide print superb will give,
      Enlarged upon the same.
A “one-man” show —the work of two —
Will, for your pleasure, be on view.
Some members old have left the fold,
But others come to be enrolled.
To rhyme their names, I don’t propose
(T'would be beyond my feeble muse),
But set them down in common prose:
(Miss F. Bonnin, Messrs. T. Cutbush, B.
      M. Dallas, J, Skinner, and G. C. Rodger).
Ere August comes — just take a hint —
Start on your exhibition print.

GEORGE T. PALMER
EDITOR



15th August 1923
Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18941
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 18354

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society hold its half-yearly club exhibition in the society’s rooms on Monday evening. There was a highly - satisfactory entry of prints, especially in the senior section. These were judged by Mr. O’Keefe, who also offered a criticism on the pictures which was greatly appreciated by the members. The results were as follow:

SENIOR GRADE: LANDSCAPE:				SENIOR GRADE: MARINE:	SENIOR GRADE: PORTRAITURE:	SENIOR GRADE: ARCHITECTURE:		SENIOR GRADE: FIGURE STUDY:	JUNIOR GRADE: LANDSCAPE:	JUNIOR GRADE: GENERAL:
FIRST: G. Chance	SECOND: G. Chance	THIRD: G. Chance	HON. MENTION: G. Chance T.A. Dawson A.M. McDonald	FIRST: G. Chance	FIRST: A.M. M’Donald	FIRST: A.M. M’Donald	SECOND: Miss C. Sundstrum	FIRST: G.T. Palmer	FIRST: J.C. Parcell	FIRST: Miss E.B. Jeans

27th August 1923  Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 18364
28th August 1923  Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18952
29th August 1923  Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 18366
30th August 1923  Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18954

EXHIBITION OF PHOTOGRAPHS

Entered in the
NEW ZEALAND INTER-CLUB COMPETITION

Will be held at the Club Rooms of the
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
South British Buildings, 3 Liverpool street,

TUESDAY, WEDNESDAY, THURSDAY,
28th, 29th, and 30th August

Afternoons, 2pm to 5pm. Evenings, 7pm to 9pm.

Admission, Silver Coin.

30th August 1923  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18954

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The exhibition of photographs, held under the auspices of the Dunedin Photographic Society, was again open to the public yesterday afternoon and evening in the club room, South British Buildings. A fairly large number of those interested in camera work visited the exhibition during the afternoon, and there was an increased attendance in the evening. The exhibition will be open to the public again this afternoon, and in the evening, when Mr. A.H. O’Keefe, the judge, will be present, and will probably make a few interesting remarks.



29th August 1923  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 18953

CAMERA ART
EXHIBITION IN DUNEDIN
Those sceptics who hold that the camera is not capable of work bordering on the highest form of artistic expression to the eye should pay a visit, to the Dunedin Photographic Society rooms in the South British Buildings, Liverpool street, where there are on view the works, numbering close on 100, that were recently exhibited at the annual competition between the various dominion clubs, held at Timaru. The photographs from the Southland Club (which was placed first) and those from the Otago Club (which gained second place) are of a consistently high standard, and alone they would make an exhibition well worth a visit. In the other sections, while the general level is not as high, there are outstanding creations that leave one wondering at the skill of their makers. Several of the head studies are certainty real art, and the effects that have been secured with scenery are in oases also nothing less. The Dunedin exhibit is, of course, of special interest to local people, and, as many of the scenes are easily recognized, while yet being transformed to those in whom familiarity may have tended to breed contempt, the exhibit should serve to remind one that, after all, “beauty is all about”. The exhibit, which was open yesterday afternoon and evening, will be open to-day and tomorrow for two sessions on each occasion.

In the Invercargill collection first place (91 marks) goes to W.J. Ferguson's “Nancy”, a charming study of a “sun girl” — that is to say, a picture of a girl appropriately garbed for summer time. The blackness of the hair gives a splendid setting to the somewhat nebulous face, and altogether the result is charming in a way rarely delicate. The study with the highest award in this section (96 points) goes to A.M. Macdonald, who is responsible for a wonderful piece of characterization in “The Overseer” — a photograph conveying all the relentless authority of the black man made white by virtue of his position. This is really a wonderful picture. In striking contrast is Mr. Macdonald’s “Summer Seas", which has a pride of fourth place with 90 marks. Of it one might say that it has failed to live up to its title, the “life” that is indispensable from the sunshine being absent. But in his other works Mr. Macdonald well deserves the judge’s placings. “All Clear” shows Mr. Edwards at his best. The picture is that of an oncoming train, and the effect he has got from the bellowing smoke is most realistic. This picture is second in the exhibition with 95 marks.

There is more variety about the Dunedin exhibit, although the number of exhibitions is exactly the same — eight. G. Chance is the leading exhibitor, and he has scored high — “The Approaching Storm” leads the exhibit with 95 points — with two pictures. The title named represents a difficult subject, and it must be said that it has been treated with equivalent nicety. The lonely wood and the wind-swept trees on either side would alone have made an interesting study, but the lowering clouds — not too lowering, be it borne in mind — give a touch of Nature that all who have “walked high through divers climates” will appreciate. The same exhibitor is responsible for something very fine with “Sentinels of the Valley”, which shows two trees by the side of a country road. The trees are real trees, standing out strongly against a background that would again indicate a coming sky upheaval. This picture ranks third with 81 points. To Miss B.M. Gibson belongs the honor of taking second place with a picture that will doubtless appeal to all whoso Ford has decided to cause trouble and “Curiosity” on a country road. Artistically, the “Cathedral Steps" exhibited by Miss Gibson should have made a bigger appeal, but — the pictures have been judged. S.H. Rowson has a couple of pictures in which the eternal sea is the background. Of the two, “The Flounder Spearer”, which has taken precedence over the other in the judge’s mind, is certainly a fine piece of work, but it would have been improved if the boy who is the spearer had not appeared so glaringly greater than the sea. The same fault may be found with “Misty Morning”. Other exhibitors who have done creditably are J. Treloar, J.A. Salmon, T.A. Rowson, C. Weedon, and G.T. Palmer. A notable feature about the Otago and Southland exhibits is that they are mostly, all in the case of the latter on equal sized mounts.

The judge has placed Timaru third in the exhibits, but his selection is not popular. The best in the lot is certainly E.H. Ombler’s “Brag”, a study of a dog’s head that should certainly be heard of if it goes to the Inter-Colonial exhibition.

The outstanding picture in the Wellington circle’s collection is that of A.S. Mitchell, who in “Rosalind” has produced the masterpiece of the exhibition. This is the study of a young girl’s head, and to the posing of the little lady (unless she possess an unusual strength of child character) as well as to the photograph in attributable praise for producing such a picture. Indeed, it is the "life” that makes it, and, be it said, has made it exceptionally well. The picture was awarded 98 points, and deserved them all.

To the Wellington Society also belongs a fine collection of good studies. The pride of place is occupied by H.B. Appleyard's "Promise of Spring", and it is typical of the quietly treated pictures that comprise most of the Wellington Society exhibit. Next in order come the Christchurch, Auckland, and Wanganui exhibits, all of which merit attention. The last named is in its infancy, but there is considerable promise in its youth, judging by its exhibit. Taken all round, the whole exhibit is one to be seen and inevitably appreciated.



15th September 1923  Volume 30 Number 9 - Page 468
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The July meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was well attended, the demonstration for the evening (Carbro process) being given by the Rev. H.O. Fenton FRPS, who made the demonstration all the more interesting and intelligible by distributing to those present copies of his hints and instructions.

The senior members of the Society have formed a small circle composed of those who have exhibited in the annual exhibition. Its objects are the furtherance of pictorial work, the exchange of portfolios with other societies, arranging club exhibitions, “one man shows”, and preparing prints for overseas exhibitions. Prints are submitted for selection and candid criticism of these is invited.

Advice is to hand that Invercargill again topped the list in the Inter-club Competition.



15th October 1923  Volume 30 Number 10 - Page 521
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The August meeting consisted of the first of the half-yearly club exhibitions, about 40 prints being hung, mostly in the Senior section.

Mr. O’Keeffe acted as judge, and gave an interesting criticism. The awards were:

SENIOR GRADE: LANDSCAPE:				SENIOR GRADE: MARINE:	SENIOR GRADE: PORTRAITURE:	SENIOR GRADE: ARCHITECTURE:		SENIOR GRADE: FIGURE STUDY:	JUNIOR GRADE: LANDSCAPE:	JUNIOR GRADE: GENERAL:
FIRST: G. Chance	SECOND: G. Chance	THIRD: G. Chance	HON. MENTION: G. Chance T.A. Dawson A.M. McDonald	FIRST: G. Chance	FIRST: A.M. M’Donald	FIRST: A.M. M’Donald	SECOND: Miss C. Sundstrum	FIRST: G.T. Palmer	FIRST: J.C. Parcell	FIRST: Miss E.B. Jeans

23rd November 1923  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 18439

ART EXHIBITION
PHOTOGRAPHIC SECTION
[By the Rev. H.O. Fenton FRPS]
The photographs, which now form a recognized part of the annual exhibition of the Dunedin Public Art Gallery Society, are this year a very fine collection, and rightly attract a good deal of attention. Taken as a whole, they compare quite favorably with the English exhibitions. As a matter of fact, not a few of the prints shown here have been hung in the English Salon or the Royal. The photographs are exhibited under ideal conditions in the main room. Mounted on stands, well lighted, and at a convenient height, both the Dunedin Photographic Society and the authorities of the Art Gallery are to be congratulated on the result.

Mr. George Chance (Dunedin) has some very, striking landscapes, the branch of photography in which he specializes. To him fall the awards for the best picture in the exhibition and first and second in landscape. The champion picture well deserves its place. It is broad in treatment, and satisfies both photographic and artistic requirements. In "Gathering Storm" the foreground demands a somewhat heavier tone in the clouds at the top. Mr. Chance gets a beautiful atmosphere" in all his pictures.

Miss Una Garlick (Auckland) is, I think, a new exhibitor. Her three landscapes lack atmosphere, which is not atoned for by slight fuzziness. They all lack clouds. Her architectural picture (‘Sunshine and Shadow') is marred by competing light on the roof, the pattern of which is very distracting.

‘Desolation', by Mr. C. Webb (Melbourne), is pleasing and well titled. His ‘Assembly Hall' is good photography, but scarcely pictorial.

Another Melbourne artist, Mr. C.A. Weiss, contributes five prints, of which 'Sunshine and Shade' would have occupied a higher place had its tree been treated with a lighter hand. ‘Morning' is atmospheric, but has hardly enough balance.

Mr. A.M. Macdonald (Invercargill) has always been a consistent and prominent exhibitor. His work this year is rewarded with two first prizes. It is difficult to understand why the judges preferred 'Sisters', to the ‘Overseer', a picture that would hold its own anywhere. Was it on account of a slight flatness on the right cheek? It might be suggested that one of the figures in ‘Sisters' appears to be somewhat out of focus as compared to the other. In certain lights 'Passing Shower' shows that it owes its rainy effect to an application of brown paint the same shade as the foreground. Nearly every modern photograph is manipulated in some form or other, but it must not be liable to detection. ‘Nature’s Weather Vane' resembles a pencil drawing. Its composition is beautiful.

Mr. J.B. Eaton (Sydney) sent in better work last year. His pictures will always attract attention, but one misses his previous virility. ‘Going Home' is the most pleasing of his five.

Mr. J.W. Jones is a well-known worker in Wellington, and sends in five prints, ‘Harrowing' is dainty, but over-manipulated. His ‘Printer' challenges comparison with the ‘Etcher', last year’s champion picture, to the subtle quality of which the present print hardly attains. ‘Up For Repairs' rather lacks unity.

Miss B.M. Gibson, the capable secretary of the Dunedin Photographic Society, scores a first and a second prize. The latter is a magnificently executed night scene, full of feeling and excellent in technique. The form cannot be called pictorial in its strict sense, and has too many points of interest. Miss Gibson’s ‘Mountain Sheep' deserves consideration, as any photographer knows the fascination of that wayward animal, and also the extreme difficulty in successfully depicting it.

Gisborne’s sole representative, ‘Sunshine and Smoke', by Mr. Baldrey, is successful.

The marine section is not strong in numbers, but has one very good and one very fair print. The ‘Powder Hulk', by Mr. C. Sundstrum, of Dunedin, is a gem in artistic feeling, and, together with ‘Silver Birch', makes one feel that their producer is going to make a name for himself in the future. The other outstanding marine picture is that of M. Henri Mallard (Sydney). Mr. A.H. Eaton (of Wellington) and Mr. Knapp (of Perth) have neither of them sent in such good work as they did last year, Mr. Knapp uses in printing a screen of his own invention, on similar lines to the screens used in process block making. His technical work is capital, but his choice of subject is not felicitous. The work of Mr. Monte Luke (Sydney) is well known in English exhibitions. Two of his portraits are in an unusual shade, approaching red chalk. A very original schema of lighting makes ‘Fairy Fancies' very attractive.

Mr. E.T. Robson (Wellington) secures second and third places in figure studies. One is tempted to ask where the lighting comes from in ‘Setting the Saw'. The same question prises in respect to Mr. Luke’s portrait ‘Eve gray'. Is it a spotlight placed directly behind the head? Of Mr. Robson’s three 'scapes — all in a low key — ‘Break, Break' is the most pleasing.

Mr. Edwards (Invercargill) has abandoned his somewhat sombre style of previous years for a much lighter tone, and his pictures gain thereby. Some very strong portraits are shown by Mr. A.S. Mitchell (Wellington), ‘The Crossing', by Mr. T.A. Dawson, is a capital piece of work, but would be greatly improved by being darkened in the left bottom corner.

The pictures and exhibitors mentioned by no means exhaust the number. One more must be noticed, one of the finest prints in the whole exhibition — ’Anticipation', by Mr. G.T. Palmer, of Dunedin. This is figure photography at its best, and one can only conclude that it arrived too late to be brought before the judges.



15th December 1923  Volume 30 Number 12 - Page 622
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Following is the list of awards at the 33rd Annual Exhibition, for which Mrs. McIndoe and Mr. O’Keeffe and Mr. Esquilant acted as judges:

CHAMPION PICTURE: SILVER PLAQUE: GEORGE CHANCE (LANDSCAPE)

ARCHITECTURE:

LANDSCAPE:

FIGURE STUDY:

FIRST: REV. H.O. FENTON

SECOND: Miss UNA GARLICK

THIRD: REV. H.O. FENTON

HON. MENTION: J.B. EATON G.O. WEISS

FIRST: GEORGE CHANCE

SECOND: GEORGE CHANCE

HON. MENTION: R.A. EDWARDS T.A. DAWSON MONTE LUKE A.M. MCDONALD J.B. EATON

FIRST: A.M. MCDONALD

SECOND: E.T. ROBSON

THIRD: E.T. ROBSON

HON. MENTION: G.T. PALMER J.W. JONES

MARINE:

PORTRAIT:

GENERAL:

FIRST: HENRI MALLARD

SECOND: R. GILLINGHAM

THIRD: G. CHANCE

HON. MENTION: Miss UNA GARLICK C. SUNDSTRUM G. CHANCE W.A. TAYLOR G.O. WEISS

FIRST: A.M. MCDONALD

SECOND: A.S. MITCHELL

THIRD: R.A. EDWARDS

HON. MENTION: A.S. MITCHELL A.S. MITCHELL A. KNAPP D. SHERRIFF

FIRST: Miss B.M. GIBSON

SECOND: Miss B.M. GIBSON

THIRD: J.B. EATON

HON. MENTION: J.W. JONES

15th April 1924  Volume 31 Number 4 - Page 206
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the February meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, Mr. D. Sherriff demonstrated several methods of book binding, from the simple brown-paper covering of a magazine to the more complicated sewn limp cover desirable for a private library collection.

As another year is drawing to a close members may well question themselves as to whether they have achieved the purposes they had in view when they joined the Society. If they have not, wherein lies the fault? If they find aught lacking, the annual meeting is the place to have things rectified. If, on the contrary, they have appreciated the conveniences of the rooms and have found inspiration in the demonstrations and exhibitions, and joy in the fellowship of the monthly meetings, then is the time to speak to others with a view to proposing them for membership at the annual meeting, and the above applies to all other Societies as well as the Dunedin Photographic Society.



16th April 1924
Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 19148
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 18611

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
There was a fair attendance of members of the Dunedin Photographic Society at the annual meeting on Monday, when the principal business was the adoption of the annual report and balance sheet, and election of officers for the ensuing year.

The Chairman (Mr. G. Chance), in the course of his remarks congratulated the society on the healthy state of its finances and also on the high standard of efficiency which has been maintained by the members in their, work throughout the year. The society this year gained second place in the annual inter-club exhibition, and members also carried off 19 awards in the annual exhibition, which attracted entries from Australia as well as from all parts of New Zealand.

GENERAL SIR CHARLES FERGUSSON
GCB, GCMG, DSO, MVO

Born 17th January 1865
Died 20th February 1951 (aged 86) Maybole, Ayrshire, Scotland

3rd GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF NEW ZEALAND
13th December 1924 – 8th February 1930

14th May 1924
Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 19171
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 18633

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The first meeting of the 1924 season of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on Monday in the club rooms. There was a good attendance of members and the president (Mr. G. Chance) occupied the chair.

The subject set down on the syllabus was a lantern lecture supplied, by Messrs Butcher and Son (London), and entitled “The Making of a Popular Pressman Reflex Camera”. The pictures on the screen proved extremely interesting as they showed clearly the various stages in the manufacture of all portions of a reflex camera. The details were so well set out that, to a camera user, the accompanying reading matter might have almost seemed superfluous. At the same time it gave added information and was attentively listened to. At the close of the lecture some very interesting pictures were shown of local views taken perhaps 20 or 30 years ago, also of events such as the model yacht races on Lake Logan, cycling events at Carisbrook Ground on the old type of “Bone-shaker” bicycles, the Labor Day procession, and street decorations for the visit of the Duke and Duchess of York. These slides were in a very good state of preservation and were thoroughly enjoyed by those who saw them. The meeting closed with a vote of thanks to Mr. T.A. Dawson, who manipulated the lantern, and to Mr. J.W. Jones, who was responsible for the reading.



15th May 1924  Volume 31 Number 5 - Page 263
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the March meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, Mr. S. Earland spoke interestingly of “Nature Photography", dealing with the many phases of the subject and illustrating by samples of his own work.

The Half-yearly Exhibition Results were:

SENIOR: LANDSCAPE:

SENIOR: PORTRAIT:

SENIOR: ARCHITECTURE:

SENIOR: GENERAL:

JUNIOR: LANDSCAPE:

JUNIOR: PORTRAIT:

JUNIOR: ARCHITECTURE:

JUNIOR: GENERAL:

SPECIAL FOR CONTACT PRINTS:

FIRST: J. Treloar

SECOND: G. Chance

FIRST: C. Weedon

FIRST: T.A. Dawson

SECOND: G. Benfell

FIRST: Miss Turnbull

SECOND: W.B. Seymour

FIRST: J.W. Turnbull

FIRST: Miss V. Turnbull

SECOND: Miss Jeans

FIRST: Miss G. Bonnin

SECOND: Miss Aslin

THIRD: Miss V. Turnbull

FOURTH: Miss Aslin

FIFTH: Miss G. Bonnin

11th June 1924
Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 19195
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 18657

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
There was a good attendance of members at the monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, held in the club rooms on Monday night. In the absence of the president, the chair was occupied by Mr. G.T. Palmer, who introduced the lecturer for the evening, Mr. S.H. Rawson. The subject was "Developers and Development", and Mr. Rawson in a very able manner, explained to the members the different virtues and advantages of various developers, and also different ways of developing both plates and films. The lecture was interesting and instructive both to beginners and the more advanced workers, and was keenly listened to by those present. The lecturer also touched on the matter of correct exposure in relation to development, and wound up with a practical demonstration of the correct way to develop a plate. After a cordial vote of thanks had been accorded to Mr. Rawson the members spent the usual social half-hour, when refreshments were handed round by the ladies.



15th July 1924  Volume 31 Number 7 - Page 372
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The 34th Annual Exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society will be held, as usual, in November. It is not intended this year to make the Exhibition international.

Pictures will be classed as follows: Landscape, Marine, Architecture, Portraiture, Figure Study, General; and an Open class for members and non-members. An award will be given for best picture in Open class.

Reports from the Australian Salon, held recently in Sydney, show that 170 pictures were hung out of a thousand submitted. Among Dominion workers honored were Miss B.M. Gibson, Mr. G. Chance, Mr. A.M. McDonald, and Mr. W.J. Ferguson, of this Society; Mr. A.H. Eaton, Wellington; and Mr. A.B. Hunt, Napier.



16th July 1924
Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 19225
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 18687

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
There was a good attendance of members at the monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, held in the club rooms on Monday evening. Mr. T.A. Dawson presided, and the meeting took the form of a print, trimming and mounting competition. Keen interest was displayed by the members in this competition, and some rather pleasing results were obtained. On a popular vote being taken, Mrs Ball was adjudged the winner, with Miss Jeans second. At the close of an enjoyable evening refreshments were handed round by the ladies.



20th August 1924
Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 19255
Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 18717

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
An exhibition of camera pictures, the work of members, was held in the club room of the Dunedin Photographic Society, and while the good attendance gave evidence of the interest taken in photography, the finality of the work shown proved undoubtedly that the club was progressive.

In the senior section, Mr. G. Chance’s landscapes predominated, the tone and quality of his work being outstanding features. Mr. C. Weedon’s work showed great promise, his architectural study, “Doorway and Steps”, being particularly good. In “Fishing Boats”, Mr. J. Treloar, Hamilton, had a print of excellent quality. Miss U. Garlick, Auckland, had some good tones in a landscape, “The Artist at Work”, and showed splendid technique in a marine study, “Yachting, Auckland Harbour”. The juniors were well represented, and showed much progress during the last few months.

Mr. A.H. O’Keeffe, honorary judge for the society, whose criticisms and advice were invaluable to those interested in pictorial work, made the following awards:

SENIOR: LANDSCAPE:	SENIOR: MARINE:	SENIOR: ARCHITECTURE:	JUNIOR: LANDSCAPE:	JUNIOR: ARCHITECTURE:	JUNIOR: GENERAL:
FIRST: G. Chance	FIRST: J. Treloar	FIRST: C. Weedon	FIRST: Miss V. Wilson	FIRST: Miss E. Turnbull	FIRST: Mrs E. Ball

8th September 1924  Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 18733
9th September 1924  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 19272

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
INTERCLUB COMPETITION
INVERCARGILL FIRST
For the sixth annual New Zealand Inter-Club competition by photographic clubs there were ninety-six entries by eight clubs, each club being limited to twelve pictures of New Zealand subjects, not more than two from any member. This year the photographs were judged by Professor Shelly M.A., of Christchurch, and they are now at the Dunedin Photographic Society chambers, nicely arranged for exhibition purposes. The exhibition is to open this evening with a private view for members, and on Tuesday and Wednesday afternoons and evenings it is to be open to the public.

Miss B.M. Gibson, who is the Honorary Exhibition Secretary, kindly permitted a reporter to have a look at the pictures this morning, and supplied the results of the judging. The Invercargill Camera Club gains first position. An outstanding photograph in this collection is H.H. Gardner’s "Castle Rock", a very difficult subject, difficult in getting the required weight in the foreground and the necessary detail in the low-lying valley. W.J. Ferguson’s "Lone Tree" is another marked success, very soft. "Muriel", by R.A. Edwards, and "The Sisters", by A.M. M'Donald, are worthy because of their average all-round merit in portraiture.

The Wellington Camera Circle is placed second. One of the features of the dozen is ‘The Dancer', by A.S. Mitchell, and the judge has very wisely given high value to E.T. Robson’s ‘Stately Poplars', which has a real etching effect; whilst ‘Autumn Morn', by J. Ralph, is notable for its atmospheric lighting.

The Dunedin Photographic Society has to put up with third place, but it has the consolation of producing the champion picture, which is G. Chance’s ‘The Heads, Otago'; also the picture that gains the second highest marks, ‘Fording the Opawa', by the same exhibitor. The judge remarks that these are as nearly to the perfect pictorial photograph as can be. Another prominent exhibit in this collection is Miss B.M. Gibson’s ‘Mill-house, Woodhaugh', in which the grades of mist are cleverly brought out, and, as the judge observed, a tender respect is shown for tone value. C.A. Weedon’s ‘Harbor View' is also conspicuous.

The Wellington Camera Club, placed fourth, has a good collection, the best of which is A.H. Eaton’s charming portrait study.

The placing of the other competing clubs is in this order: Christchurch Photographic Society, Auckland Camera Club, Timaru Photographic Society, Wairarapa Photographic Society.



9th September 1924
HAWERA & NORMANBY STAR, VOLUME XLVIII, ISSUE XLVIII
Page 8 - PRESS, VOLUME LX, ISSUE 18173
Page 6 - FEILDING STAR, VOLUME 2, ISSUE 332

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society inter-club competition was judged by Professor Shelley, of Christchurch, who placed the Invercargill Camera Club first, Wellington Camera Club second, and the Dunedin Photographic Society third. There were 96 entries by eight clubs.



15th October 1924
Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 19303Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 18765

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on Monday night, when there was a good attendance of members, Mr. T.A. Dawson was in the chair, and, before introducing the lecturer for the evening, reminded the members of the special classes for beginners to be held on the succeeding five Mondays, and also of the annual club picnic, which was to be held on Labor Day at Outram, where some good material for photographic studies would be found.

The subject for the evening was a lantern lecture, entitled “Overland from lake Wakatipu to Te Anau”, and the lecturer was Mr. S. Earland, who made the trip in 1911 with several gentlemen who were attending the Press Conference held then. Some very fine slides of lake, river, and mountain scenery were shown, and Mr. Earland conducted his audience from Queenstown up Lake Wakatipu to Elfin Bay, from thence across country past Rere Lake and other picturesque lakes, alongside and across fast-flowing rivers, over high mountain saddles, and through beautiful bush clad valleys to Glade House on the shores of Lake Te Anau. the return followed a different route, when some country, at that time practically unknown, was explored. The views of this part were even more impressive than the preceding ones. One picture of particular interest was that of the fall named after the lecturer, the Earland Fall, which issued from a hole in the mountain side and felt without a break a distance of about 800 feet. The return journey concluded at Kinloch, where the steamer was taken back to Queenstown.

Mr. Earland’s concise and graphic account of the trip was listened to with close attention by the members, many of whom are anxious to make a similar journey to obtain some pictures of mountain scenery.

At the close of the lecture Mr. Dawson expressed the indebtedness of the society to Mr. Earland for his fine lecture, and a very hearty vote of thanks was passed.

The meeting closed with a social half hour, when refreshments were handed round by the ladies.



25th November 1924  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 18799

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The thirty-fourth annual exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society having closed, the following awards were made by the judge:

CHAMPION: J. Treloar

LANDSCAPE: FIRST: G. Chance

MARINE: FIRST: J. Treloar

ARCHITECTURE: FIRST: C. Weedon

GENERAL: FIRST: C. Weedon

This year the exhibition was held in the society’s club rooms, and was confined to members only. The entries, therefore, were not so numerous as usual, but the standard of the work submitted was high. The champion picture by Mr. Treloar was a very fine piece of portraiture. The pose of the figure is very natural and pleasing, and the lighting has been, cleverly handled. Mr. Treloar was very fortunate in his model, and has taken full advantage of his opportunity. Mr. George Chance exhibited a number of landscape subjects which were quite up to the standard expected from him. Mr. Treloar again scored in the seascape class, whilst the honors of the architectural and general classes fell to Mr. C. Weedon. The architectural study was a finely-rendered subject of good tone value.



15th December 1924  Volume 31 Number 12 - Page 631
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The 1924 season of the Dunedin Photographic Society, closed with a demonstration by the President. Mr. G. Chance FRPS, on mounting.

The annual exhibition, the 34th, also took place in November.

Through force of circumstances the exhibition was held this year in the society’s rooms instead of in the Art Gallery as has been done for a number of years.

There was a good display of prints, and the society’s usual standard of excellence was well maintained. The results were:

CHAMPION: J. Treloar	LANDSCAPE:			MARINE:			GENERAL:		ARCHITECTURE:	PORTRAITURE:
	FIRST: G. Chance	SECOND: G. Chance	THIRD: G. Chance	FIRST: J. Treloar	SECOND: C. Weedon	THIRD: J. Treloar	FIRST: C. Weedon	SECOND: J. Treloar	FIRST: C. Weedon	FIRST: J. Treloar

11th February 1925
Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 19402
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 18863

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The first meeting of the year of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the club room on Monday evening. Mr. T.A. Dawson presided, and there was a very satisfactory attendance of members. The evening proceedings took the term of two demonstrations. First of all Mr. Dawson manipulated the enlarging lantern, and explained to the members the correct method of enlarging, and showed how it was done. Combination printing was also included in his demonstration, and this he carried out with very satisfactory results. The second half of the evening was taken over by Mr. D.J. Sherriff, who explained the method of intensifying a bromide print by re-development. There was also a practical demonstration which was of a very interesting nature. After a hearty vote of thanks had been accorded Messrs Dawson and Sherriff for their very able demonstrations, the meeting was brought to a close with the usual social half-hour, when refreshments were handed round by the ladies.



11th March 1925  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 18863
12th March 1925  Page 13 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 19402

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
There was a well attended meeting of members of the Dunedin Photographic Society on Monday evening, Mr. T.A. Dawson presiding. Mr. W.D. Pirrett gave a few hints on gaslight printing, and told how faults were caused and their remedy. This was followed by a lantern lecture by Mr. S.H. Rawson, when some fine slides were shown, depicting scenes of interest in Nelson and on the West Coast. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded both gentlemen for their lectures. Refreshments were handed round by the ladies, and the rest of the evening was devoted to discussion and criticism of the entries for the second annual club exhibition, which were displayed round the walls of the club room. These pictures are to be judged during the week, and members will be notified later as to the results.



21st April 1925  Page 9 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 18921
22nd April 1925  Page 11 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 19402

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, held in the club room, Liverpool street, on 14th April, was well attended. The report and balance sheet were adopted, and showed the society to be in a sound position.

Lectures and demonstrations were held during the year, the subjects dealt with being: Developers and development; enlarging and combination printing; mounting, re-development; gaslight printing, and several lantern lectures; also instruction classes for beginners were held, and these were well attended. Only one public exhibition was held this year — the inter-club exhibition — but the patronage accorded this proved the increasing interest taken by the public in photography as an art.

This year the annual exhibition was held in the club room. The number of entries was not large, but the standard attained was very good. Mr. J. Treloar (Hamilton) exhibited the best picture of the year, a remarkably fine portrait study. The half-yearly exhibitions of club work attracted quite a number of entries, particularly from among the junior members, who show much progress for the year. The thanks of the society are due to Mr. A.H. O’Keeffe for his valuable services as honorary judge.

In his remarks the president, Mr. G. Chance, drew attention to the forthcoming inter-club exhibition, to be held this year in Invercargill, and invited all members to co-operate in making the entry a successful one. Mr. Chance, also stated that, at the New Zealand and South Seas Exhibition, to be opened in November next, would be held the first Now Zealand Salon of Photography, when it was anticipated that a very fine collection of camera pictures would be on view. He also announced the intention of the executive to hold two meetings monthly, instead of one as formerly, and that interesting lectures and demonstrations for the beginner, as well as for the advanced worker were being arranged.

The president closed the meeting with a vote of thanks to the Press, which, by its interest in pictorial photography, had (he said) rendered valuable assistance in furthering the aims of the society.

GENERAL SIR CHARLES FERGUSSON
GCB, GCMG, DSO, MVO

Born 17th January 1865
Died 20th February 1951 (aged 86) Maybole, Ayrshire, Scotland

3rd GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF NEW ZEALAND
13th December 1924 – 8th February 1930

15th June 1925  Volume 32 Number 6 - Page 291
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on the 14th April, when the report and balance-sheet were adopted and showed the society to be in a sound position.

Lectures and demonstrations were held during the year, the subjects dealt with being; Developers and Development; Enlarging and Combination Printing; Mounting; Re-development; Gaslight Printing; and several lantern lectures. Also, instruction classes for beginners were held, and these were well attended.

Only one public exhibition was held, the Inter-club Exhibition, but the patronage accorded this proved the increasing interest taken by the public in photography as an art.

This year the annual exhibition was held in the Club Room. The number of entries was not large, but the standard attained was very good. Mr. J. Treloar exhibited the best picture of the year. The half yearly exhibitions of club work attracted good entries, particularly from among the junior members, who show much progress for the year. The thanks of the society are due to Mr. A.H. O’Keeffe for his valuable services as honorary judge.

The election of officers resulted as follows: President. G. Chance FRPS; Vice-Presidents, Miss B.M. Gibson, Messrs. T.A. Dawson, D.J. Sherriff, S.H. Rawson, T. Ross, W. Williams, G.T. Palmer; hon. secretary, Miss B.M. Gibson (pro tem.); hon. treasurer, L.C. Robertson; hon. editor, Miss L.I. Aslin; hon. librarian, Miss E.B. Jeans: hon. auditor, W. Gow; hon. judge, A.H. O’Keeffe; committee, Miss E. Turnbull, Messrs. C. Weedon, W.D. Pirett and W.B. Seymour.

At the May meeting a lecture and demonstration was given by the Rev. H.O. Fenton FRPS, on “The Gentle Art of Faking". Mr. Fenton showed several methods of eradicating what is not wanted, of bringing up parts in more detail, of subduing highlights, and of printing in a sky or clouds, all worked on the negative or on a piece of ground glass put over the negative. The latter is advisable for film negatives, Mr. Fenton also showed a home made retouching desk which answers the purpose excellently. There was also a display of twenty-four pictures by Mr. George Chance, FRPS, mostly landscape scenes.



28th July 1925  Page 12 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19004
29th July 1925  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 19544

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The fortnightly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society attracted an excellent attendance.

Before introducing the lecturer for the evening, the Chairman (Mr. T.A. Dawson) announced the results of the New Zealand Inter-Club photographic competition held this year in Invercargill. Eight clubs competed, the results being as follows: Invercargill 1, Wellington Camera Circle 2, Dunedin 3, Wellington Camera Club 4, Auckland 5, Christchurch 6, Timaru 7, Wairarapa 8.

The pictures will be exhibited here early in August.

The lecturer for the evening, Mr. W.B. Seymour, gave a most interesting lecture and demonstration on that very important branch of photography, sepia toning. The lecturer explained the chemical reactions which occur during the development and toning of bromide paper, and, by demonstration, showed that by taking advantage of a diluted bleaching bath, together with variation of the immersion time in the bleach, different tones of sepia, ranging from brown-black to chocolate, may be obtained. Referring to the sickly yellow tones so often obtained by amateurs, Mr. Seymour demonstrated the cause of these failures, and, to illustrate his remarks, made a number of failures and then showed methods of overcoming the difficulties. Mr. Seymour also distributed written formulas, as used in his demonstration, and at the conclusion of his lecture was accorded a hearty vote of thanks.

The Social Committee then took charge, and supper was dispensed.



31st August 1925  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19033

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The fortnightly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held at the club rooms, South British Building, a large number of members being present. Before introducing the lecturer for the evening (Mr. T.A. Dawson), attention was drawn to the half yearly exhibition of members work. A large number of pictures were hung for exhibition in both junior and senior grades, landscape studies being predominant. Several new exhibitors of promise made their debut, and much originality was displayed. It will be a hard task for the judge to decide the winning pictures. After the announcement of forthcoming competitions the lecturer then gave as his subject ‘Pictorial Enlarging'. This important branch of photography became quite simple when explained and demonstrated by the lecturer, and great interest was displayed by all present when Mr. Dawson gave a practical demonstration of combination enlarging from a set of three negatives. The introduction of clouds by different methods was also explained, and many little points for working up a negative were shown. At the close of his interesting lecture and demonstration a hearty vote of thanks was accorded Mr. Dawson. The Social Committee then handed round refreshments.



18th September 1925  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19049
19th September 1925  Page 18 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 19589

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The fortnightly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held at the rooms, South British Buildings. A large number of members were present to hear a most interesting lecture and demonstration on the ‘Coloring of Bromide Prints', by the president, Mr. G. Chance FRPS. The subject itself was new and novel. The fascination of coloring a monochrome appealed to many members, and the methods employed in carrying out the work were ably explained and demonstrated by Mr. Chance. The lecturer stated that aniline colors had not proved very satisfactory owing to their susceptibility to light. Water, and oil colors were far better, being richer in tone and permanent. Work of this nature should done from nature, otherwise the picture would lack truth. Mr. Chance then proceeded to color two of his well known pictures and the result, despite the work being carried out under artificial light, was quite admirable. Some finished pictures were also shown for members inspection. A very hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. Chance. The attention of members was drawn to an exhibition of photographs, all bromide enlargements on loan from Miss Una Garlick, of Auckland. These pictures constituted the usual monthly “One Man Show". Miss Garlick is a member of this society, and recently, cable news reached New Zealand that her pictures had been hung at the London Salon of Photography. In view of this the interest of members was very keen, and many remarks or admiration were expressed on the quality and composition of the pictures shown. In both landscapes and seascapes opportunity had been taken by Miss Garlick to secure some excellent cloud and lighting effects. Afterwards the members partook of supper handed round by the social committee.



20th October 1925  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19049
21st October 1925  Page 18 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 19589

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the fortnightly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, held at the club rooms, a large number of members were present to hear Mr. P. Beck’s interesting lecture on ‘Portraiture'. The lecturer demonstrated by means of models the use of the club’s studio. He also showed various lighting effects by means of screens and diffusers, and the placing of figures in a group so as to ensure good composition. Taking a sitter for a portrait, Mr. Beck illustrated the correct placing of the hands and feet of the sitter, also the correct lighting. By means of special lighting the lecturer explained how various effects could be obtained. The lecture was most interesting, and should prove of immense value to those members who undertake this branch of pictorial photography, and an incentive to those who have not yet attempted portraiture. Many questions were asked during the evening, and a very hearty vote of thanks was accorded Mr. Beck. The evening closed with supper, which was dispensed by the Social Committee.



13th March 1926  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19197
23rd March 1926  Page 2 - LAKE WAKATIP MAIL, ISSUE 3685
31st March 1926  Page 2 - ALEXANDRA HERALD AND CENTRAL OTAGO GAZETTE, ISSUE 1531

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
THE PHOTOGRAPHS
[By the Rev. H.O. Fenton FRPS] No. III.
Coming to Panel 3, the first picture, is a bromide by T. Blake (of New York), entitled ‘Highway Improvements'. The pictorial value of steam and smoke is hardly shown here at its best. However, the picture might well be presented to the Bruce County Council, with a view of affording them hints as to the treatment of the Main Highway, especially at Milton. No. 57 is an ordinary sunset, perhalf less underexposed than many of this type. Nos. 58 and 59 are by Bertram Cox, of London. Mr. Cox can do much better work than ‘Late Evening', with its over dark foreground and mackerel sky. But ‘Arundel', a valley scene, has a most delicious curve, and the composition could not be improved. The next two are by Mr. Treloar, of Hamilton, a very keen New Zealand craftsman. No. 60, 'Tete-a-Tete' was hung recently in one of the great London exhibitions. It is a clever verendah scene of pleasing tone and design. ‘Miss Innocence' is hardly so successful, the three lines, two made by the hair and one by the ribbon, are rather distracting. 'Summer Sunshine and Summer Shade', is by T.H.B. Scott, the president of the Royal Photographic Society. Mr. Scott is an architect, and his pictures not unnaturally show evidence of careful planning and pattern. They are generally on the strong side, and this picture is perhaps a trifle heavy, but it is nevertheless a picture to be carefully examined. From Czecho-Slovakia, Mr. Jan Komers sends a panel, No. 62a, a street scene, which is distinctly pleasant. Nos 63 to 69 are by W.T. Owen, of London. ‘Tickled to Death', inevitably raises a smile on the face of every beholder. Mr. Owen has caught most admirably the expression of delight on the face of an infant who is crowing at something that pleases him. This picture has been exhibited recently in England, and a lantern slide from the negative has just been given a premier award, In ‘Vigilant Sentinels' the firs are somewhat centrally placed. The rather curious color of the picture is pleasing. 'Limehouse', a study of the Thames at low water, has wonderful tonal quality, and its sky is remarkable for the absence of definite cloud forms. ‘India in the West' has wonderful quality, but the composition might be better. This print and the two next, ‘Evening Sunshine' and ‘6 p.m on the Embankment', are made by the Carbro process, a process that has been demonstrated before the Dunedin Photographic Society, and one that is a vast improvement on ozobrome. Carbro itself has lately been greatly simplified, and its use will doubtless became very common, for it gives prints in carbon, with all its beauty and delicacy, without the need of an enlarged negative. Nos. 63 and 69 required a good deal of getting, because of the extreme range of light and shade. J. Vanderpant (of British Columbia) has made a name for himself in recent years. His ‘Cobbles' is a striking example of front lighting. ‘The Last Innings' is so atmospheric that it requires the help of its title to decipher it. It may be unpictorial, but it would certainly be a practical question to ask whether cricket is possible in a wood in the gloaming. In other words, has not the negative been over-manipulated? T.B. Eaton, of Victoria, is always a welcome exhibitor. His three pictures, Nos. 72 to 74, are extremely atmospheric, the first and last being mostly sky-scrapers. Mr. Eaton has a very happy facility in the rendering of pastoral scenes and cloud forms. J. Dudley Johnston, who, more than any man alive, has popularized lantern slides, and standardized their production, has contributed but one picture. We should have liked half a dozen. ‘Towards the Furka', proclaims that its maker has mastered that very difficult problem of exposure on snow. And not only is the texture of the snow most beautifully rendered, but the lines of the picture are a perfect joy. The print is made on chloride paper, which seems to be coming into favor with amateurs as well as professionals. No. 76, R.H. Lawton’s view of Steinway Wedd, seems to lack decision.



16th April 1926  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19225
17th April 1926  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 19766

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held at the society's rooms on Monday last, a fair number of members being present. The chair was occupied by the President, Mr. G. Chance FRPS, who before moving the adoption of the annual report and balance-sheet addressed the members on matters relative to the progress of the club. In the course of his remarks he congratulated the club on its present healthy financial state, for, despite heavy expenditure on many improvements and renovations, a good credit balance was shown on the year's working. At the same time he urged members to do their utmost to secure new members, a steady influx of new members being desired. Keen interest had been displayed by members in the production of pictures, and despite the counter-attraction of the New Zealand and South Seas Exhibition good attendances had been maintained at the fortnightly meetings of the club. This year the club gained third place in the annual inter-club exhibition, which was very creditable, considering the high standard of the competing pictures.

The life membership of the society was conferred upon Mr. T.A. Dawson whose enthusiasm and zeal had earned the admiration of all members of the society. Supper was then dispensed by the Social Committee.

GENERAL SIR CHARLES FERGUSSON
GCB, GCMG, DSO, MVO

Born 17th January 1865
Died 20th February 1951 (aged 86) Maybole, Ayrshire, Scotland

3rd GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF NEW ZEALAND
13th December 1924 – 8th February 1930

15th May 1926  Volume 33 Number 5 - Page 239
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Lectures and demonstrations were given during the past year by the following: Rev. H.O. Fenton FRPS, Messrs. A.H. O’Keeffe, G. Chance, S.H. Rawson, W.D. Pirrett, T.A. Dawson, S. Earland, P. Beck, and W.B. Seymour. A special vote of thanks was passed to Rev. H.O. Fenton, who gave a very popular lantern lecture: “Tunis to Algiers”.

Bi-Annual Exhibition: The August exhibition created a record for entries, the junior section being well patronized, whilst the senior section showed the largest entry for some considerable time. The following members gained awards:

INDOOR PORTRAIT COMPETITION:		SENIOR: 1st class:				SENIOR: 2nd class:			JUNIOR: 1st class:	JUNIOR: 2nd class:
FIRST: W.B. Seymour	SECOND: Miss E. Turnbull	Mr. A.H. Gardner	Miss M. Garlick	T A. Dawson	C.A. Weedon	C.A. Weedon	A.H. Gardner	W.B. Seymour	Mrs. Ball	O. Loll

3rd June 1926  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19266

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The first fortnightly meeting of Dunedin Photographic Society for the present club year was held at the Society’s club rooms.

The president (Mr. S.H. Rawson) was the lecturer, the subject being ‘Stereoscopic Photography'. A good muster of members were present, and were rewarded by hearing a most interesting talk. A discussion on various matters connected with the subject took place at the conclusion of the lecture. A hearty vote of thanks was passed to Mr. Rawson.

In connection with the society's activities this year a series of individual exhibitions will be given by members each month. The first of this series was given by Mr. G. Chance on the same evening. This enthusiastic worker gave as an exhibit close on thirty pictures, which were much admired. The second meeting of the month was presided over by Rev. H.O. Fenton, who gave a very interesting lantern lecture entitled ‘Through Italy', the lantern being manipulated by Mr. T.A. Dawson. The slides, which were made by the lecturer himself from photographs taken on a tour through Italy, were much appreciated. Many of the slides had received high awards at the Royal Photographic Society. The greater number of the slides showed excellent rendering of the sunshine and beauty of the Lakes Como and Lugano.

At the close, of the lecture a hearty vote of thanks was accorded Mr. Fenton. Supper was then served by the Social Committee.



8th June 1926
Page 5 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 19810
Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19270
9th June 1926
Page 8 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 135
10th June 1926
Page 11 - NEW ZEALAND HERALD, VOLUME LXIII, ISSUE 19350

PHOTOGRAPHIC COMPETITIONS
DOMINION ARTISTS SUCCESSFUL
Every year the Amateur Photographer and Photography (the loading photographic journal of Great Britain) arranges a special competition for the British colonies and dominions, and it always proves particularly popular, attracting large entries from various parts of the Empire. The number of entries has steadily increased year by year, and the standard of picturisation reached is always a high one. Silver and bronze plaques and also certificates of merit are awarded. This year out of the eight silver plaques given for competition two have come to New Zealand and were won by Mr. J. Treloar (Hamilton), and Mr. G. Chance (Dunedin), both of whom are members of the Dunedin Photographic Society.

In addition it is learned from the latest salon news to hand that Miss Una Garlick (Auckland), who is also a member of the Dunedin Photographic Society, has the honor of being the only New Zealander to have work hung in the 1926, 13th Annual Pittsburgh Salon of Photographic Art, one of the leading American photographic exhibitions.



15th June 1926  Volume 33 Number 6 - Page 293
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on the 12th May, the new president being Mr. S.H. Rawson.

The half yearly exhibition of members work was most successful, both Senior and Junior sections being equally well patronized. The walls were covered with pictures, landscapes predominating. The pictures were judged by the Hon. Judge. Mr. A.H. O’Keeffe, who made the following awards;

SENIOR CLASS: LANDSCAPE:		SENIOR CLASS: PORTRAIT:		SENIOR CLASS: GENERAL:	SENIOR CLASS: ARCHITECTURE:		SENIOR CLASS: SEASCAPE:	JUNIOR CLASS: LANDSCAPE:		JUNIOR CLASS: GENERAL:
FIRST: W.B. Seymour	SECOND: C.A. Weedon	FIRST: T.A. Dawson	SECOND: P. Beck	FIRST: Miss E. Turnbull	FIRST: G.T. Palmer	SECOND: C.A. Weedon	SECOND: Miss E. Turnbull	FIRST: Mrs. O. Loll	SECOND: Mrs. O. Loll	FIRST: Mrs. Ball

We have just installed a new Print Trimmer. The last one had the “wander lust” and, unfortunately, “Show me the way to go home", had not been published at that time. At any rate, we never saw the print trimmer again. This new one is like an Old English Bible, it is chained up: otherwise screwed down to the table.

You wouldn’t chop wood with the bread knife, would you? Don’t try to cut three ply with the trimmer; we have only one blade.



15th August 1926  Volume 33 Number 8 - Page 405
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society on the 14th June, Mr. W.B. Seymour gave a talk and demonstration on the “Chemistry of the Photographic Processes”.

At the meeting on the 28th June there was a large number to listen to Mr. Salmon, local Manager for Kodak (Australasia) Pty. Ltd., who gave a demonstration on tinting Velox Prints. After this followed a talk on the Cine-Kodak, then some “movies” taken with the camera and projected with the latest home model Kodascope. Every one was much interested.

Following are the winners in the last two competitions:

SENIOR CLASS: EXHIBITION:		SENIOR CLASS: HOLIDAY:
FIRST: Miss E.B. Jeans	SECOND: Miss E.B. Jeans	FIRST: Mr. T.A. Dawson	SECOND: Mr. C.A. Weedon

16th August 1926  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19329
17th August 1926  Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19330
17th August 1926  Page 13 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 19870
18th August 1926  Page 9 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 195
18th August 1926  Page 5 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 19871
18th August 1926  Page 15 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXII, ISSUE 42

PHOTOGRAPHIC COMPETITION
DUNEDIN CLUB PLACED FIRST

On Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday afternoons and evenings this week, at the Dunedin Photographic Society rooms in Liverpool street, may be seen the exhibits of the clubs that participated this year in the inter-club competition and a statement as the results of the judging by Mr. Higinbotham, of Wellington.

This competition originated in Dunedin. Now that it has spread over the dominion the judging is alternately in each island. The entries are limited to twelve by each club, and no individual member may enter more than two pieces.

Invercargill has won five times and Dunedin three-times in previous years, and now in the ninth year, Dunedin wins again. It is said that this placing is generally accepted as fair. Unofficial critics do not agree with all the internal figures of the judge, but it is understood that there is a common agreement as to his having put the clubs in the true order of merit.

The awards run thus:

Dunedin Photographic Society	1,127 points
Wellington Camera Circle	1,119 points
Auckland Camera Club	1,018 points
Invercargill Camera Club	1,011 points
Wellington Amateur Photographic Society	928 points
Christchurch Photographic Society	900 points
Masterton Photographic Society	766 points
Timaru Photographic Society	696 points

Counted in with the above totals for individual exhibits are the club points — that is to say, a marking to each club up to 100 points for the club exhibit, this including versatility, etc. As to these club points, it is to be noted that Wellington, placed second in the aggregate, beats Dunedin by 90 to 85. Particulars as to the first and second groups are appended thus;

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ENTRANT	TITLE	POINTS
G. Chance	Museum Entrance, Christchurch	100
G. Chance	Laborers of the Field	100
H.H. Gardner	The Morn Awakes	100
C.A. Weedon	Victoria Quay, Dunedin	93
C.A. Weedon	Sunlit Doorway	90
Miss E. Turnbull	Stairway	91
F.J. Denton	When Youth Has Flown	90
E.B. Jeans	His Day’s Work is Done	87
E.B. Jeans	Mother and Child	60
T.A. Dawson	An Old Pioneer	85
J. Treloar	Spirit of the Cave	73
W.B. Seymour	Wake of the Southerly	65
WELLINGTON CAMERA CIRCLE
A.S. Mitchell	Barbara	100
A.S. Mitchell	Gordon Short	93
H. Moult	Beeches and Birches	100
H. Moult	Winter’s Mantle	100
J.W. Jones	Sunlit	100
J.W. Jones	Landscape	100
Highly Commended. Milne	Misty Morn	93
Highly Commended. Milne	pastorale	60
A.H. Eaton	Time of Harvest	93
A.H. Eaton	Eventide	75
J.W. Johnson	New East Frieze	50
J.W. Johnson	Tidal Reaches	77

The Dunedin Photographic Society members include several who reside in other parts of the dominion, and two of these are exhibiting this year with much credit — namely, Mr. Denton, of Wanganni, and Mr. Treloar, of Hamilton, both of whom have exhibited in the Old Country.

One of the best pieces in the Wellington collection is Mr. Moult’s ’Winter Mantle', the snow being very expertly treated, and the Auckland group includes what is very nearly a masterpiece in Mr. H.E. Jones’s ‘Snow Queen', the rose, blooms being wonderful as to crispness and the suggestion of color.

The exhibition is on the whole fairly up in the standard, according to those who have had the opportunity of a private view, and it ought to attract all camera students.



15th October 1926  Volume 33 Number 10 - Page 507
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The awards in the August Half-Yearly Exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society are as follows:

JUNIOR CLASS: LANDSCAPE:	SENIOR CLASS: LANDSCAPE:		SENIOR CLASS: ARCHITECTURE:	SENIOR CLASS: GENRE:		SENIOR CLASS: PORTRAIT:		STILL LIFE COMPETITION:
FIRST: Mrs. Ball	FIRST: Miss Jeans	SECOND: W.B. Seymour	FIRST: Miss Turnbull	FIRST: Miss Jeans	SECOND: C.A. Weedon	FIRST: F.J. Denton	SECOND EQUAL: C.A. Weedon W.B. Seymour	FIRST: Miss Jeans	SECOND: G.T. Palmer

ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The Annual Exhibition of member’s work will take place at the end of October in the Art Gallery in conjunction with the Art Society’s Annual Exhibition. The exhibition has an open class. Awards are given in both members and open classes. Pictures submitted must be framed with thin frames and mounted on light colored mounts.



15th November 1926  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19406
16th November 1926  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 19948
18th November 1926  Page 20 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 274

DUNEDIN ART GALLERY
EXHIBITION APPRECIATED
Already the public have become interested in the Dunedin Public Art Gallery Society’s annual exhibition in the old Art Gallery, Cumberland street. The attendance on Saturday was most encouraging, and appreciation was shown by the attention bestowed on the pictures, the photographs, and the art-crafts work, also by the sales of tickets in the art union.

PHOTOGRAPHY
Mr. A.H. O’Keefe has made the following awards in the thirty-fourth annual exhibition of pictorial photography, which is under the direction of the Dunedin Photographic Society:

BEST PICTURE IN THE EXHIBITION: BRONZE PLAQUE Miss UNA GARLICK "ARGUMENT"
LANDSCAPE:				MARINE:			ARCHITECTURE:
FIRST: W.B. Seymour ‘In the Wake of a Southerly'	SECOND: George Chance FRPS ‘Beside Still Waters'	THIRD: C.A. Weedon ‘Ngaio Trees'	HON. MENTION: J.C. Holland ‘River Pastures'	FIRST: Miss Una Garlick ‘Yacht Racing'	SECOND: George Chance FRPS ‘Before the Storm'	THIRD: C.A. Weedon ‘Victoria Quay'	FIRST: George Chance FRPS 'In an Old World Village'	SECOND: Miss Una Garlick ‘Palace of Fine Arts'	THIRD: George Chance FRPS ‘Museum Entrance, Christchurch'
PORTRAITURE:			FIGURE STUDY:			GENRE:
FIRST: T.A. Dawson ‘A Pioneer'	SECOND: P. Beck ‘Listening'	THIRD: Rolf Keys ‘The Bosun'	FIRST: Miss Eana B. Jeans ‘Mother and Child'	SECOND: W.B. Seymour ‘Peggy'	THIRD: Rev. H.O. Fenton FRPS ‘The Souk'	FIRST: Miss Una Garlick ‘Argument'	SECOND: George Chance FRPS	THIRD: Rev. H.O. Fenton FRPS ‘Arco de Santa Maria'	HON. MENTION: C.A. Weedon

16th November 1926  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19407

DUNEDIN ART GALLERY
EXHIBITION APPRECIATED
Another sale at the Dunedin Public Art Gallery Society’s exhibition is of ‘Tree Ferns, West Coast', a study in water colors by Albert J. Rae. A number of lady members of the society have arranged to provide afternoon tea to-morrow. Visitors are deeply interested in the paintings and art crafts work, also in the pictorial photographs that are displayed under the direction of the Dunedin Photographic Society. None of the recognized arts has made such rapid and satisfactory progress during the past twenty-five years as that of pictorial photography, and the Art Gallery Society, in granting space for the display now made, is deserving of general thanks. It is a forward move. The exhibition is open to all photographers, professional, and amateur. It is the only one of its kind held in the dominion, and is rapidly taking its place with those of the overseas photographic salons. Prints have been sent from various parts of the dominion, and entered into competition for the awards given by the Dunedin Photographic Society. Mr. A.H. O'Keeffe judged the prints. His awards were printed in yesterday’s ‘Star'. The highest award — the bronze plaque for the best picture exhibited — goes to Miss Una Garlick (Auckland), and it is a well-merited win.



30th November 1926  Page 9 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19419

FINE ARTS EXHIBITION
NO. VI. THE PHOTOGRAPHS
[By the Rev. H.O. Fenton FRPS]
The exhibition of photographs organized by the Dunedin Photographic Society and displayed in the Art Gallery in conjunction with the Art Gallery Society’s fiftieth annual exhibition is noteworthy for more than one reason. The Art Society has provided stands on which the prints are admirably shown; this is the only exhibition of photographs which is open to competition to the whole of New Zealand, and the photographs are all shown under glass. The prints themselves reach a high standard, and show that pictorial workers in the dominion are steadily progressing in the right direction. On the first stand is ‘Palace of Fine Arts', which secured second place in the architectural group, and is by Miss Una Garlick, of Auckland. It is a strong and toneful print. The desire to turn it upside down which is so compellant in many prints that contain reflections is negatived here by strong horizontal lines in the water. The same worker's 'Gannets' is a much better print than that sent into the recent salon. ‘Argument', the print by which Miss Garlick secures the championship of the exhibition, shows that there are opportunities of finding subjects in New Zealand as good as any in other lands. May it be suggested that a little trimming on the left — say, as far as the door — would improve the composition? The foreground is somewhat heavy and ponderous. Still, there is only one other print in the exhibition that is better than this. Miss Garlick also secures first place in the marine section with a yachting picture that is nicely clouded, but is incomprehensively dark in the left-hand bottom corner. This could be remedied by a drastic trimming off of at least 4in all along the bottom. The total gain to the print would be great. The next four exhibits are by Mr. C.A. Weedon. ‘Victoria Quay' contains nice reflections in a beautiful patch of oily water. The sky at the extreme top might be toned down a trifle. In ‘Winches Busy' the steam is not quite convincing. ‘Ngaio Trees' is one of those things that would look better in oil or water color. The shadows seem needlessly heavy, and the picture does not lead to anything. 'Sunbeams' probably required a good deal of patience until the desired effect was secured. The excellence of Mr. George Chance’s work is not so apparent in this exhibition as in previous ones. There comes a pause in the experience of most workers when they mark time for a period before proceeding to greater heights. Perhaps Mr. Chance is just entering on that period, and next year will see still better work than ever. His first print, ‘Veterans', a study of dead gum trees, opens up an argument as to the tone of the sky as compared with the light on the nearest tree trunk. Is the lighting on the remaining trees in harmony with the first mentioned? And is the whole print overclouded or not? This might lead to a further discussion: Does a print (any print, not necessarily the one under review) transgress the canons of art when it is so faked in the printing that it becomes impossibly untrue to Nature? ‘The Valley Below', shows what great use can be made of front lighting. The gums stand out well, and the quality of the valley is delightful. ‘Museum Entrance, Christchurch', is heavy, and the eye is not attracted by any one distinctive feature. ‘An Old World Village', which is awarded first place in the architectural section, is really a landscape, and presents a nice curve and a suitable sky. ‘Beside Still Waters' is disappointing, the eye wandering from one light patch in the water to another. From many points of view ‘From the Hill Top' is Mr. Chance’s best picture in his entry. It is often difficult to express the various points that make a picture pleasing, but there is a delightful quality about this print, even though it may not fulfill all the recognized laws. The title of No. 15, ‘Before the Storm', disarms the criticism of over-clouding. Mr. Otto Loll sends, in No. 16, a really first-rate head of a dog, pleasing in composition and quality. His other picture, ‘On the Hillside', shows that its author has the seeing eye and also made careful search for his subject. The print has gone a little wrong in the process of printing, and is flat. Why not intensify it? Mrs Loll’s ‘By the Leith' shows quality. Mr. W.B. Seymour’s ‘Maori Hill' strikes one as being a little hard as regards the trees, while the distance scarcely recedes enough. The right edge might be trimmed off somewhat. The town part is nicely rendered. Mr. Seymour wins first prize for landscape with, ‘In the Wake of a Southerly'. It may be frankly said that this is an artist’s, and not a photographer’s, picture. It may even be said that it is deadly uninteresting, Its reproduction in the Australian ‘Photo Review' of September last was infinitely better, but whether it owed its superiority to a better print or to the block maker it is impossible to say. In the copy now in question the trees have no tonal value, the foreground lines lead out of the picture, and the highest light is on the extreme right edge. The landscape class is by no means the strongest section in the exhibition. The hands in ‘Sweet Sixteen', by Mr. J. Treloar, are not quite natural, but the whole arrangement is good. ‘Portrait' by Mr. C. A. Weedon, is one of several in the hall taken against a uniformly dead black background. The photographer who adopts this style handicaps himself at the outset. The study of the backgrounds painted by the great artists will reveal that however dark they are, they invariably have tone, and generally form also. A little paint or putty dabbed on the back of the negative will work astonishing results in the finished print. ‘Sunlight on the Steps', also by Mr. Weedon, tells a good straightforward tale. Mr. J.W. Jones has ideas to express. Whether in ‘Survivors' and ‘Pastures', the materials for the expression of those ideas are not too slender is a matter of opinion. However, the presentation of new ideals is always welcome and originality much to be commended. In his third picture, ‘Autumn Shadows', the shadows are very effective. The entrance, however, is somewhat on the dark side. In, ‘By the Sea', one of Mr. Martin Trenwith’s two pictures, there is a dark line caused by a wall or groin stretching right across the picture. This spoils an otherwise very charming seascape. Only a moderate amount of pencil work on the negative would be required to remove or break up a portion of this wall, and the gain would be tremendous. The lighting scheme in his other print (No. 23) is not satisfactory. The gulls are an invaluable asset. Mr. F.J. Denton, of Wanganui, contributes eight pictures, of which the best undoubtedly is ‘Alice'. This was reproduced recently in the ‘Amateur Photographer', and came out well. ‘Alice' might very well have received an award here. The lighting is very effective and the quality of the print excellent. ‘A Nonagenarian' and ‘A Pioneer' are good specimens of studio portraiture, although black backgrounds are in evidence. ‘The Daily News' is free from this, but the cigarette smoke does not aid the composition. Mr. Denton is fond of sombre effects in his landscapes, and might find a high keyed picture a pleasant change. Mr. J.C. Holland’s ‘Tidal Carved' lacks emphasis, and also, to a certain degree, form, while ‘River Pastures', is too nearly bisected. It may be suggested that Mrs Ball's 'Elfin Glade' is so dark and gloomy as to suggest the very reverse of its name.

The title of Mr. T. H. Ashe’s print is ‘Guardians of the Forest', and one is tempted to dispute the lighting. Could the wood in the middle distance be so dark with such rear lighting as is evidenced by the strength of the shadows? Miss E.B. Jeans exhibits two landscapes and a genre. In ‘Mount Sefton' the distant mountains and mist are really excellent, but the middle distance suggests under exposure. Under exposure is also in evidence in No. 48 — a view of Mount Cook — but it makes for massing of the shadows. A blemish in the top right corner needs attention. But Miss Jeans’s chief print is ‘Mother and Child', a most excellent picture, in which the natural background is carefully managed. The author has solved the difficult problem of placing two heads in one picture. The texture of the skin is delightful. Mr. T.A. Dawson is lucky to secure first place in portraiture with ‘A Pioneer'. The background is toneless, and no attempt has apparently been made to concentrate attention on the face, either by suitable lighting or after-treatment of the negative. ‘Peggy', by Mr. W.B. Seymour, is in the wrong class. It is a portrait, not a figure study. The shawl is nicely rendered, and the face is effective against the dark hat, even if the latter is a trifle too dark. There are indications of under exposure. ‘The Lily Pond' requires some accent upon which the eye can rest. ‘His Day’s Work Done', another picture by Miss Jeans, just misses being a very good thing, the sky being the troublesome feature. Another and higher viewpoint might have done the trick, and even now the printing in of a cloud might prove a solution, Mr. Rolf Keys, a coming man, is searching for new material in his prints. He is beginning to find the material, but has not yet quite succeeded in molding it into shape. It is quite possible to get a sunrise and also a properly-exposed landscape on the same plate. Mr. Keys may reply that in ‘Cape Kidnapper' he intended the coast line to be black. The answer to that is “it would be far more pictorial to have some indication of form in the land portion, and that the eye would not see it as an inky mass”. But in No. 67, misnamed ‘Sparkling Seashore', he has gone astray both in composition and tone, admitting the originality of the former. He redeems himself in ‘The Bosun', which might well have received a higher award. The last has not been heard of Mr. Keys. Mr. G.T. Palmer has got a lovely distance in his ‘Lonely Shore', but unfortunately the print got a bad color in the toning bath. The composition of Mr. Treloar’s ‘Old Mill' compels attention, occupying as it does the center of a vertical panel. The prints owe something to skillful handwork. It is a matter of wonder to find a windmill in existence in the dominion. First criticism of ‘Listening', by Mr. P. Beck, leads one to express the hope that the gentleman portrayed will look down at the lighted match before it burns his fingers. Second consideration reveals a good portrait which has secured second award. The beautiful etching effect of the same worker’s ‘Boulogne' must not be overlooked, but it is in his ‘Old Edinburgh' that we find the gem of the whole exhibition. It makes a wonderful appeal, and there is nothing approaching it in quality. Presumably it arrived too late to be included in the judging.



15th December 1926  Volume 33 Number 12 - Page 613
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The 34th Annual Exhibition, of the Dunedin Photographic Society held in conjunction with the Dunedin Art Gallery Society, was held in the Dunedin Art Gallery, and open to the public for three weeks. The exhibition is open to all pictorial workers throughout the Dominion. The response was indeed gratifying, and in all 75 pictures were hung.

The standard of work is high and very even throughout, and the adoption of standard sizes in mounts has enabled the committee to hang every picture so that each has full value as regards display. Further, the committee have gone to considerable trouble in carrying out the system now adopted in practically every salon in the world, that is, every picture is displayed under glass.

The pictures were judged by Mr. A.H. O’Keeffe, and to him the thanks of the club are due for the time and trouble he has taken in connection with this matter.



15th March 1927  Volume 34 Number 3 - Page 119
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

AN OTAGO LANDSCAPE

W.B. SEYMOUR
Second in the A.P.-R Special Competition — Landscape with Figures

12th April 1927  Page 13 - NEW ZEALAND HERALD, VOLUME LXIV, ISSUE 19610

ART IN PHOTOGRAPHY
SUCCESS OF NEW ZEALANDERS
FOREIGN SALON EXHIBITS
Many New Zealanders have succeeded in securing exhibits of their pictorial photographs in salons devoted to photography as an art. The Dunedin Photographic Society has received the catalogs of many recent exhibitions and forwards the names of New Zealand exhibitors whose pictures have been displayed. The salons, with the names of the exhibitors, are as follows:

LONDON SALON: Miss Una Garlick, Auckland; Mr. H.E. Gaze, Hamilton; and Mr. W.T. Owen, Wanganui.
NORTHERN EXHIBITION, MANCHESTER: Mr. W.B. Seymour, Dunedin.
INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION, WORCESTER: Miss L. Ralph, Wellington; Mr. W.B. Seymour and Mr. C.A. Weedon, Dunedin.
INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION, BRITISH COLUMBIA: Mr. C.A. Weedon and Mr. G. Chance, Dunedin; and Mr. J. Treloar, Hamilton.

INTERNATIONAL SALON, TORONTO: Miss B.M. Gibson, Miss C.R. Sundstrum, Mr. G. Chance, Mr. T.A. Dawson, Mr. C.A. Weedon, Mr. W.B. Seymour, Rev. H.O. Fenton, Dunedin; Mr. J.C. Holland, Mr. E.C. Lackland, Mr. M. Trenwith, Mr. G.E. Jones, Auckland; Mr. J. Treloar, Hamilton; Mr. J.W. Jones and Dr. H.J. Tizard, Wellington.

LOS ANGELES SALON: Mr. C.A. Weedon and Mr. G. Chance, Dunedin; Mr. J.W. Pickles, Wellington.



3rd May 1927
Page 9 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19546
Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20088

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was attended by a large number of members. The president (Mr. S.H. Rawson) remarked upon the progress of the society during the past year. The finances of the club were excellent, and the influx of new members was very gratifying. Many improvements had been effected during the year, and the society’s workrooms were as good as any in New Zealand, while additions to the library had kept this side of the club s activities right up-to-date. Perhaps the most noteworthy achievement of the year was the winning of the inter-club competition. It is a few years since Dunedin had this honor, but, if the work of the club keeps up to the standard of the pictures in this competition, there should be no trouble in holding the premier place in the future. The society has in view the formation of a records branch, whereby fast disappearing landmarks and buildings would be photographed, such photographs to be handed over to the Early Settlers Association for preservation.

GENERAL SIR CHARLES FERGUSSON
GCB, GCMG, DSO, MVO

Born 17th January 1865
Died 20th February 1951 (aged 86) Maybole, Ayrshire, Scotland

3rd GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF NEW ZEALAND
13th December 1924 – 8th February 1930

WILLIAM BURGOYNE TAVERNER
OBE

Born 16th August 1879
Died 17th July 1958

MAYOR of DUNEDIN
1927 – 1929

14th May 1927  Volume 34 Number 5 - Page 240
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Some extracts from the Annual Report of the Dunedin Photographic Society.

During the year demonstrations were given by Rev. H.O. Fenton FRPS, Messrs. S.H. Rawson, R. Salmon, G. Chance, T.A. Dawson, C.A. Weedon, W.D. Pirrett, P. Beck, A.H. O’Keeffe and W.B. Seymour, and individual exhibitions by Miss B.M. Gibson, Messrs. G. Chance, C.A. Weedon, P. Beck and W.B. Seymour.

£10 was allotted for the purchase of exhibition pictures, to be hung on the club-room walls. In addition, prints were presented by Miss H. Murdoch, Miss Una Garlick and Rev. H.O. Fenton FRPS, Messrs. G. Chance and J. Treloar.

The meetings of the Camera Circle during the year were well attended, open criticism and demonstration resulting in a great improvement in the pictorial section of the Club’s work. The Bi-Annual Exhibitions attracted good entries.

The Society is deeply indebted to Mr. A.H. O’Keeffe, Honorary Judge.

In the Annual Exhibition 76 pictures were hung, the work throughout being of high standard. The honor of “Best Picture” went to Miss Una Garlick.

The New Zealand Inter-Club Competition was held under the direction of the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society and the pictures were judged in that city. Eight clubs competed, Dunedin Photographic Society being awarded first place. The exhibitors who gained this coveted award for the Club were; Miss E.B. Jeans and Miss E. Turnbull, Messrs. F.J. Denton. J. Treloar, G. Chance, C.A. Weedon, H.H. Gardner, T.A. Dawson and W.B. Seymour.



9th June 1927  Page 13 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20120

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The first meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society during May was held at the society's club rooms on Monday, May 9. There was a good attendance of members to hear an account of the experiences of the president (Mr. S.H. Rawson) during a photographic tour of the North Cape district. The lecturer illustrated his talk with a series of excellent stereograms which he had taken whilst on the tour. The same evening, Mr. S.A. Earland exhibited a “one man show” of pictorial photographs which were much admired, a feature of this show being a series of well-known beauty spots around Dunedin at various seasons of the year. The rendering of snow in Mr. Earland's pictures was excellent.

The second meeting was held on May 23, when an excellent gathering of members listened with the keenest interest to a talk by Mr. Crosby Smith on "Native Flowers of New Zealand”. The lecture was illustrated by a remarkably fine series of slides showing the types of flowers described by the lecturer. The location and habits of the various flowers were also described by Mr. Crosby Smith and the botanical names given. On the motion of the president, a very hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. Crosby Smith for his interesting talk, after which supper was dispensed by the Social Committee.



15th June 1927  Volume 34 Number 6 - Page 292
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The results of the Dunedin Photographic Society half-yearly club exhibition showed the following awards:

SENIOR LANDSCAPE:		PORTRAIT:		JUNIOR LANDSCAPE:
FIRST: Miss Jeans	SECOND: Mrs. Ball	FIRST: Mr. O. Loll	SECOND: Miss E. Turnbull Mr. P. Beck	FIRST: NO AWARD	SECOND: Mrs. Oliver

8th August 1927
Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19629
9th August 1927
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20172
Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19630
10th August 1927
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20173
Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19631
11th August 1927
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20174

EXHIBITION OF CAMERA PICTURES

entered in the NEW ZEALAND INTER-CLUB COMPETITION 1927

will be held in the Club Rooms of the

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

South British Buildings, 3 Liverpool street,

TUESDAY, WEDNESDAY, THURSDAY, 9th, 10th, 11th August.
Afternoons 2.30pm to 4.30pm, evenings 7pm to 9pm.



10th August 1927  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19631

PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
WORK FROM NEW ZEALAND AS A WHOLE

In Monday’s issue of this paper the announcement was made that the New Zealand Inter-Club Photographic Society’s ninth annual competition, fixed for Dunedin on Tuesday, Wednesday, and Thursday of this week, had resulted in the Dunedin Photographic Society gaining first place with 889 points, the Auckland Camera Club being second with 776, the Wellington Camera Club third with 720. Mr. A.H. O’Keeffe was the judge, and from what could be heard from the many visitors who inspected the photographs in the Liverpool street rooms yesterday that gentleman’s awards are giving great satisfaction.

Everybody picks out G. Chance’s "Landscape Near Waitati" as a good thing, worthy of the 95 marks with which it tops the Dunedin collection. The atmosphere is right throughout, without break or anything disjointed, and close examination fails to reveal anything that could be wished otherwise.

J. Treloar’s "Lunch Hour", depicting a team of horses on a wharf, is another noteworthy exhibit, very satisfying in that it gives an idea of bulk that suits the nature of the picture. There is no space that needs filling up. The lighting is well massed and the composition excellent in every way. Note the freedom in the horses and the man. ‘Melisande', by the same exhibitor, is another prominent success, the figure of a girl gazing into a pool being as poetically treated as is possible in photography. The movement of the drapery in the wind and the mellow tone are points of high merit.

S.A. Beck’s portrait of a man with a cigarette in his hand also claims attention. Possibly the cigarette and the hand might be better, but the head is beautifully modeled and rendered with true fleshiness. Some say it is the best head in the exhibition.

The Auckland Camera Club is to be complimented upon the remarkable improvement attained this year. Gerald Jones’s "Ephebos" stands out in regard to artistry. Nothing better in that respect is to be found in the gallery. The figure of the youth gives rise to a question as to the modeling of the trunk. That is the only criticism one hears. A distinctive merit is the absence of that stiff appearance that is a common fault in photography. The story is well carried out. Una Garlick’s Maori bead is another good contribution from Auckland.

A nice rural scene by H. Johnson is one of the best things in the Wellington collection, and "Curiosity", a child study by A.C.V. Baker, is the special attraction in the Invercargill set, this being properly deemed worthy of high marking.



15th August 1927  Volume 34 Number 8 - Page 397
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANOTHER SCORE FOR THE REV. H.O. FENTON FRPS
The many good friends of Mr. Fenton and the thousands of our readers who are familiar with that gentleman’s instructive writings, will be more than pleased to hear the sixth time he has won the Affiliation Lecture Competition promoted by the Royal Photographic Society of Great Britain. This brings the total of Mr. Fentons affiliation plaques up to six, the record for the award.



14th September 1927  Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIV, ISSUE 65

EXHIBITION OF PHOTOGRAPHY
All interested are invited to inspect the exhibition of 84 Photographs, the result of the 1927 inter-club competition in New Zealand. The pictures comprise sets of twelve pictures from seven clubs, and were judged in Dunedin by Mr. A.H OKeefe.

Dunedin Photographic Society being placed first, Auckland second, Wellington Camera Club third, followed by Invercargill, Wellington Camera Circle, Timaru, and Christchurch. All classes of subject are treated, and lovers of camera art will find much to interest them. The exhibition is being held in the clubroom of the Wellington Camera Club, room 5, Fowlds's Building, Herbert street, from Thursday to Saturday this week, afternoons and evenings.

The Inter-club prints were on view for three days, during which time the rooms were well patronized.



15th October 1927  Volume 34 Number 10 - Page 499
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Inter-club competition resulted as follows:

1927	NEW ZEALAND INTER-CLUB PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
First	Dunedin Photographic Society
Second	Auckland Photographic Society
Third	Wellington Camera Club
Fourth	Invercargill Photographic Society
Fifth	Wellington Camera Circle
Sixth	Timaru Photographic Society
Seventh	Christchurch Photographic Society

The Inter-club prints were on view for three days, during which time the rooms were well patronized.

Our friend, Rev. H.O. Fenton FRPS, now resident in London, has interviewed “Photograms” on our behalf, and it is hoped to obtain a photogram collection to be circulated in the Dominion.

A loan collection of ten prints will be forwarded to Durban, where the Durban Camera Club is holding an exhibition of Empire photography. The following contributed one print each: Miss Jean Garlick, Miss Una Garlick, Miss B.M. Gibson; Mr. G. Chance, Mr. J. Treloar, Mr. P. Beck, Mr. C. Weedon, Mr. H.H. Gardner, Mr. T.A. Dawson and Mr. W.B. Seymour.



1st November 1927  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20244

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The honorary exhibition secretary of the Dunedin Photographic Society reports that the catalog of the International London Salon of Photography has just come to hand, and the following New Zealanders have had work accepted and hung: Miss Una Garlick, Auckland, “Maori Woman and Picanniny”; Mr. C.A. Weedon, Dunedin, “Early Morning, Akaroa”, “Mountain Farm, New Zealand”, and “Victoria Quay, Dunedin”; Mr. G.E. Jones, Auckland, “Sea Mirth”, “Shadow Dancers", and “Mending the Net”; Mr. H.E. Gaze, Hamilton, “Solitude”; Mr. J.W. Jones, Wellington, “Windswept”. Pictorial photographers consider the acceptance of work by the London Salon the highest honor obtainable in the Empire.



17th March 1928Page 13 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20360
21st March 1928Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20363
Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19821
22nd March 1928
Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19822
23rd March 1928
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20365

EXHIBITION OF CAMERA PICTURES

ORIGINAL “PHOTOGRAM” PRINTS

Comprising work from all parts of the world, will be on view at the Club Rooms of the

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

South British Buildings, Liverpool street.
Open from Monday, 19th March, until Friday, 23rd March
Afternoon, 2pm - 4.30pm - Evenings, 7pm - 9pm



17th March 1928
Page 19 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20360
Page 6 and 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19818
19th March 1928
Page 1 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20361

PICTORIAL PHOTOGRAPHS
Through the courtesy of the editor of Photograms of the Year, London, the Dunedin Photographic Society has received, for exhibition, a remarkably fine collection of pictorial photographs, being the original prints of the 1923 Photograms collection. Photograms has now been published annually for 33 years, and in its pages every phase of pictorial photography finds its place. These are selected from the great number submitted as indicative of the progress and tendencies of picture making with the camera in all parts of the world. This collection comprises works from Canada, Australia, Egypt, Great Britain, France, United States, Belgium, Holland, Italy, Spain, Austria., etc., and will be exhibited in the clubrooms of the Dunedin Photographic Society from Monday, March 19, till Friday, March 23. Later it will he exhibited in the various centers of the Dominion.



20th March 1928  Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19820
21st March 1928  Page 10 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME LIX, ISSUE 68

WORLD’S BEST PHOTOS
ON VIEW IN DUNEDIN
Thanks to the energy of the Dunedin Photographic Society the Dominion of New Zealand is enabled to see the results of the world’s best recent work in photography.

Iliffe and Sons, of London, get together such a collection annually under the direction of Mr. F.J. Mortimer, editor of ‘Photograms', and upon the application of the Dunedin Photographic Society the latest collection, consisting of sixty pieces, has reached our city, and is now at the service of members and the public in the society’s rooms above the South British Offices every afternoon and evening until Friday evening of this week. Thereafter the collection will go to Christchurch, Wellington, and Auckland.

The whole sixty are original studies, representing the various processes of photography, including bromoil and bromoil transfer. The subjects are also diverse. Several striking figure studies and lovely landscapes are side by side with very clever interiors.

Prominent examples that compel special notice are an interior by Achille Bolonga (Turin), a well-nigh perfect landscape by F.J. Mortimer (London), ‘Sails on the Mahmudia’, by J.H. Coatsworth (Egypt), a marvelous study in flesh tones entitled ‘Bacchanal’ by Douglas Hill (New South Wales), a wooded landscape by Leonard Missonne (Belgium), and a most successful “catch” of unconscious youngsters at play named ‘The Children’s Hour', by Janet Allan and Agnes Martin (England).

The exhibition contains nothing that is commonplace. It offers a fine field for instruction as well as enjoyment.



31st March 1928  Page 8 - STRATFORD EVENING POST, ISSUE 28

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
RADIO PROGRAMS
SATURDAY, March 31
7.30pm: Address on “Amateur Photography” by a member of the Dunedin Photographic Society.



18th April 1928  Page 9 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19844
19th April 1928  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20387

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the clubrooms, 3 Liverpool street, on Monday evening, Mr. S.H. Rawson presiding. There was a good attendance of members, and the president commented on the success of the society during the past year and the strong position with regard to membership, there being ninety members on the roll at the close of the year. During the past year the Dunedin Society won the inter-club competition for the second year in succession, this competition being open to all the photographic societies in New Zealand. Two new members were elected.

GENERAL SIR CHARLES FERGUSSON
GCB, GCMG, DSO, MVO

Born 17th January 1865
Died 20th February 1951 (aged 86) Maybole, Ayrshire, Scotland

3rd GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF NEW ZEALAND
13th December 1924 – 8th February 1930

WILLIAM BURGOYNE TAVERNER
OBE

Born 16th August 1879
Died 17th July 1958

MAYOR of DUNEDIN
1927 – 1929

15th May 1928  Volume 35 Number 5 - Page 241
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
REV. H.O. FENTON FRPS, NOW A MEMBER OF THE ROYAL PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY COUNCIL
Our special correspondent in London, the Rev. H.O. Fenton FRPS, has received the honor of being elected a member of the Council of the Royal Photographic Society. We congratulate Mr. Fenton and we think the Royal Photographic Society should also receive our congratulations as we believe we can safely say this is the first occasion on which the Society has had a man on the Council thoroughly familiar with Australasian photographic conditions, more particularly those affecting New Zealand.



16th May 1928
Page 13 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20409
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19867

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The half-yearly exhibition of pictures by the members of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the clubrooms on Monday last. There was an interesting and varied show of pictures, and the cameras owned by members ranged from a home-made pinhole camera to high-class reflexes. The results of the half-yearly competition are as follow:

SENIOR: LANDSCAPE:

SENIOR: PORTRAIT:

SENIOR: GENERAL:

SENIOR: ARCHITECTURE:

JUNIOR: LANDSCAPE:

JUNIOR: MARINE:

JUNIOR: ARCHITECTURE:

FIRST: Miss E.B. Jeans

SECOND EQUAL: Miss E. Turnbull Miss E.B. Jeans

THIRD: P. Beck

FIRST: C.A. Weedon

SECOND: P. Beck

FIRST: Miss E.B. Jeans

SECOND: Mrs M.C. Ball

THIRD: Miss E. Turnbull

FIRST: NO AWARD

SECOND: Miss E. Turnbull

FIRST: Miss R.E. M'Lean

SECOND: A. Bowden

SECOND: Mrs Oliver A. Bowden

FIRST: Miss R.E. M'Lean

23rd August 1928  Page 9 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19952
24th August 1928
Page 10 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20495
Page 5 - PRESS, VOLUME XLIV, ISSUE 19397

NEW ZEALAND PHOTOGRAPHER'S SUCCESS
Mr. C.A. Weedon, of this city, has received word that he has been awarded a silver plaque in the amateur photographer oversea annual competition. This competition, held each year in London, attracts entries from all corners of the Empire, the silver plaque, the highest award, being highly coveted, Mr. Weedon, who has this year successfully exhibited at many salons in America, England, and the Continent, is a member of the Dunedin Photographic Society.



6th November 1928
Page 11 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20558
Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20016
7th November 1928
Page 11 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20559
Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20017
8th November 1928
Page 11 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20560
Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20018

EXHIBITION OF PICTORIAL PHOTOGRAPHS
ANNUAL NEW ZEALAND INTERCLUB COMPETITION

will be on view at club rooms.

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

3 Liverpool street (South British Buildings).

TUESDAY, WEDNESDAY, THURSDAY, FRIDAY EVENINGS, 7pm to 9pm
THURSDAY AFTERNOON, from 2.30pm to 4.30pm.



9th November 1928  Page 17 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20561

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
An interesting exhibition is being held this week by the Dunedin Photographic Society. It comprises a selection of efforts of outstanding merit. The standard of these pictures, generally, is very high, and little doubt can exist as to the artistic ability of the competitors. They handle a medium capable of infinite subtlety in shade and tone, and in a few cases only have the requirements of subject over-ruled the canons of technique. Several interesting photographs treat with a class of subject known as genre. A meticulous care has been exercised in the selection of subject in the latter exhibit, and one of the most noticeable on this account is a carefully executed picture, “Labour". Many of the competitors have gone far beyond mere photography, and it is obvious that they are cultivating a conscious art.



6th April 1929
Page 15 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20685
Page 13 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20143

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

will be held in the Society’s Rooms, Liverpool street,
MONDAY, April 8th at 8pm.

All members and intending members arc requested to attend.

JOHN C. LITTLE
HON. SECRETARY



9th April 1929  Page 13 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20145

SATISFACTORY PROGRESS
PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY’S SUCCESS
Complete satisfaction with the present condition of the Dunedin Photographic Society and the achievements of members in the world of photography was expressed at the annual meeting of the society last evening. Mr. S.H. Rawson presided over an attendance of about fifteen members, and congratulated the club upon its financial and numerical position. It was now the largest of its kind in New Zealand. The club concluded the year with a credit balance of £3 14s 6d, which was quite satisfactory. The receipts for the year amounted to £IOO 13s 3d, and the excess of assets over liabilities was £143 1s 9d.

The membership of the club increased during the year, and the roll now stands at eighty-six members, according to the annual report. Of this number seventeen were new members. During the year members were given lectures and demonstrations. Miss B.E. Jeans, Messrs George Chance FRPS, W.D. Perrett, T.A. Dawson, A.H. O’Keefe, S.H. Rawson, E.H. Earland, and W.B. Seymour. The club was again awarded first place in the New Zealand Inter-Club competition. The number of entries was well up to usual. The newer or younger members showed a surprising improvement in the quality of work presented. All the apparatus belonging to the club had been well cared for, and no repairs were necessary to the enlarger, printing box, or darkroom. It was pleasing to note the numerous reservations for the enlarger and dark rooms during the year. The Social Committee had worked admirably to make the meetings a success. The report was adopted.

HONORS
The President extended the congratulations of the club to members who had pictures hung in the following salons: Mr. C.A. Weedon — France, Spain, Holland, Sweden, Canada, and the United States; also at the invitation of the New York Camera Club, where 150 pictorialists were invited to exhibit. Mr. Weedon had been awarded the coveted honor of a silver plaque in the overseas competition. Mr. T.A. Dawson had had pictures hung in the salons of Spain and Sweden; Mr. Treloar, in Canada; Miss Garlick was awarded a bronze plaque in the overseas competition.

The retiring president (Mr. S.H. Rawson) was accorded a hearty vote of thanks for his services.



14th September 1929  Page 15 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20822
17th September 1929  Page 11 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20282

NEW ZEALAND INTER-CLUB EXHIBITION of PHOTOGRAPHY

From Tuesday, 17th, till Friday 20th September.
Afternoons, 2pm till 4pm; Evenings, 7pm till 9pm.

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
2 Liverpool street.

Inspection invited.



14th September 1929
Page 20 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20822
Page 14 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20280

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society has again been successful in winning the New Zealand Inter-Club Photographic competition, open to all the photographic societies in the Dominion. This society has won this competition for several years in succession, and at the last competition, judged in Christchurch recently, the results were as follow; Dunedin, 1004 points; Wellington, 971 points; Invercargill, 847 points; Christchurch, 824 points; Auckland, 729 points. The society’s pictures will be on view at its rooms, Liverpool street, during the coming week.



17th September 1929  Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20282

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
In the past ten years the Dunedin Photographic Society has won the prize for the aggregate points scored by clubs with entries in the annual competition for New Zealand. This year the entries were judged in Christchurch. Each photograph was awarded marks, and the twelve entered from Dunedin scored 30 points above the total secured by the runners-up. The whole of the gallery judged in Christchurch is now on view in the society’s chambers in Liverpool street, and it is a collection well worth viewing. The work by the members of the five competing clubs — Dunedin, Wellington, Invercargill, Christchurch, and Auckland — is full of merit. The championship for the individual picture is held by the beautiful landscape entered by Mr. J.W. Jones (Wellington), who gained the maximum marks. Only one point less was awarded by the judges to the outstanding landscape, showing the Remarkables, entered by Miss E. Jeans (Dunedin). They are two singularly artistic pieces of work in a notable exhibition. The photographs will be on display till Friday.



13th November 1929  Page 12 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20331
14th November 1929  Page 15 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20874

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
On Monday evening Mr. Eric James, of the White Star Company, gave a most interesting lecture, illustrated by a fine collection of slides, at the rooms of the Dunedin Photographic Society. Views of the mountainous country of North-west Otago were shown, and also of the trip from Makarora through the Haast Pass to South Westland. This trip is done on horseback on a good track through most delightful forest and mountain scenery, and should prove in the near future to be one of the most popular trips in the dominion. It is also a sportman's paradise, deer, fish, and bird life abounding. The views shown of the Fox and Franz Joseph Glaciers, and also of the Copeland Pass and Mount Cook and Mount Tasman were much admired by the large audience present. Mr. Dawson presided at the lantern.



28th November 1929  Page 17 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20886

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society held its half-yearly exhibition of photographs on Monday evening last.

CHAMPIONSHIP: O. LOLL	LANDSCAPE:				MARINE:	PORTRAIT:
	FIRST: O. Loll	SECOND: Dr Tizard	THIRD: Dr Tizard	HON. MENTION: P. Beck	FIRST: F. Mitchell	FIRST: F. Mitchell	SECOND: G.S. Erwin	HON. MENTION: Miss Bagley

10th April 1930  Page 14 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20456

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANNUAL MEETING
The 1930 Annual Meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society will be held in the Club Rooms, 3 Liverpool street, on MONDAY, the 14th April.

Business: Election of Officers for the ensuing year.

Intending Members, now is the time to join.

Write for Application Form to the Secretary,
Dunedin Photographic Society,
3 Liverpool street.



17th April 1930  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21004

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on Monday evening at the club rooms. No.3 Liverpool street, Mr. W.B. Seymour presiding over a good attendance of memIn moving the adoption of the annual report and balance sheet, which showed a very satisfactory financial position, the president complimented the society on the work carried out during the year. ilm membership of the society stood at over 90. Mr. Seymour said that a specially noteworthy success achieved had been Urn winning of the New Zealand mter-club photographic competition, which was open to nil photographic societies in the Dominion. The reports were adopted.

Prizes for the year were presented to Mr. O. Loll (champion picture); Miss E.B. Jeans, Miss Bagley, Messrs Frank Mitchell (2), G.T. Erwin (2), G.T. Palmer, and F. Mayne. During the evening four new members were elected.

CHARLES BATHURST
1st Viscount Bledisloe
GCMG, KBE, PC

Born 21st September 1867 London, United Kingdom
Died 3rd July 1958 (aged 90) Lydney, Gloucestershire, United Kingdom

4th GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF NEW ZEALAND
19th March 1930 – 15th March 1935

ROBERT SHERIFF BLACK

Born 1868, Liverpool, United Kingdom
Died 4th January 1939, Dunedin, New Zealand

MAYOR of DUNEDIN
1929 - 1933

30th April 1930
Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21013
Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20471

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
On Monday evening Mr. E.H. Ombler gave a very interesting lecture to the members of the Dunedin Photographic Society on “Pictorial Photography in the Tyrol”. Mr. Ombler, assisted by Mr. K.H. Shea, illustrated the superiority of panchromatic plates and films. At the close of the meeting, which was largely attended, both gentlemen received a very hearty vote of thanks for the entertainment provided.



14th May 1930  Page 10 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21025

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
There was a good attendance at the clubrooms of the Dunedin Photographic Society on Monday evening, when Mr. W.B. Seymour gave one of a series of lectures on “Panchromatic Plates and Films”. Mr. Seymour is always interesting, and his lecture was much appreciated by those present.

During the evening the president announced that the Dunedin Society had received the highest award for the best collective exhibit of photography in the amateur photographer’s overseas competition, held in London recently. This competition is open to all the photographic societies in the British dominions overseas, and it was particularly gratifying that the Dunedin Society should win it at the first attempt. Individual members of the Dunedin Society also did remarkably well, the following awards being made:

1929 COLONIAL PHOTOGRAPHIC COMPETITION: conducted by the "AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHER" magazine from London DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
SILVER PLAQUE:	BRONZE PLAQUES:				CERTIFICATES OF MERIT:
Miss Una Garlick	Mrs M.C. Ball	George Chance	F. Mitchell	G.S. Erwin	Mrs M.C. Ball	Miss E.B. Jeans	H. Gardner	J. Treloar	T.A. Dawson	Dr Tizard

15th May 1930  Volume 37 Number 5 - Page 241
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
REV. H.O. FENTON FRPS
Last year, our London contributor, Rev. Fenton, was again appointed one of the three representatives of the Royal Photographic Society on the Committee of the Affiliation with a mandate to look after the interests of Societies in this part of the world. Under the new system of alliance of practically all the Photographic Federations and Unions, the old Affiliation has merged into the "Central Association”. Before the Council of the Royal Photographic Society met to appoint its delegates, Rev. Fenton was elected by the affiliated clubs on to the Committee of the new body, but we may be quite sure he will still do his best for the clubs overseas.



28th May 1930
Page 13 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21037
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20495

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society held its fortnightly meeting at the club rooms on Monday evening, when Mr. D.Y. Erwin gave a demonstration of the development of Panchromatic plates, this being the final of a series of lectures relating to Panchromatic work.

Mr. Erwin showed some excellent examples of pictures produced by these plates, and great interest was shown by the large attendance of members.

The half-yearly exhibition of pictures was on view, the first awards in each section being as follows:

SENIOR LANDSCAPE: Miss E.B. Jeans

SENIOR PORTRAIT: Mr. P. Beck

JUNIOR LANDSCAPE: Mr. D.Y. Erwin

JUNIOR PORTRAIT: Mr. G.D. Anderson

12th June 1930  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21050

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
On Monday evening the members of the Dunedin Photographic Society were the guests of Messrs H. and G.K. Neill, of George street, when there a very large attendance.

After being divided into two parties on account of the large number, the members were shown the working of a modern and up-to-date developing and printing establishment. The parties were conducted through the various rooms by Messrs Pryor and Ombler, who thoroughly explained the various processes. Beginning with the handing of exposed films over the counter, and showing the method of marking and identifying the films, the parties were then taken to the developing room, where some films were developed, fixed, and washed. The films were then dried in large heated cabinets, after which they were taken to the printing room and expeditiously printed by expert assistants. The prints were then developed, fixed, and washed, and put through the drying machine, which dried and also glazed them in the space of a few minutes. Great interest was taken in this machine, it being one of the latest and most efficient in use. A machine for the printing of commercial postcards received particular notice. This printed 1000 postcards per hour and did its work perfectly and automatically. A fine automatic enlarger was also in use and some enlargements were made from films that some of the members had brought with them to be developed, the demonstrators generously presenting these to the owners.

After the demonstrations the firm very thoughtfully provided refreshments, a very pleasant conclusion to a most enjoyable evening. Mr. Seymour, the President of the society, complimented the firm on its excellent equipment and moved a very hearty vote of thanks to the firm and its staff, which was carried unanimously.



27th August 1930  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21115

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Some very interesting demonstrations of photography by artificial light were given by Mr. S. Earland at the rooms of the Dunedin Photographic Society on Monday evening. The demonstrator showed some excellent photographs taken by himself by artificial light, and explained how they were obtained. He then photographed various groups by different methods, and explained each thoroughly. Members present were surprised at the simplicity of what is generally considered to be a difficult branch of photography. Mr. Earland received a very, hearty vote of thanks at the close of his demonstration.

Earlier in the month Miss E.B. Jeans, who is one of the leading pictorial photographers in the Dominion, gave a demonstration of the re-development and toning of bromide prints, and showed what could be accomplished by a skillful worker.



13th October 1930  Page 11 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20613
15th October 1930  Page 11 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20615

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
3 Liverpool street (South British Buildings).

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

Collection of Pictures which won the Overseas Competition in London recently,

TUESDAY, WEDNESDAY, THURSDAY, AND FRIDAY, THIS WEEK
Afternoons 2.30pm to 4.30pm, Evenings 7.30pm to 9.30pm.

Silver coin admission.



14th October 1930  Page 12 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20614

PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION OF CLUB WORK
ALSO COLLECTION THAT WON IN LONDON
This afternoon the Dunedin Photographic Society opened at its rooms in Liverpool street an exhibition that is of interest not only in Otago, but throughout New Zealand and far afield.

It is primarily the annual-club exhibition of the work of members. There are fifty-nine pictures, all of a high standard — nothing for which excuses need be made. Mr. A.H. O’Keeffe has judged this collection.

The senior class is of views of New Zealand. Miss E.B. Jeans gets first award for 'Misty Morning', a scene taken from the top of Flagstaff. Second award goes to F. Mitchell for a pastoral, and to Mrs M.C. Ball for a landscape of hillside and trees, they being adjudged equal. Mr. Mitchell lives in Nelson, but is a member of the Dunedin Club. He is also the winner in the portrait section, being first and second.

In the junior class, also devoted to New Zealand subjects, G. Anderson is first with a scene on the Clutha River, and second with a good study of the bridge.

The open class is for any member, the subjects being outside of New Zealand. Mrs Oliver (of Albert street) takes first award with the view of a street in Bruges, and third award with another Bruges study. P. Beck is placed second with a scene in Port Said.

OVERSEAS COLLECTION
On a wall by itself is the collection of exhibits by the Dunedin Photographic Society that were sent to London for the overseas competition there. In past years Melbourne and Sydney have swept the board in that competition. Last year the Dunedin Society entered for the first time and won. It is the first win for New Zealand. No wonder the society is proud of it. The collection numbers forty-seven pieces, contributed by nine members — Mrs B.M. Gibson, Miss E.B. Jeans, Messrs D. Sherriff, G, Chance, G.S. Erwin, C.A. Weedon, T.A. Dawson, H.H. Gardner, and W.B. Seymour. The studies were not judged individually, but as a collection. It is one in which there is not a weak spot. Surely it is a historic triumph to win in London against competitors who previously stood practically unchallengeable.

Visitors to this exhibition will be pleased to note that our photographers have exploited the beauty of New Zealand in all its manifestations, with particular respect to its natural endowments. In other words, landscapes preponderate, portraits and story views being introduced but not featured.



15th October 1930  Page 11 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21157

PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The annual exhibition of work of members of the Dunedin Photographic Society was opened yesterday in the society’s rooms, when one of the best collections of pictures ever submitted was to be seen. There were about 60 pictures in the various sections, and considerable merit was evidenced in every exhibit. Mr. A.H. O’Keefe judged the entries.

There were some excellent pictures in the junior class for landscapes, Mr. G.D. Anderson gaining first and second awards and Mr. E.B. Macdonald third.

The open class for pictures taken beyond New Zealand was won by Mrs C. Oliver, who also gained third place, Mr. P. Beck taking the second award.

In the senior class for portraits, Mr. P. Mitchell (Nelson) was awarded first and second places, and Miss E. Turnbull was third.

The seascapes class for juniors was a small one, but the exhibits were all of a high standard. Mr. P. Mitchell took first, second, and third awards.

The senior landscapes class was probably the most closely contested of all. Miss E.B. Jeans and Dr Tizard tied for first place, and Mrs M.C. Ball and Mr. F. Mitchell were equal for second place.

There were some excellent action pictures in the general section in which the first award went to Dr Tizard with a very effective photograph of logs being hauled in the bush, the second award being taken by Mr. F. Mitchell, whose entry was a quarry scene.

Also on exhibition were the pictures, numbering 52, which were sent to the 1929-30 exhibition in London. The club gained no fewer than 11 awards in this contest, notable amongst them being the work of Mrs M.C. Ball, Miss E.B. Jeans, and a picture made by Mr. George Chance, which attracted favorable comment in many quarters.

The exhibition will be open again to-day.



17th October 1930  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21159

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual exhibition held by the Dunedin Photographic Society again afforded a pleasant half-hour’s entertainment for those who visited the club rooms yesterday, and every visitor was delighted with the work that was on exhibition. The various sections, with their many different subjects, offered a wealth of variety, the junior classes particularly attracting the interest of the visitors. The panel consisting of the photographs which were sent to London to compete in the 1929-30 Colonial Photographic competition, was also the subject of considerable comment. The exhibition will be open again this afternoon and evening.



18th October 1930  Page 23 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21160

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual exhibition of the work of the members of the Dunedin Photographic Society was concluded last evening, the visitors to the society’s rooms, where the exhibition is being held, being greatly impressed by the quality of the pictures shown. Throughout the time the exhibition has been open all the visitors have commented favorably on the photographs, and the exhibition as a whole is a considered to have been one of the best the society has held.



31st October 1930Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21171Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20629

At a meeting of the Council of the Otago Art Society on Wednesday evening, it was reported that there were over 330 oils and. water colors from all parts of New Zealand ready for hanging. This represents a gratifying response to the activities of the society, and promises well for the success of the exhibition, which is to open on November 7th, in the Pioneer Hall. Besides the usual oils and water colors, there are to be exhibited examples of commercial art, sculpture, architectural drawing, and crafts, and the Dunedin Photographic Society is co-operating by showing the selection of photographs which won such pleasing recognition in London early in the year.



10th November 1930  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21179
11th November 1930  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21180

The Otago Art Society’s exhibition of pictures in the old Art Gallery in Cumberland street was well attended on Saturday. There are over 300 oil and watercolor paintings, as well as a large number of exhibits in black and white, lino cuts, posters, designs, sculptures, miniatures, and specimens of arts and crafts work. Considerable attention was given to the special exhibits — the Van Dyck and Franz Hals portraits, the Whistler pastel of a view in Venice, and the three examples of the work of Benito Quinquela Martin, an Argentine artist. Fijian camera studies and a collection of photographs from the Dunedin Photographic Society add to the attractions.



29th November 1930  Page 14 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20654

The Otago Art Society’s annual exhibition.

To present a critical review of the photographic sections is not our intention, but we cannot close this series of articles without some reference to these exhibits.

As stated in the catalog, this is a collection of photographs by the Dunedin Photographic Society which received the premier award in the Colonial and Overseas Competition held in London in 1929. Those responsible for the collection are to be commended, and Dunedin should know and feel proud that it has a band of enthusiasts who can turn out work second to none in the world. This exhibit represents the fruits of unremitting toil and fervid enthusiasm and a tribute must be paid to these people who “work in the dark”, as well as to those artists who give time, art, and material that such exhibitions may take place. Pictorial photography is now recognized as being on a par with the older arts, and will ultimately result in developing a body of photographers who will be great enough to respond to whatever call the community may make upon it.

Of outstanding interest is a study by James Treloar of A.H, O’Keeffe, entitled ‘A Veteran Artist'. This was reproduced in "The Amateur Photographer", together with an article dealing with ‘Pictorial Analysis', which met with appreciation.



5th December 1930  Page 14 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21201

The annual meeting of the North Otago Arts Society was held last night. Mr. Robert Milligan presided over a good attendance of members.

It was decided to hold a sketch exhibition, together with a display of photographs, from December 9th to 16th in the old Mechanics Institute building. The secretary reported that he had received a splendid collection of oils and water colors for the exhibition from the Otago Society, and also an excellent collection from the Dunedin Photographic Society, which had received the premier award in the Colonial and Overseas Competition in London, supplemented by 45 other photographs, including the works of Mr. George Chance FRPS.



16th December 1930  Page 13 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21210

The North Otago Arts Society has continued in its good work, especially in its encouragement of local artists, by its first sketch and photographic exhibition held in the old Mechanics Institute building. The canvases and photographs were shown to good advantage, and in the exhibition were many delightful pictures that afforded great pleasure to the visitor.

In the photographic section were some wonderful examples of pictorial art that enchanted and delighted the spectator Mr. George Chance FRPS, exhibited some 30 landscape studies that were remarkable examples of this artist’s work. One could spend hours in viewing his pictures, which are so rich in tone.

It would be difficult to single out photographs, as they all have their artistic appeal, but perhaps "Old Cottages, Bibury", “A Vista Thro’ the Trees”, “Franz Josef Glacier" and "The Ever Restless Seas” were of outstanding merit. Other photographs by G.M. Gibson, E.B. Jeans, P. Beck, H.H. Gardner, G.S. Irwin, D.J. Sherriff, and others completed a very fine collection on loan from the Dunedin Photographic Society. The opinion has been offered that “Willows”, by F. Mitchell, was the finest example of photographic art in the exhibition. One would not like to gainsay that, as “Willows” was certainly a wonderfully fine photograph but there were a few others in the exhibition that must be classed in the same flight of photographic art, and it would indeed be difficult to single one out for premier distinction. “Sunset” and “Fir”, by L.H. Sumpter, were two splendid photographs by a local artist that were delightful pictures with an appeal as strong as any in the exhibition. Other local exhibits by C. Piper and Miss B.M. Milligan were also very meritorious, and, indeed, the local photographs compare very favorably with those exhibited from Dunedin.



20th March 1931  Page 9 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21289

OBITUARY

Mr. JOSEPH SKOTTOWE WEBB
Mr. Joseph Skottowe Webb, whose death occurred on Tuesday at Christchurch, was born in Dunedin, and was educated at the Otago Boys High School. After being for several years engaged in the civil engineering department of the construction of the Otago and Southland railways, he joined the service of the National Insurance Company, subsequently rising to the position of manager, which he held until his retirement in 1924, when he took up his residence in Christchurch. Mr. Webb was an enthusiastic photographer, and besides being a successful exhibitor he acted for some years as Hon.Secretary of the Dunedin Photographic Society. He also organized and carried out several successful inter-colonial exhibitions of photography. He was a prominent Freemason, in which Order he rose to the position of grand master of the English Constitution in Otago. He also took a keen interest in the affairs of the Anglican Church, and on several occasions he held a seat on the synod.



11th April 1931  Page 14 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20765

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society will be held on Monday night.



11th April 1931  Page 16 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20765

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL MEETING AND ELECTION OF OFFICERS

MONDAY, 13th April, at 8pm.

All amateur photographers should join this society. Inquire of Secretary for particulars.



14th April 1931  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20767

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
YEAR OF PROGRESS
Considerable progress during the year was reported at the annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, held in the club rooms, Liverpool street, last night, Mr. W.B. Seymour presiding over a large attendance of members.

ANNUAL REPORT
The annual report of the committee stated: The number of members now stands at sixty-one full members, twenty honorary and non-resident, and two life members, making a total of eighty-three. Of this number ten are new members, while resignations and removals total fourteen. The committee has been able to maintain its finance in a sound condition. The year has been free from any call for repairs, the club property being in good order and condition.

In continuance of the committee’s decision to reorganize and improve the library, a sum of money has been set aside for the purchase of a number of new books. Early in the year the committee inaugurated a fund to establish a trophy for the best picture of the year. This has now reached finality, the proposal of the Committee being to secure a large plaque with a large base for the club room. Each year the winner’s name will be inscribed on it, and a small edition of same will be presented to the successful member. The society is indebted to the Art Society for the opportunity given to participate in its first exhibition in November last. Fortunately we had available the excellent collection of pictures which won the overseas competition. These were remounted by members at very short notice and shown under glass. The exhibit was thus shown to best advantage, and received very favorable comment from many who had not seen our work before.

The half-yearly and annual exhibitions held during the past year were not as well supported by members as we should have liked, although some very good work was shown. Mr. A.H. O’Keeffe has continued to judge our work in his usual capable manner. In recognition of his long years of honorary service, the committee made a small presentation to Mr. O’Keeffe, which he much appreciated.

The Dunedin Society again won the Inter-club competition held during last year. There has been much disappointment over the non-appearance of these pictures. This is the first time since the inception of this competition that there has been any trouble over the circulation of the pictures, and we sincerely hope that this year's competition will be conducted in a more satisfactory manner. The Invercargill Camera Club has been requested to conduct this year’s competition.

The executive thanks all those who gave lectures and demonstrations during the past year. These were varied and interesting, and much appreciated by members. The ladies of the Social Committee carried out their duties in their usual capable manner, the success of the meetings being due largely to their efforts. Mrs Dawson is specially mentioned for her good work in this respect.

In commenting on the annual report and balance-sheet, the Chairman said that the society had again had a very successful year, the feature of which was the fact that the club for the fifth year in succession had won the Inter-club competition for a collection of pictures. The meetings had been well attended, and the committee had arranged a pleasant set of meetings and some good instruction classes for the ensuing year. In Mr. D.Y. Erwin the society had a very good treasurer, who had raised the society’s finances to a very satisfactory level. The report was adopted.

On behalf of last year’s junior members, Mr. G.D. Anderson expressed appreciation of the work done by Mr. T.A. Dawson in connection with the instruction class.



14th July 1931
Page 9 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21386
Page 11 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20844

EXHIBITION OF PHOTOGRAPHS
NEW ZEALAND INTERCLUB COMPETITION

At the Clubrooms

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

TO-DAY (TUESDAY) TILL FRIDAY OF THIS WEEK.
Evenings 7.30pm till 9pm.



14th July 1931  Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20844

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society will hold an exhibition of photographs at its club house, 3 Liverpool street, from to-night till Friday. The public are invited.



23rd October 1931  Page 11 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21473

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
There was a good attendance of members at the annual exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society, held on Monday evening. Eighty-seven prints were on view, and the quality of the pictures was well up to the high standard set by the society in the past.

An interesting feature of the meeting was a talk on the early days of the society by Mr. Crosby Morris, one of the pioneer members of the club, which was formed in March, 1890. Mr. S. Earland also spoke on the club’s early history, and Mr. F.B. Smith, another pioneer member, presented to the society a photograph of the original promoters.

This year a collection of prints by members of the club is being forwarded to the “Overseas” competition to be held in London, and these pictures were also on view.

A lantern slide competition was held in conjunction with the annual exhibition, and these slides were shown on the screen during the evening. The following is the list of awards:

LANTERN SLIDES:		AUTOCHROMES:		ADVANCED SECTION: LANDSCAPE:			ADVANCED SECTION: GENERAL:		INTERMEDIATE SECTION: LANDSCAPE:
FIRST: Miss E. Turnbull	SECOND: Mr. T. Dawson	FIRST: Dr Tizard	SECOND: Mr. S. Earland	FIRST: Miss E.B. Jeans	SECOND: F. Mayne	HON. MENTION: F. Mayne	FIRST EQUAL: P. Beck Dr Tizard	HON. MENTION: E. M’Bride	FIRST: G.D. Anderson	SECOND: G. Jackson	HON. MENTION: R. Throp
INTERMEDIATE SECTION: GENERAL:		JUNIOR SECTION: LANDSCAPE:			JUNIOR SECTION: GENERAL:			OPEN SECTION:
FIRST: R. Throp	HON. MENTION: G.D. Anderson	FIRST: Miss D. Matheson	SECOND: Miss L.E. Winton	HON. MENTION: Miss L.E. Winton	FIRST: Miss D. Matheson	SECOND: L. Blackman	HON. MENTION: Miss L.E. Winton	FIRST: W.B. Seymour	SECOND: W.B. Seymour	HON. MENTION: Mrs Oliver

2nd November 1931
Page 5 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21481
Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20939

ART SOCIETY'S EXHIBITION
The Otago Art Society’s 1931 Exhibition, which will be opened in the Pioneers Hall on Saturday next, promises to be exceptionally successful. Nearly 600 works have been submitted. These include oils and water colors, examples of commercial art, architectural drawings, a special exhibit by the Dunedin Photographic Society, etchings, sculpture, drawings, and craft work. It is gratifying to see the splendid support from northern societies. Auckland sent 79 pictures, Wellington over 100, Canterbury over 100, and Wanganui 25. Selection has already been carried out, and arrangements are well in hand to complete hanging in time for the members private view on Friday evening. The society is to be congratulated in securing the first public view of Fred Whiting’s R.A., recent portrait of Sir Thomas Sidey. Everything points to a most successful exhibition.



20th April 1932  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 21082

AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHY
DUNEDIN'S HIGH STANDARD
The high standard of artistry and efficiency attained by amateur photographers of Dunedin is evidenced by the large number of awards which have come here as a result of the 1931 competition run by "The Amateur Photographer”.

This journal states that the entries far exceeded those of previous years, and indicated the widespread interest in the art existing in all parts of the British Empire. Entries came from Australia, Malay, India, Egypt, Canada, New Zealand, and South Africa.

The New Zealand awards are as follow:
SILVER PLAQUES: George Chance (Dunedin).
BRONZE PLAQUES: R. Throp, J.D. Dawson, and G.D. Anderson all from the Dunedin Photographic Society.
CERTIFICATES OF MERIT: F.L. Casbolt, Christchurch Photographic Society, A.C. Armstrong, Dr G.S. Erwin, P. Beck, Una Garlick, Mrs Ball, Eana B. Jeans, Dr Tizard , L. Bagley, D.Y. Erwin, E.H. Ombler all from the Dunedin Photographic Society, and H.E. Gaze (Hamilton).

In this last group the Dunedin Photographic Society captured ten out of the total of thirty-three awards.



17th May 1932
Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21646
Page 10 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 21104

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The fortnightly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held at the society's rooms, Liverpool street, on Monday, May 9. The president (Mr. P. Beck) presided over a large number of members. In his opening remarks the chairman drew the attention of the members to the beginners classes which would be starting shortly.

The lecture for the evening was a talk on Cine Kodak work by Mr. Mackersey, who demonstrated the various features of the camera, the use of special lenses, and the technique of Kodacolor.

A number of very fine films featuring local beauty spots, and also charming views of Lake Wanaka and district were then projected. Of all the reels shown, the gem of the evening was a fine Kodacolor reel showing the glorious tints of autumn in and around Wanaka. The lovely autumn shades on the poplar trees figured against the blue of the lake were very natural.

Mr. Mackersey was accorded a very hearty vote of thanks for such an interesting evening. Supper was served by the Social Committee.



16th June 1932  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21672

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
FORTNIGHTLY MEETING
The last two fortnightly meetings of the Dunedin Photographic Society, held in the rooms, Liverpool street, reported excellent attendances.

The meeting held on May 23 consisted of an account by members as to how they made their exhibition pictures. It was also the evening when the half-yearly exhibition of members pictures were displayed. The president (Mr. P. Beck) commented on the excellent display in all sections. Evidence of the beginners class tuition of last year was noticeable in the junior section, some of the prints in this section showing almost flawless technique. The work in the intermediate and senior sections was of an even character, no outstanding work being displayed. The pictures were judged by the society’s honorary judge (Mr. A.H. O’Keeffe), the following members receiving first awards:

SENIOR: LANDSCAPE:	SENIOR: PORTRAIT:	SENIOR: MARINE:	SENIOR: GENERAL:	INTERMEDIATE: LANDSCAPE:	JUNIOR: LANDSCAPE:
FIRST: Miss E.B. Jeans	FIRST: G.D. Anderson	FIRST: A.C. Armstrong	FIRST: Miss E.B. Jeans	FIRST: J.G. Johnston	FIRST: C.S. Dickson

A visitor to the society, Mr. Rae, gave a short talk on art as applied in pictorial photography and a criticism of various pictures exhibited. The members were keenly interested, and his criticisms were appreciated. The speaker urged members to model their works (as far as lighting and composition wore concerned) on the lines of famous painters.

At the second meeting held on Monday, June 13, a lecture was given by the president (Mr. P. Beck), who took as his subject “Night Photography”. The lecturer drew the attention of members to the beauties of the lighting and atmosphere under good conditions. Lighted doorways and buildings at night often presented more appeal than by daylight. Some excellent effects could be obtained on wet evenings by reflected light on roadways. Two excellent examples of night photography which had been exhibited in past years by members were King Edward Technical College (by Mr. D. Sherriff) and the Railway Station (by Miss B.M. Gibson). Mr. Beck advised members as regards exposure and development of photographs taken at night, and also the necessity of watching light from any passing traffic. Such traffic would have the effect of making streaks of light across the picture. Mr. Beck exhibited some of his own night photographs. The lecturer answered numerous questions, and a very hearty vote of thanks was accorded to him for his interesting lecture.



29th June 1932  Page 11 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 21141

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The second meeting of the month of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the rooms of the society, Liverpool street, on Monday evening, when Mr. Russell Clark gave a most interesting and instructive lecture on ‘Pictorial Composition'. The lecturer showed by means of sketches and diagrams the effect of good balance and lines in a picture, together with the correct placing of objects of interest. He also pointed out faults prevalent in pictures which had been exhibited, and members should greatly benefit by his criticisms when attempting pictorial work in the future.

Mr. Clark handled his subject in an able manner, and was accorded a hearty vote of thanks at the close of the meeting.



27th July 1932
Page 5 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21707
Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 21165

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the first meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society for the current month Mr. T.A. Dawson gave an interesting talk on the toning of photographs by various methods. Some of these methods were totally new to members, and the samples of work done by the different processes were both varied and attractive. Mr. Dawson had spent a great deal of time in preparing prints to illustrate his talk, and this was fully appreciated by all present.

On Monday last some very fine moving and still pictures were shown of a trip through the Landsborough Valley from Westland to the Hermitage at Mount Cook. These were supplemented by views of magnificent mountain scenery in Western Otago. The trip through the Landsborough was made by a party of three, consisting of Messrs R. Ellis, J. Aitken, and A.V. Bowden. Mr. Aitken’s description of the country was listened to by a very appreciative audience, and the pictures, particularly the lantern slides, which were the work of Mr. Bowden, were much, admired for their pictorial and technical excellence. Mr. M‘Donald, who presided at the lantern, by his skillful manipulation contributed very largely to the success of the evening’s entertainment. Those responsible for the excellent program were accorded a very hearty vote of thanks.



24th August 1932  Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 21189
25th August 1932  Page 9 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21732

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The fortnightly meetings of the Dunedin Photographic Society continue to be well attended, and are always of a sociable nature. At the first meeting of the month Mr. S. Earland gave a demonstration of photography by artificial light. Mr. Earland excels in this branch of photography, and his demonstration was both interesting and enjoyable.

At the close of the meeting Mr. Cuthbert look a flashlight photograph of the members present, and surprised all by producing prints a few minutes later — a smart bit of work.

An excellent show of portraits by Miss Dorothy Wilding, of London, was on view on the walls of the clubroom, and greatly admired for their artistic merit and suitability of mounting.

Mr. D.Y. Krwin, who is a successful worker with panchromatic films, on Monday last showed the means by which the best results could be obtained in development of these films. He also showed the method of development of color plates, and outlined the progress of photography from its earliest stages. Mr. Erwin handled his subject ably.

A straight print and also a night photograph competition was held for prizes generously donated by Mrs Oliver, and attracted numerous entries. The results were:

STRAIGHT PRINTS:		NIGHT PHOTOGRAPHS:
FIRST: J.G. Johnston	SECOND: A.C. Armstrong	FIRST: Miss E. Turnbull	SECOND: Miss N. Taylor

19th October 1932
Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 21237
Page 12 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21779

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual exhibition of photographs by members of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on Monday evening, when Mr. Beck presided over a large gathering of members and their friends. There were over 60 exhibits on the walls, and the awards were as follow:

CHAMPIONSHIP C.W. WEEDON		SENIOR: LANDSCAPE:			SENIOR: GENERAL:			SENIOR: STILL LIFE:
		FIRST: C.W. Weedon	SECOND: C.W. Weedon	HON. MENTION: Mrs. Oliver	FIRST: J.G. Johnston	SECOND: R. Throp	HON. MENTION: Miss L. Bagley	FIRST: A.C. Armstrong	SECOND: Mrs. O. Loll	HON. MENTION: Mrs. O. Loll
SENIOR: PORTRAIT:			SENIOR: MARINE:			SENIOR: OVERSEAS:		INTERMEDIATE: LANDSCAPE:
FIRST: C.W. Weedon	SECOND: J.G. Johnston	HON. MENTION: C.W. Weedon	FIRST: T.A. Dawson	SECOND: J.G. Johnston	HON. MENTION: P. Beck	FIRST: Mrs. Oliver	SECOND: Mrs. Oliver	FIRST: C.W. Weedon	SECOND: C.W. Weedon	HON. MENTION: Mrs. Oliver
INTERMEDIATE: GENERAL:		JUNIOR: LANDSCAPE:		JUNIOR: MARINE:		JUNIOR: GENERAL:		JUNIOR: PORTRAIT:
FIRST: J.G. Johnston	SECOND: R. Throp	FIRST: G. Riley	SECOND: G. Brent	FIRST: G. Brent	SECOND: Miss N. Taylor	FIRST: Miss J. Nevill	SECOND: Miss N. Taylor	FIRST: Miss N. Taylor	SECOND: Miss J. Nevill	HON. MENTION: Miss N. Taylor

During the evening the judge (Mr. G. Chance) criticized each exhibit separately and pointed out the merits or faults pictorially or technically as occasion arose. Mr. Chance, whose own photographs are so favorably known both throughout the Dominion and overseas, gave a straightforward criticism which should tend to improve the future work of members of the society, and his awards gave general satisfaction. Mr. Russell Clark supplemented Mr. Chance’s criticisms, his remarks emphasizing the importance of good composition.



15th November 1932  Page 9 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 21260
17th November 1932  Page 11 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 21262

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

NEW ZEALAND INTERCLUB PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION, 1932

Photographs from all parts of New Zealand.

Tuesday, 15th, to Saturday, November 19.
Afternoons, 2pm to 4pm; Evenings, 7pm to 9pm.

All amateur photographers cordially invited.



18th November 1932  Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 21263

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Local photographers and students are thankful for the pleasure and the teaching supplied by the exhibition of the inter-club collections in the rooms of the Dunedin Photographic Society, Liverpool street. The judges awards as set out in detail on each picture, show that in the opinion of those exports the work is of a high standard. In the Auckland collection the winner of the cup, only one exhibit, is given fewer than 80 marks out of a possible 100; in the Invercargill collection (second) all but two get 80 or over; and the Dunedin collection (third), has the same ratio of merit. High marking by judges does not always mean much more than the adoption of a high scale; but in regard to their exhibition the judgment of those who have seen it in Dunedin is that the judges have found really superior work that justifies a lofty percentage of marks. The exhibition remains open till to-morrow night.



29th November 1932  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 21272

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The recent exhibition of New Zealand photographs that was held in Dunedin satisfied the Dunedin Photographic Society in every way. It served to stimulate and instruct amateurs who are still at the student stage, and it will in all likelihood lead to the enrollment of more members. Already this, the oldest society of its kind in New Zealand, has a very steady membership of close on eighty, mostly amateurs. In the last two years the first award at the annual peripatetic exhibitions has been won by Auckland. Prior to that Dunedin won it five years running. It may also be recalled that two years ago Dunedin won the prize in the competition conducted by the ‘Amateur Photographer' for the best overseas collection from the British dominions. This year Dunedin did not enter for that competition, thinking that the work as a whole was not quite up to the standard of two years ago. Possibly that was an excess of modesty, for (as announced yesterday) word is now received that Mr. George Chance, of Dunedin, has had four of his camera studies hung in the Paris Photographic Salon of 1932.



1st December 1932  Page 9 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 21274
2nd December 1932  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21817

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The final meeting of the year of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the club rooms, and was well attended. The subject for the evening was ‘Photographic Wrinkles', given by various members of the society. Many cheap and useful contrivances were shown, and some very good hints were given to members, the evening being voted a great success. At the previous meeting Mr. G. Jackson gave a lecture on ‘Yachting Photography', and demonstrated his lecture by the means of a model yacht. The lecturer made his subject very interesting, and explained the meaning of various nautical terms, also showing the best position to photograph. At the close of the meeting Mr. Jackson was accorded a very hearty vote of thanks.



1st December 1932  Page 9 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 21274

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
At the December council meeting discussion resulted in the society officially recognizing pictorial photography as one of the fine arts. It was decided to accept photographers as full working members of the society on the usual conditions regarding quality of work submitted. Photographs have always been displayed in the society’s exhibitions, and that has been done through the Dunedin Photographic Society, and the exhibit has been arranged, hung, and cataloged by that body. Now, however, photographers have the privilege of exhibiting framed copies of their work which will be priced and offered for sale. The Dunedin Photographic Society will still hang their own exhibits, but these will not be for sale.



15th February 1933  Page 84 - Volume 40 Number 2 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the recent annual exhibition of photographs by members of the Dunedin Photographic Society there were over sixty exhibits on the walls, and the awards were as follow:

CHAMPIONSHIP C.W. WEEDON		SENIOR: LANDSCAPE:			SENIOR: GENERAL:			SENIOR: STILL LIFE:
		FIRST: C.W. Weedon	SECOND: C.W. Weedon	HON. MENTION: Mrs. Oliver	FIRST: J.G. Johnston	SECOND: R. Throp	HON. MENTION: Miss L. Bagley	FIRST: A.C. Armstrong	SECOND: Mrs. O. Loll	HON. MENTION: Mrs. O. Loll
SENIOR: PORTRAIT:			SENIOR: MARINE:			SENIOR: OVERSEAS:		INTERMEDIATE: LANDSCAPE:
FIRST: C.W. Weedon	SECOND: J.G. Johnston	HON. MENTION: C.W. Weedon	FIRST: T.A. Dawson	SECOND: J.G. Johnston	HON. MENTION: P. Beck	FIRST: Mrs. Oliver	SECOND: Mrs. Oliver	FIRST: C.W. Weedon	SECOND: C.W. Weedon	HON. MENTION: Mrs. Oliver
INTERMEDIATE: GENERAL:		JUNIOR: LANDSCAPE:		JUNIOR: MARINE:		JUNIOR: GENERAL:		JUNIOR: PORTRAIT:
FIRST: J.G. Johnston	SECOND: R. Throp	FIRST: G. Riley	SECOND: G. Brent	FIRST: G. Brent	SECOND: Miss N. Taylor	FIRST: Miss J. Nevill	SECOND: Miss N. Taylor	FIRST: Miss N. Taylor	SECOND: Miss J. Nevill	HON. MENTION: Miss N. Taylor

During the evening the judge, Mr. G. Chance, FRPS, criticized each exhibit separately and pointed out the merits or faults pictorially or technically as occasion arose.

Mr. Russell Clark supplemented Mr. Chance’s criticisms, his remarks emphasizing the importance of good composition.



1st April 1933  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21918

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The fortnightly meetings for March of the Dunedin Photographic Society were held on 13th and 27th March. At the meeting on 13th March the lecturer was Mr. W.B. Seymour, the process demonstrated being Oleobrom. This process is a new one as far as New Zealand photography is concerned and is an elaboration of Bromoil. The lecturer was thanked for his lecture and demonstration. The monthly competition was also on display, the set subject being “Street Scene”. A large number of entries, all of excellent technique and pictorial ability, were shown. Miss E.B. Jeans’s picture, depicting a pictorial rendering of street repairing, proved the winner. The competition served to show the hidden beauties of many streets in Dunedin. At the second meeting, held on 27th March, a record number of members and friends enjoyed a pleasant two hours demonstration given by Mr. Mackersey, of the Kodak Company. Cini films shown included local news reels and glimpses of the Southern Lakes. Mr. Mackersey outlined the technique of taking moving pictures with the Kodak Sixteen Millimetre camera. He also explained and demonstrated a film taken with what is known as the "double eight". This camera, he said, took a film which measured only five millimetres or about three-sixteenths of an inch, yet it was projected to give a picture 5 feet by 3 feet. This particular film was a study of a child at play. Another feature of the evening was the excellent sound effects and music accompanying the projection. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. Mackersey and supper was dispensed by the Social Committee.



18th APRIL 1933
Page 9 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXV, ISSUE 90

NEW ZEALAND PHOTOGRAPHY
EXHIBITION IN LONDON
(From "The Post's" Representative.)
LONDON, March 8.
An interesting exhibition of pictorial photography is now being held at the Royal Photographic Society Gallery in Russell Square. The exhibits are a selection from the Auckland Camera Club, Hamilton Photographic Circle, Hororata Camera Club, Dunedin Photographic Society, and the Invercargill Camera Club, and they have been sent at the request of the London Society to be hung for a month. Most interesting from the point of view of the producers of the pictures will be the criticism's by the London Press and technical journals, but at the time of writing the London critics have not yet received their invitations.

Out of the 143 studies shown one might pick a large number that are well up to the standard of those selected for exhibition purposes in this country. On the other hand, there is certainly a tail to the list which falls below the London standard. One other general criticism which is likely to be heard later is the lack of any special New Zealand type. Officials at the Gallery say that this particular failing is to be found in exhibitions of other Dominion photographers. There is a tendency on the part of the photographers to imitate the style of English photography instead of striking out on a style of their own and selecting views that are typical of the country they represent. Certainly in the present exhibition there are groups of a dozen or twenty together which to a casual observer could have been taken in this or in any country other than New Zealand.

Among the pictures that are typical of New Zealand scenery are Rangitoto (Una Garlick), The Remarkables (E.B. Jeans), Skippers Road (H.W. Smith), The Maclennan Bridge (T. Mayne), Milford Mists (H.W. Smith), and A Sylvan Glade (J.W. Johnson). There are several Maori portrait studies, the best being Georgina, the Guide, and another showing an elderly Maori woman smoking a pipe (both by Una Garlick), and A Maori Belle (E.T. Robson). Other studies of general subjects which seem to call for mention are Shipmates o' Mine — two yachts with all sails set, flying with the wind; Sunlit Columns (I.L. Powell); The New Road (H.W. Smith); A Misty Morning (G.D. Anderson); The Portico (D.V. Erwin) (showing sunlit columns); Water Lilies (J.W. Johnson); Mending the Sail (A.N. Baker); The Hay Shed (Hannah Johnson); Heat (W.J. Thompson) — a stoker at his work; The Sailing Ship (J.H. Kinnear); and Spring Sunshine (W. Middlemass).

A picture notable for the beauty of the subject as well as for the photography is Impudence (R.J. Searle) — a white peacock standing beneath the bough of a tree. In Remembrance (C.P.S. Boyer) is an artistic production of the memorial bridge in Christchurch. The Story Teller (E.T. Robson) — a scene inside a Maori house — combines good subject matter with something typically New Zealand. The Shadow (A.N. Baker) is something of a curiosity showing a bird's shadow in the form of a dragon. Pardon Me (W.J. Thompson) is an amusing still life study of a toy duck, a ball, and a doll. Finally, of the several nude exhibits, by Nell Porter, Elegance and Grace are both very beautiful.



25th May 1933  Page 13 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 21420

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
HALF-YEARLY EXHIBITION OF PICTORIAL PHOTOGRAPHY

on view in the Society’s Club Rooms,
3 Liverpool street, Dunedin (South British Buildings),

FRIDAY AND SATURDAY EVENINGS, May 26th and 27th, from 7pm.

Admission FREE. All amateur photographers specially invited.



25th May 1933  Page 16 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 21420
26th May 1933  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21963

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION NOW OPEN
The half-yearly exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society is being held at the society’s rooms, South British building, Liverpool street.

Monday night, May 21, was members private night, when Mr. T.A. Dawson presided over a large number of members who were present to hear a talk on the pictures by the society’s judge, Mr. G. Chance, and Mr. Russell Clark. Mr. Chance gave an interesting and instructive review of the pictures, dwelling chiefly on technique. He congratulated the members on the high standard in the work displayed. The speaker considered that the entries were larger than at any former exhibition of members work.

Mr. Russell Clark gave an instructive and friendly criticism on the pictorial side. Good and bad compositions were dealt with and suggestions for the betterment of pictorial renderings of typical subjects were given. The following members gained awards:

SENIOR: LANDSCAPE:

SENIOR: MARINE:

SENIOR: GENERAL:

SENIOR: STILL LIFE:

SENIOR: ARCHITECTURE:

FIRST: W.E. Johnson

SECOND: J.G. Johnston

THIRD: G. Anderson

FIRST: J.G. Johnston

SECOND: J.G. Johnston

FIRST: W.E. Johnson

SECOND: Miss Bagley

THIRD: Mrs Oliver

FIRST: G. Anderson

SECOND: F. Mayne

FIRST: Miss Winton

SECOND: F. Mayne

INTERMEDIATE: LANDSCAPE:

INTERMEDIATE: GENERAL:

INTERMEDIATE: PORTRAIT:

INTERMEDIATE: MARINE:

FIRST: C.G. Riley

SECOND: Miss D. Matheson

THIRD: C.G. Riley

FIRST: Mr. Harris

SECOND: D.G. Erwin

THIRD: Mr. Harris

FIRST: Miss D. Matheson

SECOND: Mrs Cameron

THIRD: Mrs Cameron

FOURTH: Miss J. Nevill

FIRST: C.G. Riley

SECOND: Miss J. Nevill

THIRD: Miss J. Nevill

INTERMEDIATE: GENERAL:

JUNIOR: PORTRAITURE:

JUNIOR: MARINE:

JUNIOR: GENERAL:

JUNIOR: LANDSCAPE:

FIRST: Mrs Cameron

SECOND: Miss N. Taylor

THIRD: D.G. Erwin

FIRST: Mr. Allen

SECOND: Mr. Moodie

FIRST: Miss Robinson

SECOND: Miss Lunam

FIRST: Mr. K. Birell

SECOND: J.D.S. Roberts

FIRST: Miss Robinson

SECOND: Mr. K. Birell

THIRD: Miss Lunam

At the close of the meeting a hearty vote of thanks was accorded to the speakers. The pictures will remain on the walls and the exhibition will be open to the public on Friday and Saturday evenings from 7pm.



23rd November 1933  Page 15 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22118

OTAGO ART SOCIETY EXHIBITION
On the screens devoted to photography many attractive pictures are presented in examples of the expert work of G. Chance, and in an exhibit by the Dunedin Photographic Society. To this the contributors have been C.A. Weedon, W.E. Johnson, Mrs E.P. Cameron, Miss L.E. Winton, Miss E.B. Jeans, A.C. Armstrong, G.S. Brent, P. Beck, A.R. Harris, E.F. Lord, R. Throp, C.G. Riley, D.Y. Erwin, J.G. Johnston, F. Allan, and the late Dr Tizard.



24th November 1933  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 21577

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
There are several screens of photographs by members of the Dunedin Photographic Society, the standard of work all round being very high, indicating a knowledge of design and selection that fully justifies the inclusion of photographs in an art Exhibition.



12th April 1934  Page 11 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 21693

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
FORTY-FOURTH ANNUAL MEETING
The forty-fourth annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society (Incorporated) was held in the club rooms on Monday, before a good attendance of members. The retiring president, Mr. T.A. Dawson, congratulated the society on the very successful season. In spite of the bad times membership had continued to increase, and the society ended the year with a small credit balance. Several competitions have been held during the year, and have been very well supported. Many new publications have been added to the library, and a large part of the late Dr Tizard’s collection has also been secured.

The half-yearly exhibition pictures were on display, and were criticized by Messrs Chance and Webster, and also by some of the members. The outstanding picture of the exhibition was 'The Hilltop', a particularly fine piece of work by Mr. T.A. Dawson. The list of the awards was as follows:

SENIOR: LANDSCAPE:

SENIOR: SEASCAPE:

SENIOR: PORTRAIT:

SENIOR: GENERAL:

SENIOR: ARCHITECTURE:

FIRST: Mr. T.A. Dawson

SECOND: Mr. J.G. Johnston

THIRD: Mr. R. Throp

FIRST: Mr. J.G. Johnston

SECOND: Mr. J.G. Johnston

THIRD: Miss L. Bagley

FIRST: Mr. F.T. Allan

SECOND: Mr. J.G. Johnston

FIRST: Mr. R. Throp

SECOND: Mr. J.G. Johnston

FIRST: Mr. A.R. Harris

SECOND: Mr. A.R. Harris

THIRD: Miss E. Turnbull

INTERMEDIATE: LANDSCAPE:

INTERMEDIATE: GENERAL:

JUNIOR: LANDSCAPE:

JUNIOR: GENERAL:

FIRST: Mr. C.S. Dickson

SECOND: Mr. C.S. Dickson

THIRD: Miss N. Taylor

FIRST: NO AWARD

SECOND: Miss N. Taylor

THIRD: Mr. G. Brent

FIRST: Mr. G. Chance

SECOND: NO AWARD

THIRD EQUAL: Miss E. Gibbs Mr. F.K. Cameron

FIRST: Mr. G. Chance

SECOND: Miss M.E. Gibbs

THIRD: Miss M.E. Gibbs

CHARLES BATHURST
1st Viscount Bledisloe
GCMG, KBE, PC

Born 21st September 1867 London, United Kingdom
Died 3rd July 1958 (aged 90) Lydney, Gloucestershire, United Kingdom

4th GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF NEW ZEALAND
19th March 1930 – 15th March 1935

EDWIN THOMS (or THOMAS) COX

Born 9th January 1881 Marton, New Zealand
Died 18th December 1967 (aged 86) Adelaide, Australia

46th MAYOR of DUNEDIN
1933 - 1938

26th April 1934  Page 10 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 21704
27th April 1934  Page 5 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22247

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
In the annual overseas competition organized for 1933 by the ‘Amateur Photographer and Cinematographer' of London, the Johannesburg Photographic Society was awarded the prize for the best collective entry, but the Dunedin Photographic Society is named as amongst the others worthy of note, reveals a large percentage of awards to the Dunedin Photographic Society. Out of the 58 pictures submitted 14 were awarded either plaques or certificates. This effort is deserving of the very highest commendation, and constitutes a record in view of the large number of entries from photographers all over the world.

The awards received by the Dunedin members were as follows:

SILVER PLAQUES:

BRONZE PLAQUES:

CERTIFICATES OF MERIT:

G. Chance

Clifton A. Weedon

Eana B. Jeans

J.G. Johnston

C. Graham Riley

W.B. Seymour

D.Y. Erwin

P. Beck

F. Mayne

F. Mayne

W.E. Johnson

Dr Tizard

Miss L. Bagley

14th May 1934  Page 4 - CROMWELL ARGUS, VOLUME LXIV, ISSUE 3317

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
In the Overseas and Colonial Exhibition of photographs now on view at the house of the Royal Photographic Society in London, a certificate of merit was awarded Mr. W.E. Johnson, of Cromwell, for one of his pictures submitted with the Dunedin Photographic Society club exhibit. The award for the best club exhibit was made to the Johannesburg Photographic Society, Dunedin Photographic Society receiving special mention and several individual awards. The competition is open to all countries under the British flag and the entries for this year constituted a record, both in number and quality. Four pictures by Mr. Johnson were also accepted at the recent International Salon of the Hong Kong University.



7th June 1934  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22282

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
On May 14th, a lecture on the making of lantern slides was given before the Dunedin Photographic Society by Mr. T.A. Dawson, who showed how it was possible to produce different colors in the slides by alterations to the developer and time of exposure. The lecturer also gave a demonstration of the tinting of slides by hand.

On May 17th, a special meeting was held at which Mr. Turner, of Stewart Island, screened several films.

A lantern lecture entitled “Beauty Spots of England” was given on 28th May, a fine collection of slides on loan from the Royal Photographic Society of Great Britain being projected.



5th July 1934
Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22306
Page 18 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 21764

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
ANNUAL REPORT
The annual exhibition was held as usual in November, and was opened by the president, Mr. George Chance, in the presence of a large number of members and friends. Despite a severe pruning by the Selection Committee, the catalog contained 434 exhibits as well, as the special displays by the Dunedin Photographic Society and the Institute of Architects.



15th August 1934
Page 14 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22341
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 21799

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
On 11th June, a lantern lecture, "Rotorua and the Bay of Plenty", loaned to the Dunedin Photographic Society by Mr. A.P. Godber, was shown on the screen. This was followed by another set of slides, also by Mr. Godber, of a trip through parts of the North Island, showing views of historical buildings in Russell and elsewhere.

On July 9th, the long-delayed Ilford lecture, "Night Photography", was presented. The lecture dealt chiefly with work done on the Ilford hypersensitive panchromatic plate, which has the phenomenal speed rating of 8000 H. and D. to half-watt light. The lecture consisted chiefly of London night scenes, several of these being taken at one fifth of a second at f4.5. The slides were very much appreciated, and at the close of the lecture, were run through a second time.

Advantage was taken on this occasion to bid farewell to Mr. T.A. Dawson, who has been transferred to Auckland. Mr. Dawson has been a member of the society for 22 years, has been president for several terms, and is also a life member. Mr. Sherriff, in his farewell speech, referred to the good work which Mr. Dawson had done for the society, and his efforts were also eulogized by several other speakers. Reference was made also to the work done by Mrs Dawson, who, though a non-exhibitor, had always taken a keen interest in the society and had been convener of the Social Committee. Mr. Dawson suitably replied. The council has taken steps suitably to record Mr. Dawson's connection with the society.

The lecturer on 23rd July was Mr. D.Y. Erwin, his subject being "Correction and Overcorrection in Negative Making". Mr. Erwin dealt fully with the recording of correct monotone values and showed that plates must be used with filters made to suit them, otherwise tone values were incorrect. Mr. Erwin was accorded a hearty vote of thanks.

Five new pictures have been added to the collection on the club room walls. Two of these are examples of the work of the late Dr Tizard, one being presented to the society by Mrs Tizard and the other being a donation from Mrs Oliver. There are also two pictures by Mr. Dawson, presented by him before his departure for Auckland, and last year's champion picture by Miss E.B. Jeans.



7th November 1934  Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 21871
8th November 1934  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22414

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A striking exhibition of pictorial photography may at present be seen in a corner of the Tudor Hall of the Savoy, the exhibits being those which were entered in the Inter-club competition this year for the Bledisloe Cup. The photographs comprise portraits, landscape, and still life, and provide wide scope for artistic expression. The awards were made in Auckland, and the points given by the judges, with their comments, are appended to each picture. The display is made in the Tudor Hall by courtesy of the Dunedin Photographic Society, and a better place could not have been chosen to view them, the lighting being excellent.



13th November 1934  Page 11 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 21876

THE EXHIBITION
of
PICTORIAL PHOTOGRAPHS
by the
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

Now on View at
THE SAVOY
is being
EXTENDED ANOTHER WEEK.

This Exhibit includes the Entries from
Auckland, Wellington, Dunedin, and Invercargill
in the Annual Competition for the
BLEDISLOE CUP
and has already proved a tremendous attraction
to amateur photographers and lovers of art.

1st December 1934  Page 11 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 21892

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
FORTY FIFTH ANNUAL MEETING
The forty-fifth annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the club rooms.

The President (Mr. Sherriff) congratulated the society on a successful year and upon it attaining a roll of 100 members for the first time, although the numbers had now dropped back to ninety-two. He urged an increase in membership as being essential if the society was to prosper in the future. Mr. Sherriff referred to the slight loss on the year’s working, but pointed out that this was largely due to the short period of seven months which had comprised the year on this occasion.

The last meeting of the year took place on Monday last. The lecturer was Mr. S.H. Rawson, whose subject was 'More About Lenses'. This lecture was a continuation of one given by Mr. Rawson earlier in the year. He said that in his previous lecture he had dealt chiefly with the faults in lenses. This time he would deal more with their virtues. Mr. Rawson then produced a series of diagrams showing the extent to which different lenses were affected by the many faults to which they are subject.

A welcome visitor to the society at this meeting was Mr. Arthur Smith, of Sydney, well known in photographic circles in Australia, and known in New Zealand as well from his articles in the 'Australasian Photo Review' under the name of Uncle Arthur. Mr. Smith expressed himself as delighted with New Zealand scenery, especially the mountains at Queenstown, from where he had just returned.



2nd January 1935  Volume 42 Number 1 - Page 33
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
FORTY FIFTH ANNUAL MEETING
The 45th Annual Meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on 12th November, when the President, Mr. Sherriff, congratulated the Society on a successful year, and upon attaining a roll of 100 members for the first time.

The last meeting of the year took place on the 26th November. The lecturer was Mr. S.H. Rawson, whose subject was "More about Lenses", being a continuation of one given earlier in the year.

A very welcome visitor to the Society at this meeting was Mr. Arthur Smith, of Sydney, well known in photographic circles in Australia and known in New Zealand as well, from his articles in The Australasian Photo-Review. Mr. Smith expressed himself as delighted with New Zealand scenery, especially the mountains at Queenstown, from which part he had just returned.



12th March 1935
Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 21976
Page 15 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22518
2nd January 1935  Page 33 - Volume 42 Number 4 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
MEETING FOR February
The first meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on 11th February, when the president welcomed a large gathering of members, and expressed the wish that they had returned from their holidays with a large number of negatives suitable for the making of exhibition pictures. The lantern lecture, 'Here and There in England', on loan from the Royal Photographic Society of Great Britain, was run through, and was much appreciated by members, so much so that at its conclusion the slides were run through again.
A motion regarding the formation of a pictorial group was put before the members, and was carried unanimously, Mr. F.T. Allan being appointed Hon. Secretary.

The 25th February was devoted to several lectures, the ball being set rolling by Mr. Seymour, whose talk was on 'System in Photography'. Mr. Johnston showed an example of manipulative skill by obtaining a fine lOin by 8in enlargement from a much-scratched vest pocket negative. The original negative had been enlarged to a quarter-plate positive, which in turn had been enlarged to a 5 by 4 negative. Both the positive and negative had been retouched, as had also the final print. Mr. Beck, who followed, pointed out the advantages accruing from the use of paper negatives, especially the ease of control to which the process particularly lent itself. A few sidelights on photography in the Antarctic were given by Mr. Fleming, a visitor from the Byrd Antarctic Expedition. After talking about f.95 lenses and temperatures of 60deg below zero, it was hardly necessary to add that photography on the ice was very difficult, Mr. Fleming's special task had been to obtain photographs of the Aurora Australis, and in this he was successful. The results have not been made public as yet. The lectures concluded with a demonstration by Mr. Brent of the use of Farmer's reducer as a local reducer in cases of halation and of excessive density of small parts of negatives.

The first meeting of the group took place on February 18, the opening address being given by the president (Mr. Sherriff), his subject being 'What Constitutes a Picture?'. Each member present had brought a print, and these were criticized by the other members.



12th April 1935  Page 13 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22545

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
"Composition and Light and Shade" was the title of Mr. Tovey’s lecture before the Dunedin Photographic Society on 11th March. Mr. Tovey showed that such subjects need not be dull and gave members a very bright and entertaining introduction into the mysteries of static and dynamic elements and such-like things beloved of the art master.

On March 23rd an outing to Purakanui was held, but was not well attended, doubtless owing to the fact that many members had gone out of town for the week-end.

Mr. Pirrett took the floor on March 25th, on the subject of “Printing for Quality”, and went through the various stages of producing a bromide print, pointing out as he did so the pitfalls that awaited the unwary.

On Monday last the half-yearly exhibition prints were on the walls, and the criticisms of the Exhibition Selection Committee were given by Mr. W.B. Seymour. The exhibition was one of the largest ever held by the society, 125 prints being on display. The awards made by the honorary judge (Mr. J.J. Webster) were as follows;

SENIOR: LANDSCAPE:			SENIOR: SEASCAPE:		SENIOR: ARCHITECTURE:	SENIOR: PORTRAIT:		SENIOR: GENERAL:
FIRST: J.G. Johnston	SECOND: Miss L. Bagley	Hon. Mention: J.G. Johnston	FIRST: E.F. Lord	SECOND: Miss E. Turnbull	FIRST: Miss E. Turnbull	FIRST: J.G. Johnston	SECOND: A.C. Armstrong	FIRST: D.J. Sherriff	SECOND: D.J. Sherriff	HON. MENTION: F.T. Allan
INTERMEDIATE: LANDSCAPE:				INTERMEDIATE: SEASCAPE:			INTERMEDIATE: ANIMAL STUDY:		INTERMEDIATE: GENERAL:
FIRST: G. Brent	SECOND: G. Brent	HON. MENTION: Miss N. Taylor		FIRST: Miss M. E. Gibbs	SECOND: Miss N. Taylor	HON. MENTION G. Brent	FIRST: Miss M. E. Gibbs	HON. MENTION: G.R. Chance, Junr.	FIRST: Miss M. E. Gibbs	SECOND: Miss R. Robinson
BEST PRINT: JUNIOR SECTION Mr. D.J. Sherriff’s prize F.H. WILLIAMS				JUNIOR: LANDSCAPE:			JUNIOR: SEASCAPE:		JUNIOR: PORTRAIT:
				FIRST: Mr. F.H. Williams	SECOND: L. Malcolm	HON. MENTION: Mr. F.H. Williams	FIRST: Mr. F.H. Williams	SECOND: F. Cameron	FIRST: Miss J. Kendall	SECOND: Miss R. Phillips	HON. MENTION: Miss J. Nevill
				JUNIOR: GENERAL:			JUNIOR: STILL LIFE:			JUNIOR: GENRE:
				FIRST: Miss Valentine	SECOND: L. Malcolm	HON. MENTION: F. Cameron	FIRST: Miss J. Nevill	HON. MENTION: Miss J. Kendall	HON. MENTION: Miss J. Nevill	HON. MENTION: F.H. Williams

Mr. J.G. Johnston took charge of the meeting of the Pictorial Group on 18th March, and dealt with the retouching of negatives and the use of neu-cocine dye to retain shadow detail.



1st April 1935  Volume 42 Number 4 - Page 188
The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The first meeting of the year of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on 11th February, when a lantern lecture, "Here and There in England", on loan from The Royal Photographic Society, was given.

At this meeting the motion regarding the formation of a Pictorial Group, having as its object the criticism of each other’s work and the general advancement of pictorial photography, was put before the members and passed unanimously, Mr. F.T. Allan being appointed Hon.Secretary to the Group. The first meeting of the Group was held on 18th February, the opening address being given by the President, Mr. Sherriff, his subject being "What Constitutes a Picture?” All the members present had brought prints which were freely criticized by the others.

The evening of February 25th was given over to lectures by the following members: Mr. Seymour on "Method in Photography", Mr. Johnston on "An Example of Manipulative Dexterity", Mr. Beck on "Paper Negatives", and Mr. Brent on "Farmer’s Reducer as a Local Reducer for Negatives", while Mr. Fleming, of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition, gave a few sidelights on photography in the south.

"Composition and Light and Shade" was the title of the lecture by Mr. Tovey on 11th March.



1st June 1935  Page 292 - Vol. 42 No. 6 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Mr. Pirrett, at the meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society on 25th March, spoke on the subject of "Printing for Quality”, and went through the various stages of producing a bromide print. Mr. Pirrett stressed the facts that a good print cannot be made from a poor negative and that cleanliness is essential in photography.

The Half-yearly Exhibition was one of the largest of recent years, 125 prints being on display. The exhibition was adjudicated by the Hon. Judge, Mr. J.J. Webster.

PICTORIAL GROUP:
Mr. J.G. Johnston took charge of the meeting of the Pictorial Group on 18th March and dealt with the retouching of negatives and the use of neo-coccine dye to retain shadow detail.



8th June 1935
Page 20 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22050
Page 22 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22592

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
SERIES OF LECTURES
At a meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society a lantern lecture, 'Irish Architecture', by Mr. C.H. Oakden, on loan from the Royal Photographic Society of Great Britain, was shown on the screen. The lecture dealt with the historical side of building in Ireland, the slides showing many of the earliest types of habitation as well as the means devised for their defence. The lecture was read by Mr. D.Y. Erwin, who added additional interest to the script by quoting from Mr. H.V. Morton’s 'In Search of Ireland' and other travel books on some of the structures shown on the screen.

Mr. S.O. Hughes’s lecture was on 'Color Photography'. The lecturer dealt with the different color processes, including Agfa, Dufay, Finlay, Gaspar, Kodacolor, and Autochrome and also touched on the making of color prints by the three-color carbo process. Mr. Hughes illustrated his remarks with color slides projected through a powerful carbon-arc lantern.

Mr. Mackersey, lectured on Kodura paper. Several prints exploiting the possibilities of this paper were handed round. The lecturer pointed out the good points the paper possessed, stressing chiefly its latitude in exposure. Mr. Mackersey finished the evening with a kine-film of the Wellington Council Milk Supply, showing the several stages through which the milk passed before delivery to customers.

Mr. P. Back was the speaker at the meeting of the pictorial group, his subject being ‘Negatives and Prints'. Mr. Beck criticized the negatives handed to him, and suggested how the prints from them might be improved.

The succeeding speaker was Mr. F.T. Allan, whose subject was ‘Controlling Contrast in Negative Making'. Mr. Allan dealt with the difficulties and advantages to be derived from making negatives to suit the paper one was using instead of trying to find a paper to suit one's negative. The use of special developers for special subjects was also touched upon.



4th July 1935
Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22072
Page 14 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22614

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the first June meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, a lecture, ‘The Home Bookbinder', was given by Mr. D.J. Sherriff, who showed how to bind magazines into book form. The lecturer dealt with several different methods for doing this from the simplest of forms to elaborate sewn and backed volumes. Mr. Seymour then gave a criticism of the prints of the portfolio on loan from the Photographic Society of New South Wales, referring chiefly to the many different processes employed, and giving particular commendation to several very fine bromoils and bromoil transfers.

At the next meeting, a lecture on ‘Enlarging' was given by Mr. G. Chance, who brought two enlargers to the club rooms — one a condenser enlarger and the other for diffused light — and a dozen of his pictures. The lecturer pointed out the differences in the working of the two enlargers, showing the use of the many gadgets on the condenser enlarger, and on the other he demonstrated a clever arrangement of mirrors designed to even up illumination all over the negative. Mr. Chance also gave some hints on the subject of combination printing.

The meeting of the Pictorial Group consisted of a working evening on ‘Still Life' under the control of Mr. Gibbs. Mr. Gibbs opened the evening by a talk on ‘Still Life'. The rest of the meeting was spent in the composing and photographing of different objects brought up to the club rooms by members.



1st July 1935  Page 344 - Volume 42 Number 7 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
On 13th May, Mr. S.O. Hughes addressed the Dunedin Photographic Society on "Color Photography”, explaining the working principles involved in Kodacolor and several other color processes, including the production of color prints by the three-color carbo process.

The speaker at the meeting of the Pictorial Group on 20th May was Mr. F.T. Allan, whose subject was "Controlling Contrast in Negative Making”. The speaker dealt with the difficulties and advantages to be derived from making one’s negatives to suit a particular paper instead of trying to find a paper to suit the negative. The use of special developers for particular circumstances was also touched upon.

On 27th May, Mr. Mackersey, representing Kodak Ltd., gave a lecture on Kodura paper, pointing out the several good points it possesses, stressing chiefly its latitude in exposure. Several prints exploiting the resources of the paper were handed around for inspection. Mr. Mackersey finished off the evening by showing an educational cine film of the Wellington Council Milk Supply.



1st August 1935  Page 396 - Volume 42 Number 8 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
On 10th June a lecture entitled "The Home Bookbinder” was given to the Dunedin Photographic Society by Mr. D.J. Sherriff, who showed how to bind magazines into book form. Mr. Seymour then gave a criticism of the prints of the Portfolio on loan from the Photographic Society of New South Wales, referring chiefly to the many different processes employed, giving particular commendation to several very fine bromoils and bromoil-transfers.

On 24th June a large number of members turned up to hear a lecture on "Enlarging” by Mr. G. Chance FRPS, and as usual were treated to a highly interesting discourse. Mr. Chance had brought two enlargers up to the Club Rooms with him, one a condenser enlarger and the other for diffused light, as well as a dozen or so of his pictures. The lecturer pointed out the differences in the working of the two enlargers, showing the use of the many gadgets on the condenser enlarger, and on the other demonstrated a clever arrangement of mirrors designed to even up illumination all over the negative. Mr. Chance also gave some tips on the subject of combination printing.

The meeting of the Pictorial Group on 17th June consisted of a working evening on "Still Life” under the control of Mr. Gibbs.

Mr. Gibbs opened the evening by a talk on "Still Life”, the rest of the evening being spent in the composing and photographing of different objects brought up to the Club Rooms by members.



7th August 1935  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22643
2nd September 1935  Page 448 - Volume 42 Number 9 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
On 8th July Mr. A.H. Williams lectured on "Through Palestine with a Camera”, to the Dunedin Photographic Society showing a large number of slides of places in the Near East, including many parts of the country made familiar to us through the Bible. Many of the slides showed that methods of agriculture, flock tending, etc., are just the same as they were in biblical times.

The meeting of the Pictorial Group on 15th July was given over to the making of lantern slides, the demonstrator being Mr. Pirrett, who showed what to do and what not to do to procure slides of good color and quality.

On 22nd July Mr. Webster gave a brief talk on developing. By means of four negatives and corresponding prints, he demonstrated the improved results to be obtained by using a dilute developer for negative work, taking, in this case, the Kodak Pyro Metol formula and adding various quantities of water and increasing the time of development accordingly. He showed quite clearly that the more dilute the developer and the longer the time of development, the finer the grain and the longer the scale of graduation of the negative. A useful hint for obtaining warm tones on Kodura was also given. Mr. Webster advocated diluting normal Kodura developer with twice the volume of water prescribed and afterwards placing the print in the gold bath to remove the greenish tone produced.

During the month a special "Still Life” competition was held, the placings of the Judge (Mr. Tovey) being as follows:

"STILL LIFE” COMPETITION
FIRST: Mr. H.M. Nees	SECOND: Miss R. Phillips	THIRD: Miss E. Turnbull	FOURTH: Mr. D.J. Sherriff

A written criticism of each print being furnished. 1st and 2nd prizes for this Competition were kindly donated by Messrs. Kodak New Zealand Ltd.



10th August 1935
Page 17 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22104
Page 15 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22646
15th August 1935
Page 11 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22650
17th August 1935
Page 17 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22110
Page 15 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22652

EXHIBITION OF PICTORIAL PHOTOGRAPHS
The New Zealand Inter-Club Competition for the Bledisloe Cup, comprising 72 Selected photographs, representing the Camera Clubs of New Zealand, on View in the Rooms of the Dunedin Photographic Society, South British Buildings, 3 Liverpool street, Tuesday 13th August, to Thursday 22nd August, Noon - 4.30pm and 7.30pm - 9pm. No charge for admission.



15th August 1935  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22650
17th August 1935  Page 12 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22652

EXHIBITION OF PHOTOGRAPHS
The entries for the annual photographic competition for the Bledisloe Cup are now on view at the rooms of the Dunedin Photographic Society. This work which represents the entries of six clubs ranging from Auckland to Invercargill, is of a standard which is in keeping with what has been achieved in former, years in this competition. The photographs, numbering 72, embrace a fairly wide range of subjects, including portraits, landscapes, and some unusual types of studies, in which the photographer has made use of some of the lesser known devices of his art. The exhibition, which will remain open until August 22, is one that will well repay a visit.



16th August 1935  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22651
17th August 1935  Page 4 - ASHBURTON GUARDIAN, VOLUME 55, ISSUE 261

THE CAMERA'S ART
Photography as a means of artistic expression has been increasing in vogue during the past few years, and an interesting illustration of the extent to which it has progressed, in this country, at least, may be found in the exhibition of photographs which is at present in progress at the rooms of the Dunedin Photographic Society. The photographs in this case constitute the entries in the annual competition for the Bledisloe Cup, and are the work of members of camera clubs from Auckland to Invercargill. There is a wide variety of subjects and just as great a difference in the manner of their treatment, while in the appended remarks of the judges the pictures are interestingly, discussed, enabling even the most casual observer to form a basis of judgment and comparison which should alone repay a visit to the exhibition.



9th September 1935  Page 12 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22129
10th September 1935  Page 12 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22672

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society last month was given over to a criticism of the 1935 New Zealand Inter-Club competition prints. Members were fortunate in having present the three judges: Messrs G. Chance, J.J. Webster and Russell Clark. A criticism of the prints was given by Mr. Chance, his remarks being endorsed by Mr. Webster, who dealt with the portraits, and by Mr. Clark, who explained the merits of the modernistic prints. Each of the judges congratulated the society on the efficient and fair way in which the competition had been run and paid special tribute to the work of the committee which had charge of the arrangements, the judges own work being made much lighter in consequence.

On 26th August the annual lantern slide competition was held. The judge, Mr. Pirrett, pointed out the good and bad points of the slides as they were projected and also gave some good advice on the binding and cleaning of slides. His placings of the slides were as follows:

ANNUAL LANTERN SLIDE COMPETITION
FIRST: Mr. E.F. Lord	SECOND: Miss E. Turnbull	THIRD: Mr. E.F. Lord	FOURTH: Mr. F.T. Allan	FIFTH: Mr. E.F. Lord	SIXTH: Mr. E.F. Lord

1st October 1935  Page 500 - Volume 42 Number 10 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society on 12th August was given over to a criticism of the 1935 New Zealand Inter-Club Competition prints, the three judges, Messrs. G. Chance FRPS, J.J. Webster and Russell Clark being present. A criticism of the prints was given by Mr. Chance, his remarks being endorsed by Mr. Webster, who dealt with the portraits, and by Mr. Clark, who explained the merits of the modernistic prints. Each of the judges congratulated the Society on the efficient and fair way in which the Competition had been run, paying special tribute to the work of the Committee which had charge of the arrangements, the judges own work being made much lighter in consequence.

The Bledisloe Cup will be held by the Auckland Camera Club for the ensuing year.

The best picture was adjudged to be "Professor Von Zedlitz”, by Spencer Digby, of the Wellington Camera Club, who gained 92 marks out of 100.

1935	NEW ZEALAND INTER-CLUB PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION	POINTS
1st	Auckland Camera Club	876
2nd	Camera Pictorialists, of Auckland	845
3rd	Dunedin Photographic Society	841
4th	Invercargill Camera Club	818
5th	Wellington Camera Club	815
6th	Christchurch Photographic Society	754

On 26th August the Annual Lantern Slide Competition was held, the judge, Mr. Pirrett, pointing out the good and bad points of the slides as they were projected and also giving some good advice on the binding and cleaning of slides. His placings of the slides were as follows; 1st, Mr. E.F. Lord; 2nd, Miss E. Turnbull; 3rd, Mr. E.F. Lord; 4th, Mr. F.T. Allan; 5th and 6th, Mr. E.F. Lord.



1st October 1935  Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22148
2nd October 1935  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22691
1st November 1935  Page 552 - Volume 42 Number 11 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The first September meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society consisted of a bromoil demonstration by Mr. W.B. Seymour. The print was first put through bleaching, tanning and hypo baths, and then washed. The lecturer then explained the chemistry of the process, and proceeded to ink up the print, showing how depth and contrast were controlled by brush action, a tapping action putting ink on and increasing contrast while dragging action reduced the depth and contrast. Mr. Seymour had several prints on the walls showing the different stages through which the print passes before being inked up, as well as a couple of bromoils illustrating different treatment of the same subject. He also touched on the question of bromoil transfers.

The next meeting was a Cine show by Mr. Mackersey, of Kodak Ltd. Several films were shown, the first being of interesting events during the past year in and around Dunedin. This was followed by some Kodacolor films from Auckland, and a professional film, "Around Cape Horn in a Windjammer”, which dealt with the 83-day trip from Adelaide to England of the four masted grain ship "Parma”. Music and sound effects were produced by means of an electric pick-up and a loud speaker behind the screen. Mr. Mackersey made mention of Kodachrome, the new Kodak color film which is a tremendous advance on anything achieved before.

At the meeting of the Pictorial Group a paper "Breadth of Effect or Detail” was read by Miss N. Taylor. A discussion on this was followed by a print criticism.



7th November 1935  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22180
8th November 1935  Page 9 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22723
2nd December 1935  Page 602 - Volume 42 Number 12 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Annual Exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on 7th October, the judge, Mr. J.J. Webster, being present to give his criticism of the prints.

The judge’s placing of the prints was as follows:

CHAMPION: from SENIOR SEASCAPE Mr. C.A. WEEDON

SENIOR: LANDSCAPE:

SENIOR: SEASCAPE:

SENIOR: ARCHITECTURE:

SENIOR: GENRE:

SENIOR: GENERAL:

FIRST: J.G. Johnston

SECOND: C.A. Weedon

HON. MENTION: Miss Bagley Mr. Erwin

FIRST: C.A. Weedon

SECOND: F.T. Allan

THIRD: J.G. Johnston

FIRST: A.R. Harris

SECOND: A.R. Harris

FIRST: D.J. Sherriff

SECOND: Miss E. Turnbull

SECOND: A.R. Harris

HON. MENTION: D.J. Sherriff

SENIOR: PORTRAIT:

INTERMEDIATE: LANDSCAPE:

INTERMEDIATE: SEASCAPE:

INTERMEDIATE: GENERAL:

JUNIOR: LANDSCAPE:

JUNIOR: ARCHITECTURE:

JUNIOR: GENERAL:

FIRST: Mrs. Ball

SECOND: Miss E. Turnbull

HON. MENTION: C.A. Weedon

FIRST: F.H. Williams

SECOND: F.H. Williams

FIRST: Miss M.E. Gibbs

FIRST: Miss M.E. Gibbs

SECOND: Miss N. Taylor

FIRST: J.L. Malcolm

SECOND: Miss Champtaloup

FIRST: Miss Valentine

HON. MENTION: Miss Valentine

FIRST: Miss R. Phillips

On 28th October, Mr. A.C. Armstrong explained his methods of outdoor portraiture of children, showing how he obtained a studio lighting effect and also how he masked out obtrusive backgrounds by means of a spoilt print cut to the correct shape, a method very handy when negatives are taken away from facilities of even a temporary studio.

Mr. N.C. Gibbs followed with a demonstration of dry mounting by means of shellac. The shellac is dissolved in methylated spirits, two parts of shellac to one of spirits. This mixture is painted over the back of the prints, which can then be mounted by pressing down with a hot iron as usual. Mr. Gibbs also demonstrated the working of an enlarger he had purchased on a recent visit to Australia. This excellent instrument incorporated many fine movements, including one for revolving and raising or lowering the negative.

The meeting of the Pictorial Group was held on 14th October, the speaker being Mr. Brent, who dealt with the "Intensification and Reduction of Negatives”, and also gave a demonstration of local reduction of negatives with Farmer’s reducer.

The annual report disclosed that 28 new members had been added, the club now having a total of 109. The interest of members is further shown by the attendance at ordinary meetings, the average being 39, as against 38 last year, the total attendance for 20 meetings being 773.



15th November 1935  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22729

OTAGO ART SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The Dunedin Photographic Society also presents an attractive exhibit.



26th November 1935  Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22196

OTAGO ART SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION
There is also to be seen in the exhibition a series of photographs exhibited by the members of the Dunedin Photographic Society, which will make an appeal to the public, for they contain sound photography and possess considerable artistic merit.

Special attention should be paid to the work of Messrs F.H. Williams, J.G. Johnston. W.B. Seymour, C.A. Weedon, D.J. Sherriff, and Misses Joan Nevill, L. Bagley, and M.E. Gibbs. Other exhibitors are Messrs Harris, D.Y. Erwin, C.S. Dickson, W.E. Johnson, E.F. Lord, J.L. Malcolm, F.T. Allan, Miss Valentine, Miss Turnbull, Miss Taylor, and Miss Champtaloup, and Mrs Ball.



6th December 1935  Page 9 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22205
7th December 1935  Page 9 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22748
2nd January 1936  Volume 43 Number 1 Page 32 - The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Annual General Meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on 11th November, Mr. Seymour occupying the chair in the absence of the President (Mr. Sherriff). Mr. Seymour referred to the illness of Mr. Sherriff and hoped he would soon be with them again.

The rest of the evening was devoted to a showing of members lantern slides resulting from Club outings.

"Tasmania” was the title of a Lantern Lecture by Mr. E.F. Lord on November 25th, Mr. Lord’s slides including many of yachting scenes on the Derwent as well as some of the old convict settlement at Port Arthur.



11th March 1936  Page 11 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22285
12th March 1936  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22828
1st April 1936  Page 187 - Vol. 43 No. 4 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The first meeting of the year was in the hands of Mr. G. Tovey, the Hon. Judge of the Dunedin Photographic Society, who dealt with several points in composition and picture making in general. He talked on Impressionism and Expressionism, showing the difference between them, and stating that photography was chiefly concerned with the former. He went on to explain the composition of some well-known paintings and by means of line drawings illustrated how the artist had used his lights and darks and lines to emphasize his composition.

At the next meeting Mr. A.R. Harris gave a talk on "Exposure and Development in Relation to Subject". The lecturer pointed out why more exposure must be given for dark objects nearer the camera than for distant landscape views and the advisability of curtailing development for contrasty subjects. He showed by means of prints from a negative the difference made by using different grades of the same paper and then went on to demonstrate a clever masking device in which a sheet of glass and red show card paint were used in place of the usual sheet of cardboard.



9th April 1936
Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22310
Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22852
1st May 1936
Page 240 - Vol. 43 No. 4 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A large number of members of the Dunedin Photographic Society turned up to see and hear a lecture on the "Making of Lantern Slides” by Mr. J. Dudley Johnston Hon. FRPS, one of the world’s foremost exponents of the art, on loan from the Royal Photographic Society of Great Britain. The slides were of splendid quality and were much admired by all present, some of the snow scenes developed to a blue tone by the difficult Thiocarbamide method being particularly fine. This lecture was followed by a criticism of the prints in the Competition, "Best Composition of an Every-day Subject", given by the judge, Mr. Russell Clark. Mr. Clark pointed out where many of the competitors had failed and brought along some of his own paintings to demonstrate what was meant by a "semi-abstraction”. His placing of the prints in the Competition was, 1st and 2nd, Mr. J.G. Johnston, 3rd, Mr. Cameron.

The second meeting was taken by Mr. Seymour, who gave a very interesting talk on developers, explaining clearly the part each constituent played in producing the final result. He explained the special qualities of Pyro, Metol, Hydroquinone and several other developing re-agents and touched on water-bath development and physical development as well as dealing with the question of fineness of grain. Mr. Seymour spent a busy time at the end of his lecture answering questions.



7th May 1936  Page 12 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22874
1st June 1936  Page 292 - Vol. 43 No. 6 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Mr. Seymour was the lecturer at the first meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society in April, his subject being "Commonsense Developers”, a continuation of one he had previously given. The lecturer dealt with developers for gaslight, bromide and chloro bromide papers and also displayed three plates of the same subject developed to illustrate the qualities of special developers.

Mr. G. Tovey, the honorary judge of the Society, criticized the entries in the Half yearly Exhibition, and pointed out his reasons for the placings of the prints, giving many hints on picture making.

His placing of the prints was as follows:

SENIOR: LANDSCAPE:			SENIOR: SEASCAPE:				SENIOR: GENERAL:
FIRST: Miss M. E. Gibbs	SECOND EQUAL: A.R. Harris Mrs. Ball	HON. MENTION: C.S. Dickson	FIRST: Miss E. Turnbull	SECOND: Miss M.E. Gibbs	HON. MENTION: Mrs. Ball		FIRST: Mrs. Ball	SECOND: F.T. Allan	HON. MENTION: Miss E. Turnbull
SENIOR: ARCHITECTURE:			INTERMEDIATE: GENERAL:		INTERMEDIATE: LANDSCAPE:			INTERMEDIATE: PORTRAIT:
FIRST: A.R. Harris	SECOND: F.T. Allan	HON. MENTION: Miss E. Turnbull	FIRST: Miss N. Taylor	SECOND: Miss N. Taylor	FIRST: Miss R. Phillips	SECOND: G. Brent	HON. MENTION: G. Brent	FIRST: G. Brent	SECOND: Miss R. Phillips	HON. MENTION: Miss D.J. Nevill
JUNIOR: PORTRAIT:			JUNIOR: LANDSCAPE:			JUNIOR: SEASCAPE:			JUNIOR: ARCHITECTURE:
FIRST: H.D. Purves	SECOND: Miss M. Valentine	HON. MENTION: H.D. Purves	FIRST: N. Patchett	SECOND: H.D. Purves	HON. MENTION: S.M. MacGibbon	FIRST: H.D. Purves	SECOND: N. Patchett	HON. MENTION: N. Patchett	FIRST: N. Patchett	SECOND: S.M. MacGibbon

The meeting of the Pictorial Group was in charge of Mr. A.C. Armstrong, who demonstrated portraiture with the aid of a charming child model. Mr. Armstrong made several exposures, using lights totaling about 2,000 watts, and will later demonstrate his results.



1st July 1936  Page 344 - Vol. 43 No. 7 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The May meeting of the Pictorial Group was in charge of Mr. C.S. Dickson and was devoted to a criticism of prints appearing in "The Gallery”, members criticisms later being compared with those of "The Gallery’s" commentator.

The following awards have been won by members in The Amateur Photographer Overseas Competition:

SILVER PLAQUES:		BRONZE PLAQUES:		CERTIFICATES OF MERIT:
Mr. G. Chance	Mr. C.A. Weedon	Miss L Bagley	Mr. E.F. Lord	Mr. J.G. Johnston	Mr. W.B Seymour	Mr. C.S. Dickson	Mr. D.J. Sheriff	Mr. F.T. Allan

As ten members exhibited prints and nine awards were gained this reflects high credit on the standard of work of the Society.



7th July 1936  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22384

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The lecturer at the first meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society in June was Mr. G. Brent, who dealt with the after-treatment of negatives and prints by chemical means. He explained the uses of various reducers and demonstrated how to use Farmer’s reducer and potassium iodide, as well as showing the improvement to be effected with bromide prints by bleaching with a chromium bleach and redeveloping.

Great interest was evinced in a “One Man Show” of pictures by Mr. G. Chance FRPS, which was on display.

The next meeting was a working night at still life, many objects being composed and photographed by means of various forms of artificial illuminate. The prints in the straight print competition were on display, the judge (Mr. W.B. Seymour) remarking on the fine quality of negative suitable for the making of some of the work. His placing was as follows: Mr. E.F. Lord 1, Miss E. Turnbull 2.

The first meeting of the lantern slide group was taken by Mr. Lord, who explained the objects of the group and gave a talk on the kind of negatives suitable for the making of lantern slides. He handed around some of his own negatives for inspection, and then proceeded to make slides from several of them.

The meeting of the pictorial group was controlled by Mr. Armstrong, who spent the evening making prints from the negatives taken by him in the club rooms earlier in the year.



1st August 1936  Page 396 - Vol. 43 No. 8 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the first meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society in June, Mr. G. Brent dealt with the after-treatment of negatives and prints by chemical means. He explained the uses of various reducers, and demonstrated how to use Farmer’s reducer and potassium iodide, as well as showing the improvement to be effected with bromide prints by bleaching with a chromium bleach and redeveloping.

The prints in the Straight Print Competition were on display, the judge (Mr. W.B. Seymour) remarking on the fine quality of some of the work.
His placing was: 1st, Mr. E.F. Lord; 2nd, Miss E. Turnbull.

The first meeting of the Lantern Slide Group was taken by Mr. Lord, who explained its objects and showed the kind of negative suitable for the making of lantern slides. He then handed around some of his own negatives for inspection, and proceeded to make slides from several of them.

The meeting of the Pictorial Group was led by Mr. Armstrong, who made prints from the negatives taken by him in the Club Rooms earlier in the year.



14th August 1936
Page 16 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22417
Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22959

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The new club rooms of the Dunedin Photographic Society in Princes street south were opened on Monday last by the patron of the society (Mr. S.H. Rawson), who congratulated the members on the excellent premises they now occupied.

Mr. Rawson contrasted the lot of the present-day photographer with that of the pictorialist of his early days, when the bulky half-plate was the smallest camera used and the apparatus carried weighed 30 lb or more. Mr. R. Throp also congratulated the society on its new premises, and on behalf of the society thanked those members of the council and others who had worked night after night for the past six weeks to construct the fine meeting room they now possessed. Only those who had seen the premises when the society had taken it over could appreciate the improvement that had taken place.

The rest of the evening was given over to a cinematograph show by Mr. Mackersey, who screened several films, including two of the recently introduced Kodachrome color films. Mr. Mackersey remarked that he had seen the club rooms of all the photographic societies in New Zealand, and the new Dunedin rooms were far ahead of any of the others.



12th September 1936  Page 21 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22984

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
INTERCLUB EXHIBITION
The exhibition of pictorial photographs at present on display at the rooms of the Dunedin Photographic Society again illustrates the scope of the camera as a means of artistic expression.

Each year the photographic societies of the Dominion put forward a collection of 12 photographs from each society. The winning society is then awarded the Bledisloe Cup, to be held until the following year.

This year the Dunedin Photographic Society is the premier club, and although the champion picture is not in its exhibit, the collection is one of even standard.

In any craft a worker stamps his work with an individuality, and in photography this especially applies. The faultless technique of Mr. G. Chance is shown in his two contributions, "Sunshine After Rain" and "Autumn in South Canterbury". In his picture "Sunshine After Rain", is is doubtful if a rainbow makes a good photographic object. The beauty of a rainbow is its color, but when rendered into monochrome it looks just a line across the sky portion. Nevertheless, the treatment of the subject conveys that stormy atmosphere which is always evident when a rainbow appears, In "Autumn in South Canterbury", Mr. Chance shares with Miss J. Neville the honor of the highest markings in the Dunedin section. Miss Neville's picture, "En Paris", is quite an unusual one, and very pleasing. The arrangement is good, and the tone makes the finished work not unlike a charcoal drawing. "Glass", by C.A. Weedon, is easily the best still-life study on the walls, a high key picture of exceptional beauty. Miss Gibb's picture, "The Blue Bath", is a fine night study. The light on the steps and the absence of halation makes this a fine piece of outdoor night photography. The few portraits on view are overshadowed by the work of Spencer Digby, the Wellington portrait photographer. Mr. Digby has again secured the championship with a portrait of Sir Michael Myers, K.C.M.G., the marks awarded being 90 out of a possible 100. The beauty of the lighting used has brought into a strong position the character of the subject, and made a forceful and arresting study. In his second picture, a study of Miss Elaine Hamill, Mr. Digby has again scored high. The model has posed so that the lighting has given a happy and pleasing result. Such excellent lighting has brought out the modeling in the flesh. Delicately treated in the highlights and no dense shadows give a sense of life in this picture. There is no doubt that the other portraits in the room are lost alongside such good work, although there is a lot to be said for such pictures as "The Tailor", by J.W. Johnston, and "The Violin Maker", by T.L. Bowron, of Christchurch. These are really genre subjects, not portraits. Photographers should attempt more in this class of subject. Genre work showing craftsmen at work are interesting and become valuable records due to the gradual disappearance of such types as shown in No. 38 and No. 11. "Harvest", by M. Grant, is a good picture, giving a feeling of open air and sunshine.

The exhibition will be open each day and evening at the society's new rooms in Princes street until Wednesday next.



16th September 1936
Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22445
Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22987

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
INTERCLUB EXHIBITION
The NEW ZEALAND INTER-CLUB competition for the Bledisloe Cup (the Dunedin Photographic Society being the winners of this cup this year) has been extended for a further three days, closing on Saturday evening at 9pm. This exhibition of pictorial photographs can be seen in the Dunedin Photographic Society new club rooms, 479 Princes street south (above Messrs Thomson and Brown). No charge for admission.



16th September 1936  Page 9 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 22987

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION OF PICTORIAL PHOTOGRAPHS

EXTENDED for a further THREE DAYS until SATURDAY EVENING, 19th September,
the NEW ZEALAND INTER-CLUB Competition for the Bledisloe Cup,
comprising 60 selected Photographs representing the Camera Clubs of New Zealand,
on view in the new Club Rooms of the
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY, Inc.,
479 Princes street south (above Messrs Thomson and Brown).
Thursday and Friday - 2pm to 4.30pm, 7.30pm to 9pm; Saturday, 7pm to 9pm.
No Charge for admission.

R. KIRK
Assistant Secretary
c/o G. Kirk and Co.



25th September 1936  Page 11 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22453

BOY SCOUTS
HOBBIES AND HANDICRAFT EXHIBITION
Boy Scouts Association’s annual exhibition of hobbies and handicrafts. An added attraction will be the displays by the Model Engineering Society, which has provided some exquisite miniature working models; the Dunedin Photographic Society, with some fine studies; and the Model Yacht and Aeroplane Clubs, with a wide selection of models.



1st October 1936  Page 499 - Vol. 43 No. 10 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The forty years tenancy of the Dunedin Photographic Society in one building terminated on June 30th last. The Council had a busy time securing accommodation and refitting and decorating the new rooms. With the help of the members the work has now been satisfactorily completed. The first meeting in the new premises took place on August 10th, the rooms being declared open by the Patron of the Society (Mr. S.H. Rawson), who congratulated the members on the new quarters, and contrasted the lot of a present-day member with that of a photographer in his early days. Other speakers also congratulated the society on its acquisition of new rooms. Mr. Mackersey, of Kodak Limited, then took charge and gave a very fine Cine-Kodak show, including two reels of the recently introduced Kodachrome color film.

The next meeting was taken by Mr. W.B. Seymour, who gave a very interesting talk on "Composition”, using lantern slides of line drawings to illustrate his remarks. The slides, of splendid quality, were made by Mr. E.F. Lord, who later gave a short talk, explaining how the copying of the drawings and the making of the slides had been done.

Word has been received from the Wellington Camera Club, who controlled the competition this year, that the Dunedin Photographic Society has been adjudged the winner of the NEW ZEALAND INTER-CLUB Competition for the Bledisloe Cup. This is a yearly competition, twelve prints being submitted by each society in New Zealand, the judging being done by a different society each year. This is the first time the Dunedin Photographic Society has won the competition since the donation of the cup by Lord Bledisloe some years ago.



8th October 1936  Page 13 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22464
9th October 1936  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 23007
2nd November 1936  Page 552 - Volume 43 Number 11 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The first meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society for September was given over to a criticism of the prints in the NEW ZEALAND INTER-CLUB Competition for the Bledisloe Cup, of which the Dunedin Photographic Society was the winner this year. The commentator was Mr. J.J. Webster, who gave his views on most of the prints and also an outline of the lighting used in the production of Spencer Digby’s two fine portraits. Mr. Webster’s criticisms were much appreciated by the large number of members present.

The next meeting was the first to be held in the new dark rooms. The subject was "Processing of Dufay Color Films", by Messrs C.S. Dickson and F.T. Allan. Both the lecturers addressed the meeting on different aspects of color photography, with particular reference to the Dufay films. The processing of a Dufay film was carried out from the first development to the final washing. A "One-man Show", by Mr. Bowron (Christchurch) was on display.



13th October 1936
Page 3 - Southland Times, Issue 23019

CAMERA CLUB’S WORK
A FINE EXHIBITION
DISPLAY IN SMITH’S LOUNGE
The Invercargill Camera Club again revealed its enterprise when yesterday afternoon in Smith’s Lounge it exhibited to the public of Invercargill the best efforts of New Zealand’s photographers. The photographs were artistically arranged and even those who knew nothing about photographic art were able to appreciate in some measure the patience and forethought that had been put into even the plainest, or should one say the simplest, of the pictures.

In opening the exhibition the Mayor (Mr John Miller) stated that this was the third time he had been present at such a function. He congratulated the club on its enterprise in collecting together the photographic cream of the camera clubs of New Zealand and made special mention of the very fine display that was the work of the Sydney Camera Club. The Mayor said that he hoped the exhibition would be visited by all people who had any aesthetic taste at all, not only by those who were keenly interested in photography as a hobby or as a profession. The work on display would not only arouse interest in the doings of the Invercargill Camera Club, but it would have an educative effect on the people as a whole.

The Mayor said he regretted the absence from the exhibition of Mr J.J.W. Pollard, who had not only been an enthusiastic amateur photographer, but a constructive and learned critic. He had been able to direct people’s attention to the more outstanding exhibits and give them some idea wherein lay their true beauty. The Mayor suggested that, in the future, some person who could perform these duties should be present. He then officially declared the exhibition open and wished it every success.

The president of the Invercargill Camera Club (Mr W. Millar) thanked the Mayor for his attendance and said that Mr Pollard’s departure had been sorely felt, but that the club would endeavor to rectify the omission that had been made.

The works exhibited were done by members of the Dunedin Photographic Society and Christchurch Photographic Society and the Invercargill Camera Club, Wellington Camera Club and Auckland Camera Club.

SOME OF THE PICTURES
The champion picture was exhibited by Mr Spencer Digby, of the Wellington Camera Club. The subject was Sir Michael Myers and the marks awarded were 91 out of a possible 100. In commenting on the photograph the judge had stated that the head was well placed and admirably lighted, in all a very convincing portrait study. Points were awarded for conception, composition, technique and presentation, and Mr Digby’s photograph was very little ahead of the highest marked awards of competitors from other centers.

Mr George Chance, of the Dunedin Photographic Society, scored 90 points with a particularly impressive study entitled “Autumn in South Canterbury”, and Miss J. Nevill, of the same club, gained an equal number of points with “En Paris”, a beautiful photograph of a young woman.

The highest marked award of the Auckland Camera Club group was a photograph by Mr E.C. Lackland entitled “Five O’clock”. The 87 marks awarded this exhibitor for his unusual picture of a traffic scene in Queen street were faithfully earned. Mr F.L. Barron, of the Christchurch Photographic Society, scored 86 points with his study “The Violin Maker”, and Mr A.N. Baker, of the Invercargill Camera Club, gained one point less with “Dessert” and “I Wonder”.

Many of the other exhibits scored high marks and, naturally enough, some of the lower placed exhibits will attract more attention and will appeal more than those mentioned above, for all reveal the touch of the master hand.



6th November 1936
Page 12 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22489
Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 23031
1st December 1936
Page 602 - Vol. 43 No. 12 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The first October meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society consisted of a talk on "The Best Print from a Standard Negative”, the speakers being Messrs. W.B. Seymour, C.S. Dickson and C.A. Weedon, each of whom, after criticizing the negative supplied, proceeded to point out the methods he had adopted in making his print. Several different parts of the negative were enlarged to make varied prints, while in some cases the sky had been painted out and a different sky printed in from another negative.

The next meeting was in the hands of Mr. W.B. Seymour, who gave a demonstration of the "Bromoil Transfer” process. The lecturer explained the details of the process, and then produced a partially inked print, which he proceeded to finish. The bromoil print and the transfer paper were put through the press together, the ink being transferred from one to the other during the process. Mr. Seymour inked the print again, and after placing it in correct register with the transfer paper, repeated the operation, explaining that this could be done several times until the correct density had been attained.



4th December 1936  Page 16 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22513
5th December 1936  Page 5 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 23056
1st February 1937  Page 83 - Volume 44 Number 2 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on November 7th, when the chairman (Mr. Seymour) congratulated the members on a very successful year, but stressed the need for more members if they were to progress as they should.

The slides in the Lantern Slide Competition were then shown, the judge (Mr. W.D. Pirrett) gave his criticisms of the slides as they were seen on the screen, and congratulated the members on the improved quality of their work, but pointed out methods to improve this still further. His placing of the slides was: 1st and 2nd, Mr. E.F. Lord; 3rd, Mr. J.G. Johnston; 4th, Mr. F.T. Allan.

The prints from the Set Subject Competition were also on display, the placing being: 1st, Mr. D.Y. Erwin; 2nd, Mr. A.R. Harris; 3rd, Mr. F.T. Allan.

A portfolio of prints on loan from the Photographic Society of New South Wales was also on display, and created a great deal of interest.

The next and last meeting of the year consisted of the Annual Exhibition, which was the first to be held in the new Club Rooms. The exhibition was of a very high quality, as well as being one of the biggest ever held. The judge (Mr. G. Tovey) expressed himself as being very satisfied with the standard of work exhibited, which had made the task of judging the prints much more difficult. He went on to criticize most of the prints, pointing out how they could be improved.

CHAMPION: from SENIOR LANDSCAPE Mr. C.A. WEEDON
SENIOR: LANDSCAPE:			SENIOR: ARCHITECTURE:		SENIOR: FIGURE STUDY:			SENIOR: PORTRAIT:
FIRST: C. A. Weedon	SECOND: W.B. Seymour	HON. MENTION: A.R. Harris J.G. Johnston	FIRST: A.R. Harris	SECOND: Miss E. Turnbull	FIRST: Miss Joan Nevill	SECOND: Miss Joan Nevill	HON. MENTION: Miss Joan Nevill	FIRST: Miss J.D. Nevill	SECOND: Miss R. Phillips	HON. MENTION: Miss Joan Nevill
SENIOR: SHIPPING:			SENIOR: SEASCAPE:			SENIOR: STILL LIFE:		SENIOR: GENERAL:
FIRST: Miss E. Turnbull	SECOND: D.Y. Erwin	HON. MENTION: Miss E. Turnbull	FIRST: Miss Marjorie Gibbs	SECOND: A.R. Harris	HON. MENTION: Mrs M.C. Ball	FIRST: F.T. Allan	SECOND: Miss R. Phillips	FIRST: Mrs M.C. Ball J.G. Johnston	THIRD: J.G. Johnston	HON. MENTION: J.G. Johnston
INTERMEDIATE: GENERAL:				JUNIOR: LANDSCAPE:			JUNIOR: SEASCAPE MARINE:
FIRST: F.H. Williams		SECOND: F.H. Williams	HON. MENTION: Miss N. Taylor	FIRST: Miss M. Valentine	SECOND EQUAL: S. MacGibbon H.D. Purves	HON. MENTION: N. Patchett	FIRST: H.D. Purves		SECOND: S. MacGibbon	HON. MENTION: H.D. Purves
JUNIOR: PORTRAIT:				JUNIOR: ARCHITECTURE:			JUNIOR: STILL LIFE:
FIRST: N. Patchett		SECOND: H.D. Purves	HON. MENTION: H.D. Purves	FIRST: Miss M. Valentine	SECOND: N. Patchett	HON. MENTION: S. MacGibbon	FIRST: N. Patchett		SECOND: Miss M. Valentine	HON. MENTION: Miss M. Valentine

9th March 1937
Page 7 - NORTHERN ADVOCATE
Page 10 - NEW ZEALAND HERALD, VOLUME LXXIV, ISSUE 22672

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At a meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society last night attention was drawn to a message from Hamilton stating that the first international salon of photography in New Zealand was to be held in conjunction with the Waikato winter show. It was stated that the first and only international salon was organized by the Dunedin society in conjunction with the New Zealand and South Seas Exhibition, held in Dunedin in 1925-26. At this exhibition were shown masterpieces from the world’s leading photographers.



9th March 1937
Page 4 - ASHBURTON GUARDIAN, VOLUME 57, ISSUE 125
Page 13 - PRESS, VOLUME LXXIII, ISSUE 22036
Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 23134
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIII, ISSUE 5

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A Press Association telegram from Dunedin states that a report from Hamilton claiming that the first international salon of photography in New Zealand was to be held at the Winter Show was denied at a meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society (Inc.) last evening. It was stated that the first and only international salon was organized by the Dunedin Society at the New Zealand and South Seas Exhibition, held in Dunedin in 1925-26. At this exhibition were shown masterpieces from the world’s leading workers and portfolios from leading pictorialists have circulated in the Dominion since then.



25th March 1937
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22606
Page 14 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 23148

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The monthly meeting of the Executive Committee of the Otago Expansion League was held on Tuesday evening.

Several samples of scenic photographs secured during the recent competition held by the Dunedin Photographic Society were exhibited and much admired. The president stressed the advantages of having these scenic gems registered, pointing out how effective they were for reproduction. He informed members that some of those shown had already been utilized, and would appear in the league’s forthcoming publication, 'Picturesque Dunedin'.



9th April 1937
Page 15 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22618
Page 14 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 23160
1st May 1937
Page 239 - Volume 44 Number 5 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
MEETINGS FOR March
The first meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was in the hands of Mr. W.B. Seymour, whose subject was the compounding of developers. Mr. Seymour dealt with the different developers and their constituents, showing the reasons for dissolving the chemicals in certain specified orders instead of haphazardly. The lecturer was asked many questions at the close of his address, but proved himself equal to them all, even when he became side-tracked into the realm of fine-grain development.

Kodak Ltd. took charge at the next meeting, and gave a very fine show of cine films. The members were particularly interested in the Kodachrome color films, and voted these far ahead of the former Kodak color process, Kodacolor. Mr. Mackersey, who was in charge, had several other films to show, including one of the life story (so far) of his own little daughter, who proved herself to be a very charming and natural actress.



5th June 1937
Page 13 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22667
Page 9 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 23209
1st July 1937
Page 342 - Vol. 44 No. 7 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The lecturer at the first meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society in May was Mr. S.H. Rawson, who took the bush in Peel Forest as his subject, and showed himself as an enthusiast in regard to bush photography. Some lantern slides, showing typical scenes in this rain forest, were projected, including views of bracken, ferns, waterfalls, and a giant totara tree.

Ricardo's drawings from The Amateur Photographer, illustrating points in composition, were the basis of the second May meeting. Mr. E.F. Lord, who was in charge, had made lantern slides of several of these drawings, and while the slides were on the screen read out "Ricardo's” comments. Further criticisms of the compositions were given by Miss E. Turnbull, Miss L. Bagley and Miss M. Gibbs, and Messrs. C.A. Weedon, C.S. Dickson and F.T. Allan.



6th July 1937
Page 14 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22693
Page 15 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 23236

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
MEETINGS FOR June
On the first meeting of the month the Dunedin Photographic Society was favored with an opportunity to see a collection of hand tinted lantern slides of New Zealand scenery issued by the Tourist Department. These slides had recently been shown in public in many parts of America, chiefly round Chicago, by Miss MacGibbon, who kindly came along to tell the society where the views were taken.

At the next meeting Mr. C.S. Dickson gave a demonstration of “brometching”, a new process of which a brief description is as follows: A bromide print is exposed from three to eight times normal and developed fully in a metol quinol developer. The print which, according to Mr. Dickson, should then look like “tar on asphalt”, is washed and without fixing is bleached in successive acid-permanganate baths until the correct density is attained, upon which the print is fixed in an acid-hypo fixing bath. The resulting print is of a pleasing, warm black color and of a texture resembling bromoil.



2nd August 1937  Page 394 - Vol. 44 No. 8 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the June meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, Mr. C.S. Dickson gave a demonstration of "Brom-etching”, a new process of which the following is a brief description; A bromide print is exposed from three to eight times the normal time and fully developed in a Metol-Quinol Developer. The print is then washed and, without fixing, is bleached in successive acid-permanganate baths until the correct density is attained, upon which the print is fixed in an acid-hypo fixing bath. The resulting print is of a pleasing warm black color and of a texture resembling bromoil.



4th August 1937
Page 13 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22718
Page 15 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 23260

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
MEETINGS FOR July
The first meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society for July was in the hands of Mr. D.Y. Erwin, who took for his subject ‘Pictures; What They Are and How to Appreciate Them'. Mr. Erwin had delved into the work of the old masters for his illustrations, and by means of color slides, line drawings, and colored reproductions shown through the lantern and by an epidiascope, an instrument by which an image of flat objects such as paintings or drawings, can be projected on to a screen, greatly enlarged, showed works of Ruben, Corot, and others, and by means of slides of the line drawings illustrated the compositions of the pictures.

Miss Joan Nevill’s lecture at the next meeting was on ‘Portraiture'. The lecturer discussed several of the points in the taking of a successful portrait, such as posing, lighting, composition, and backgrounds, and showed several examples of her work to illustrate different points, and finally took photographs of some of the members, showing the different lighting effects that could be obtained with the two 500watt lights she was using.

A long-cherished wish of the society was brought to fruition towards the end of the month, when members of the council met cinema enthusiasts in the city, with the object of forming a cinema group within the society. Cinema photographers had been circularized, and an enthusiastic meeting took place at which it was decided to go ahead with the scheme, and for that purpose a small committee was elected to formulate rules and regulations to govern the group. This cinema group is said to be the first of its kind in the Dominion, and brings it more into line with the large photographic societies in the Old Country.



14th August 1937  Page 5 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 23269

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHERS SUCCESS
The portrait of the head of a boy, the work of
Miss D. JOYCE NEVILL
Dunedin Photographic Society
which secured the championship award at the
Inter-club photographic competition for the Bledisloe Cup.

26th August 1937  Page 14 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22737

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
PICTORIAL PHOTOGRAPHY
The use of the camera as a means of artistic expression, is vividly illustrated in the exhibition of pictorial photographs being displayed at the rooms or the Dunedin Photographic Society. This is the Annual Inter-club exhibition, comprising 72 prints contributed by the photographic societies in New Zealand for competition for the Bledisloe Cup.

The excellent standard reflects great credit on the entrants. Here and there a weakness may he detected, but, on the whole, the standard is very good. To the pictorialist every photograph is not a picture — there is an eternal striving for a better picture, and this collection represents the best work. There are very few hobbies which can be as interesting as photography. Photography teaches observation; it is also an outdoor hobby. It calls for high skill in technique and patience. It exercises the physical and mental powers of the worker. A glance around the picture shows a predominance of landscapes; this proves the outdoor nature of the hobby. There is no close season for photography — charming studies may be obtained both in winter and summer, although the most comfortable conditions are those existing in summer.

The best winter landscape is that of ‘In Winter’s Grip', by Miss Thelma Kent. Although the marking is not high, this little picture has many good points. The snow texture, the contrasts are good, and it carries well. It is the best snow photograph in the collection. An etching like quality is seen in No. 40, a design by F.L. Bowron. The chief objection is the very small cloud in the sky. If the cloud were actually there at the moment the picture was taken, then it would have been far better to have waited until it passed. The composition would be much improved without the cloud.

Trees in landscapes form a good pattern and trees form the theme of 'Hagley Park', by G. Chance. The distance vista through the trees is well rendered, but a tendency to divided interest is caused by a dark tree in the center. A tree study. No. 30, by D.F. Lyons, is good design, but a trifle heavy in tone. This heaviness has caused a loss of roundness in the limbs of the trees. A good photograph being a monochrome, must show gradation of tone from black to faint gray. In this picture, the gradation is far too steep. There is better gradation in, Mr. W.W. Millar’s picture, entitled 'Evening Light', but this again could he improved by printing in a higher key. The picture by C.S. Dickson, 'Shadowtime', shows some beautiful tones, and is a good example of the use of late afternoon lighting. The tone of the sky is, however, a trifle heavy.

There are not many seascapes, but of those shown by F.H. Williams, entitled 'The Wave', is by far the best. The line of the wave is in a good part in the picture, there is a feeling of energy and crispness without any loss of sense of movement. The wave has life.

In the last few years there has been a swing to what is known or has been called modern photography, but this year the pictures of that nature are very few. The chief fault of modernists in photography was the freaks that were produced. This year only one has crept in, namely, 'Curves and Angles'. It is the kind of picture which puts the modernist into ridicule. A good type of this kind of photography is No. 65, a design by R.E. Ash. This is, a piece of good composition and excellent technique: the lighting is also very good. A similar type of picture is No. 63, by E.C. Lackland. An effective composition, it is well lit, the object is simple, and the pattern strong.



26th August 1937  Page 14 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 23280

PHOTOGRAPHIC ART
DUNEDIN SOCIETY’S EXHIBITION
DISPLAY OF CHAMPION PRINTS
That steady progress has been made in pictorial photography in the Dominion is clearly illustrated in the exhibition arranged by the Dunedin Photographic Society. The Exhibition is composed of entries in the NEW ZEALAND INTER-CLUB competition.

On visiting the display one naturally wishes first to see the champion picture. This is “Head of a Boy”, by Miss Joyce Nevill. A picture, no matter whether it be a printing or a photograph, is made or marred by incorrect lighting. The lighting of the head and the texture of the skin marks out this picture as an outstanding example of good photography. There are other portraits; perhaps the number of portraits is not as high as usual, but one should not miss the two examples of Spencer Digby, namely, No. 59 and No. 60. Of the two, “The Hon. Mr. Justice Blair” is the better. It is a strong, vital piece of work, but is marred by the length of line in the left shoulder. It is without doubt the best head study in the exhibition.

Dealing with portraits brings us to figure studies, and what could be more charming than the contribution of Gerald E. Jones, entitled “Innocence”. This picture is carried out by means of a process called Bromoil transfer, which produces an etching-like effect. There are very few exponents of this pleasing process in New Zealand. The picture is good, except that there is a loss of line in the shoulder, and the frock on the left-hand side is not good. Except for these two defects we have a picture of a charming child, a picture which will last.

FIGURE STUDY
A figure study of a different kind is seen in “The Naked Sword”. Certainly the model conveys a sense of action and vitality, but it must be argued that the flesh tones are false. The false value has been obtained by the use of oil or grease on the flesh. This has caused a series of highlights all over the body. Flesh photographed shows a texture of its own and also muscles stand out; they do not require to be over-emphasized by such means as this artist has employed. The two nude studies shown, namely, “Woodland Symphony”, and “Torso”, by L. Beck, are not good examples. The posing of the figures is not good and the lighting leaves much to be desired. In Mr. D.F. Lyon’s picture the figure is very strained, and the lighting does not improve matters. In No. 69 the lighting is very poor, and the concentration of light is not vital; that is, there is no concentration point of light to give vitality to the picture. The photography of the nude is a very difficult piece of work.

There is much to be said for the use of the camera in studies such as “The Tinker”, by J.W. Johnson. The picture could have been improved by a stronger light. The light is well concentrated on the figure, but had the general tone been lighter then a brightness now lacking would have placed this study on a higher marking. It is what may be termed a pictorial documentary record. Pictures of this nature are valuable; they are a record of a life or type which in time will disappear. There is great scope for the camera in studies of this nature. One has only to remember that 40 years ago the sailing ship was a common sight at our ports; now it is a rare one, and therefore good pictorial records form practically the only means of visualizing what they were like. The case of the shoeing smith is another example of a fast disappearing type of trade. “Pop-eye”, although not gaining high marks, shows a good character study or type which could have been better handled.

LANDSCAPE PHOTOGRAPHY
In exhibitions of this nature landscapes predominate. The reason is, of course, that the camera worker has his lighting provided by Nature and his subject needs no posing, merely selecting. Selecting is the secret of good landscape photography. Laws of composition are acquired by observation; the painter can on his canvas alter lines which interfere, and alter lighting which does not suit. The photographer in most cases has to photograph what is there, and the mood expressed is the one which was there at the moment the picture was taken. The well-lit and well-composed landscape is in a photograph true to Nature.

To a keen camera worker a day in the field, a day of bright sunshine with passing clouds, is a day for pictures. The best lighting is an evening light, and this lighting has been used to a good effect in “Ere the Sun was Set”, by Miss L. Bagley. This typical Central Otago landscape is one which many of us may have seen. If taken at mid-day the picture would have been hard and harsh in its light, but evening gives a softness to the hills and the play of shadow gives pattern. Another landscape of merit is No. 13, by C.A. Weedon. This is a strong composition with opposing vertical and horizontal lines, but yet there is harmony. The picture gives a feeling of space and the foreground shadows give a sense of balance. The technical work is of a high standard.



1st September 1937  Page 446 - Vol. 44 No. 9 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Mr. D.Y. Erwin took for his subject "Pictures what they are and how to appreciate them", at the first July meeting, of the Dunedin Photographic Society, and, by means of color slides, line drawings, and colored reproductions, shown through the lantern and by an epidiascope (an instrument by which an image of flat objects, such as paintings or drawings can be projected on to a screen, greatly enlarged), showed works by Rubens, Corot and others, and, by means of slides of line drawings, illustrated the composition of the pictures.

Miss Joan Nevill’s lecture at the next meeting was on "Portraiture”, and discussed several features in making a successful portrait, such as posing, lighting, composition and backgrounds, showing examples of her work to illustrate different points, and finally took photographs of some of the members, showing the different lighting effects that could be obtained with the two 500-watt lights she used.

A long-cherished wish of the society was brought to fruition towards the end of the month, when members of the Council met cine enthusiasts in the city, with the object of forming a Cine Group within the Society. An enthusiastic meeting took place, at which it was decided to proceed with the scheme, and for that purpose a small committee was elected to formulate rules to govern the group.



1st September 1937  Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22742
1st October 1937  Page 499 - Vol. 44 No. 10 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the first meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society in August Mr. P. Beck demonstrated printing from paper negatives. He said the bromide paper used for the original positive as well as the paper negative must be single weight and should be of a smooth matt finish which allows plenty of work to be done on both positive and negative by means of pencil or stump and powdered graphite. Certainly, in Mr. Beck’s hands, the results well repaid the little extra trouble gone to in producing the final print.

At the next meeting the NEW ZEALAND INTER-CLUB Competition prints, as usual, created a great deal of interest which was not lessened by the Dunedin Society’s repeating its victory of last year, being once again the holders of the Bledisloe Cup. The Society had further cause for gratification in that one of its members, Miss Joyce Nevill, had her picture. "Head of a Boy”, adjudged to be champion picture. The Society’s Hon. Judge, Mr. Gordon Tovey, pointed out faults in many of the pictures and what is sometimes harder to do, the good points that gain recognition.

The Cine Group held its initial meeting during the month. The first part consisted of a discussion on business connected with the Group and it was decided to hold meetings on the first Monday of each month, the Group to carry on under a temporary committee until the annual meeting of the Society in November, when definite steps to incorporate it in the Society would be taken. The latter part was occupied by a screening of members films, especial interest attaching to what is probably the first talking travelogue taken by amateurs in New Zealand.



1st October 1937
Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22768
Page 13 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 23311
1st November 1937
Page 550 - Vol. 44 No. 11 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
September MEETINGS
The first meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society during September was devoted to a lecture on 'Toning' by Mr. F.T. Allan. The lecturer dealt first with the types of subject that could be benefited by being presented in a toned image. These included most landscapes and portraits, especially when bright sunlight was present, as brown was one of the warm colors and so gave a better representation of sunshine than a black and white print. He stressed the point that snow scenes and seascapes other than beach scenes should never be toned to a warm color, but should be presented in black and white, or even in one of the cold colors, blue and green. Mr. Allan then described the working methods for the more usual toning solutions, and went on to describe some less well known, including pyrocatechin, acid-permanganate sulphide, and mercuric chloride sulphide, illustrating the tones to be obtained by these processes by means of some of his prints. He also touched on the delightful colors to be obtained by the Carbo process, and on chlorobromide paper by direct development, and then gave a short demonstration of the acid-permanganate sulphide process.

At the next meeting the slides entered in the lantern slide competition were shown on the screen and criticized by the judge (Mr. Earland), who pointed out their faults. The slides included both Dufay-color and monochrome slides, some of them of high quality. The judge’s placings were as follow:

MONOCHROME:			COLOR:
FIRST: Mr. E.F. Lord	SECOND: Mr. E.F. Lord	THIRD EQUAL: Mr. D.Y. Erwin Mr. I. Johnston	FIRST: Miss L. Bagley	SECOND EQUAL: Mr. C.S. Dickson Miss L. Bagley	THIRD: Miss L. Bagley

Mr. Lord then gave a talk on lantern slide making by the thiocarbamide process, which he described as being tricky and uncertain, but well worth the trouble if the color aimed at was achieved. He then showed several slides, some made by ordinary processes and some by the thiocarbamide, the latter showing a clear superiority.

The meeting of the Cine Group was presided over by Mr. Rigg, who gave a talk on 'Exposure and Exposure Meters'.



2nd November 1937
Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22795
Page 16 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 23338
1st December 1937
Page 602 - Vol. 44 No. 12 The Australasian Photographic Review

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The first meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society for October was occupied with a criticism of the pictures in the Annual Exhibition, given by the Hon. Judge: Mr. Gordon Tovey who, as usual, gave many hints for the improvement of the work.

SENIOR: LANDSCAPE:			SENIOR: FIGURE STUDY:		SENIOR: GENERAL:			SENIOR: ANIMAL STUDY:
FIRST: D.Y. Erwin	SECOND: C.A. Weedon	HON. MENTION: F.T. Allan	FIRST: C.A. Weedon	SECOND EQUAL: Miss J. Nevill Miss R. Phillips	FIRST: C.S. Dickson	SECOND: C.S. Dickson	FIRST: Miss D.J. Nevill	SECOND: Miss J. Nevill	HON. MENTION: Miss R. Phillips
SENIOR: PORTRAIT:			INTERMEDIATE: LANDSCAPE:			INTERMEDIATE: STILL LIFE:
FIRST: Miss D.J. Nevill	SECOND: Miss D.J. Nevill	HON. MENTION: Miss J. Nevill	FIRST: S.M. MacGibbon	SECOND: S.M. MacGibbon	HON. MENTION: Miss M. Valentine	FIRST: Miss M. Valentine	SECOND: S.M. MacGibbon	HON. MENTION: Miss M. Valentine
INTERMEDIATE: PORTRAIT AND FIGURE STUDY:			INTERMEDIATE: ARCHITECTURE:			JUNIOR: GENERAL:
FIRST: Miss M. Valentine	SECOND: S.M. MacGibbon	HON. MENTION: S.M. MacGibbon	FIRST: Miss M. Valentine	SECOND: S.M. MacGibbon	HON. MENTION: S.M. MacGibbon	FIRST: C. Palmer	SECOND: C. Palmer	HON. MENTION: W.S. Duke

The next meeting was given over to the viewing of a portfolio of prints by J. Dudley Johnston, Hon. FRPS, on loan to the Society from the Royal Photographic Society of Great Britain. Mr. Johnston is a pictorialist of world-wide renown and a Past-President of the Royal Photographic Society. The pictures were fully up to the standard expected, being particularly noticeable for their breadth of treatment and fine quality, although some of them were made as long ago as 1907. An interesting evening was spent listening to members comments on the prints.

The meeting of the Cine Group was devoted to a showing of members films, which were criticized by those present and improvements suggested.



27th November 1937
Page 13 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22817
Page 27 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 23360

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society Inc., was held in the club rooms, on the 22nd November. The president (Mr. W.B. Seymour) presiding over a good attendance of members and visitors, briefly reviewed the work of the first complete year in the new rooms. The report made note inter alia of the club’s premier position in the NEW ZEALAND INTER-CLUB competition, and the improved arrangements for regular portfolios from New South Wales and London had done much to stimulate interest in lantern slide and pictorial work. The society had been instrumental in securing a loan of the 1937 annual exhibition of the Royal Photographic Society, in London, so that this world-known collection would be shown in New Zealand in 1938.

The formation of a Cine Group was thoroughly discussed, but the decided opinion or members was that it should be a self-supporting unit within the society.

At the conclusion of the meeting Mr. G.D. Anderson entertained the audience with a commentary of some very interesting lantern slides of various holiday tours, including a bicycle trip over the Haast Pass.

By courtesy of Messrs H.E. Perry Ltd., the members were privileged to see a display of mediobrome prints by the well-known Belgian worker, Leonard Missonne. The large prints attracted much favorable comment, being characteristic of the spirit of this man’s work with the flou-net screen.

A hearty vote of thanks to the council, photographic houses, the Press, and all who had assisted during the year was carried by acclamation.



30th November 1937  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 23362

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
LOAN PHOTOGRAPHIC DISPLAY
A loan collection of photographs by M. Leonard Missonne, the celebrated Belgian photographer and photographic research worker, which was recently the subject of a discussion by the Dunedin Photographic Society, is now on view in the show window of a Princes street chemist's shop. The pictures comprise a display which is notable for its departure from the convention of to-day in artistic photography by the use of perpendicular lines where one has become more accustomed to the oblique. A London scene of 1900 depicting foggy weather, hansom cabs, and top-hatted pedestrians should prove of greatest interest, but rural scenes of the photographer's native land predominate. These are striking enough, with their atmosphere of Belgian fields and farms, and two snow scenes are of special interest. There are also pictures of rain-swept pavements, and street scenes which represent a different department of the art, but provide the photographer with full scope for his artistry.



9th June 1938  Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22979

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
LOAN COLLECTION OF PHOTOGRAPHS:
Four pictures from the Royal Photographic Society 1937 Exhibition are reproduced in reduced size on this page. A collection of 232 pictures to be exhibited throughout New Zealand, it will receive its premier exhibition in the Pioneer Hall through the Dunedin Photographic Society in conjunction with Kodak Ltd.

     

Above left: "Donna in Posa", by Italo Bertoglio. Above right: "Basuto Shepherd", by H.M. Swan ARPS.

"COLD WEATHER", a print by E. Yamazaki, in the Royal Photographic Society's 1937 Exhibition.

"STAIRS", a splendid study in design, from the photographic collection to be opened for exhibition in Dunedin on June 20th, by Jeno Denkstein.

17th June 1938  Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22986

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

“PANE IN THE NECK” is the title given by the photographer, R.W. Leavitt ARPS, to this humorous study. A glossy print, 13.5 inch x 10.5 inch, it is from the loan collection of Royal Photographic Society pictures to tour Australia and New Zealand, and to receive its premier exhibition in Dunedin, opening next week. The showing is in the hands of the Dunedin Photographic Society in collaboration with Messrs Kodak Ltd.



21st June 1938  Page 15 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22989

LOAN COLLECTION OF PHOTOGRAPHS

EXHIBITION FORMALLY OPENED
"THE GENESIS OF THE ARTS"
The first loan collection of pictorial photographs from the Royal Photographic Society to visit New Zealand was formally opened in the Pioneer Hall last night by Sir Percy Sargood. This collection was the same as exhibited from 11th September until 9th October 1937, by the Royal Photographic Society, in London. At the conclusion of Sir Percy’s address members of the Dunedin Photographic Society spent some time in inspecting the very comprehensive display which includes no fewer than 232 photographs of a quality never before seen in Dunedin.

The chairman was Mr. E.F. Lord, Vice-President of the Dunedin Photographic Society. After briefly referring to the work of the Dunedin Photographic Society, Mr. Lord called upon the principal speaker.

“It is with pleasure that I am here to-night to open this exhibition of expert photographic art”, said Sir Percy Sargood, “and there are three reasons for my pleasure. The first is because, having already seen it in Melbourne, I am convinced it is well worth a study, for it exemplifies the best in photography. The second is that, as believers in the artistic value of photography, when my wife and I gave the Art Gallery to the city we stipulated that photographic art should be encouraged and that it find a home in the gallery. Thirdly, as the presumed Cinderella of art it is due every support which can reasonably be given it.

“The Royal Photographic Society, under whose auspices this collection comes to us free of cost, deserves our thanks in more than words, but rather in the support of the community shown by its attendance". The speaker added that it was fitting the public should know and appreciate the fact that Kodak Ltd., had guaranteed to sponsor the exhibition throughout New Zealand. That firm was acting as agents for the Royal Photographic Society without any pecuniary gain.

“I am going to dispute the idea that photography is the Cinderella of art”, Sir Percy continued. “I assert it is the very foundation of art, was before art, and without it art would not exist to-day, nor have ever been born”.

Admitting that his claim was no doubt open to controversy, the speaker proceeded to enlarge and answered his own question, “What is art?" by saying that generally speaking art was the portrayal, whether on canvas, paper, stone, or other material, of things seen or of things imagined as seen. There were rules to guide the physical means to produce art, though there were many attempts to depart from these rules, and consequently there arose atrocities. There was genius, associated with the rules which raised the executant above his less gifted confreres. Nothing but long practice on the mechanical side gave genius an opportunity to express itself. The speaker contended that the same remarks could be applied to photography.

Emphasizing his claim that photography was the genesis of art, the speaker stated that the eye acted as a camera, photographing what it saw, and in the brain transformed the picture into a permanent vision. Because this was so the cave dweller who reproduced crude drawings on the walls of his cave only tried to register on rock what his eye saw and his brain recorded. As man developed, so did the manner of his presenting what his eye photographed, develop. Photographic art of to-day was one principal outcome. The development of photography had caused the dread to rise among painters that the day of the painter was ended. But that was not so. Indeed, painters had sought the aid of photography and then designs and composition had been influenced by it.

The speaker outlined the importance of photography in the modern world. It played its part in every phase of life, and in every event which arose. Without photography the advance of human knowledge and spiritual evolution would be very slow.

“So”, concluded Sir Percy, “I come back to my original statement that photography, in its wider sense, is the parent of all pictorial art. I commend these examples done by many very eminent photographic artists to one and all, and now declare the exhibition open”.

Moving a vote of thanks to the speaker. Mr. George Chance said that the Dunedin Photographic Society had been formed in 1890 with the object of encouraging pictorial outlook and photographic technique, and in 1927 it affiliated with the Royal Photographic Society. Regular instruction and demonstrations had been given to members during the past 48 years by the more advanced workers, and that this had been productive of success was shown by the fact that members of the society had submitted pictures to the Royal Photographic Society and had been honored by having some accepted and hung. The society exchanged portfolios with other New Zealand societies, and exchanges had been made with Sydney, Hobart, Edinburgh, and Johannesburg. With this exhibition the society felt it was coming in contact with the rest of the world.

Mr. R.F. Riggs, representing Kodak Ltd., spoke briefly on the exhibition, and gratefully acknowledged the co-operation of the Dunedin Photographic Society in assisting with the display.

The exhibition will be open to the public from to-morrow until 2nd July, between the hours of 2.30pm and 5.30pm and 7.30pm and 9.30pm. There is no charge for admission.



21st June 1938  Page 9 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 23531

ART OF THE CAMERA

PLEA FOR RECOGNITION
OUTSTANDING EXHIBITION
OPENED ADDRESS BY SIR PERCY SARGOOD
By far the most important collection of photographic art ever seen in Dunedin was opened for public exhibition in the Pioneers Hall last night. It consists of 232 exhibits, which comprised the pictorial section of the Royal Photographic Society Coronation year exhibition. Its circulation as a loan collection throughout Australia and New Zealand has been arranged by the leading photographic societies in association with Kodak (Australasia) Proprietary, Ltd. Opening the display last evening before a large gathering, Sir Percy Sargood commended the exhibition to the support of the community, describing it as "a picture gallery in itself".

The first impression of the exhibition is of its size, but surprise at its quantity rapidly gives place to admiration for its quality. The range of the work and, indeed, of the subjects is remarkable and cannot fail to strike any visitor whether he is a professional, an enthusiastic student, an amateur with small interest in the possibilities of his camera, or the man just off the street. The exhibition could be described with small exaggeration as a world tour seen through the eye of the camera, and the artists, to whose aesthetic sense and technical dexterity the studies owe their effectiveness, are as international as the subjects. Scenery in sun and shadow and from the seas to the snows, architecture, character studies, still life studies, fantasy and humor — all moods and modes are captured by the lens with a freshness of emphasis which is wholly delightful.

OPENING CEREMONY
The Vice-President of the Dunedin Photographic Society (Mr. E.F. Lord) presided, and with him and Sir Percy Sargood were associated Mr. George Chance FRPS, and Mr. R.F. Riggs, the representative of Kodak, Ltd.

The Dunedin Photographic Society, the chairman said, was formed in 1890 with the object of encouraging pictorial outlook and photographic technique, and, in 1927, it was affiliated with the Royal Photographic Society. The local society had been highly successful, as was indicated by the fact that various members had been honored by having pictures hung by the Royal Society. Portfolios were exchanged from time to time with other societies, and by his means and by such exhibitions as the present one the society was kept in touch with the world.

Sir Percy said it gave him the greatest pleasure to open the exhibition in Dunedin, for he had seen it in Melbourne some months ago and was impressed then by its quality. It was well worthy of close study and was an example of the best that could be done by expert photographers. He believed that photography had a place among the arts and should be encouraged. It would greatly please him to see it acknowledged by being given space in the local art gallery. Indeed, when Lady Sargood and himself had made the gift of the gallery to the city, the wish was expressed that this would be done. So far this stipulation had not been given effect to, but he expressed the hope that after the council had viewed the collection it would perhaps review its attitude so that some of these pictures might find a home locally.

Photography, he continued, had been called the Cinderella of the Arts, but he was opposed to this view. Rather would he suggest that it was the very foundation of art, that it existed before art and that without it art would not exist today, nor would it ever have been born. Many people had discussed art and what it was but, generally speaking, it was the portrayal, whether on canvas, paper, stone, metal or other material, of things seen or of things imagined as seen. There were rules to guide the physical means to produce art. Attempts to depart from these rules produced atrocities, and there was genius associated with these rules which could raise the executant above his less gifted confreres. Nothing but long practice on the mechanical side gave genius the opportunity to express itself. If he were to attempt to explain what photography was, he would merely have to repeat what he had just said. As for its claim to be the genesis of art, the most elementary biological treatises which referred to sight and the eye gave the clue. The eye was a developed instrument for the protection of even the lowest form of life. Its function was to portray what it saw and to register through the nerves what it saw. In other words it was a camera photographing what was before its lens and transforming it into a permanent record on the brain. Without the eye developed through the ages, there would never have been the art on the walls of the cave dwellings. The art shown on the walls of the exhibition room that night was but the result of the use made of the artificially constructed "eye" under the influence of man's inherent desire to register expressions and experiences. When present day photography was invented, a celebrated critic said "the game was up for the painters, for the camera had them hopelessly beaten". Painters continued to paint, however, but they had sought the aid of the camera, and their designs had been influenced by it. It had also become the handmaiden of the scientific draughtsman. The lens of the telescope and the microscope were akin to the camera recording man's researches. It aided science in industry, biology, geology, astronomy and many other fields. Indeed, without it, the advance of human knowledge and spiritual evolution would be but slow. All this supported his thesis that photography in its wide sense was the parent of all pictorial art, the mainstay of man's ability to prove the mystery of the universe.

Thanking Sir Percy for his address, Mr. Chance remarked upon the high quality of the exhibition. He had some claim to call himself a veteran in photography, he said, but these pictures had come as a revelation to him, and he thought they would be productive of much pleasure and inspiration to the people of Dunedin.

Mr. Riggs expressed the pleasure his firm had in assisting in making the arrangements for the exhibition and thanked the society for its cooperation.



22nd June 1938  Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22990

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

“BUSINESS RELATIVES”

A black and white mat print by E. Alenius FRPS, which forms part of the loan collection of Royal Photographic Society pictures now being shown in the Pioneer Hall by the Dunedin Photographic Society. The collection comprises 232 pictures, exhibited in London last year.



24th June 1938  Page 9 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 22992
25th June 1938  Page 10 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 23535

OBITUARY
MR. W.B. SEYMOUR
After a short illness, Mr. William Benjamin Seymour died in a private hospital early this morning, at the age of 45 years. Mr. Seymour, who was born in England, qualified there as a pharmaceutical chemist, and later secured a position in Sydney. In 1915 he enlisted and served in the Great War for four years, returning to his position in Sydney, where he remained for a year or two before coming to Dunedin to join Messrs Kempthorne, Prosser, and Company, business as factory manager. He remained in that position for 17 years, and was last year appointed Dunedin warehouse manager. Mr. Seymour lived in the hill district, and was a member of the Balmacewen Tennis Club. He was also interested in photographic work, and held the office of president of the Dunedin Photographic Society. His wife predeceased him by some four years, and he leaves one son, who is in his early teens.



9th September 1938  Page 10 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 23600

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The privilege of fellowship of the Royal Society of Arts, London, has been conferred on Mr. A.R. Kingsford ARPS, of Nelson. The Royal Society of Arts was founded in 1754 and received royal charter from Queen Victoria in 1847. His Majesty King George VI is patron of the society. The object of the Royal Society of Arts is to assist in the advancement, development and practical application of every department of science in connection with the arts, manufactures and commerce. It was the efforts of this society that led to the formation of the Royal Academy in 1768, and in 1852 it was responsible for the first public exhibition of photographic pictures. The foundation of the National Training School of Music (now the Royal College of Music) was due directly to the efforts of the society. The Albert Medal, instituted as a memorial of H.R.H. the Prince Consort, for 18 years president of the society, is awarded annually by the society for "distinguished merit in promoting arts, manufactures or commerce", Queen Mary was the recipient for 1938. Mr. Kingsford is a member of the Dunedin Photographic Society.



16th November 1938  Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 23116

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

AUSTRALIAN PICTURES ON EXHIBITION — Comprising the personal collection of the late Mr. J.J. Rouse, a well-known collector of prize photographs, an exhibition of 77 works by Australian pictorialists will be opened this evening in the rooms of the Dunedin Photographic Society, the display having been arranged by the society in conjunction with Kodak Ltd.

HAROLD CAZNEAUX ESQ., a fine character study, the subject himself, being a well-known pictorialist with several pictures in the collection to be shown this week Dr Julian Smith. Size of print, 15in by 14in.



16th November 1938  Page 13 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 23116

ART PHOTOGRAPHY

EXHIBITION IN DUNEDIN
Sixty beautiful photographs, the work of Australian pictorialists, many of whom have won high recognition overseas, comprise a display which is being shown by the Dunedin Photographic Society in its rooms at 477 Princes street by courtesy of Kodak Limited. The works on view reveal that Australian photographers have reached a high standard, and that strict attention had been paid to composition, light and shade, and all the other qualities that combine to make a beautiful picture. There is a complete absence of the outer devices used by some photographers of recent years in an endeavor to present new aspects of familiar subjects — devices that have not always been successful. The works generally demonstrate a high degree of technical excellence that will be of interest not only to amateur and professional photographers, but to all lovers of good pictures.

The work of Dr Julian Smith is outstanding as his versatility in camera craft is amazing. Famous figure painters are called to mind when one views his work, the best of which is probably his portrait of a brother photographer, Harold Cazneaux, who is photographed against a background of fleecy clouds. Mr. Cazneaux has returned the compliment with two excellent studies of Dr Smith. There is character in all of Dr Smith’s work. Athol Smith is another exhibitor who has won awards in all parts of the world for his photographic art. 'The Blade' is an outstanding example of his work. His landscape studies, in which the gum tree of Australia has been successfully exploited, are charming and attractive. Architecture, shipping, flower, and still life subjects are included in the range of studies, some being typically Australian in character and others more universal. A typical Australian picture by Henri Mallard reveals a corroboree in full progress, without any suspicion of the natives having specially posed for the photograph. Well-arranged pictures of trees are always attractive, and in this section 'Mountain Gums', by W.H. Page Hammond, 'Sentinels' by H.I.J. Robinson, and 'The Lookout' by J.A. Murray are worthy of inspection. Movement has been skilfully depicted by Hans Hasenpflug in 'Rhapsody in Spain', a photograph of dancers which is also notable for the rendering of the satin frocks of the women. 'White to Mate in Three', is an effective chess photograph by Russel Grimwade, who has imparted a real touch of the macabre. Among the still life studies, 'Vanities', by Senator J.D Millan, may be mentioned. 'After the Storm' is a unique picture taken by Jack Cato of two ships driven ashore side by side on the coast of Africa. The whole exhibition is one that interests and impresses.

The pictures will be on exhibition from 7.30pm till 9.30pm to-night, Thursday night and Friday night.

Hans Hasenpflug, Rhapsody in Spain, c.1937

16th November 1938
Page 13 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 23116
Page 11 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 23658
17th November 1938
Page 13 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 23117
Page 11 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 23659
18th November 1938
Page 11 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 23118
Page 11 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 23660

ART PHOTOGRAPHY

EXHIBITION IN DUNEDIN
PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
BY courtesy of Kodak Ltd., we invite the public ,to view an outstanding
Exhibition of Photographs by Australian Pictorialists, at our rooms
from 7.30pm to 9.30pm, TO-DAY (WEDNESDAY), THURSDAY, and FRIDAY.
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
477 Princes street (opposite Austin Motors).



17th November 1938  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 23659

PHOTOGRAPHIC ART

AN AUSTRALIAN COLLECTION
An interesting collection of photographic art by Australian enthusiasts, including work by some of the best known names in the camera world of the Commonwealth, is at present on view at the rooms of the Dunedin Photographic Society. The collection, which consists of some 80 studies, was formerly in the possession of the late Mr. J.J. Rouse, of Kodak (Aust.) Ltd., and represents his selection of the best Australian work. It is on exhibition through the courtesy of the Kodak Proprietary.

The work is, naturally of a high standard throughout and, while enthusiasts will find much of technical interest to repay careful study, the layman cannot fail to be attracted by the aesthetic variety which is presented. Most striking is the portrait section, in which the outstanding exhibitor is Dr Julian Smith, who has six or eight studies which it would be hard to better for selection, characterization, and craftsmanship. Probably the best of all is “The Cellarer”, the model for which has been used again, almost equally effectively, in “The Covered Quart”. “The Hidalgo” is another excellent piece of work. The same artist’s study “David”, in a different style, is also full of interest, Monte Luke, Athol Shmith and Harold Cazneaux are others who have contributed good work in this section.

The most remarkable landscape study is Jack Cato’s “After the Storm”, which is also one of the finest pieces of work in the collection. It has a remarkably dramatic quality and is an example of the best that can be done with a lens. A delightful landscape is W. Howieson’s “Heidelberg”, and highly original work is seen in Peter Lawrence's “Idyll”. One of the finest tree studies is “Australian Monarchs”, by William T. Owen. There are a number of interesting studies in the collection in which the artist has not been dependent on mere eccentricity for effect.

The collection will be on view this evening and to-morrow evening from 7.30pm to 9.30pm.



1st December 1938  Page 18 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 23129

PHOTOGRAPHY

INCREASE IN INTEREST
THE DUNEDIN SOCIETY
The ANNUAL MEETING of the Dunedin Photographic Society (Inc.) was presided over by Mr. E.F. Lord at the club rooms last Monday evening, and in moving the adoption of the annual report, Mr. Lord said that, although the club had suffered a heavy loss in the deaths of its president, immediate past president, and the preceding president within a short period early in the year, membership continued to improve. The net increase for the year had been 13 members, and this could be attributed to the excellent syllabus presented, and to the increasing interest taken in the public exhibitions of high-class pictorial work which it had been possible to present during the year.

In the annual inter-club competition for the Bledisloe Cup, the Auckland judges placed Dunedin third out of five entries. Great public interest was manifested in the Royal Photographic Society exhibition of pictorial photography, which came from London by courtesy of Kodak Ltd. After it was opened by Sir Percy Sargood, it attracted increasing attendances and continued to do so throughout New Zealand. The loan collection of pictorial photographs from Kodak Ltd. this month also attracted considerable interest. In addition, portfolios were exchanged with Edinburgh, Johannesburg, New South Wales, and Tasmania, and loan exhibits received from Messrs Dudley Johnston, Marcus Adams, and L. Missonne. Further contact with overseas clubs was made at this meeting through the presence of the Rev. Johnston Turnbull, of Bolivia, and a member of the Toronto Camera Club, Canada, who was asked to convey greetings from Dunedin.

The work of the club has been maintained by instruction classes, lectures, demonstrations, and exhibitions of club work in print form, as well as lantern slide and cine film. The chairman asked members to study the excellent work loaned by Kodak Ltd., and sought their co-operation in an endeavor to raise the technical standard of club work during the coming year. He also stressed the need for continued help in interesting prospective members in the club’s activities.



1st December 1938  Page 14 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 23671

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL MEETING
Mr. E.F. Lord presided over a large attendance of members and prospective members of the Dunedin Photographic Society at its annual meeting. Moving the adoption of the forty-ninth annual report, the chairman referred to the loss the club had suffered in the removal by death within a brief period of its president (Mr. W.B. Seymour), immediate past president (Mr. D.J. Sherriff) and the preceding president and life member (Mr. T.A. Dawson). These men had been instrumental in raising the standard of technical and pictorial work of the club, as well as engaging actively in administrative and other activities.

The meetings during the year had been well attended, opening with a special meeting in February to hear Mr. Alfred Saunders FRPS, lecture on "Antarctica". The annual and semi-annual exhibitions of club work had been fairly well supported. The annual inter-club competition for the Bledisloe Cup had drawn entries from five clubs, Dunedin being placed third by the judges in Auckland. In this connection it has been noted with interest that new clubs have been organized in Gisborne, Napier, Wanganui and Blenheim.

Portfolios had been exchanged with Edinburgh, New South Wales, Johannesburg, and Southern Tasmania, as well as loan collections from Dudley Johnston, Marcus Adams and L. Missonne. These had done much to rouse interest in work of a standard which is not often seen in this Dominion. The outstanding event of the year was the 1937 Exhibition of Pictorial Photographs from London, which opened its New Zealand tour in this city, and has won encomiums wherever it was shown.

Membership continued to increase, recent experience at the Kodak Exhibition proving that large numbers of potential photographers were interested in the hobby, and were keen to join the club, whether beginners or more advanced workers. The chairman appealed to members to continue to interest others in the work of the club with a view to membership. He also asked members to notice the high standard of technique exhibited in the Kodak Loan Exhibition, and to endeavor to lift the standard of their work during the coming year.

The business concluded with votes of thanks to the chairman, the retiring secretary (Mr. C.S. Dickson), treasurer (Mr. F.K. Cameron), and judge (Mr. G. Tovey), who had been untiring in their efforts to help the club.



5th December 1939  Page 10 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 23441

WILD LIFE
AS CAUGHT BY THE CAMERA
REMARKABLE DISPLAY AT MUSEUM
HIGH TECHNIQUE INVOLVED
Photographic exhibitions are not usually associated with museums, but there is at the Otago Museum at the present time a genuinely magnificent display of more than 150 photographs of wild life taken by experts with the camera the world over. These photographs, which reveal a technique rarely seen in Dunedin, have been selected from an international exhibition organized by the English periodical, ‘Country Life'. They were displayed throughout America under the auspices of the American Federation of Arts, and it was through that body that the photographs came to New Zealand.

All credit for obtaining these magnificent photographs must go to the Napier Museum, which brought them out with the intention of sending them round the various museums. So far they have been exhibited in various parts of the Dominion, and will be in Dunedin for a short time.

The photographs cover almost every aspect of wild life in some form or other. Bird studies may predominate, but there are some of jungle animals that out rival in "thrill sensation" some of the best “shots” yet shown on the screen in jungle pictures. Take, for instance, the photograph of a rhinoceros, head on. This could only have been taken with a telephoto lens, for it is difficult to imagine that any photographer would stand with his camera a matter of feet from the monster animal. The rhino, looks right into the camera, a massive wall of formidable and, apparently immovable animal power. It is a photograph which grips and irresistibly draws the onlooker back for yet another contemplation.

But that is only one. There are several which admirably convey the ferocity and treachery of the jungle: those aloof lions, for instance, peaceful enough at first glance, but giving off that atmosphere of stealthy cunning which is inherent in every jungle nomad. And that tiger stalking along a wilderness path — almost it appears about to leap from the photograph.

There is artistry of supreme merit in the study of three ibex on a Jugoslavian mountain; one could maintain that this group had been specially posed, yet it carried the freedom of the mountain tops. There is freedom, too, and amazing vitality in Deer Leaping in the Dark, a remarkable study of split-second photography. Yet, perhaps none of all the photographs conveys the impression of speed and instantaneous photography more than that simply labeled 'Fox'. Here Reynard is shown going “flat out”, legs doubled under him, as the countryside travel past in one streaked blur. The fox is clear and distinct, the very incarnation of lightning-like animal motion.

Bird studies are always worthy of attention, even when poorly done. When exhibited as they are in this collection they take on a quality of excellence which cannot properly be described. At what speed some of these photographs must have been taken the amateur cannot tell; but it must have been some thousandths of a second. For instance, there is ‘Gannet Putting on the Brakes', a splendidly decorative study of a gannet suddenly stopping in flight, apparently in the act of preventing itself over-flying a landing point. There is not one single blur in the photograph, every feather is in exact position, yet there is conveyed the impression of a bird literally suddenly “jamming on the brakes” after flying at a terrific speed. ‘Circling Heron' is another which gives an instance of rare skill in “snap” photography, while the decorative and technical content of 'Spoonbills in Flight', 'Sacred Ibises', 'Cormorant Resting' are almost at the maximum point of perfect reproduction.

Outstanding as a study is 'Gulls Seeking Ibis Eggs'. Here ibises are shown nesting, with two gulls questing, one partially hidden by rocks as it steals upon the nest. But the other gull is the focal point of interest. There it hovers over a nest, its attitude for all the world that of a bomber about to discharge its lethal cargo. It is a surprisingly powerful photographic study.

Others depict birds on nests, in bushes, etc., and are noteworthy indeed from considerations of markings and fineness of definition. The long, weary time spent in obtaining such brilliant results can only be guessed at.

This display will be found on the upper floor of the Hocken Wing, and should be visited, not merely by those interested in photography, but by all who like beauty reproduced in this form. The Dunedin Photographic Society as a body paid a visit a few nights ago and were not only impressed, but amazed at what they saw.

LOCAL STUDIES BY Mr. RICHDALE
On the ground floor in the same wing is a series of bird life studies taken about Otago Peninsula by Mr. L.E. Richdale M.A. While these admittedly fall short in technique when compared with the masterpieces upstairs they are nevertheless splendid studies, and they show conclusively that New Zealand photography of this type is well on the way to reaching the standard set by overseas camera wizards. Among Sir Richdale’s subjects are studies of the crested penguin, of various types of shags, petrels, mollyhawks, Cape pigeons, and mutton birds. There is an interesting series of photographs showing the changes in plumage of the spotted shag according to the various seasons. This group is completed by a very fine photograph of the albatrosses at the Heads, the family group including chicks.



20th April 1940  Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 23556

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
FORMER Members who wish to attend the 50th Anniversary of the Dunedin Photographic Society are requested to COMMUNICATE with the Secretary, Box 781, Dunedin; phone 12-579.

R.M. NICHOL
HON. SECRETARY.



30th April 1940  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 23563

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The modern camera, which may be carried in one’s pocket, as compared with the paraphernalia of 50 years ago, which was so weighty that its carriage turned the photographer into something in the nature of a packhorse, was commented upon by speakers at the jubilee celebration in connection with the Dunedin Photographic Society last night. Mr. S. Earland, however, proved that all old-time cameras were not all bulky by bringing along a tiny specimen of the 1897 vogue, while Mr. George Chance told how his first venture into photography was per medium of the primitive cardboard box with a pin-hole lens and the cover of a pill box for a cap. The addresses delivered by Mr. Crosby Morris, a foundation member of the society. Mr. W. Williams, a very early member, and others were most interesting, and, in some cases, amusing.



30th April 1940  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 23563

PHOTOGRAPHIC JUBILEE
DUNEDIN SOCIETY CELEBRATES
Of the many jubilee celebrations that have taken place an Otago recently that of the Dunedin Photographic Society must certainly be regarded as one of the most interesting.

It was therefore not surprising to find between 80 and 100 members and their friends assembled at the society’s rooms last night to mark an occasion which, one of the speakers suggested, was unique so far as organizations of this nature in New Zealand, and even in Australia, are concerned.

The president of the society, Mr. E.F. Lord, was in the chair, supported by the patron (Mr. S.H. Rawson), Mr. Crosby Morris (a foundation member and committeeman), and Mr. W. Williams (who joined the society 18 months after its formation). Another foundation member and office-bearer, Mr. F.B. Smith, was unfortunately unable to be present owing to indisposition.

After the secretary (Mr. R.M. Nichol) had read the minutes of the first annual meeting and those of the last, and the chairman had made a few opening remarks, Mr. S. Earland, a member of over 40 years standing, related some of the experiences which the society had gone through in that period, and remarked upon the progress which had been made in the matter of cameras and materials. Mr. Earland produced a tiny camera which he said he had used in 1896, and which was “still working”. He also displayed some interesting old prints, including a daguerreotype which was probably 90 years old, and had been sent in by Mr. Smith.

Mr. Rawson also added some interesting details of the society’s history, and remarked upon its splendid record and upon the enthusiasm which every one of the present members displayed.

Mr. Crosby Morris dealt with the very early days of the society, when the difficulties experienced were considerable. He remembered, he said, the first exhibition, which was held in the A.M.P. Buildings, shortly after the formation of the society, and he produced a group of the original office-bearers taken in 1890. Mr. Morris remarked upon the wonderful strides photography had made in the past 50 years, and congratulated members upon the artistic work displayed on the walls that night.

Mr. Williams, in an entertaining address, told of his many experiences, some of a highly humorous character, as a photographer. He started, he said, when, at 17 years of age, he was earning £3O a year as a clerk, and when, soon after, disaster overtook a batch of plates and other paraphernalia he was obliged to give it up for a while. Later, when earning a better salary, he resumed, and had many eventful wanderings with the camera.

Mr. George Chance, who had judged this year’s competitions, related how he had begun with a “camera” of the pill-box and pinhole variety. Mr. Chance then regaled his audience with a detailed criticism of the prints sent in for competition. He characterized the senior section as, on the whole, very poor; the intermediate section as the finest he had seen in Dunedin; and the junior as very good indeed. Mr. Chance stressed the desirability, especially in amateur work, of originality.

In addition to the competition prints there were displayed on the walls examples of photography as far back as 50 years ago and beyond. These created considerable interest and discussion.

Votes of thanks were accorded the various, speakers, and the members who had carried on the work of the society all down the years.

Following are the awards for the half-yearly competition:

SENIOR: ARCHITECTURE:		SENIOR: GENERAL:		SENIOR: SEASCAPE:		SENIOR: LANDSCAPE:			INTERMEDIATE: LANDSCAPE:
FIRST: A.R. Harris	SECOND: A.R. Harris	FIRST: C.S. Dickson	SECOND: J.G. Johnston	FIRST: J.G. Johnston	SECOND: E. Rillstone	FIRST: Miss M. Valentine	SECOND: E.F. Lord	THIRD: E.F. Lord	FIRST: Rev. W.J. Hands	SECOND: Rev. W.J. Hands	THIRD: Rev. W.J. Hands
JUNIOR: PORTRAITS:			JUNIOR: GENERAL:			JUNIOR: SEASCAPE:			JUNIOR: LANDSCAPE:
FIRST: S.G. Hendry	SECOND: W.D. Nicholl	THIRD: R.M. Nichol	FIRST: T.D. Barrett	SECOND: Miss E.T. Batham		FIRST: J.E. Henchelwood	SECOND: Miss E.T. Batham	THIRD: C.J. Rutherford	FIRST: J.W. Johnston	SECOND: T.D. Barrett	THIRD: Miss Kensler

After supper lantern slides taken by Mr. Williams in the early days were shown.



30th April 1940  Page 14 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 24285

CAMERA ART
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
FIFTY YEARS OF ACTIVITY
The oldest photographic club in New Zealand and probably the oldest in the two southern Dominions — the Dunedin Photographic Society — last night celebrated its fiftieth anniversary. There was an attendance of about 70 in the society's rooms, the president, Mr. E.F. Lord, presiding.

Among those present were Mr. Crosby Morris, a foundation member of the society, and Mr. W. Williams, of Christchurch. who joined the society in 1892. To these pioneers of photography Mr. Lord extended a warm welcome, and he also expressed pleasure at the presence of mother member of long standing, Mr. S. Earland.

PIONEERS WITH THE CAMERA
An interesting talk on the early days of the society was given by Mr. Earland, who contrasted the first methods of developing and printing with those of the present day. He showed the interested audience one of his first cameras, and related how anyone with a camera less than a half-plate was scorned as a mere "snap-shot" man. Prints from these old half and full plates, he said, often won important prizes.

Mr. S.H. Rawson, patron of the club, also gave a brief address. It was gratifying, he said, to see such a strong organization to-day and, after 50 years, to see it gaining so many successes in open competitions.

Mr. Crosby Morris contrasted the early cameras with those of the present. It was a big load, he said, to carry a full-plate camera, with plates and a tripod, but nowadays photographers carried their cameras complete in a pocket. He showed some of the photographs he had displaced at the first exhibition held by the society in the A.M.P. Building 50 years ago. He congratulated the society or its strength and on the great artistry of the work of its members.

Mr. Williams stated that he had started photography as a boy of 17 when he was working as a clerk in a bank in England for £3O a year. He had dropped it for a while, but when he came out to New Zealand he returned to his hobby, and was taking photographs in 1881. He showed a photograph that won the first newspaper competition in New Zealand, a contest staged by the Otago Witness.

HALF-YEARLY EXHIBITION
Displayed on the walls was an artistic collection of photographs taken, developed, printed, and mounted by members of the society. They were in striking contrast to some photographs exhibited that were taken 50 years ago.

Commenting on the exhibition, Mr. G. Chance said that the senior work on view was of a poor standard, but it was the strongest junior section he had seen. Congratulating the society on its work. Mr. Chance said it was remarkable that such an organization should have been in existence in this part of the world for 50 years.

After supper, lantern slides taken by Mr. Williams in the early days were shown. A vote of thanks to the speakers was moved by Mr. J.G. Johnston.



23rd August 1940
Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 23662
Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 24384

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of the Otago Art Society was held on Wednesday evening, the president (Mr. E. Miller) occupying the chair.

The election of office-bearers resulted: ex officio, the president, Dunedin Photographic Society.



19th November 1940  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 23737
20th November 1940  Page 5 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 24460

PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the club rooms last night, Mr. E.F. Lord presiding over a large attendance of members.

In moving the adoption of the annual report and balance sheet, the President referred to the keen interest of members in the syllabus of lectures and demonstrations provided, and in particular the fiftieth anniversary celebrations and the instruction classes. There had been increasing numbers on leave of absence for war service, but there was also evidence of greater interest in the value of the hobby in the present time of stress.

At the conclusion of the general business, Mr. Johnston presented a silver plaque to Mr. Lord in recognition of his services to the club and expressed regret at his impending departure from Dunedin.

The remainder of the evening was devoted to a review by Mr. G. Chance FRPS, of the society’s annual exhibition. To Mr. C.A. Weedon went the honor of producing the champion print of the year, entitled 'Harvest, Hawea'. Others winning first place in the various sections were: J.G. Johnston, F.T. Allan and Dr Walton among the seniors; the Rev. W.J. Hands, G. Hendry and L.J. Blackman in the intermediate group; and M. Bellugue, J. Symonds and C.J. Rutherford, juniors.



26th November 1940  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 23743

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
Over 400 pictures adorn the Walls of the Pioneer Hall in the annual exhibition of the Otago Art Society, and an interesting and profitable time may be spent in inspecting the varied subjects and methods of treatment. Local artists are well represented, and prominent painters from many other parts of the Dominion have work displayed. While paintings in oils and water colors comprise the bulk of the long catalog, there are also sections devoted to etchings, black-and-white, modeling, and arts and crafts. Photography is represented, too, in a choice display by members of the Dunedin Photographic Society. The exhibition is open daily from 10.30am to 5.30pm, and from 7.30pm to 9.30pm, and will be continued till November 30th.



26th November 1940  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 24165

OTAGO ART SOCIETY EXHIBITION
The art-loving section of the community is appreciating the opportunity which is afforded in the Otago Art Society’s annual exhibition at the Pioneer Hall. While paintings in oils and water-color comprise the bulk of the long catalog, there are also sections devoted to etchings, modeling, and art crafts. Photography also is represented in a choice display of pictorial prints by members of the Dunedin Photographic Society. Two special exhibits of interest are one of the last landscapes - a Wakatipu scene — from the brush of the late G.W. Carrington, which has been presented to the Art Society, and a fine example lent for this exhibition, of the Maori portraiture of C.F. Goldie. The exhibition will be open to the public as usual to-day.



28th November 1940  Page 15 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 23745

OTAGO ART SOCIETY
Visits to the annual exhibition of the Otago Art Society confirm the opinion that it is one of the best the society has held, a high standard of achievement having been reached in all the exhibits.

Very artistic work is shown in the 25 photographs, the work of members of the Dunedin Photographic Society. All those exhibits, which have been shown in salons or in other competitive collections in New Zealand and abroad, are of a high standard. There are also seven attractive examples of modeling.



23rd August 1941  Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 23971

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society (Inc.), 479 Princes street. — Practical Demonstrations:
Monday, 25th August, Portrait Lighting, J.J. Webster;
Monday, 8th September, the Bromoil Process, G.D. Anderson;

prospective members invited.



19th November 1941  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 24046
20th November 1941  Page 9 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 24769

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was followed with keen interest by a good attendance of members. Reference was made to the death of Private S.E. Wolfenden, members standing as a mark of respect.

Moving the adoption of the annual report and balance sheet, the president (Mr. J.G. Johnson) referred to the sound position of the club and the value of photography as a hobby. Twenty-one members are now on active service, but new members help to keep the roll numbers steady.



28th November 1942  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 24364
30th November 1942  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 25086

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
FIFTY-THIRD ANNUAL MEETING
The fifty-third annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was well attended by members. Moving the adoption of the annual report and balance sheet, the president (Mr. J.C. Johnston) referred to the difficulties of the past year, and stated that the society had been fortunate in carrying on its work so well. In spite of the fact that 45 members are now on active service, the society’s position was sound, due largely to the careful management of funds by the treasurer and the goodness of several members who had made donations. It was our duty, Mr. Johnston said to keep the club alive for the sake of those who would be returning when the war was over.



25th November 1943  Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25031
26th November 1943  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 25393

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
FIFTY-FOURTH ANNUAL MEETING
The fifty-fourth annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the club rooms on Monday, and was well attended by members. The society has 137 members, 47 of whom are on active service, and also four life members. In spite of the large number of absent members on war service, the society is in a remarkably sound position, and in this connection, the president, Mr. H.G. Woolman, expressed appreciation of the services of the treasurer, Mr. D.Y. Erwin, and members who had continued to support their society throughout the year. Moving the adoption of the annual report and balance sheet, Mr. J.G. Johnston also remarked on the sound position of the club. Appreciation was also expressed regarding the work of Mr. Gordon Tovey in judging and criticizing exhibitions.

At the conclusion of business a short lantern show was given by members who had been experimenting with color films, and a number of excellent slides were produced.



7th March 1944  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25118

FLOWER SHOW
The annual flower show under the auspices of the Balclutha Primary School Committee was held on Thursday.

A feature of the show was a special display of photographs kindly lent by the Dunedin Photographic Society, this attracting much attention.



27th May 1944  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25186

OBITUARY
Mr. FRANCIS BLEW SMITH
Mr. Francis Blew Smith, whose death occurred early this month, was well known in Mornington, where he was town clerk of the borough from 1883 to 1903. After the amalgamation of Mornington with the city he became an inspector of works under, the Dunedin City Corporation, and later was engaged as an engineer for Road Construction, Ltd., until his retirement from active work in 1927. Mr. Smith, who was born at Geelong in 1856, arrived in New Zealand with his parents in 1863 and was educated at the Sawyers Bay School and the Port Grammar School. He was one of the foundation members of the Dunedin Photographic Society and was keenly interested in the friendly society movement. He is survived by his wife, three sons, and two daughters.



27th May 1944  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 25546

OBITUARY
Mr. FRANCIS BLEW SMITH
Mr. Francis Blew Smith, whose death occurred early in the month, will be remembered by residents of Mornington as having been long connected with the oversight of borough affairs in that suburban district.

He was born at Geelong in 1856, and had thus attained the age of 88 years. He arrived in New Zealand with his parents on the sailing ship Omeo in 1863. The family settled at Blanket Bay for a number of years, during which time he was educated at the Sawyers Bay School, and later at the Port Chalmers Grammar School.

He showed an early interest in the engineering profession, and was indentured to Mr. Campbell, an engineer, with whom he served an apprenticeship as a surveyor and engineer. Mr. Smith’s first field work was the leveling of a road to Nichol’s Creek Falls. The Port Chalmers Cemetery was also designed and laid out, and later the Silverstream water race was laid off by him. In 1883 he was appointed town clerk by the Mornington Borough Council, and this position was held by him for 20 years, when, on the amalgamation of Mornington with the city, he became an inspector of works under the Dunedin Corporation. On his retirement from this service he was engaged as an engineer for the Road Construction, Ltd., until his retirement from active work in 1927.

In his earlier years he was a keen photographer, and was one of the foundation members of the Dunedin Photographic Society. He was warmly interested in the friendly society movement, and was actively associated with it as long as his health permitted. He is survived by his wife, three sons, and two daughters.



13th March 1945  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25432
14th March 1945  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 25793

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The bi-monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held in the club rooms last night, and attracted a good attendance of members and visitors. Sixty prints were shown in a "holiday print" exhibition, and the work was criticized by various senior members. In addition a one man show was provided by Mr. A.C. Armstrong.



24th March 1945  Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25442

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Club Rooms,
477 Princes street south.
MONDAY 26th, at 8pm,
Mr. CARL DICKSON
will Speak on
"Pictures I Hate"

Anyone interested in becoming a member of the Dunedin Photographic Society is cordially invited to attend.

24th March 1945  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 25805

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
On Monday night 41 members of the Dunedin Photographic Society and visitors were entertained by Mr. Carl Dickson, who gave a lecture entitled “Pictures I Hate”. Twenty-five pictures were criticized, and the talk concluded with a short comment on the qualities which make for permanent value in pictures.



12th May 1945  Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25482

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

ANNUAL EXHIBITION

CLUB ROOMS
477 Princes street south.

ANNUAL EXHIBITION
Dunedin Photographic Society
will be held next week.
Monday 14th May, is for members and friends.

On this night Mr. F.L. CASBOLT ARPS, of Christchurch, who judged the Exhibition, will speak.
The Exhibition will be open to the Public TUESDAY and WEDNESDAY Next, 15th and l6th, from 7.30pm to 9pm.
(Next class for beginners, Monday, 21st).

14th May 1945  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25483

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The best prints for inclusion in the New Zealand photographic competition for the Bledisloe Cup will be selected from the annual exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society, which is to be opened to-night at the society's rooms in Princes street. The 90 prints to be displayed represent the largest collection for several years. The photographs have been divided into senior, intermediate, and junior sections, and there are also classes composed of landscapes and portraits.



14th May 1945  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25483

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Mr. L. Casbott ARPS, president of the Christchurch Photographic Society, is at present visiting Dunedin for the purpose of judging at the Dunedin Photographic Society annual exhibition.



15th May 1945
Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25484
Page 9 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 25844

PHOTOGRAPHS ON DISPLAY

SOCIETY'S ANNUAL EXHIBITION
The most comprehensive and diversified display for several years is represented at the annual exhibition and competition of the Dunedin Photographic Society, which was opened last night at the rooms in Princes street. A collection of 90 prints was on show, and a feature, of the work was the interest taken by the senior, intermediate, and junior members. The exhibition will be open to the public tonight and to-morrow night from 7.30pm until 9pm. The 12 best prints will be entered for the New Zealand championships, which carry with them the award for the Bledisloe Cup. The exhibits were judged by the president of the Christchurch Photographic Society (Mr. L. Casbolt ARPS), who gave an analysis of the various placed prints. The championship study was Mr. W.J. Oliver’s ‘Monsoon', a seascape with an eastern setting. Another first-class study was entered by Mr. R.G. Ratcliff, president of the Dunedin Society. It had a local setting, and depicted an informal group at the foot of the Dowling street steps.

CHAMPION: SENIOR section Mr. W.J. OLIVER

SENIOR: PORTRAIT:

SENIOR: GENERAL:

SENIOR: GENRE:

SENIOR: FIGURE STUDY:

FIRST: J.G. Johnston

SECOND: R.G. Ratcliff

THIRD: A.E. Armstrong

FIRST: W.J. Oliver

SECOND: J.G. Johnston

THIRD: L.J. Blackman

FIRST: R.G. Ratcliff

SECOND: Miss M. Valentine

THIRD: R.G. Ratcliff

FIRST: J.G. Johnston

SECOND: R.G. Ratcliff

THIRD: H.G. Woolman

SENIOR: STILL LIFE:

SENIOR: LANDSCAPE:

INTERMEDIATE: GENERAL:

INTERMEDIATE: SEASCAPE:

FIRST: R.G. Ratcliff

SECOND: G. Hendry

THIRD: Miss Turnbull

FIRST: C.A. Weedon

SECOND: B. Borthan

THIRD: G. Hendry

FIRST: C.C. Roberts

SECOND: C.C. Roberts

THIRD: C.C. Roberts

FIRST: J.W. Symonds

SECOND: J.W. Symonds

THIRD: J.W. Symonds

INTERMEDIATE: LANDSCAPE:

JUNIOR: STILL LIFE:

JUNIOR: LANDSCAPE:

JUNIOR: GENERAL:

JUNIOR: PORTRAIT:

FIRST: M. Kender

SECOND: C.C. Roberts

FIRST: Mrs H. Anderson

THIRD: N. Anderson

FIRST: Miss F. Clark

SECOND: Wilson Brown

THIRD: Miss F. Clark

FIRST: Miss M. Taylor

SECOND: N. Anderson

THIRD: Miss M. Taylor

FIRST: A.J. Frye

SECOND: Miss M. Taylor

THIRD: Wilson Brown

17th May 1945  Page 10 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25486

CHAMPION PRINT
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANNUAL EXHIBITION

A study entitled
"MONSOON"
Mr. W.J. OLIVER
Original print 10in by 7in.

19th May 1945  Page 9 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25488

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
GOOD PHOTOGRAPH
An excellent study of the head of a horse was one of the admired photographs hung at this week's exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society annual exhibition. The photograph is one of Travenna, who a few years ago was the best horse in training at Wingatui, and a winner of a number of good races for Mr. J.P. Herlihy.



15th August 1945  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 25488

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Forty-two members were present at the meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society on Monday night, when a beginners competition was judged and criticized by Mrs D.Y. Erwin. Nineteen entries were on the walls, and the winners were Miss D. Williams and Miss M. Peck. Later in the evening a “Brains Trust” consisting of Dr R. Kirk, Messrs A. Chance, C. Roberts and C. Weedon endeavored to answer all questions and solve all photographic problems put to them by members of the audience. On the walls were prints of a one-man show by Mr. K.V. Bigwood, and also the prints to be entered for the NEW ZEALAND INTER-CLUB Competition. During the evening the president welcomed three visitors to the club. Supper concluded the meeting.



25th August 1945  Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25571

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
LANTERN SLIDE EXHIBITION will be held at the CLUB ROOMS, 479 Princes street, Dunedin, on MONDAY 27th August, at 8pm.

Members are invited to bring slides, both colored and in monochrome.

Miss M. VALENTINE
Hon.SECRETARY



30th August 1945  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 25935

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A lantern slide exhibition was held by the Dunedin Photographic Society on Monday night, when members showed work in Dufaycolor and monochrome. An interesting collection of slides of early Dunedin was also exhibited, including photographs taken during the visit of the late King George V and Queen Mary. The program concluded with the showing of a set of kaleidoscopic slides, which caused amusement. Mr. A.J. Frye supplied a series of photographs for a one man show.



8th September 1945  Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25583

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A MEETING of the Dunedin Photographic Society will be held at the CLUB ROOMS, 479 Princes street, on MONDAY 10th September 1945, at 8pm.

Mr. and Mrs N. Anderson will give a lecture and demonstration on Home Portraiture.

Intending members and ex-servicemen are invited to attend.

Miss M. VALENTINE
Hon.SECRETARY



6th October 1945  Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25607

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A PHOTOGRAPHIC COMPETITION will be held in the Club Rooms, Dunedin Photographic Society, 479 Princes street, Dunedin, on MONDAY 8th October 1945, at 8pm.

Any photographic pictures of everyday life in Dunedin may be entered for the Competition.

Miss M. VALENTINE
Hon.SECRETARY



30th October 1945
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25627
Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 25987

ART SOCIETY'S EXHIBITION
To round off a display of wide variety and good quality, there is an exhibit of selected photographs by the Dunedin Photographic Society.



14th December 1945  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25666

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
FIFTY-SIXTH ANNUAL MEETING
The fifty-sixth annual meeting, of the Dunedin Photographic Society, held in the club rooms, was presided over by Mr. R.G. Ratcliff, and was well attended.

The annual report showed that the club had enjoyed a very successful year, with a large influx of new members, and increased interest in lectures and meetings. The register stood at roughly 150, a number of members still being absent on war service. Exhibitions had been well, supported, and one-man shows had been a feature, at nearly all meetings. In common with the rest of the community, the society had felt the effect of rising costs, but the financial position was satisfactory. The renovation of the darkrooms had been responsible for considerable outlay, but had improved the working conditions of the rooms. Instruction classes had been held successfully, and a number of junior members were now showing promising work at exhibitions.

Following the election of officers, the society elected Mr. George Chance FRPS, a LIFE MEMBER, in recognition of his invaluable services to the club.



26th January 1946
Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25701
Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26061

ART AND CRAFT
SUPERVISOR FOR EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
Mr. G. TOVEY APPOINTED
Mr. Gordon Tovey, who is at present lecturer in art and craft at the Dunedin Training College, has been appointed supervisor of art and craft for the Education Department, with headquarters at Wellington. Mr. Tovey will take up his new appointment on February 1.

Mr. Tovey has spent the last 11 years in Dunedin, first as head of the Dunedin School of Art, and latterly as lecturer in art and craft at the Dunedin Training College. He was chairman of the committee set up by the Education Department to formulate the new art scheme for schools, which has already proved an outstanding success in the schools in which it has been introduced in various parts of New Zealand.

In addition to being a past president of the Otago Art Society, Mr. Tovey is a LIFE MEMBER of the Dunedin Photographic Society, and a member of the council of the Dunedin Art Gallery Society.



2nd February 1946
Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25707
9th February 1946
Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25713
Page 12 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26073

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
PRELIMINARY NOTICE

THE FIRST MEETING for 1946 will be held at the CLUB ROOMS, Princes street, Dunedin, on MONDAY 11th February, at 8pm.

An "Any Print at All", Exhibition will be held, and members are asked to bring all new work, mounted or unmounted.

Intending members are invited to attend.

Miss M. VALENTINE
Hon.SECRETARY



13th February 1946  Page 10 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25716
14th February 1946  Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26077

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The opening meeting of the year of the Dunedin Photographic Society took the form of an any-print-at-all exhibition, and was held in the clubrooms on Monday night. Forty-nine members were present, and 90 photographs were submitted for inspection and criticism.

The photographs were not presented as exhibition pictures, but rather as possibilities. Comments were given by Messrs J.G. Johnston, Norman Anderson, and Carl Dickson. Errors in technique were pointed out, and other entries were considered as suitable for working up to exhibition standard. It was also suggested that instead of photographing all sorts of subjects, members would gain photographic experience by making series of pictures of one subject.

Three new members were admitted to the society, and preliminary arrangements were made for the formation of instruction classes.



28th February 1946  Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26089

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Forty-eight members of the Dunedin Photographic Society were present at the clubrooms on Monday evening, when Mr. C.C. Roberts gave a lecture and demonstration on copying by means of photography.

Mr. Roberts mentioned various instances in which copying had been used since the war, and dealt with his subject under three separate headings. He spoke first of the apparatus required, and produced a set of clever and efficient stands and gadgets (mostly made by himself), with which excellent results had been obtained. The second part of the lecture referred to processing, including the use of filters. The final section was devoted to the screening of film strips showing examples of copying with explanations of the use of them.

At the conclusion of the meeting Mr. W.J. Oliver expressed the appreciation of members.



9th March 1946  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25737

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A MEETING of the Dunedin Photographic Society will be held in the Club Rooms, 477 Princes street, Dunedin, on MONDAY 11th March 1946, at 8pm.

The subject is "My Favorite Branch of Photography, Illustrated".

Several members will be responsible for the evening.



23rd March 1946  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25749

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A MEETING will be held in the Club Rooms, 477 Princes street, on Monday 25th March, at 8pm.

Mr. E.P. Cameron will be the lecturer.

TUESDAY 26th, Mr. C.C. Roberts will conduct an instruction class on Enlarging.

This class is arranged for 7.30pm.

Miss M. VALENTINE
Hon.SECRETARY



6th April 1946  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25761

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
STILL-LIFE COMPETITION

will be held at the Club Rooms, 477 Princes street, Dunedin, on MONDAY 8th April, at 8pm.

This will be combined with a Working Evening for Members.

Members are asked to bring their cameras for this purpose.

Miss M. VALENTINE
Hon.SECRETARY



10th April 1946  Page 9 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25764

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
On Monday evening an enjoyable working night was held at which members photographed various still life subjects, including fabrics, glassware and brass objects. Many different types of cameras were used, and photo-floods were provided and arranged for the use of those working. In addition, a still life competition was judged by Mrs D.Y. Erwin, and the winners of the junior section were Mr. E.H. Tarlton and Miss M. Tarlton. Mr. R.G. Ratcliffe's photograph was considered the best of the senior section.

Two new members were elected, and on the walls were displayed a fine collection of pictures by Mr. J.G. Johnston.

At the conclusion of the evening Mr. C.S. Dickson expressed the thanks of the society to Mrs D.Y. Erwin for judging, also to Mr. J.G. Johnston for providing material and lights for the practical work.



11th May 1946  Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25789

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
THE ANNUAL EXHIBITION

will be held in the Club Rooms, 479 Princes street, Dunedin, on MONDAY 13th May 1946, at 8pm.

Members are invited to bring their friends.

Miss M. VALENTINE
Hon.SECRETARY



14th May 1946  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25791

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANNUAL EXHIBITION OF PRINTS
Intense interest was displayed by competitors and other members of the Dunedin Photographic Society in the annual exhibition which opened last night in the club rooms in Princes street. Crowded conditions created by keenness, formed the only basis for fault finding, with a total of 145 excellent prints on the walls, and almost as many spectators and visitors present for the opening.

The president, Mr. R.G. Ratcliffe, welcomed visitors who included members of the Cine Club. He presented the Williams medal to Mr. R.L. Grant for the best junior print.

A detailed analysis of prints from the technical point of view as well as the aesthetic one by Mr. J.G. Johnston who judged, the exhibition, was a feature of the evening. He particularly commended the junior efforts.

“Seniors turn in prints which are technically correct, and which follow, in their subject, rules of composition. But juniors, anxious to give of their best, put something of themselves into their efforts”, he commented.

The champion picture was a landscape submitted by Dr R. Kirk.

Senior prize winners included Messrs G. Hendry, R.G. Ratcliffe, W.J. Oliver, L.J. Blackman, D.Y. Erwin, Dr R. Kirk and Miss M. Valentine.

Winners of the junior awards were Messrs E.H. Tarlton, H.M. Anderson, N.W. Anderson, R.L. Grant and B. Butler.



22nd May 1946
Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25798
Page 12 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26158

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
GENERAL PUBLIC
is invited to inspect the

ANNUAL EXHIBITION OF PHOTOGRAPHS

now on view in the SHOWROOMS OF THE D.S.A.,
George street.

Miss M. VALENTINE
Hon.SECRETARY



23rd May 1946  Page 10 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25799

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Photographic Exhibition

You are invited to inspect the
Annual Exhibition
of the
Dunedin Photographic Society (Inc.)
displayed in the D.S.A. Showroom.

Portraits, Landscapes, Overseas Studies.

Don't miss this most interesting event.



6th July 1946  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25837

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ON MONDAY 8th July 1946 at 8pm,

DEMONSTRATION OF ENLARGING
will given by
Mr. NORMAN ANDERSON.

The Meeting will be at the Club Rooms, 479 Princes street, Dunedin.

Miss M. VALENTINE
Hon.SECRETARY



12th July 1946  Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25837

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A well attended meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was held on Monday night, when Mr. N. Anderson gave a lecture and demonstration of enlarging, using the club apparatus. During the course of the talk, it was pointed out that the essentials of good enlarging consisted in the expert handling of chemicals and apparatus, and the correct choice of paper. Without these it was impossible to produce exhibition prints even from a good negative. Mr. Anderson dealt briefly with the processing of enlargements, and also with common faults and mistakes made by photographers.

The audience spent the rest of the time in the club’s darkroom, where several enlargements were made, and a number of useful tips were given for those working the apparatus.

At the conclusion of the demonstration, Mr. T.D. Barrett expressed the thanks of the members, and the meeting concluded with supper.

On the walls were prints comprising a one-man show by Mr. F.T. Allan. Most of the photographs were produced by the carbro process.



22nd July 1946  Page 7 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25850

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
MONDAY 22nd July, at 8 pm,

CINE PROGRAM

will be held in the Club Rooms, 479 Princes street, Dunedin.

The program will include both sound and color films.

Miss M. VALENTINE
Hon.SECRETARY



10th August 1946  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25867

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
MEETING of the Dunedin Photographic Society will be held in the CLUB ROOMS, 479 Princes street, Dunedin, on MONDAY 12th August 1946, at 8pm.

Mr. F.T. ALLAN will give a Demonstration of the Carbro Process.

Intending members are invited.

Miss M. VALENTINE
Hon.SECRETARY



7th September 1946  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25891

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANNUAL MEETING

THE Fifty-seventh Annual General Meeting of the

Dunedin Photographic Society

will be held in the Club Rooms, 479 Princes street, Dunedin, on MONDAY 9th September 1946, at 8pm,

Miss M. VALENTINE
Hon.SECRETARY



13th September 1946  Page 9 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26256

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
FIFTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL MEETING
The year’s work was reviewed at the fifty-seventh annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, which was held on Monday night. The society, it was stated, had succeeded in maintaining a sound position in spite of increasing expenses. Exhibitions had been well supported and meetings well attended during the year.

The retiring president. Mr. R.G. Ratcliff, thanked members of the council and the club for their loyal support during his two years in office, the only nomination for the office of president was that of Dr Raymond Kirk, who was elected. Dr Kirk emphasized the alms of the club, which were photography and the achievement of standards of work of which its members could be proud. It would be his endeavor as president to keep those aims steadily in view and do all he could to help the society towards that objective.

The annual report and balance sheet were adopted on the motion of Mr. Carl Dickson, seconded by Mr. G Jackson.



12th October 1946  Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25921

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
PHOTOGRAPHIC SALON

will be held at the Club Rooms, 479 Princes street, Dunedin,

MONDAY 14th October, at 8pm.

Mr. J.G. Johnston will comment on the exhibition work.

Miss M. VALENTINE
Hon.SECRETARY



2nd November 1946  Page 1 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25939

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
MONDAY 4th November, at 8pm,

Mr. GEORGE CHANCE FRPS

will give a Lecture on ‘Photography'.

This Meeting will be in the Club Rooms, 479 Princes streets, Dunedin.

The Otago and Southland Exhibition Prints will be on the walls.

Miss M. VALENTINE
Hon.SECRETARY



27th November 1946  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25960
28th November 1946  Page 10 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26321

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A large attendance at the meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was a tribute to Mr. C.C. Roberts, who, with the aid of apparatus and film strips, lectured on the subject of “Lenses”. Mr. Roberts handled this difficult subject in a most interesting manner.

With his apparatus, which provided rays of light, and various lenses, Mr. Roberts was able to demonstrate the defects common to different types. Members could see for themselves what happened to light passing through lenses suffering from such defects as curvature of field, chromatic aberration, coma, and unequal illumination. The film strip projector supplemented the illustrations used in connection with the subject. Mr. Roberts also dealt with the modern idea of coating the lenses to prevent the scattering of light.



17th April 1947  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26438

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Dr Raymond Kirk presided over a large attendance at the meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society on Monday night and welcomed three new members. Notice was given of a series of instruction classes arranged for the junior members and also several exhibitions in which members are interested.

On the walls were entries of a railway photographic competition, the winners of which were Mr. R.G. Ratcliff and Miss Joan Mackay. The judge analyzed the work and stressed the necessity for good retouching and finishing.

An interesting lecture was given by Mr. H.G. Woolman ARPS, his subject being "The Making of Good Quality Photographs”. This covered the essentials, from the question of accurate exposure and suitable development, to the effect of different enlargers. The lecture was illustrated by sets of negatives of different densities, as well as photographs printed on three grades of paper to show the degrees of contrast obtainable on a variety of bromide papers.



13th May 1947
Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 26099
Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26459

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANNUAL EXHIBITION OPENS
“This is easily the best exhibition the Dunedin Photographic Society has held for about 10 years, both in quality and in numbers”, said Mr. T.G. Johnston at the opening of the society’s 1947 exhibition at the club rooms in Princes street south last evening.

Mr. Johnston, who judged the entries, added that the exhibition was a credit to the senior members. “I would qualify that by saying that, despite the society’s membership of about 120, the bulk of the work has been done by about a dozen members”.


Although the club was regaining something like its pre-war standard there were still too few photographs by good photographers. Some members needed to get more “kick” in their work by bringing out the gradations of tone, he said.

There was also a number of pictures of mediocre outlook. These lacked an individual point of view, which usually appeared by the photographer’s concentrating the attention of the looker on some central point. Lack of a center of interest showed a photographer’s floundering thoughts.

“It all boils down to the fact that the average photographer does not take enough photographs”, he said. A lot of prints on the walls betrayed a lack of facility. Some, however, showed great merit.

There was a good attendance of members and friends, and Mr. Johnston’s critical appraisal of pictures on exhibition was followed with interest.

The awards, which were announced by the secretary, Miss M. Valentine, are as follows:

CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP: EQUAL PORTRAIT:  Mr. R.G. RATCLIFFE SEASCAPE:  Dr R. KIRK				BEST MODERN PHOTOGRAPH: WILLIAMS’S SILVER MEDAL: Miss M. VALENTINE			BEST JUNIOR PHOTOGRAPH: WILLIAMS’S GOLD MEDAL: Mr. J.W. HARKNESS
SENIOR: ARCHITECTURE:			SENIOR: SEASCAPE:		SENIOR: SHIPPING:		SENIOR: PORTRAIT FIGURE STUDY:
FIRST: R.G. Ratcliffe	SECOND: R.C.L. Grant	THIRD: R.G. Ratcliffe	FIRST: Dr R. Kirk	SECOND: R.G. Ratcliffe	FIRST: J.E. Fitzgerald	THIRD: C.S. Dickson	FIRST: R.G. Ratcliffe	SECOND: Dr R. Kirk	THIRD: J.E. Fitzgerald
SENIOR: GENRE:		SENIOR: GENERAL:				SENIOR: LANDSCAPE:
FIRST EQUAL: W.J. Oliver N. Anderson	THIRD: J.E. Fitzgerald	FIRST: Dr R. Kirk	SECOND: Dr R. Kirk	THIRD EQUAL: R.G. Ratcliffe R.C.L. Grant		FIRST: W.J. Oliver	SECOND: Miss M. Valentine	THIRD EQUAL: L.J. Blackman Dr R. Kirk
JUNIOR: LANDSCAPE:					JUNIOR: PORTRAIT:	JUNIOR: GENERAL:
FIRST: J.W. Harkness	SECOND: Miss Joan Mackay	THIRD EQUAL: J.W. Harkness Miss Joan Mackay		HON. MENTION: P. Bodkin	FIRST: P. Bodkin	SECOND: Miss F. Clark		THIRD: J.W. Harkness
OTAGO EXPANSION LEAGUE competition, for which there were 73 entries, resulted as follows:
FIRST: 1st, Mr. G. Hendry	SECOND: 2nd, Mr. N. Anderson	THIRD: 3rd, Mr. Carl Dickson	FOURTH: 4th, Mr. W.J. Oliver		CONSOLATION PRIZE: Mr. R.G. Ratcliffe	CONSOLATION PRIZE: Mr. N. Anderson	CONSOLATION PRIZE: Mr. A.J. Frye	CONSOLATION PRIZE: Mr. E.H. Tarlton

30th May 1947  Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 26114

1947 WINTER SHOW
The "Otago Agricultural and Pastoral Society" 1947 Winter Show opened in the Agricultural Hall, Crawford street, this afternoon.

QUALITY OF PHOTOGRAPHS
Show visitors will see a lot to interest them in the display of photographs, which have been artistically exhibited and include both professional and amateur work. This display is a part of the arts and models section of the show, always a feature because it has a wide appeal to all sections of the public. The outstanding exhibitor was L.F. Smith, of Petone, an amateur, who won three of the 10 classes and was awarded the president’s prize for gaining the most points. R.G. Radcliff (Dunedin) secured two awards, including one for the best general photograph. W.J. Oliver, also of Dunedin, was placed first for the best landscape or seascape.

The Dunedin Photographic Society has sent in selections from its recent exhibitions, some of which show considerable merit.



30th May 1947  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26474

PHOTOGRAPHIC DISPLAY
An exhibition of photographs of Otago subjects is being held in the main vestibule of the Public Library. The photographs were supplied by the Dunedin Photographic Society, and mainly comprise landscapes, but there are some fine views of mountain scenery and skiing activity and some interesting views of early Otago houses.



14th June 1947
Page 12 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 26127
Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26487

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the bi-monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, Dr Raymond Kirk presided over a large attendance of members and visitors. Guests of the evening were the president and members of the Otago Cine Photographic Club, and the program consisted of the screening of 8mm and 16mm films.

The first film 'Gleanings', by Mr. G.S. Currie, covered a variety of news events of interest, particularly to Dunedin people, most of the shots being of local events. Other films were Mr. S.W. Clelland’s prize-winning film, 'Click-clack Clogs', 'Ice Revels', and 'Out of the Deep', which was an excellent fishing film.

Mr. E.J. Garlick’s 1946 prize winner, entitled 'A Midsummer Daydream', and the film 'Marlborough Holiday', with which Mr. Currie gained the 1947 award, were also screened, followed by two 16mm Kodachrome films, excellent in technique and color, the work of Mr. Butterfield and Mr. W. Clifford.

At the conclusion of the evening Dr Kirk expressed the appreciation of those present. Mr. Currie replied on behalf of the visitors.



7th July 1947
Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 26146
Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26506

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the bi-monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, Dr Raymond Kirk presided over an attendance of members.

The chief feature of the evening was a series of short lectures on the subject of “The Kitchen Dark-room". Those taking part were Mr. R.L.C. Grant, Mr. E.H. Tarlton and Mr. J.G. Johnston. The speakers produced interesting and clever devices for timing, washing, and processing, amongst which was a gadget made from a relay and fitted so that it would switch off the dark-room light and operate the enlarger for any set time. Satisfactory developing dishes were also made with cardboard which had been proofed with paraffin wax.

A pictorial one-man show was exhibited by Mr. Wilson Brown, and as well as this, Mr. F.J. Williams gave a short talk on his display of war pictures, illustrating a section of the work carried out by photographers and engineers in the Middle East. The first beginners class on enlarging was supervised by Mr. L.J. Blackman, and was well attended, 15 junior members taking part in this section of the club activities



19th July 1947  Page 11 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 26157

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Dr Raymond Kirk presided over a meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society this week, when 32 members were given a demonstration of the processing of color film.

Mr Frank Allan described the construction of the film and illustrated his remarks with diagrams and drawing. Members then adjourned to the dark room, where Mr Allan successfully processed a Dufaycolor film, developing it for the four minutes, in total darkness, and afterwards exposing the film to white light, and completing the demonstration in a very short time.

Mr Norman Anderson, in thanking Mr Allan, stated that it was always a thrill to develop a film and see what turned up. In this instance, the whole six pictures were of good color, and members were encouraged to try the process for themselves.



25th July 1947  Page 9 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26522

A meeting of the Executive Committee of the OTAGO EXPANSION LEAGUE was presided over by Mr G. J. Errington.

Correspondence from the Dunedin Photographic Society thanked the league for its donation of prizes in the recent competition for prints of Dunedin and Otago Views, and expressed the hope that several would find their way into the league’s publications.



31st July 1947  Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 26167

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Dr Raymond Kirk presided over a recent meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society.

One-man shows were provided by Messrs J.W. Harkness and Mr G.A.R. Tombs, and the rest of the program consisted of a short talk on the 'Making of Lantern Slides', by Mr Carl Dickson, the screening of the club entry for the first NEW ZEALAND INTER-CLUB color slide competition, and a general exhibition of work by members.

In his talk, Mr Dickson briefly outlined the various uses of lantern slides, as permanent record work, and for copying. Cleanliness and perfect technique were essential. He dealt also with the different lantern plates and the most suitable developers to use. Members were encouraged to make slides, as it was just as much a part of a photographer’s work as the making of exhibition prints.



14th August 1947
Page 5 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 26179
Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26539

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The bi-monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society was in the form of a members working night, and was attended by the president, Dr Raymond Kirk, and a fairly large audience.

Mr Colin Rutherford began the program with a short talk and demonstration of make-up for portraiture, which, he stated, reduced the amount of retouching necessary, and if carried to extremes could alter the contours and character of the subject, such as was the case in theatricals.

Following the demonstration on makeup. Mrs Norman Anderson of Universal Studios Ltd., showed the members how to light the model from different angles, and so obtain different effects. Miss Molly McMillan acted as model. Members who had brought their cameras were able to take part and experiment in this branch of photography.

At the conclusion of the evening Mr Carl Dickson proposed a vote of thanks.



28th August 1947  Page 4 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 26191

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the bi-monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, Mr R.L.C. Grant presided. One man shows were exhibited by Miss Joan Mackay, Miss M.L. Tarlton, and Mr W.J. Oliver.

The evening program was in the hands of Mr Gordon Hendry, who presented four 16mm sound films, using a Kodascope projector. The two black-and-white films were 'Lili Marlene' and 'Cameramen at War'. Both contained interesting photographic shots. The first color film was a most unusual one both in color, subject matter, and scenery. It concerned aboriginal life in Central Australia. The second color film was a production of the Canadian Pacific Railway, entitled 'From Coast to Coast', and contained magnificent color photography as well as excellent composition.



11th October 1947  Page 14 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26589

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
NOTICE OF MEETING

INTERCLUB EXHIBITION

will be held in the Clubrooms, 479 Princes street,
8pm TUESDAY 14th October 1947.

Members please note change of date.

Miss M. VALENTINE
Hon.SECRETARY

15th October 1947  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26592

COMPETITION PRINTS
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
"Some of these prints would hold their own in any overseas exhibition", said Mr H.G. Woolman, judge of the Dunedin Photographic Society, last night, when commenting on the prints entered in the 1947 competition for the Bledisloe Cup for Inter-club competition. The prints were on exhibition for members of the society, and will later be displayed publicly.

The award for the Champion print was won by Mr Spencer Digby, of Wellington, with his photograph, “The Chorister”. Dunedin came fourth in the competition, which was judged by Messrs F. Mitchell and W.C. Davies and Ellice Dudgeon.

The results were: Wellington 1132 points, 1; Christchurch, 1031 points, 2; Nelson, 1027 points, 3; Dunedin, 1000 points, 4; Waikato, 999 points, 5; Timaru, 973 points, 6; Auckland, 922 points, 7.



12th March 1948  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26718

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Dr Raymond Kirk presided at the opening meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society. Included in the program was a centennial exhibition of lantern slides, this being the work of Mr W. Williams, a life member of the club. At the age of 90, Mr Williams was not able to make the trip to Dunedin, but his son, Mr Edgar Williams, attended. Members were presented with slides of faultless technique, and scenes of early Dunedin and early local events which made the exhibition worthy of a place in recent centennial shows.

Six new members were admitted to the society, and the instruction classes were commenced under the direction of senior members of the club.



11th May 1948  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26768

LARGE ENTRIES
PHOTOGRAPHIC COMPETITION
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
ANNUAL EXHIBITION
Nearly 100 entries were received for the annual exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society, which was opened last night by the president, Dr Raymond Kirk, after welcoming the Mayor, Mr Cameron, who is patron of the society. The speaker for the evening was the president of the Christchurch Photographic Society, Mr F.L. Casbolt, who judged the exhibition and discussed each entry in turn. Many of the photographs are of outstanding technical and aesthetic merit, and the society hopes that some of the prize-winners will be on display in a city shop later this week.

CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP: Mr. J.G. JOHNSTON "Sailor’s Farewell"			BEST MODERN PHOTOGRAPH WILLIAMS’S SILVER MEDAL: Mr. J.G. JOHNSTON "Samoan Boatman"			BEST JUNIOR PHOTOGRAPH WILLIAMS’S GOLD MEDAL: Miss JOAN MACKAY "The Homestead"
SENIOR: LANDSCAPE:			SENIOR: ARCHITECTURE:			SENIOR: MARINE:
FIRST: R.L.C. Grant	SECOND: Dr Raymond Kirk	THIRD: R.L.C. Grant	FIRST: F.T. Allan	SECOND: Miss M. Valentine	THIRD: C.S. Dickson	FIRST: E.H. Tarlton	SECOND: R.L.C. Grant	THIRD: L.J. Blackman
SENIOR: PORTRAIT:			SENIOR: FIGURE STUDY:			SENIOR: STILL LIFE:
FIRST: Miss M. Valentine	SECOND: G. Hendry	THIRD: J.G. Johnston	FIRST: J.G. Johnston	SECOND: J.A. Sim	THIRD: Dr Raymond Kirk	FIRST: J.G. Johnston	SECOND: Mr. Franz	THIRD: G. Hendry
SENIOR: GENERAL:			SENIOR: SHIPPING:
FIRST: Norman Anderson	SECOND: G. Hendry	THIRD: J.G. Johnston	FIRST: J.G. Johnston		SECOND: R.G. Ratcliff		THIRD: J.G. Johnston
JUNIOR: LANDSCAPE:			JUNIOR: MARINE:			JUNIOR: GENERAL:
FIRST: Miss J. Mackay	SECOND: Miss J. Mackay	THIRD: Miss M.L. Tarlton	FIRST: J.H. Henderson	SECOND: J.H. Henderson	THIRD: J.L. Corbett	FIRST: Miss M.L. Tarlton	SECOND: A.J. Frye

8th July 1948  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26818

PHOTOGRAPHIC ART
EXHIBITION FOR DUNEDIN
A world collection of photographic art, brought especially to New Zealand for public exhibition, will be on display, in the Returned Services Association social hall, Dunedin next month from August 3 to 6. Sponsored in this city by the Dunedin Photographic Society, the exhibition will be the first “salon” since the Dunedin and South Seas Exhibition in 1925-26. The “salon” will comprise 250 prints by photographers throughout the world, including many from the Continent, England, America, and Australia.



30th July 1948  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26837

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the bi-monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, an interesting demonstration was given on the building of an enlarger. The president, Dr Raymond Kirk, opened the meeting, which was then handed over to a team of members. Plans and calculations had been worked out by Mr Eric Williams and Mr C.C. Roberts. Assisting in the construction of the framework and lamp house, were Mr E.H. Tarlton and Carl Dickson. In the presence of the audience, the different parts were assembled, and Mr L.F. Blackman was invited to make the first enlargement in order to prove that the apparatus worked. This was done successfully, and the enlarger was then disposed of to one of the lady members.



30th July 1948  Page 10 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26837
3rd August 1948  Page 10 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26840
4th August 1948  Page 10 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26841
5th August 1948  Page 10 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26842

FIFTH NEW ZEALAND

INTERNATIONAL SALON OF PHOTOGRAPHY

RETURNED SERVICES ASSOCIATION HALL

TUESDAY 3rd August, Open 9am to 6pm
WEDNESDAY 4th August, Open 9am to 6pm
THURSDAY 5th August, Open 9am - 6pm
FRIDAY 6th August, Open 9am - 10pm.

Admission, 1s. Season Ticket, 2s 6d.

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY



16th February 1949  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 27007

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the opening meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, the president, Mr C.S. Dickson, welcomed the members and a number of visitors. On the walls were photographs comprising a loan portfolio from the New South Wales Camera Club.

The evening lecture was given by Mr C.C. Roberts who spoke about lantern slide making, with a view to assisting those interested in the coming lantern slide competition. Mr Roberts demonstrated the making of slides, and then discussed the process of making film strips.

At the conclusion of the lecture, Mr Parsonson expressed the appreciation of the audience for the instruction given.



3rd March 1949  Page 5 - Northern Advocate

PHOTO DISPLAY IN WHANGAREI
One hundred and twenty photographs — the higher placed in the New Zealand Inter-club Exhibition, 1948 - are on show in the Bargain Stores Ltd’s premises, Whangarei.

The 1948 exhibition was held in conjunction with the Otago Centenary, and was conducted under the auspices of the Dunedin Photographic Society Inc.

Ten main centers in the Dominion are represented in the Whangarei display which presents the acme of photographic work in the country. Portraits, child studies, and landscapes and seascapes are among the subjects depicted. Each center has displayed 12 of its best photographs.

The winning photo of the exhibition was Miss M. Valentine’s "Judith", a portrait which gained 90 marks out of 100. The display is made possible by the Whangarei Camera Club.



25th June 1949  Page 8 - Press, Volume LXXXV, Issue 25839

OBITUARY - MR W. WILLIAMS
Mr William Williams, who died in Christchurch recently, was born in Cardiff in 1858, and was educated at the Bristol Grammar School. Mr Williams arrived in New Zealand in 1881 on the Hurunui, and soon afterwards joined the Railway Department as a clerk. After being stationed at Wellington, Napier, and Dunedin, Mr Williams was appointed railway stores audit inspector, which position he held until his retirement in 1919.

Mr Williams made many journeys by canoe in the early 1890's with Professor J.S. Tennant and the late Mr F.W. Platts S.M. He was a keen photographer and won many awards. He was a gold medallist and a life member of the Dunedin Photographic Society.

Mr Williams is survived by his two sons Messrs Edgar R. Williams and Gwen Williams. Mrs Williams died in 1938.



3rd August 1949  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 27149

OTAGO ART SOCIETY ANNUAL MEETING
The Otago Art Society annual meeting for 1949.

Under the item of the election of office-bearers, Mr. C.S. Dickson, president of the Dunedin Photographic Society was made an ex officio member of the council.



3rd September 1949  Page 14 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 27176
5th September 1949  Page 10 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 27177

SIXTH NEW ZEALAND

INTERNATIONAL SALON OF PHOTOGRAPHY

5th to 9th September inclusive, 10.30am to 9pm DAILY,
VEDIC SUPPER ROOM.
Admission 1s. Season Ticket 2s 6d.

Exhibited by the
DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY



6th September 1949  Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 27178

MODERN ART

PHOTOGRAPHIC SALON

FINE DISPLAY OPENED
“If there is any doubt about photography being an art, the pictures in this room should dispel that doubt", said the Deputy Mayor, Mr L.M. Wright, opening the local display of the sixth New Zealand international Salon of Photography collection yesterday afternoon. “It is a very real art form, with a high standing”, he said, “I would like to commend this exhibition to the citizens of Dunedin”.

Mr Wright was introduced by the president of the Dunedin Photographic Society, Mr C.S. Dickson, who expressed the opinion that the exhibition was a contribution to the cultural life of the city. He mentioned that several local entries had been selected.

The New Zealand Salon has attracted widespread interest overseas, as was evident from the number of entries which the selection jury had to consider. Nearly 1500 prints and slides from photographers in 33 countries were submitted, entries coming from as far away as Iceland. The selection should prove satisfying to photographers with the most exacting standards, and a wide range of subjects and styles is covered.

Of particular interest to those who see the exhibition in Dunedin is the fact that four Otago photographers enjoy the distinction of having had prints selected. They are R.L.C. Grant, N.M. Beaumont, J.D. Knowles and Dr Raymond Kirk, and they have provided six of the 44 selections from the work of New Zealanders.



30th September 1949  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 27199

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, officers elected were: President, Mr Carl Dickson; secretary, Mr R.K. Graham: assistant secretary, Miss June Marlowe; treasurer, Miss Jean Moore; exhibition secretary, Mr R.G Ratcliff; editor, Miss M. Valentine; librarian, Mr C.J. Rutherford; judge Mr H.G. Woolman; council, Miss Joan Mackay, Messrs R.L. Grant, E.H. Tarlton and Eric Williams; social convener, Mrs V. Gault; Selection Committee, Miss M. Valentine, Dr Raymond Kirk and Mr J.G. Johnston.



10th October 1949  Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 27207

OTAGO ART SOCIETY'S EXHIBITION
The exhibition includes displays by the Dunedin Photographic Society and the Otago branch of the New Zealand Institute of Architects.



15th October 1949  Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 27212

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Dr Raymond Kirk presided at the half yearly exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society, at which 102 photographs were judged and criticized by Mr H.G. Woolman, who prefaced his remarks by a short discussion of the arguments for sharp focus and soft focus. At the same time he advised exhibitors to be careful about balance of tone in pictures.

Junior members were to be congratulated on the number of entries in their section, and the work of Mr N.M. Beaumont was particularly promising.

In the senior section, the judge said, the quality of the work varied considerably, but one or two outstanding landscapes were entered by Mr R.L. Grant, while the work of Mr J.G. Johnston gave an example of sharp definition in all planes of the picture.



10th November 1949  Page 9 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 27234

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Mr Carl Dickson presided at the bimonthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society, when 160 color slides were entered in the annual color slide competition. These were screened before a large attendance of members, and commented on by the judge, Mr Colin Wheeler.

Winners of the competition in the various sections were Dr E.D. Northcroft, Messrs Ratcliff, Dickson, Rutherford and Roberts. The championship was won by Dr Northcroft for a scene photographed in Mexico.



23rd November 1949  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 27245

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Mr James G. Johnston, of Dunedin, has been made an associate of the Royal Photographic Society. A past-president of the Dunedin Photographic Society, Mr Johnston has had work exhibited in several overseas salons. Associateship in the Royal Photographic Society is given to amateur photographers who have exhibited unusually good work.



11th March 1950  Page 14 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 27336

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Incorporated

NEW ZEALAND INTER-CLUB
EXHIBITION of PHOTOGRAPHY

at CLUBROOMS
MONDAY, March 13th

R.K. GRAHAM
HON.SECRETARY

30th March 1950  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 27352

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the bi-monthly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society (Inc.), Mr Carl Dickson welcomed several new members, and also visitors from England and Australia.

The program for the evening was supplied by Dr E.D. Northcroft and took the form of a very witty and interesting travel talk on the countries of Mexico and Canada. Dr Northcroft illustrated his talk with color slides of his own making, and members were able to see many remarkable buildings in Mexico City as well as pictures of the people, their arts and crafts and general life as seen by the lecturer during his sojourn in that part of the world.



3rd May 1950  Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 27379

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Mr Carl Dickson presided over a large attendance of members at the annual exhibition of the Dunedin Photographic Society, when Mr H.G. Woolman judged and criticized the entries. The judge stressed the importance of aiming at creative work rather than the continual production of record photographs. A number of exhibitors, especially in the still life class, had shown good imagination and technique, but others lacked these qualities.

1950 CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP: Mr. R.G. RATCLIFF

BEST JUNIOR PHOTOGRAPH WILLIAMS’S GOLD MEDAL: Mrs V. GAULT

SENIOR: GENERAL:

SENIOR: LANDSCAPE:

SENIOR: MARINE:

SENIOR: PORTRAIT:

SENIOR: FIGURE STUDY:

FIRST: R.G. Ratcliff

SECOND: R.G. Ratcliff

THIRD: R.L. Grant

FIRST: E. Williams

SECOND: L.J. Blackman

THIRD: C. Rutherford

FIRST: N.M. Beaumont

SECOND: R.G. Ratcliff

THIRD: L.J. Blackman

FIRST: N.M. Beaumont

SECOND: Campbell Begg

THIRD: Campbell Begg

FIRST: Dr R. Kirk

SENIOR: STILL LIFE:

JUNIOR: PORTRAIT:

JUNIOR: ARCHITECTURE:

JUNIOR: LANDSCAPE:

JUNIOR: GENERAL:

FIRST: Miss J. Mackay

SECOND: L.J. Blackman

THIRD: N.M. Beaumont

FIRST: G. Winch

SECOND: G. Winch

THIRD: W. Robb

FIRST: Mrs V. Gault

SECOND: Mrs V. Gault

THIRD: Mrs V. Gault

FIRST: W. Robb

SECOND: Mrs V. Gault

THIRD: W. Robb

FIRST: Miss J. Moore

A selection of the prints will be displayed in the Public Library Lecture Hall for a short period.



9th May 1950  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 27384

SIXTY YEARS

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

SOCIAL EVENING

A cake, made in the form of a triple extension “field” camera, of a type popular in the earlier days of the hobby, dominated the supper table when the Dunedin Photographic Society commemorated its sixtieth anniversary last night.

The function took the form of a short address by the president, Mr Carl S. Dickson, the showing of films, photographic competitions, musical items and a convivial evening generally.

The only PIONEER MEMBER of the society present was Mr S. EARLAND.

Mr Dickson, after referring to the development of the society, spoke of the therapeutic value of the hobby. It was a splendid relaxation, he said, not only for the business man seeking a complete change from his labors but for all seeking to adjust themselves to the inexorable demands of a changing world and all the complex problems of modern life. Photography, he thought, did not have an equal from a therapeutic point of view.

“The Rhythms of a City”, a Swedish production, was the principal film show, an outstanding feature of which was the magnificent photography. Musical items were presented by Messrs W.J. Olliver (marimba), and G. Winch (saxophone).



9th September 1950  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 27490

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The secretary of the Dunedin Photographic Society is Mr R. Graham, 29 Skibo street, Kew.



28th September 1950  Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 27506

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Reference was made to the death of Mr Crosby Morris at the annual meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society. Mr Morris was a life member of the society.



28th September 1950  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 27506

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The retiring president of the Dunedin Photographic Society, Mr C.S. Dickson, said at the annual meeting of the society that it was fortunate in having a good clubroom, and it was felt that more amateur photographers would be interested if members got in touch with them. The balance sheet showed a small loss for the year, and the best remedy for this was a drive for membership.

Patron of the Dunedin Photographic Society is Sir Donald Charles Cameron.

SIR DONALD CHARLES CAMERON

Born 12th May 1877
Died 8th October 1962

48th MayOR OF DUNEDIN
1944 - 1950

10th October 1950  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 27516

OPENING CEREMONY

Performed By Governor General

ATTRACTIVE DISPLAY

Artists from most parts of the country are represented in the Annual Otago Art Society exhibition, which was opened by the Governor-General, Sir Bernard Freyberg, in Burns Hall last evening. The exhibition, which is slightly smaller than in previous years, is technically good, and is complemented by a display of photographs by Dunedin Photographic Society members, architectural drawings by members of the New Zealand Institute of Architects, and prize-winning secondary school competition entries.

Welcoming the Governor-General and Lady Freyberg, the president of the society, Mr F.M. Hanan, mentioned that many prominent artists had been associated with the society. It had, indeed, been a focus for artists locally, and by its exhibitions it had done much to widen the interest and knowledge of the public in art.

“The exhibition contains works from all parts of New Zealand, except from that last outpost of civilization — the city of Wellington”, said Mr Hanan. “If I may be frivolous, one might think that events of recent weeks would have provided opportunities for tranquil seascapes from the Wellington waterfront and landscapes with rugged barns and hills”. Mr Hanan’s pun went unnoticed for a moment, then laughter drowned his explanation that Wellington also had an art exhibition at present.

“One of the features of our stay in New Zealand has been the period which we spent in Dunedin for the centenary”, said Sir Bernard Freyberg, declaring the exhibition open. The retrospective exhibition of art in Otago had been of particular interest. He liked to look back at the progress made in art in New Zealand before 1941, up to which time there had been an even line completely uninfluenced by the conflicts of styles which were going on in Europe at the time.

“A large body of impressionable young people had gone overseas during the war and had come back with new ideas and techniques", he said. There had been a similar opportunity for thousands of people to see overseas art during the war in this generation. As a result, there were keen young people who should be encouraged, and art in New Zealand was in an extremely good condition. After declaring the exhibition open, Sir Bernard and Lady Freyberg spent some time inspecting the work on display.

LIEUTENANT GENERAL BERNARD CYRIL FREYBERG
1st BARON FREYBERG
VC, GCMG, KCB, KBE, DSO and Three Bars

Born 21st March 1889 - Richmond, London, England
Died 4th July 1963 (aged 74) - Windsor, Berkshire, England

7th GOVERNOR-GENERAL of NEW ZEALAND
17th June 1946 – 15th August 1952

10th October 1950  Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 27516
3rd November 1950  Page 9 - Otago Daily Times, Issue 27537

HALF YEARLY EXHIBITION

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

At the half-yearly exhibition of work of the Dunedin Photographic Society, Dr A.H. McLintock gave helpful and constructive criticism of the work.

Several promising pictures were entered by junior members, and showed attempts to get away from the stereotyped forms. The judge, however, expressed the hope that future exhibitions would show a considerable improvement in subject matter and would include photographs which portrayed phases of the life and times. Mr J.G. Johnston expressed the appreciation of the members for the interesting analysis of the work.

COUNCIL MEMBERS 2020 - 2021			PATRON Mr. IAN WYLLIE	PATRON Mr. PHIL HOLLARD	PRESIDENT GARY MCCLINTOCK
Vice President: Ross McIvor	Hon. Secretary: Nicola Pye	Hon. Treasurer: David Steer	Webmaster: Melanie Dick	Projected Image Secretary: Melanie Dick	Print Secretary: Tulipa Briggs
Social Media and Communications Secretary: Nicola Pye	AV Secretary: Anastasia Labudina	Councillor: Alan Coppin	Councillor: Judith Swan	Councillor: Bob Dagg	Field Trip Coordinator: Ross McIvor